service manual jeep

March 21, 2018 | Author: Marone Rohhan | Category: Headlamp, Automobiles, Vehicles, Automotive Technologies, Vehicle Technology
Share
Report this link


Comments



Description

TABLE OF CONTENTS1.0 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 1.1 1.2 2.0 3.0 SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 3.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM/OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER SYSTEM . . . . . . . .2 3.1.1 DRIVER AIRBAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 3.1.2 CLOCKSPRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 3.1.3 PASSENGER AIRBAGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 3.1.4 SEAT BELT SWITCHES (SBS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 3.1.5 CURTAIN AIRBAGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 3.1.6 FRONT IMPACT SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 3.1.7 SIDE IMPACT SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 3.1.8 SPECIAL TOOLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 3.1.9 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 3.1.9.1 ACTIVE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 3.1.9.2 STORED CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3.2.1 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3.2.2 CD CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 HEATING & A/C SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3.3.1 SYSTEM AVAILABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3.3.2 SYSTEM CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 3.3.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 3.3.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS (MTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 3.3.5 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS (AZC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 3.3.6 FOLLOWING A REPAIR (AZC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 CHIME SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 3.5.1 MIC REQUESTED CHIME MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 3.5.2 BCM INITIATED CHIME MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 3.5.3 EVIC CHIME REQUESTED MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 3.5.4 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 DOOR MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 3.7.1 POWER WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 3.7.2 POWER DOOR LOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 3.7.3 DOOR LOCK INHIBIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 3.7.4 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 3.7.4.1 PANIC FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 3.7.5 ROLLING CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 3.7.6 PROGRAMMABLE DOOR LOCK FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 3.8.1 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 3.8.2 STEP BUTTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 3.8.3 MENU BUTTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 3.8.4 RESET BUTTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 3.8.5 COMPASS/TEMPERATURE (C/T) BUTTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 3.8.6 TRAVELER DISPLAY FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 i 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued 3.8.7 COMPASS/TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 3.8.8 COMPASS OPERATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 3.8.9 SETTING MAGNETIC ZONE VARIANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 3.8.10 COMPASS CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 3.8.11 DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 3.8.12 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 3.8.13 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAULT CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 3.8.14 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 3.8.14 HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSMITTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 3.9.1 TRAINING THE EVIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 3.9.2 PRESSURE THRESHOLDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 3.9.3 CRITICAL AND NON-CRITICAL PRESSURE ALERTS . . . . . . . . . . . .17 3.9.4 SYSTEM FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 3.9.5 SPARE WHEEL AUTO-LOCATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 3.9.6 REMOVE MAGNET FROM SPARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 3.9.6 TIRE PRESSURE UNAVAILABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 3.9.7 TIRE PRESSURE NOW AVAILABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 3.9.8 DIAGNOSING AND CLEARING SYSTEM FAULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 3.9.9 SYSTEM TEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 3.9.1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 3.9.2 HEADLAMP DELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 3.9.3 HEADLAMP SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 3.9.4 FOG LAMP CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 INTERIOR LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 3.10.1 COURTESY LAMP CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 3.10.2 ILLUMINATED ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 3.10.3 INTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 3.11 ELECTRO/MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (EMIC). . . . . . . .19 3.11.1 INSTRUMENT PANEL DIMMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 MEMORY SEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19 3.12.1 POWER SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 3.12.2 EASY EXIT SEAT (AVAILABLE WITH MEMORY SEAT) . . . . . . . . . . .20 3.12.3 GUARD BANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 3.12.4 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (SKIS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 POWER SUNROOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 3.17.1 FRONT WIPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 3.17.2 REAR WIPER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 USING THE DRBIII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 3.18.1 DRBIII ERROR MESSAGES AND BLANK SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 3.18.2 DRBIII DOES NOT POWER UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 3.18.3 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 3.9 3.9 3.10 3.12 3.13 3.14 3.15 3.16 3.17 3.18 4.0 DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 4.1 4.2 DISCLAIMERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 ii TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued 4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 4.2.4 DRBIII SAFETY INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 4.3.1 VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 4.3.2 ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26 4.3 5.0 6.0 7.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 AIRBAG ACCELEROMETER 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 ACCELEROMETER 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 INTERNAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 OUTPUT DRIVER 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 STORED ENERGY FIRING 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30 AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36 DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42 DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44 DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46 DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48 DRIVER SEAT BELTS SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 NO DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56 DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59 DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64 DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70 DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76 LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 NO LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 LOSS OF IGNITION RUN - START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 NO CLUSTER MESSAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 NO PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91 NO PCI TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 iii TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111 PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113 PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126 PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131 PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133 *AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 AUDIO ALL OUTPUTS SHORT - BASE AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136 ALL OUTPUTS SHORT - PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138 CASSETTE PLAYER INOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 CD MECHANICAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *BALANCE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *FADER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *TAPE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *TIME SWITCH INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 *TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140 CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142 CD CHANGER READ FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143 CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144 CD READ FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145 CD TEMPERATURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146 NO ANTENNA CONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 POWER AMP SHUTDOWN - BASE AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 POWER AMP SHUTDOWN - PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150 RADIO DIMMING SHORTED HIGH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153 *NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156 *REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160 CHIME CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH KEY IN IGNITION, DRIVER DOOR OPEN. . . . . . . . . .163 *CHIME INOPERATIVE AT ALL TIMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165 *CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH DRIVERS SEAT BELT UNFASTENED . . . . . . . . . . . .166 *CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH EXTERIOR LAMPS, DRIVER DOOR OPEN . . . . . . .168 *CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER DOOR OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169 iv TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170 *VEHICLE SPEED WARNING CHIME PROBLEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172 COMMUNICATION BATTERY IOD DISCONNECT AT BCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 BCM EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 BCM FLASH CHECKSUM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176 DDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177 MIC MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178 NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179 PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 PDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182 RAIN SENSOR MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .183 *BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184 *BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186 *BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE. .188 *BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . .190 *BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192 *BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM SEAT MODULE . . . . . . . . . .194 *BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196 *BUS +/- SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198 *NO RESPONSE FROM ADJUSTABLE PEDALS MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200 *NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202 *NO RESPONSE FROM AMPLIFIER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204 *NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206 *NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (PCI BUS) - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .209 *NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (SCI ONLY) - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210 *NO RESPONSE FROM INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212 *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) - GAS ONLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214 *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - GAS ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215 *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218 *NO RESPONSE FROM RAIN SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221 *NO RESPONSE FROM SHIFTER ASSEMBLY - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223 *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - DIESEL ONLY . .225 *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE - GAS ONLY . . . . .227 *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230 *UNABLE TO ACCESS DRIVER DOOR MODULE AND/OR PASSENGER DOOR MODULE WITH DRBIII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .233 DOOR AJAR * DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235 *DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236 *HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237 *HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238 *LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .239 *LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241 *LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242 *LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .243 v TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244 *LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .246 *PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .247 *PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248 *RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249 *RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) . . . . . . . . . . . .251 DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . .255 DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259 DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND (LAREDO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .261 DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263 DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265 PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) . . . . . . . .267 PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) . . . . . . . .271 PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LAREDO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275 PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277 PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279 PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281 REAR DEF RELAY SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283 REAR DEFOGGER RELAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284 *DRIVER SEAT BACK HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286 *DRIVER SEAT BOLSTER HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287 *DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288 *HEATED SEATS INOPERATIVE DUE TO KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH INPUT . . . . .289 *PASSENGER SEAT BACK HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .291 *PASSENGER SEAT BOLSTER HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . .292 *PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) . . . . . . . . . . . . .293 *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .294 *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . .298 EXTERIOR LIGHTING FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299 FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .300 HAZARD RELAY CKT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .302 HEADLAMP SW OPEN CKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303 HEADLAMP SW SHORT TO GROUND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305 HIGH BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306 LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307 LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308 PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .310 PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CKT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313 REAR FOG RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316 *AUTO HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 *AUTO HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .317 *FLASH TO PASS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320 *FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .321 *FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323 *HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326 *HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328 *LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330 vi TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .331 *PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333 *PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .334 *REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .335 *REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337 HEATING & A/C AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .339 AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340 BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341 BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .342 BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343 BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .344 CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345 CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346 COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .347 COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .348 DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349 DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350 DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351 DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .354 DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355 DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357 DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358 DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360 ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361 ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362 ENGINE RPM FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363 ENGINE RPM FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364 EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (MTC & AZC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365 EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (MTC & AZC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .368 IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370 IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .371 MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372 MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .374 MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .375 MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377 MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378 MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381 MODE SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382 MODE SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383 MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .384 MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .385 PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386 PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389 PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390 PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392 PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393 PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395 RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396 RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .398 RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399 RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401 vii TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .402 RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .405 VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406 VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407 VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408 VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .409 VF DIMMING FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410 VF DIMMING FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411 *A/C SWITCH SIGNAL NOT OPERATING PROPERLY (MTC & AZC) . . . . . . . . . . . .412 *BLOWER MOTOR ALWAYS RUNS AT ONE SPEED ONLY (AZC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413 *BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE (AZC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ABS LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419 AIRBAG LAMP DRIVER FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419 BRAKE LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419 ABS LAMP OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 AIRBAG LAMP OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 BRAKE LAMP OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420 ABS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .421 ACM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .422 BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED BY MIC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423 CHECKSUM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424 EATX MESSAGE STATUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425 NO PCI BUS COMMUNICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426 PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427 SKIM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428 *AIRBAG INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429 *ALL GAUGES INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430 *BRAKE INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432 *BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433 *CHECK ENGINE INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435 *CHECK GAUGES INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436 *COOLANT LEVEL INDICATOR INOPERATIVE - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437 *CRUISE ON INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438 *FUEL GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439 *HIGH BEAM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440 *INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DIMMING INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441 *LOW COOLANT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442 *LOW FUEL INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443 *O/D OFF INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .444 *OIL PRESSURE GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445 *SEAT BELT INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446 *SEATBELT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448 *SKIM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449 *SPEEDOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450 *TACHOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .451 *TEMPERATURE GAUGE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452 *TRANS OVER TEMP INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .453 *VOLTMETER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .454 *WATER IN FUEL INDICATOR PROBLEMS - DIESEL ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .455 viii TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued INTERIOR LIGHTING DIM SW SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456 DIMMER SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .458 LAMP FADE FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .460 LOAD SHED FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .462 PANEL LAMP DRIVER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .464 *ALL COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .468 *ASH TRAY LAMP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .469 *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE (EXCEPT FRONT DOORS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .470 *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DOME LAMP SWITCH ONLY . . . . . . .471 *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVERS FRONT DOOR ONLY . . . . .472 *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LEFT REAR DOOR ONLY . . . . . . . . . .474 *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .476 *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LIFTGATE FLIP-UP GLASS ONLY . . .478 *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR ONLY . .479 *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR ONLY . . . . . . . . .481 *COURTESY LAMPS ON AT ALL TIMES (EXCEPT BOTH FRONT DOOR COURTESY LAMPS IF EQUIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .483 *DRIVER DOOR COURTESY LAMP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .484 *GLOVE BOX LAMP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .485 *HEATED SEAT SWITCH ILLUMINATION LAMP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .486 *HVAC CONTROL ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .488 *I/P COURTESY LAMPS INOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .489 *LIFTGATE COURTESY LAMP DISABLE FEATURE INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . .490 *OVERHEAD, REAR AND LIFTGATE LAMPS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .491 *PASSENGER DOOR COURTESY LAMP INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .492 *PRNDL/T-CASE ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .493 *RADIO ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .494 *READING & VANITY LAMPS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .495 MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .496 FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .498 HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .500 HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .502 REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .504 REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .506 RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508 RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510 *DRIVER SEAT FRONT RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .512 *DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .515 *DRIVER SEAT REAR RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .518 *DRIVER SEAT RECLINER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .521 OVERHEAD CONSOLE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .524 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .526 BUS MESSAGES MISSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528 COMPASS TEST FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .529 COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN - GAS ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530 DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .532 EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .533 NO BCM MESSAGES RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .534 NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535 ix TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued SET COMPASS VARIANCE AS PER SERVICE INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .536 WASHER FLUID SWITCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537 *AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY INACCURATE OR WRONG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 *DISTANCE TO EMPTY INACCURATE OR WRONG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 *DISTANCE TO SERVICE INACCURATE OR WRONG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 *ELAPSED IGNITION ON TIME INACCURATE OR WRONG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 *INSTANT FUEL ECONOMY INACCURATE OR WRONG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 *TRIP ODOMETER INACCURATE OR WRONG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .538 *EVIC DIMMING INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .539 *EVIC INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .540 *LOW COOLANT WARNING ALWAYS ON - GAS ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .541 *LOW WASHER FLUID MESSAGE ALWAYS ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .542 *TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE OR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .543 POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER FAIL TO LOCK/UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .544 *ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER) FAIL TO LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .545 *ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER) FAILS TO UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .546 *ALL LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .547 *ALL LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . .548 *AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .549 *DOORS LOCK WITH KEY IN IGNITION & FRONT DOOR OPEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550 *DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .552 *DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .553 *DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .554 *LEFT REAR DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .555 *LIFTGATE LOCK FAILS TO LOCK/UNLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .556 *PASSENGER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .557 *RIGHT REAR DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558 *RKE INOPERATIVE - JAPAN ONLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .559 *RKE TRANSMITTER INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .561 *RKE TRANSMITTER POOR RANGE - JAPAN ONLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .562 POWER MIRROR *BOTH MEMORY MIRRORS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .563 *DRIVER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .564 *FOLDING POWER MIRROR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .567 *PASSENGER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .571 POWER TOP ACCESSORY (SUNROOF) DELAY RELAY SHORTED HI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .574 *SUNROOF DELAY INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .575 *SUNROOF MOTOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .576 POWER WINDOWS *ALL POWER WINDOWS INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .582 *DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . .583 *DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .586 *DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM REAR SWITCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .587 *DRIVER WINDOW INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .588 *PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES . . . . . . . .591 *PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .594 *PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM REAR SWITCH . . . . . . . . . .595 x TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued *PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES. . . . . . . . . . . . . .596 *PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .599 *PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM PDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .600 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING LF SENSOR BATTERY LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 LR SENSOR BATTERY LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 RF SENSOR BATTERY LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 RR SENSOR BATTERY LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 SPARE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 SPARE TIRE SENSOR BATTERY LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .601 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 PRE-ARM TIMEOUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .604 HORN RELAY CIRCUIT SHORTED HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .606 ITM - EEPROM FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607 LOOPBACK FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .607 ITM - TRANSDUCER FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .608 ITM - VIN MISMATCH (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .609 NO SERIAL COMMUNICATION (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610 SIREN COMMUNICATION FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .610 PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .613 SIREN BATTERY HAS BEEN TAMPERED (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .614 SIREN EEPROM FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615 SIREN INTERNAL BATTERY (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615 SIREN ROM FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .615 *ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .616 *DRIVERS DOOR KEY FAILS TO DISARM VTSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .617 *HAZARD LAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WITH ALARM TRIPPED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .619 *HEADLAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WITH ALARM TRIPPED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .620 *HORN FAILS TO SOUND WITH ALARM TRIPPED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .621 *INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE SENSITIVITY (EXPORT ONLY). . . . . . . . . .622 *THEFT ALARM WILL NOT ARM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .623 *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM DRIVERS DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .624 *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM HOOD (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .625 *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LEFT REAR DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .626 *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .627 *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LIFTGATE FLIP-UP GLASS ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . .628 *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .629 *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .630 *VTSS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .631 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER RAIN SENSOR FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .632 WASHER FLUID SENSOR FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .633 WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .634 WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED LOW/OPEN CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636 WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .640 xi TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .643 WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT SHORT TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .645 VERIFICATION TESTS VERIFICATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .647 8.0 COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655 8.1 8.2 8.3 AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .655 AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656 AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL (AZC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656 8.3.1 AZC MODULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .656 8.3.2 HVAC UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657 8.3.3 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657 8.3.4 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .657 8.3.5 DRB III SCREEN, AZC MODULE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .658 8.4 CHIME SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .658 8.5 ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER (EVIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .659 8.6 BODY CONTROL MODULE & JUNCTION BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .659 8.7 INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660 8.8 POWER DOOR LOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660 8.8.1 FRONT DOOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660 8.8.2 REAR DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .660 8.8.3 LIFTGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 8.9 SYSTEM COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 8.10 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (VTSS) & SKIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .661 8.11 WIPER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .662 CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 ADJUSTABLE PEDALS MODULE (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - GREEN 14 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE C1 (ORC C1) - YELLOW 32 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .665 AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE C2 (ORC C2) - YELLOW 32 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (SENSOR SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .666 ANTENNA MODULE (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE C1 (AZC) - WHITE 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . .667 AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE C2 (AZC) - WHITE 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . .667 BLOWER MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .667 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER (AZC) - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668 BODY CONTROL MODULE C1 - GRAY 26 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .668 BODY CONTROL MODULE C2 - GRAY 22 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .669 C106 (DIESEL) - GRAY (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .670 C106 (DIESEL) - GRAY (RIGHT HEADLAMP AND DASH SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .671 C106 (GAS) - GRAY/RHD BLACK/LHD (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .672 C106 (GAS) - GRAY/RHD BLACK/LHD (RIGHT HEADLAMP AND DASH SIDE). . . .673 C107 (DIESEL) - GRAY (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .674 C107 (DIESEL) - GRAY (LEFT HEADLAMP AND DASH SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .675 C107 (GAS) - GRAY/RHD BLACK/LHD (BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .676 C107 (GAS) - GRAY/RHD BLACK/LHD (LEFT HEADLAMP AND DASH SIDE) . . . . .677 C200 - GRAY/LHD BLACK/RHD (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .678 9.0 xii TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued C200 - GRAY/LHD BLACK/RHD (LEFT BODY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .679 C202 (AZC) - WHITE (A/C SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .680 C202 (AZC) - WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .680 C202 (MTC) - WHITE (A/C SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .681 C202 (MTC) - WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .681 C203 (AZC) - WHITE (A/C SIDE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .681 C203 (AZC) - WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .682 C317 - (INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .682 C317 - (OVERHEAD SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .682 C318 - (LEFT BODY SIDE (LHD)/ RIGHT BODY SIDE (RHD)). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .682 C318 - (OVERLAY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .682 C319 - (OVERLAY SIDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .682 C319 - (RIGHT BODY SIDE (LHD)/ LEFT BODY SIDE (RHD)). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683 CARGO LAMP - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683 CLOCKSPRING C2 - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683 CLOCKSPRING C3 - GRAY 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683 CLOCKSPRING C4 - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .683 COMPACT DISC CHANGER (PREMIUM RADIO) - BLACK 8 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .684 CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE - BLACK 24 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .684 COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR - LT. GRAY 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .684 DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685 DIAGNOSTIC JUNCTION PORT - BLACK 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .685 DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 - GREEN 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .686 DRIVER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (LHD) (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . .686 DRIVER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (RHD) (AZC)- BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . .686 DRIVER CURTAIN AIRBAG - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .686 DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687 DRIVER DOOR MODULE C1 - WHITE 15 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .687 DRIVER DOOR MODULE C2 - BLACK 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .688 DRIVER DOOR MODULE C3 - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .688 DRIVER FRONT DOOR COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .688 DRIVER FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .688 DRIVER HEATED SEAT BACK (PREMIUM I/III) - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .689 DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION (PREMIUM I/III) - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .689 DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH - WHITE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .689 DRIVER LUMBAR MOTOR (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .689 DRIVER LUMBAR SWITCH (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) - WHITE 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . .690 DRIVER POWER MIRROR - BLACK 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .690 DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR - RED 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .690 DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .690 DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .691 DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .691 DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR - RED 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .691 DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .691 DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .692 DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .692 DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) - GREEN 10 WAY . . . . . . .693 xiii TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued DRIVER REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .693 DRIVER REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH - BLUE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694 DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH - 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694 DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .694 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C1 (DIESEL) - BLACK 81 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .695 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C2 (DIESEL) - BLACK 40 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .696 FRONT WASHER PUMP - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .696 FRONT WIPER MOTOR - BLACK 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .697 HOOD AJAR SWITCH (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .697 HORN NO. 1 - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .697 HORN NO. 2 - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .697 IGNITION SWITCH C1 - WHITE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .698 IGNITION SWITCH C2 - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .698 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER - WHITE 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .698 INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - BLACK 6 WAY. . . . .698 FUSES (JB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .700 CIRCUIT BREAKERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .700 ACCESSORY DELAY RELAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .700 FOG LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701 HIGH BEAM RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701 LOW BEAM RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701 PARK LAMP RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701 REAR FOG LAMP RELAY (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .701 JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE - BLACK 26 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .702 JUNCTION BLOCK C1 - BLACK 52 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .703 JUNCTION BLOCK C2 (LHD) - BLACK 52 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .704 JUNCTION BLOCK C2 (RHD) - BLACK 52 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .705 JUNCTION BLOCK C3 - BLACK 52 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .706 JUNCTION BLOCK C4 - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707 JUNCTION BLOCK C5 - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707 LEFT COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707 LEFT DOOR HANDLE COURTESY LAMP - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .707 LEFT FOG LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708 LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708 LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708 LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP - WHITE 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .708 LEFT FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709 LEFT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - WHITE 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .709 LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . .709 LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710 LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710 LEFT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710 LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .710 LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH - WHITE 11 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711 LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . .711 LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER - WHITE 3 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711 LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .711 LEFT VISOR/VANITY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712 LICENSE LAMP NO. 1 - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712 LICENSE LAMP NO. 2 - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712 xiv TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .712 LIFTGATE FLIP-UP PUSH BUTTON SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .713 LIFTGATE FLIP-UP RELEASE SOLENOID - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .713 LIFTGATE POWER LOCK MOTOR - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .713 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL C1 (MTC) - WHITE 11 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .713 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL C2 (MTC) - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .714 MODE DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .714 OVERHEAD MAP/COURTESY LAMP - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .714 PASSENGER AIRBAG - YELLOW 4 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .714 PASSENGER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (LHD) (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY . .715 PASSENGER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (RHD) (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY. .715 PASSENGER CURTAIN AIRBAG - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .715 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . .715 PASSENGER DOOR MODULE C1 - WHITE 15 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .716 PASSENGER DOOR MODULE C2 - BLACK 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .716 PASSENGER FRONT DOOR COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .716 PASSENGER FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . .717 PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BACK (PREMIUM I/III) - 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717 PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION (PREMIUM I/III) - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717 PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH - BLACK 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .717 PASSENGER POWER MIRROR - BLACK 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718 PASSENGER REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718 PASSENGER REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH - BLUE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718 PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH - 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .718 PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719 POWER AMPLIFIER C1 (PREMIUM RADIO) - WHITE 18 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719 POWER AMPLIFIER C2 (PREMIUM RADIO) - WHITE 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .719 FUSES (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .721 FUSES (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .723 HORN RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .723 WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .723 WIPER ON/OFF RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .724 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (GAS) - BLACK 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .724 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (GAS) - WHITE 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .725 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 (GAS) - GRAY 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .726 RADIO C1 - GRAY 22 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727 RADIO C2 - GRAY 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727 RAIN SENSOR (AUTOWIPE) - BLACK 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .727 REAR WASHER PUMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .728 REAR WIPER MOTOR - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .728 RECIRCULATION DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . .728 RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .728 REMOTE KEYLESS MODULE (JAPAN) - BLUE 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .729 RIGHT COURTESY LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .729 RIGHT FOG LAMP - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .729 RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .729 RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR - BLACK 4 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .730 RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP - WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .730 RIGHT FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .730 RIGHT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - WHITE 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731 RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731 xv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .732 RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH . . .737 SUNROOF SWITCH . .2 AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ORANGE 20 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7L) . . . . .744 10.4 CD CHANGER. . .8 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . .WHITE 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 BASE AUDIO SYSTEM. . .735 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE .743 10. . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . .TABLE OF CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .733 SEAT BELT SWITCH . . . .BLACK 60 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . .745 10. . . . . . . . . . . . .750 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WHITE 3 WAY . . . . .3 HEATING & A/C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .755 10. . . . . .6 WAY . . . . . . . . . .752 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . .756 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .733 SEAT MODULE C1 (PREMIUM) . . . . .742 10. . . . . . . . .740 10. . . . . . . . . . .732 RIGHT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH . .BLACK 12 WAY . . . . . . . . . . .741 10.9 MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER . . . .755 10. . . . . . . . .BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . .747 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .WHITE 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .754 10. . . .732 RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER . . .3 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL .0 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .747 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .739 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE C2 (DIESEL) . . . . .748 10. . .2. . . . . . . . . .746 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .752 10. .BLACK 18 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .737 SUNROOF MOTOR C2 . . . .BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .749 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731 RIGHT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . .GRAY 2 WAY . .WHITE 2 WAY . . . . .BLACK 14 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12. . . . . . . . . . .1 AIRBAG SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . .3 WAY . . . .737 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .736 SUNROOF MOTOR C1 .1 DRIVER MIRROR . . . . .2 AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL – RHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .736 SIREN (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) . . .754 10. . . . . . . .734 SEAT MODULE C2 (PREMIUM) . . .5 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM .BLACK 20 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . .6 EVIC. . . . . . .1 PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 INTERIOR LIGHTING . . .14. . . . . .1 DRIVER SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 MEMORY HEATED SEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .749 10. . . . . . . . . . .13 POWER SUNROOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .745 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .751 10. .744 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .756 xvi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Continued RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS . . . . . . . . .738 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE C1 (DIESEL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 LIMITED ONLY . . .739 VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER . . .BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .742 10. .1 LAREDO ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .736 SUNROOF CONTROL MODULE . . . . . .2 PASSENGER MIRROR. . . . .1 AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL – LHD . .4 CHIME . . . . . . . . . .736 SHIFTER ASSEMBLY C2 (DIESEL) . .BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .753 10.BLACK 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . .GRAY 2 WAY . . . . .733 RIGHT VISOR/VANITY LAMP . . .14 POWER WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .731 RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP . . . . .BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .732 RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .739 WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 POWER MIRROR SYSTEM . . . .10. . . .GRAY 5 WAY . . . . . . . . .741 10.10. . . . . . . .12. . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .754 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 POWER DOOR LOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 EXTERIOR LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . .735 SHIFTER ASSEMBLY C1 (DIESEL) . . . . . . .TABLE OF CONTENTS . . . . . . . . . . .17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 REAR WIPER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION . . . . . .756 10. . . . .15. . . . . . .1 INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE (EXPORT ONLY) . . .4 ECM COMMUNICATION – DIESEL . .1 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION – LHD . . . . . . .758 10. . .16 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (VTSS) . . . . . . .762 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .762 10. . . . . . . .3 PCM COMMUNICATION. . . . . . .759 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .761 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .763 xvii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION – RHD. . .760 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . .15. . . . . .757 10. . . . . . . . . .757 10. . . . . .15. . .17 WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . .14. .1 FRONT WIPERS . . . . . . . .759 10. . . .2 PASSENGER SIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Continued 10. .17. . . . . . . . . . . . . NOTES xviii . instructions and graphics needed to diagnose 2002 body system problems. New diagnostic systems may be added: carryover systems may be enhanced. All component location views are in Section 8. This method of 1 . Diagnosis of the body system is done in six basic steps: • • • • • • verification of complaint verification of any related symptoms symptom analysis problem isolation repair of isolated problem verification of proper operation 2. READ THIS MANUAL BEFORE TRYING TO DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE. locate the matching test in the Table of Contents and begin to diagnose the symptom. If no DTC’s are present. There may be some slight differences in the location views of components. The body system on the 2002 WJ/WG consists of a combination of modules that communicate over the PCI bus (Programmable Communication Interface multiplex system). information about the operation of vehicle components and circuits is relayed quickly to the appropriate module(s). 1. please fill out the sheet in the back of this book and mail it back to us.0. you must diagnose that first. i. if the DRBIII displays a ‘‘No Response’’ or a “Bus Signals Open” condition. Once the DTC or customer complaint is identified. 4.0.e. Please follow the recommendations below when choosing your diagnostic path.1 SYSTEM COVERAGE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION This diagnostic procedures manual covers all 2002 JEEP GRAND CHEROKEE ‘‘body’’ related faults. 2.0.2 SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE The procedures contained in this manual include all the specifications. Diagnostic procedures change every year. If the location views shown are on a LHD vehicle. It will only respond to messages ‘‘addressed’’ to it through a binary coding process. if you have any comments or suggestions. Through the PCI bus. identify the customer complaint. The diagnostics in this manual are based on the failure condition or symptom being present at the time of diagnosis. All schematics are in Section 10. When repairs are required. An * placed before the symptom description indicates a customer complaint.0 IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM The vehicle systems that are part of the ‘‘body’’ system are: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Airbag Audio Chime Communication Electrically heated system Exterior lighting Heating and A/C Instrument Cluster Interior Lighting Memory Seat Overhead Console Power Door Lock/RKE Power mirrors Power sunroof Power windows Tire Pressure Monitoring (TPM) Vehicle theft security system (VTSS) Windshield Wiper and Washer 3.GENERAL INFORMATION 1. All connector pinouts are in Section 9.. All modules receive all the information transmitted on the bus even though a module may not require all information to perform it’s function. a RHD vehicle will be symmetrically opposite. After using this book. This diagnostic procedures manual also covers both left hand drive (LHD) and right hand drive (RHD) vehicles. refer to the appropriate service information for the proper removal and repair procedure. It is recommended that you review the entire manual to become familiar with all the new and changed diagnostic procedures. Read DTC’s (diagnostic trouble codes) with the DRBIII . This book reflects many suggested changes from readers of past issues.0 1. 3. First make sure the DRBIII is communicating with the appropriate modules.0 INTRODUCTION 1. All of the information about the functioning of all the systems is organized. low medium or high. AS IT CAN DAMAGE THE IMPACT SENSOR OR AFFECT ITS CALIBRATION. The ACM uses two front impact sensors and ACM Accelerometer to sense the rate of vehicle deceleration. if the indicator turns off. BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO DIAGNOSE OR SERVICE ANY AIRBAG SYSTEM OR RELATED STEERING WHEEL. there could be an active fault in the system or the MIC lamp circuit may be internally shorted. controlled. Located under the trim cover are the horn switch. Staged deployment is the ability to trigger airbag system squib inflators individually as needed to provide the appropriate restraint for the severity of the impact. there is usually an intermittent problem in the system. onboard diagnostics.1 AIRBAG SYSTEM/OCCUPANT RESTRAINT CONTROLLER SYSTEM The 2002 WJ/WG Airbag System contain the following components: Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC). After the lamp check. The Occupant Restraint Controller (ORC) is a new type of Airbag Control Module (ACM). Airbag Warning Indicator. Driver and Passenger Front and Side Impact Sensors. This capacitor stores enough electrical energy to deploy the front airbag components for two seconds following a battery disconnect or failure during an impact. The module is mounted directly to the steering wheel. the airbag cushion. See DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES in this section. which is described in the Communication Section of this general information. IF AN AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS ACCIDENTALLY DROPPED DURING SERVICE. The protective trim cover is fitted to the front of the airbag module and forms a decorative cover in the center of the steering wheel. and component deployment. NEVER STRIKE OR KICK THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE. and Impact Sensors Diagnostic trouble codes will be set if the communication with these modules is lost or contains invalid information. A pre-programmed decision algorithm in the ACM microprocessor determines when the deceleration rate is severe enough to require airbag system protection. 3. The ACM has four major functions: PCI Bus communications. COMPLEX ELECTROMECHANICAL UNIT. provide verification of the direction and severity of an impact. The ACM also contains an energy-storage capacitor. FAILURE TO DO THIS COULD RESULT IS ACCIDENTAL AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT AND POSSIBLE PERSONAL INJURY. the ACM performs a lamp check by turning the airbag warning indicator on for 6-8 seconds. Whenever the ignition key is turned to the run or start position. When the programmed conditions are met. STEERING COLUMN. Clockspring. If the lamp remains on. curtain Airbags. WAIT TWO MINUTES FOR THE SYSTEM CAPACITOR TO DISCHARGE BEFORE FURTHER SYSTEM SERVICE. impact sensing. the ACM sends an electrical signal to deploy the appropriate airbag system components. The ACM is secured to the floor panel transmission tunnel under the console. If the lamp comes on and stays on for a period longer than 6-8 seconds then goes off.1 DRIVER AIRBAG The airbag protective trim cover is the most visible part of the driver side airbag system. Body Control Module (BCM). Driver and Passenger Airbags. THE MODULE MUST BE SCRAPPED AND REPLACED WITH A NEW UNIT. The microprocessor in the ACM monitors the impact sensors signals and the airbag system electrical circuits to determine the system readiness. and communicated by the PCI bus. The airbag module includes a housing to which the cushion and hybrid inflator are attached . OR INSTRUMENT PANEL COMPONENTS YOU MUST FIRST DISCONNECT AND ISOLATE THE BATTERY NEGATIVE (GROUND) CABLE. The new ACM supports staged airbag deployment and remote impact sensing. 3. and front impact sensors.1. The ACM sends and/or receives PCI Bus messages with the Instrument Cluster (MIC). it means that the ACM has checked the system and found it to be free of discernible malfunctions. If the ACM detects a monitored system fault it sends a message to the instrument cluster via PCI bus to turn on the airbag warning indicator. (buckled or unbuckled) and crash severity to determine the level of driver and front passenger airbag deployment. THIS IS THE ONLY SURE WAY TO DISABLE THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. The airbag warning indicator is the only point at which the customer can observe symptoms of a system malfunction.GENERAL INFORMATION data transmission significantly reduces the complexity of the wiring in the vehicle and the size of wiring harnesses. The ACM can set both active and stored diagnostic trouble codes to aid in the diagnosing system problems. The ACM cannot be repaired or adjusted. and the airbag cushion supporting components. The ACM also uses the driver and front passenger seat belt switch status 2 WARNING: THE AIRBAG SYSTEM IS A SENSITIVE. Driver and Passenger Hall-effect Seat Belt buckle Switches (SBS). provincial. CAUTION: Deployed Front Air Bags may or may not have live pyrotechnic material within the air bag inflator. Driver Squib 2 is live. WARNING: THE DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE CONTAINS ARGON GAS PRESSURIZED TO OVER 17236. REPLACE IT WITH THE CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE MOPAR PARTS CATALOG. THEY MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY SUBSTITUTES. When supplied with the proper electrical signal. and must be replaced if deployed or in any way damaged. Please refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for Proper Disposal. AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS (1) Using a DRBIII read Airbag DTC’s If the following active codes are present: ACTIVE DTC Driver Squib 1 open Driver Squib 2 open Driver Squib 1 open Driver Squib 2 open CONDITIONS Check the stored DTC’s AND IF the stored minutes for both are within 15 minutes of each other. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER IS NEEDED. The airbag module cannot be repaired.GENERAL INFORMATION and sealed. Check the stored DTC’s AND IF the stored minutes for Driver Squib 1 open is GREATER than the stored minutes for Driver Squib 2 by 15 minutes or more. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR. Do not dispose of 2002 Model Year Driver and Passenger Airbags unless you are sure of complete deployment. DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING 93°C (200°F). Driver Squib 1 was used. Driver Squib 1 is live. the inflator or inflators discharge the gas directly into the cushion.89 Kpa (2500 PSI). Driver Squib 1 open Driver Squib 2 open If Driver Squib 1 open 3 . local. SCREWS. Driver Squib 2 is live. DO NOT PUNCTURE. AND IF Driver Squib 2 opens is NOT an active code. Driver Squib 1 was used. The 2002 WJ/WG is equipped with driver airbag with dual stage inflators. REPLACE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY BUT INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. THE FASTENERS. AND BOLTS ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. INCINERATE. SQUIB STATUS Both Driver Squib 1 and 2 were used. Driver Squib 2 was used. Check the stored DTC’s AND IF the stored minutes for Driver Squib 2 open is GREATER than the stored minutes for Driver Squib 1 by 15 minutes or more. Dispose of deployed air bags in a manner consistent with state. Use the following table to identify the status of the Airbag Squib. and federal regulations. OR BRING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY. provincial. AND BOLTS ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM. the horn. BUT INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. The clockspring is used to maintain a continuous electrical circuit between the instrument panel wiring and the driver airbag. and federal regulations. THE FASTENERS. Driver Squib 2 was used. SCREWS. REPLACE IT WITH THE CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE MOPAR PARTS CATALOG. SQUIB STATUS Driver Squib 1 is live.89 Kpa (2500 PSI). AIRBAG SQUIB STATUS (1) Using a DRBIII read Airbag DTC’s If the following active codes are present: ACTIVE DTC Passenger Squib 1 open Passenger Squib 2 open Passenger Squib 1 open Passenger Squib 2 open CONDITIONS Check the stored DTC’s AND IF the stored minutes for both are within 15 minutes of each other. INCINERATE. 3. When supplied with the proper electrical signal the passenger airbag inflator or inflators discharge the gas directly into the cushion.GENERAL INFORMATION ACTIVE DTC If Driver Squib 2 open CONDITIONS AND IF Driver Squib 1 open is NOT an active code. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR. . REPLACE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS SPECIFIED IN THE MOPAR PARTS CATALOG. Do not dispose of 2002 Model Year Driver and Passenger Airbags unless you are sure of complete deployment. WARNING: THE PASSENGER AIRBAG MODULE CONTAINS INERT GAS PRESSURIZED TO 17236. THEY MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY SUBSTITUTES. 3.1. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER IS NEEDED. Dispose of deployed air bags in a manner consistent with state. Please refer to the Hazardous Substance Control System for Proper Disposal. local. SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE. Check the stored DTC’s AND IF the stored minutes for Passenger Squib 2 open is GREATER than the stored minutes for Passenger Squib 1 by 15 minutes or more. electrically conductive tape that winds and unwinds with the steering wheel rotation. 4 SQUIB STATUS Both Passenger Squib 1 and 2 were used. and the vehicle speed control switches if equipped. If neither of the following codes is an active code: ACTIVE DTC Driver squib 1 open Driver Squib 2 open SQUIB STATUS Status of Airbag is Unknown. The clockspring cannot be repaired and it must be replaced. OR BRING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY.3 PASSENGER AIRBAGS The 2002 WJ/WG is equipped with front passenger airbag with dual stage squib inflators. ribbon-like. Passenger Squib 1 was used. The airbag module cannot be repaired. and must be replaced if deployed or in any way damaged. Passenger Squib 2 is live.1. Use the following table to identify the status of the Airbag Squib. The clockspring must be properly centered when it is reinstalled on the steering column following any service procedure.2 CLOCKSPRING The clockspring is mounted on the steering column behind the steering wheel. or it could be damaged. CAUTION: Deployed Front Air Bags may or may not have live pyrotechnic material within the air bag inflator. DO NOT PUNCTURE. DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING 93°C (200°F). This assembly consist of a plastic housing which contains a flat. buckled or unbuckled. AND BOLTS ORIGINALLY USED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS HAVE SPECIAL COATINGS AND ARE SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THE AIRBAG SYSTEM.5 CURTAIN AIRBAGS The Left and Right curtain airbags are located in the outboard edge of the roof under the headliner.1.89 Kpa (2500 PSI). Passenger Squib 2 is live. REPLACE IT WITH THE CORRECT FASTENERS PROVIDED IN THE SERVICE PACKAGE OR SPECIFIED IN THE MOPAR PARTS CATALOG. The curtain airbag cannot re repaired and must be replaced if deployed or in any way damaged.1. The ACM also controls the seat belt warning indicator via a PCI Bus message to the instrument cluster. SCREWS. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO DISMANTLE AN AIRBAG MODULE OR TAMPER WITH ITS INFLATOR. Passenger Squib 1 was used. 3. OR BRING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY. INCINERATE. The ACM continuously monitors the seat belt switch circuits for an open or shorted conditions. THEY MUST NEVER BE REPLACED WITH ANY SUBSTITUTES. THE FASTENERS.6 FRONT IMPACT SENSOR The front impact sensors are electronic accelerometers that sense the rate of vehicle deceleration. The indicator will be turned on if the driver seat belt status is unbuckled. ANY TIME A NEW FASTENER IS NEEDED. WARNING: THE CURTAIN AIRBAG CONTAINS AN INERT GAS PRESSURIZED TO 17236. the curtain will tear open the headliner allowing the curtain airbag to fully deploy between the headliner and seat. Each sensor also contains an electronic communication chip that allows the unit to communicate the sensor status as well as sensor fault information to the microprocessor in the Airbag Control Module. SUBSTITUTE PARTS MAY APPEAR INTERCHANGEABLE.GENERAL INFORMATION ACTIVE DTC Passenger Squib 1 open Passenger Squib 2 open If Passenger Squib 1 open If Passenger Squib 2 open CONDITIONS Check the stored DTC’s AND IF the stored minutes for Passenger Squib 1 open is GREATER than the stored minutes for Driver Squib 2 by 15 minutes or more. Passenger Squib 1 is live. and then combined with the ACM Accelerometer provides verification of the direction and severity of an impact. it sets a Diagnostic Trouble Code and controls the airbag indicator operation accordingly.1. Upon deployment. AND IF Passenger Squib 1 open is NOT an active code. If neither of the following codes is an active code: ACTIVE DTC Passenger squib 1 open Passenger squib 2 open SQUIB STATUS Status of Airbag is Unknown. If the ACM detects a system fault. SQUIB STATUS Passenger Squib 1 is live. Driver Squib 2 was used. BUT INTERNAL DIFFERENCES MAY RESULT IN INFERIOR OCCUPANT PROTECTION. AND IF Passenger Squib 2 open is NOT an active code.4 SEAT BELT SWITCHES (SBS) The hall-effect driver and front passenger seat belt switches provide the seat belt status. via hardwired inputs to the ACM. The ACM microprocessor continuously monitors all of the front passive restraint system electrical circuits to determine the system readiness. When supplied with the proper electrical signal the inflator can discharge the compress gas directly into the curtain airbag. 3. The impact sen5 . DO NOT PUNCTURE. Passenger Squib 2 was used. REPLACE AIRBAG SYSTEM COMPONENTS ONLY WITH PARTS SPECIFIED IN THE CHRYSLER MOPAR PARTS CATALOG. The ACM uses seat belt switch inputs to determine the appropriate level of airbag deployment. just above the door openings. DO NOT STORE AT TEMPERATURE EXCEEDING 93°C (200°F). 3. If the seat belt switches are damaged or defective the seat belt buckle assembly must be replaced. Jumpers are used to convert the load tool cable connectors to the other airbag system connectors.1. Always begin by reading the diagnostic trouble codes with the DRBIII . Then disconnect the module connector and connect the matching adapter to the module connector. CAUTION: Do not remove or install impact sensors while the sensor is connected to the vehicle wiring. Disconnect the battery or remove both airbag fuses before servicing impact sensors. Active diagnostic trouble codes for the airbag system are not permanent and will change within 12 seconds the reason for the code is corrected. diagnostic trouble codes are used as a diagnostic tool. It is not necessary to perform all of the tests in this book to diagnose an individual code. The cables can be directly connected to some airbag system connectors. 8310 and 8443 for testing squib circuits. The impact sensors and the ACM communicate by modulating the voltage in the sensor signal circuit. 3. A stored code indicates there was an active code present at some time. it sets a Diagnostic Trouble Code and controls the airbag warning indicator operation accordingly. 3. 3. and the number of times the ignition has been cycled since the problem was last detected. Each sensor also contains an electronic communication chip that allows the unit to communicate the sensor status as well as sensor fault information to the microprocessor in the Airbag Control Module. connector and terminals for damage or misalignment.1. along with the time in minutes it was active. This means that the defect is currently there every time the airbag control module checks that circuit or component.2 STORED CODES Airbag codes are automatically stored in the ACM’s memory as soon as the malfunction is detected. The adapters are connected to the module harness connector to open shorting clips and protect the connector terminal during testing. The code is stored. This will direct you to the specific test(s) that must be performed.1. An active trouble code indicates an on-going malfunction. When a trouble code occurs. airbag load tools. when a malfunction is detected.1 ACTIVE CODES CAUTION: Do not remove or install the impact sensors while the sensor is connected to the vehicle wiring. If more than one code exists. 3. If the DTC is still active. The impact sensors and the ACM communicate by modulating the voltage in the sensor signal circuit. In certain test procedures within this manual. the airbag lamp remains lit for a minimum of 12 seconds or as long as the malfunction is present. curtain airbag. If the module reports NO ACTIVE DTC’s the defective components has been removed from the system and should be replaced. With all airbags disconnected and the adapter installed the squib wiring can be tested for open and shorted conditions. jumpers and adapters. 3. clockspring (use a jumper if needed). The load tools contain fixed resistive loads.8 SPECIAL TOOLS Some airbag diagnostic test use special tools. whichever occurs first. Substi6 The code becomes active as soon as the malfunction is detected or key-on.9 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Airbag diagnostic trouble codes consist of active and stored codes. With the exception of the warning lamp trouble codes or malfunctions. If the sensor is dropped it must be replaced. diagnostic priority should be given to the active codes. . Read the module active DTC’s. Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by following a specific testing procedure.9. Disconnect the battery or remove both airbag fuses before servicing impact sensors.9. When using the load tool follow all of the safety procedures in the service information for disconnecting airbag system components.1. Inspect the wiring. The fixed loads are connected to cables and mounted in a storage case. Then follow all of the safety procedures in the service information for connecting airbag system components. If the sensor is dropped it must be replaced. tute the airbag load tool in place of a Driver or Passenger Airbag. The side impact sensors receive battery current and ground through dedicated driver and passenger sensor signal and ground circuits from the ACM. The diagnostic test procedures contain step-by-step instructions for determining the cause of the trouble codes.GENERAL INFORMATION sors each receive battery current and ground through dedicated left and right sensor signal and ground circuits from the ACM.1. The ACM microprocessor continuously monitors all of the passive restraint system electrical circuits to determine the system readiness. It is impossible to erase an active code.7 SIDE IMPACT SENSOR The side impact sensors are electronic accelerometers that sense the rate of vehicle deceleration and when combined with the ACM Accelerometer provides verification of the direction and severity of a side impact. the airbag warning indicator illuminates for 12 seconds minimum (even if the problem existed for less than 12 seconds). continue this process until all component in the circuit have been tested. If the ACM detects a system fault. erase stored codes. The Automatic Zone Control (AZC) Module: is fully addressable with the DRBIII . The CD Changer is mounted in the cargo area of the passenger compartment on the right rear quarter panel.3 3.3. seek down. either a Manual Temperature Control (MTC) or Automatic Zone Control (AZC) HVAC system is available in these vehicles. Thus. The radio is capable of monitoring only this portion and can tell nothing about the circuit between the amplifier and the speakers.3. The CD Changer receives both ground and radio switch power through the radio. The radio then responses to the message. would be three minutes. the first step is to identify the radio in use in the vehicle. the diagnostic trouble code is erased and that ignition cycle counter is reset to zero. the active code diagnostic test will not locate the source of the problem. • 3. All the radios are capable of displaying faults and allowing certain actuation tests through the use of the DRBIII . On radios with an external amplifier. These functions are inputs to the Body Control Module and can be read with the DRBIII . even if the code was actually present for less than one minute. The controls on the radio operate the CD Changer through messages sent over the PCI Bus. which independently measure surface temperature to maintain occupant comfort levels.2 AUDIO SYSTEM The PCI Bus inputs into the radio are used for VF dimming and remote steering wheel controls. When and if the malfunction ceases to exist. When the radio displays a shorted output DTC with this type of system.2 CD CHANGER 3. The radio control MUX circuit is a 5 volt line that is pulled to ground through different value resistors built into the switches. the time shown for a code that was present for two minutes 13 seconds. If the malfunction reoccurs before the count reaches 254. This circuit is fairly simple to troubleshoot. a shorted output DTC on this type of system would only refer to this circuit. This type of circuit can be monitored all the way through the speaker connections by the radio assembly. rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. • communicates over the Programmable Communication Interface Multiplex System (PCI) Bus. the speaker. Consequently. Recheck for codes periodically as you work through the system. This procedure may uncover a malfunction that is difficult to locate.1 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS These radios can be controlled via remote radio switches (optional). for example. If the ignition cycle count reaches 254 without a reoccurrence of the same malfunction. These switches are located on 7 .2 SYSTEM CONTROLS Manual Temperature Control (MTC) • Refer to the Service Manual for MTC system description and operation information. The switches are a multiplexed signal to the BCM. the term “output” refers to the circuit between the radio connector and the amplifier. When trouble shooting output shorts or “output” error messages. This causes a voltage drop to be seen by the BCM and it sends a specific message to the radio on the PCI Bus circuit. The CD Changer features a removable 10-CD magazine. the back side of the steering wheel. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following inspection. 3. 3. When attempting to perform PCI Bus diagnostics. radio. If no obvious problems are found. A faulty speaker could not cause this DTC. which then outputs the signal through the channels to the speakers or amplifiers. seek up. and with the ignition on wiggle the wire harness and connectors. the stored code can indicate an area to inspect. If a malfunction is not active while performing a diagnostic test procedure.2. 3. • has dual infrared sensors. mounted in the AZC module face. then the ignition cycle counter will be reset and diagnostic trouble code will continue to be a stored code. or wiring could be at fault. The two-channel audio outputs of the CD Changer are hard-wired back to the radio.2. In this case. the term output refers to the path between the radio and the speaker. If a malfunction is detected a diagnostic trouble code is stored and will remain stored. The circuit must be complete from the switches in the steering wheel to the BCM. They control mode. volume up and volume down functions. the following applies: On radios without an external amplifier. The circuit passes through the clockspring so continuity through this devise must be verified.1 • HEATING & A/C SYSTEM SYSTEM AVAILABILITY Depending on the model. The ground must be complete so that the switches can cause the voltage drop for the BCM to see. an ignition cycle count will be initiated for that code. preset.GENERAL INFORMATION The minimum time shown for any code will be one minute. two-wire electronic mode door actuator. to prevent evaporator freeze up while maintaining optimum cooling performance.0 volt signal to the AZC Module over the Blower Motor Control circuit. the duty cycle increases to where the signal pattern is almost a flat line (with brief voltage spikes). for wide-open throttle A/C cut-out. received over the PCI Bus. Diagnostics for these DTCs can be found in the Powertrain Diagnostic Procedures manual Refer to the Service Manual for additional MTC system diagnosis and testing information. controls rear defogger operation. received over the PCI Bus. • • • 3. to optimize comfort control. ▪ The Blower Motor Controller provides a 5. Refer to the Service Manual for additional AZC system description and operation information. providing 10 blower speeds in manual mode and infinite speeds in automatic mode. Stored DTCs will be erased after 72 key cycles or by clearing them with the DRBIII .3. As higher blower speeds are requested. ▪ A simplified control system for operation of the mode. can be operated in a manual mode. • new Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) for a short low and for an open on the Evaporator Temperature Sensor circuit. DTCs pertaining to A/C compressor control circuits are stored in the PCM/ECM. • • Diagnostics for symptoms pertaining to A/C compressor operation can be found in the Heating & A/C category of this manual and in the Powertrain Diagnostic Procedures manual.GENERAL INFORMATION • • • • • has dual-zone temperature-controls to provide a wide side-to-side variation in temperature to meet the needs of either front seat occupant. received over the PCI Bus. two-wire electronic blend door actuators. for cold engine blower lock-out. Diagnostics for these DTCs can be found in the Heating & A/C category of this manual. Data from the sensor is used to prevent evaporator freeze up while maintaining optimum cooling performance. 3. uses Ambient Temperature Sensor data. one. When the blower switch reaches HI speed. Diagnostics for symptoms pertaining to A/C compressor operation can be found in the Heating & • • • • • . controls electronic door actuator operation. The condition causing the fault must be repaired in order to clear this type of DTC. • DTCs pertaining to the Evaporator Temperature Sensor are stored in the BCM. Revisions to the 2002 MTC and AZC HVAC systems include: • the addition of an Evaporator Temperature Sensor which is hard wired to the BCM. and temperature control actuators provides positive positioning without the complexity of feedback from position sensors. To maintain accuracy. uses vehicle speed data.3 SYSTEM REVISIONS • • The 2002 WJ/WG HVAC systems remain mostly carryover from 2001. the AZC Module runs the actuator for the number of commutator pulses that correspond to the desired door position. • • 3. uses engine RPM data. Using these parameters.4 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS (MTC) Fault detection is through Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) • DTCs are displayed by the DRBIII .0 volt signal based on input from the blower switch. provides an A/C request to the BCM when compressor operation is desired. The AZC Module knows the number of operating actuator revolutions required for full door travel as well as the number of actuator commutator pulses per revolution. AZC Module DTCs Active DTCs are those which currently exist in the system.3. two-wire electronic recirculation door actuator. controls fan speed. the AZC Module increases the duty cycle (more time grounding the signal voltage). received over the PCI Bus. to determine air-flow over the condenser for optimum cooling performance. one. Active DTCs become stored DTCs when the condition that caused the active DTC no longer exists.5 SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS (AZC) Fault detection is through active and stored Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) • DTCs are displayed by the DRBIII . When the blower switch is set to LO speed. The AZC Module provides a variable duty cycle ground to the 5. the system recalibrates itself periodically at known zero and full travel conditions. received over the PCI Bus.3. recirculation. 8 The Dual-Zone AZC HVAC system uses: • • • two. the AZC Module provides a short duty cycle (less time grounding the signal voltage). uses Evaporator Temperature Sensor data. uses engine temperature data. 3. The BCM also provides the following features: Intermittent wipe and low speed wiper control Wiper system status Ignition on/off timer VF displays synchronization Rear door and liftgate ajar status Acquisition & transmission of external temperature A/C select switch status Chime Courtesy lamps with fade to off feature Reading lights/glove box lamp load shedding control Exterior lighting control including automatic headlamps. the module is interfaced to the vehicle’s serial bus communication network (Programmable Communication Interface or PCI bus). • • must be actuated if the AZC Module or any door actuator is replaced. BCM DTCs DTCs pertaining to the Evaporator Temperature Sensor are stored in the BCM. To provide and receive information. MSM or HSM).6 FOLLOWING A REPAIR (AZC) • The AZC Reset Module function: • is actuated with the DRBIII . > Interior courtesy lamp operation may be ‘‘defeated’’ using the dimmer control ring on the left multifunction switch. Diagnostics for these DTCs can be found in the Heating & A/C category of this manual. the transmission control module (TCM). the shifter assembly (diesel). the passenger door module (PDM). the optional adjustable pedal module. fog lamp control. the electro/mechanical instrument cluster (MIC).GENERAL INFORMATION A/C category of this manual and in the Powertrain Diagnostic Procedures manual. • Refer to the Service Manual for additional AZC system diagnosis and testing information. This includes the front and rear reading/courtesy lamps and the cargo area dome lamp. the memory/heated seat module (MHSM. the optional power amplifier. the sentry key immobilizer module (SKIM). • • 3. the optional rain sensor. the driver door module (DDM). • turned off by the driver. Diagnostics for these DTCs can be found in the Powertrain Diagnostic Procedures manual. ignition switch power is needed for ignition switched functions. even if they are turned on manually. This network consists of the powertrain control module (PCM) or engine control module (ECM) (diesel). These accessories can be operated up to 45 seconds after ignition-OFF or until door is opened.4 BODY CONTROL MODULE The body control module (BCM) supplies vehicle occupants with visual and audible information and controls various vehicle functions. the optional PCI radio. the airbag control module (ACM). homes and repositions door actuators. the optional electronic vehicle information center (EVIC). The BCM is operational when battery power is supplied to the module and in addition. the controller antilock brake (CAB). > Theater-style interior lighting dims gradually when the doors are closed. the optional automatic zone control module (AZC). the optional CD changer. including these features: > A Battery Saver automatically turns off all exterior and interior lamps within 8 minutes after the ignition is turned off. Beep tones for warnings and programming actions associated with the Sentry Key Immobilizer system and the EVIC. rear fog lamp control and parking lamps Exterior lamp status Headlamp time delay upon ignition off and headlamps switch off Parade mode Illuminated entry Instrument panel dimming Vehicle theft security system with panic & horn and hazard lamp activation Key-in ignition switch interface Brake fluid level switch/park brake switch interface Seatbelt reminder Speed sensitive intermittent wipe control Remote radio switch interface to radio • • • • • • • • • • • 3. PCM/ECM DTCs DTCs pertaining to A/C compressor control circuits are stored in the PCM/ECM. The BCM provides the following new features: • Full control of all exterior and interior lamps. > Instrument panel light intensity may be maximized for daytime visibility with the head lamps or parking lights by using the dimmer control ring on the left multifunction switch. and the optional intrusion transceiver module (export). if they are not 9 • • • • • • • • • • • . An Accessory/Sunroof Delay allows continued operation of the sunroof and the power windows after ignition-OFF. DOOR AJAR LEFT REAR RIGHT REAR LIFTGATE PASSENGER DRIVER 3. Refer to Sentry Key Immobilizer System in the Description and Operation section of the service information .0 mile Service reminder Coolant level low Washer fluid low Tire Pressure Monitoring System alert messages (if equipped) Door or liftgate ajar (when critical speed is reached)** **CRITICAL SPEED CHART TURN CHIME ON 3.0 MPH (2 kmh) 1.0 MPH (5 kmh) 3. The chime will sound for the following conditions: 3.0 MPH (2 kmh) 7.5. Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC).5.3 EVIC CHIME REQUESTED MESSAGES The BCM receives information over the PCI bus from the PCM in order to support certain features. The 2002 WJ/WG has several programmable features which can be enabled/disabled by using the EVIC or the DRBIII .0 MPH (11 kmh) Vehicle identification number The BCM provides the PCM with information on the A/C switch status. Mechanical Instrument Cluster (MIC).0 MPH (2 kmh) 1.5. The Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM) is programmed to send chime request messages over the Programmable Communications Interface (PCI) data bus to the Body Control Module (BCM) to provide audible confirmation that: • the SKIM has been successfully placed in the Customer Learn mode. See the owner’s manual in the vehicle glove box for more information on the features.4 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM 3. • • • • • • Engine and battery temperature Injector on time and distance pulses Vehicle speed Engine model Fuel tank level Turn signal on for more than 1.0 MPH (5 kmh) 3.2 • • • • BCM INITIATED CHIME MESSAGES Headlamp ON with ignition OFF and driver door open Key in ignition with ignition OFF and driver door open Seat Belt Warning Overspeed Warning (Gulf Coast Countries Only) 3.0 MPH (5 kmh) 3. The required information is as follows: • Engine RPM • • • • • • When the following messages are displayed the EVIC will send a chime request to the BCM.0 MPH (16 kmh) TURN CHIME OFF 1.1 • • MIC REQUESTED CHIME MESSAGES Charging Voltage Low Coolant Temp High Low Oil Pressure Charging Voltage High Airbag Check Gauges: • • • • • Low Fuel ABS Low Battery Voltage Water in Fuel (Diesel) Low Coolant level (Diesel) 10 The Sentry Key Immobilizer System (SKIS) also uses tactile beep support from the chime warning system.GENERAL INFORMATION • • • • • • • • • Vehicle ignition status BCM self diagnostics Liftgate courtesy lamp disable Rear window defogger control Accessory delay control (windows and sunroof) Fuel economy and distance to empty (DTE) calculations Heated seat switch status Exterior lamp load shed Support of EVIC programmable features 3. • A new Sentry key transponder has been successfully programmed by the SKIM. use and operation of the SKIS.Vehicle Theft/ . via the PCI bus. requests the BCM to sound its internal chime as needed. Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM) and the Powertrain Control Module (PCM). The BCM will respond with a series of chimes. Each module monitors its related systems and.0 MPH (2 kmh) 1.5 CHIME SYSTEM The chime system responds to requests from five modules: the Body Control Module (BCM).5.0 MPH (5 kmh) 10. the switch state will show CLOSED. liftgate ajar. When the PDM receives a valid signal from the RKE transmitter. the illuminated entry will turn on the courtesy lamps. When the unlock button on the transmitter is pressed one time. During diagnosis. The DRBIII will display the state of the door ajar. simply press the switch momentarily in either direction. and liftgate flip-up ajar switches in Inputs/Outputs. 3. automatic (rolling) door locks. A feature of this system allows the windows to be operated from any window switch for 45 seconds after the ignition is turned off. For example.6 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM The door ajar.3 DOOR LOCK INHIBIT 3.7. heated mirrors. (providing all doors are closed) and the vehicle theft security system (if equipped) will be armed. The DDM has a lock out switch that prevents the windows from being operated from any switch except the driver’s door. 4. or liftgate flip-up is closed. For diagnostic information. 3. This protects against locking the vehicle with the keys still in the ignition. The passenger door module (PDM) contains the RKE receiver. When the driver presses the down switch to the second detent. 3. The 11 When the lock button on the transmitter is pressed. the driver front door will unlock. it indicates an open ajar circuit. appropriate door module supplies this voltage. door key cylinder disarm (driver door only). that when a door. the supply circuit to one side of the switch is opened and ground is provided making a complete circuit and therefore operating the window motor. it also shuts off the individual door switch LED’s. Reduced wiring complexity is a key advantage of using multiplexed door modules. the switch state on the DRBIII will show OPEN. liftgate. or liftgate flip-up is closed and the DRBIII displays the switch state as CLOSED. the window will travel all the way down even if the switch is released. 3.2 POWER DOOR LOCKS The power door locks are operated four different ways: 1.4. the lock switch on that door is disabled. and when the door. remote keyless entry. power mirrors. it will send a signal on the PCI bus to lock or unlock the doors. By pressing the button again the horn and . transmission in neutral or park and the drivers door is opened all doors will unlock). Twelve volts are provided on the rear window motor circuit on both the up and down circuits. if the driver’s door is opened and the passenger front door closed. This feature is programmable to open all doors on one press using the EVIC or the DRBIII . When the button is pressed a second time. illuminated entry will be turned off. When the key is in the ignition and in the off position. Auto (rolling) door lock feature (vehicle speed above 15 MPH (24 kmh) and all doors closed). To stop the window travel. These modules are addressable with the DRBIII from the ‘‘Body’’ menu to facilitate faster and easier diagnosis. If vehicle is equipped with the memory system. When the rear switch is pressed. 3. or liftgate flip-up is open.4 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY 3. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 3. If the door. driver window express down. Auto unlock on exit (vehicle stopped after auto door locks had locked the doors.1 POWER WINDOWS The power windows can be raised or lowered from the driver’s door module (DDM) or the individual door switch.7. They control the following features: power door locks. Another feature is the ‘‘Express Down’’ driver door only. door lock inhibit and auto unlock on exit. the locks are operational from the passenger door switch. all locks will lock. or liftgate flip-up is open and the DRBIII displays the switch state as OPEN. and either front door is opened. liftgate. liftgate.7. driver door (DDM) and passenger door (PDM).7 DOOR MODULES A multiplexed door module is located on each front door. liftgate ajar. the other doors will unlock. provided a front door is not opened. It’s important to note. memory recall functions (adjustable pedals. The RKE transmitter uses radio frequency signals to communicate with the RKE receiver. hazard lamps and horn relays and actuates the courtesy lamp relay.7. and the liftgate flip-up ajar states are used as inputs for various control modules on the vehicle. memory seats and mirrors).7. if a door. Front door lock switches 2.GENERAL INFORMATION Alarm systems for more information on the SKIS. The unlock switch is still functional. the memory message will be received as to which transmitter sent the signal (1 or 2). refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic Information. it indicates a shorted ajar circuit. the vehicle theft security system (if equipped) will be disarmed.1 PANIC FUNCTION When the panic button on the RKE transmitter is pressed it pulsates the headlamp. liftgate. When the switch is pressed. hazard lamps and courtesy lamp relays with the DRBIII will verify that the circuits and the body control module are OK. if not canceled by the operator. and MENU. RESET. the receiver and transmitter can fall out of synchronization. communicating with the BCM. The panic feature is able to be set if the ignition is on but only if the panic button is pressed prior to the vehicle being started. trip odometer. The EVIC provides the following functions: Compass direction Outside temperature Elapsed ignition on time Distance to empty Average fuel economy Instantaneous fuel economy Trip odometer Distance to service Driver alert messages: – TURN SIGNAL ON (with vehicle graphic) – PERFORM SERVICE – DOOR OPEN (individual or multiple doors. distance to empty.7. the EVIC is also available with an integrated Universal Garage Door Opener (UGDO) known as HomeLink . Actuating the headlamp. The EVIC supplements the standard vehicle instrumentation. replacement of the passenger door module will be necessary. battery replacement.). For complete information.7. outdoor temperature. The EVIC sends and receives data over the PCI bus. warning messages. If the panic feature is still inoperable with both transmitters. If equipped. STEP. 3. The Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC) is located in the overhead console.8. The three UGDO buttons are labeled with dots to indicate the channel number. elapsed ignition on time. Tire Pressure Monitoring System information is received by the EVIC in the form of radio transmissions. then it is obvious that the transmitter must be replaced. To re-synchronize. Note: The lock function works from the RKE keyfob even in out of synchronization condition and therefore it could be verified by pressing the LOCK button on the RKE keyfob.1 • • • • • • • • • VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The RKE can be changed to unlock all doors with one press The Automatic Door Locks can be enabled/ disabled Auto Unlock on Exit can be enabled/disabled RKE horn chirp on lock can be enabled/disabled RKE optical chirp (turn signal lamps) can be enabled/disabled Program a new RKE transmitter (DRBIII only) RKE linked to memory (if equipped with memory system) enabled/disabled (DRBIII only). It also provides an interface to enable and disable vehicle programmable features. the EVIC is available with a Tire Pressure Monitoring (TPM) System. refer to the Tire Pressure Monitoring System section in this publication. instantaneous fuel economy. distance to service. horn. Display information is received over the PCI bus. indicating that re-synchronization has occurred. service messages and memory system messages. The EVIC function buttons are labeled C/T. and the Instrument Cluster. 3. Allows memory to be operable only from the driver door switch.GENERAL INFORMATION exterior lamps will stop but the courtesy lamps will remain on until the BCM times them out or the ignition is turned on. The transmitter message and the receiver message increment together. Also if equipped. with graphic) – LIFTGATE OPEN (with graphic) – LIFTGLASS OPEN (with graphic) – COOLANT LEVEL LOW (with graphic) 12 . it will continue for three minutes or until the vehicle has reached a speed of 15 MPH.8 ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER 3.6 • • • • • • • PROGRAMMABLE DOOR LOCK FEATURES 3. The tire pressure sensors are mounted to the vehicle wheels. Under certain conditions with a rolling code system (pressing a button on the RKE transmitter over 255 times outside the receiver range. average fuel economy. PCM.5 ROLLING CODE The rolling code feature changes part of the transmitter message each time that it is used. The EVIC uses a vacuum fluorescent (VF) display to supply the vehicle operator with a compass reading. press and release the UNLOCK button on the RKE keyfob repeatedly (it may take up to eight cycles) while listening carefully for the power door locks in the vehicle to cycle. etc. The BCM supplies most of the information displayed by the EVIC. If the function is inoperable with just one transmitter. If the RESET button is pressed again within 3 seconds. The STEP Button can be used in one of the following three ways: 1) To sequentially select one of seven displays or blank display in the following order: • • • • • • • • 3. The EVIC will not display information for any of the screens for which it did not receive the proper PCI bus data. Using the STEP button will change the EVIC between modes of operation and display the appropriate information according to data received from the PCI Bus. 3) To select the displayed programmable feature setting.2 STEP BUTTON Average Fuel Economy • Trip Odometer • Elapsed Time A reset will only occur if one of the trip functions that may be reset is currently being displayed. 3.7 COMPASS/TEMPERATURE The EVIC simultaneously displays the compass reading and the outside temperature. Simultaneously pressing the RESET button and the C/T button while turning the ignition from Off to On will enter the EVIC into the self-diagnostic mode.6 TRAVELER DISPLAY FUNCTIONS Off (Blank) 2) To set the magnetic variance zone when VARIANCE = X (X = 1 .8.8.4 RESET BUTTON Trip Odometer data Elapsed Ignition On Time data Fuel Economy (Average and Instantaneous) Distance to Empty Outside Temperature Distance to service The RESET Button has two different functions: 1) To clear the trip functions that may be reset 2) To enter and exit the diagnostic mode Pressing the RESET button once will clear the trip function that is currently being displayed (except Distance to Service) and the EVIC will send a PCI bus beep request to the BCM. Reset.8.8. The trip functions that may be reset are: • Driver warning messages The EVIC transmits the following messages to the BCM: • Status Request: Beep.3 MENU BUTTON Use the MENU button to sequentially step the EVIC through the programmable features. 3. 3. Use the MENU button to enter the Tire Pressure Monitoring (TPM) Training Procedure. 13 . Outside temperature information is received via the PCI bus from the BCM. The EVIC receives the following messages from the Body Control Module (BCM): • Verification of US/Metric status • VF display dimming brightness and exterior lamp status • • • • • • • 3. The EVIC module will send a beep request to the BCM.15) is indicated in the VF Display. Refer to the symptom list in the Overhead Console section for problems related to the EVIC. Chime requests with an OPEN message are dependent upon vehicle speed. US/M Toggle • Current Display The EVIC receives the following message from the PCM: • Vehicle Speed 3.8. Pressing the RESET button for more than three (3) seconds resets the Distance to Service function while the Distance to Service message is being displayed. The EVIC module internally senses and calculates the compass direction.8. the EVIC will reset ALL of the trip functions and an additional beep request is sent to the BCM. This function will operate from another traveler display or from the programmable feature mode.5 COMPASS/TEMPERATURE (C/T) BUTTON Average Fuel Economy Distance to Empty Instantaneous Fuel Economy Trip Odometer Time Elapsed Distance to Service Message Individual Tire Pressure Actuating the Compass/Temperature Button (C/T) will cause the EVIC to display the compass and temperature information.GENERAL INFORMATION – WASHER FLUID LOW (with graphic) An audible chime or chimes will accompany any displayed warning messages. Press and hold the RESET button until VARIANCE = XX is displayed. Check for segments that do not illuminate or illuminate all the time. Fast Auto-Cal can also be performed manually. if the calibration information stored in the EVIC memory is within the normal range. During fast Auto-Cal. perform the following steps: • Drive the vehicle to an area away from any large metal objects or overhead power lines. 3.11 DIAGNOSIS AND TESTING SELF-CHECK DIAGNOSTICS The EVIC is capable of performing a diagnostic self check on its internal functions. the correct variance zone must be set. or the compass displays false indications. If the compass/temperature data is not currently being displayed.10 COMPASS CALIBRATION Upon ignition on. the EVIC will perform in slow Auto-Cal mode. The EVIC will enter into the fast-cal mode until calibration is complete. Press and hold the RESET button until CAL is displayed. EVIC diagnostics may be performed using a DRBIII( or by using the following procedure: (1) With the ignition switch in the OFF position. In slow Auto-Cal mode. Press the C/T button to view the Compass/ Temperature display. However.8. unable to be calibrated. CAL will be displayed along with the temperature. • CAL will remain illuminated to alert the driver that the compass is in the calibration mode. If the compass appears blank. auto-calibration is performed continuously. The EVIC will display the variance zone stored in memory and the word VARIANCE. Auto activation of the fast Auto-Cal mode will also occur when the EVIC is subjected to high magnetic field strength levels. the compass will display CAL. The compass module detects changes in the vehicle magnetism and makes appropriate internal corrections to ensure proper displayed direction. then release the button.8. the vehicle must be demagnetized. the EVIC continuously compensates for the slowly changing magnetic field of the vehicle. • • • • • Ensure that the proper variance zone is selected. (4) All of the VFD segments will illuminate for 2-4 seconds. Whenever the ignition is On and the EVIC receives PCI bus data indicating that engine RPM is greater than zero. Slow-cal ensures that during normal vehicle operation the compass performs auto-calibration functions to keep the compass sensors in their proper operating range. Use the STEP button to select the proper variance zone number. if the calibration information stored in the EVIC memory is not within the normal range at ignition on.GENERAL INFORMATION 3. The compass module has 2 types of autocalibration. • 3. CAL will turn off.9 SETTING MAGNETIC ZONE VARIANCE Variance is the difference between magnetic North and geographic North. slow-cal and fast-cal. depress and hold the RESET and the C/T buttons. 1 through 15. After selecting the proper zone number.8. Refer to the Zone Variance map for the correct zone. less than 5 MPH (8KPH) in at least 1 complete 360 degree circle. by pressing and holding the RESET button for 10 seconds during the Compass/Temperature display mode. which cause all compass readings to be erroneous for a continuous period of five (5) minutes.8 COMPASS OPERATION 3. (3) Continue to hold both buttons until the software versions are displayed. CAL is displayed along with the temperature. Drive slowly. momentarily press and release the C/T button to display compass/temp information. Follow these steps to check or change the variance zone: • • The ignition switch must be in the On position and the EVIC display must not be blank. For proper compass function. To enter the compass into Manual Calibration mode. the EVIC will enter fast Auto-Cal. (2) Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. See Setting Magnetic Zone Variance. The ignition switch must be in the On position and the EVIC display must not be blank. • After calibration is complete. The variance zone is then stored in the memory and the EVIC returns to normal operation. Refer to Compass Demagnetizing Procedure in the Service Manual.8. momentarily press and release the RESET button. 14 • • . then release the buttons. If the calibration information stored in the compass module memory is not within the normal range after a power-up cycle. If the EVIC display indicates 54°C (130°F) or the ATS sense circuit is shorted to ground. The BCM receives a hardwire input from the ambient temperature sensor (ATS). AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAULT CODES 3. The ATS is supported by the BCM. The ATS can be diagnosed using the following Sensor Test. The outside temperature function is supported by the ambient temperature sensor (ATS). Ambient Temperature Sensor DTCs will be recorded in the BCM. a signal and ground circuit hardwired to the BCM. depress the RESET button or cycle the ignition switch and the EVIC will return to normal operation. the EVIC must be replaced. the temp display will be 54°C (130°F) to indicate a SHORT circuit condition.14 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR TEST (1) Turn the ignition OFF. If the EVIC display indicates -40°C (-40°F) or the ATS sense circuit is open. refer to the symptom list. The ATS is a variable resistor that operates on a 5-volt reference signal circuit hardwired from the BCM.GENERAL INFORMATION (5) When the self-check is complete the EVIC will display one of the following messages: • 3. If a Communication fault is displayed. and the ATS.8. The BCM senses the change in reference voltage through the ATS resistor. but the EVIC temperature display is inoperative or incorrect.12 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR The ambient air temperature is monitored by the BCM and displayed by the EVIC. 15 . and PCI bus communications are confirmed to be OK. 3. The resistance in the ATS changes as the outside temperature rises or falls. it must be repaired before the EVIC VFD can be tested. the BCM is programmed to correspond to a specific temperature. if faulty or damaged. Test the ATS circuits using the diagnostics in the Body Diagnostic Procedures Manual. The ATS cannot be adjusted or repaired and. Based on the resistance of the ATS. If there is an OPEN or SHORT circuit condition. it must be replaced.8. (2) Disconnect the ATS harness connector.13 PASS SELF TEST • FAILED SELF TEST • NOT RECEIVING J1850 MESSAGE (6) To exit the self-check mode.8. and the EVIC display. If the EVIC passes the self test. replace the BCM. the circuits. The BCM stores and filters the ambient temperature data and transmits this data to the EVIC via the PCI Bus. If a FAILED is displayed. the temp display will be -40°C (-40°F) to indicate an OPEN circuit condition. two. the EVIC will keep the previous set of trained IDs and will display ‘‘TRAINING ABORTED’’ until a button is pressed. For complete information. Any IDs learned during the current session will be discarded. and security lighting.8. The overhead console display provides visual feedback to the driver.37 .1 TRAINING THE EVIC 10° C (50° F) Sensor Resistance = 17. At this point the user must set the left front tire sensor to learn mode by positioning a magnet (Relearn Magnet special tool 8821) over the valve stem for at least 5 seconds.75 Kilohms 40° C (104° F) Sensor Resistance = 4.99 Kilohms • • • • • 3.12 . If the vehicle is equipped with the HomeLink feature and a HomeLink button is pressed at any time during the training procedure. When the EVIC has received this message and is assured that it has learned an ID. Right Rear.9. or three dots. refer to Universal Transmitter in the Service Manual or the Owner’s Manual.14 HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSMITTER If equipped.10. (3) The EVIC display will prompt the user to: ‘‘TRAIN LEFT FRONT TIRE’’. 3. Radio signals from the tire pressure sensor/transmitters are received and interpreted by the Electronic Vehicle Information Center (EVIC). When this mode is enabled by selecting ‘‘YES’’ the EVIC will initiate the training procedure. The EVIC can be trained to recognize the source locations of pressure sensor/transmitter signals. (5) Once all five tires are successfully trained. The HomeLink can learn and store up to three separate transmitter radio frequency codes to operate garage door openers. and the EVIC will display ‘‘TRAINING COMPLETE’’ until a button is pressed. If any of these timers expire the EVIC will abort the training procedure.9 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPM) If equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPM). security gates. For added security it will operate home security systems that use coded signals known generically as Rolling Codes.86 Kilohms 30° C (86° F) Sensor Resistance = 7. A sensor/transmitter in a mounted wheel will broadcast its detected pressure once per minute when the vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 mph). The Remote Tire Pressure Monitor (RTPM) in the front left tire will transmit a message indicating to the EVIC that it is in learn mode.GENERAL INFORMATION (3) Measure the resistance of the ATS using the following min/max values: • 0° C (32° F) Sensor Resistance = 29. the EVIC module will immediately exit the training procedure. a 60 or 30 second timer expires before a unique learn sensor ID is received or the vehicle is not in park. The individual tire pressures can be displayed graphically on the EVIC. discard any IDs learned in the current session and perform the HomeLink function. If.5. (4) The EVIC will request the initiation of a training sequence for each tire. indicating which HomeLink transmitter channel button is being pressed.8. The HomeLink buttons are marked with one. Use the following training procedure: (1) Locate ‘‘RETRAIN TIRE SENSORS’’ on the EVIC menu. the EVIC will request a horn chirp via a bus message and then display the next train request.90 . Note: There is a 60second timer for learning the first tire location and a 30-second timer between the remaining tires. Right Front.99 .33 . The EVIC will allow 30 seconds (60 seconds for the first tire) from the beginning of the train request display to the receipt of a unique learn ID message from the RTPM. (2) Press STEP button to select YES and MENU button to confirm.13. 16 . Each sensor’s broadcast is uniquely coded so that the EVIC can determine location.61 Kilohms 25° C (77° F) Sensor Resistance = 9. the module will display ‘‘RETRAIN TIRE SENSORS? NO’’. The spare tire sensor will broadcast once every hour. Left Rear. the HomeLink Universal Transmitter is integrated into the overhead console.21. replace the Sensor.35. After the button is released.75 Kilohms The sensor resistance should read between these min/max values. one-by-one in a clockwise direction around the vehicle (Left Front.37 . each of the vehicles five wheels will have a valve stem with an integral pressure sensor and radio transmitter. The EVIC will not store one ID for multiple locations. 3. If the resistance values are not OK.81 Kilohms 20° C (68° F) Sensor Resistance = 11. during a training session. the previous set of stored IDs will be replaced by the new IDs. and Spare). Display ‘‘SERVICE TIRE PRESS SYSTEM’’. The DRBIII can be queried to determine the Sensor/Transmitter status: • ‘‘Invalid Pressure’’ . Store an active fault code. Display a dashed line at the wheel location on the graphic display if the display is activated. The spare wheel sensor/transmitter is expected to transmit once per hour. the RTPM must be replaced. it will: a. the EVIC will detect the relocation and determine from the sensor transmit intervals. If the display is removed without correcting the condition. 3. Request a chime. b.9.2 PRESSURE THRESHOLDS The EVIC will monitor the tire pressure signals from the five tire sensor/transmitters and determine if any tire has gone below the Low Pressure Threshold or raised above the High Pressure Threshold.The Sensor/Transmitter is reporting a negative pressure or a pressure above 434 kPa (63 psi). the EVIC can determine when the spare wheel has been mounted on the vehicle.The Sensor/Transmitter ID code is recognized by the EVIC. RESET or MENU button. the EVIC will request a chime and display ‘‘SPARE SWAP DETECTED’’ for five seconds. For a Sensor Failure or Low Battery fault. • ‘‘Trained’’ . b. Display ‘‘SERVICE TIRE PRESS SYSTEM’’.3 CRITICAL AND NON-CRITICAL PRESSURE ALERTS A critical alert will be triggered when a tire pressure has gone below or above a set threshold pressure. STEP. • Any sensor transmitting at a shorter than expected interval or.9. The alert message will display for three seconds and then switch to the tire pressure trip screen. • ‘‘Low Batt’’ .The vehicle is moving at 40 km/h (25 mph) and the Sensor/Transmitter is ‘‘awake’’ and transmitting as expected by the EVIC. • ‘‘Active’’ . If the sensor/ transmitter ID for the spare wheel is received at a shorter interval. 1. Refer to the table below. If the EVIC detects a non-transmitting Sensor/ Transmitter in a road wheel for 10 minutes at a vehicle speed above 40 Km/H (25 MPH). LOW TIRE PRESSURE THRESHOLDS SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR On Off TIRE PRESSURE 172 kPa (25 PSI) 193 kPa (28 PSI) HIGH TIRE PRESSURE THRESHOLDS SYSTEM STATUS INDICATOR On Off TIRE PRESSURE 310 kPa (45 PSI) 276 kPa (40 PSI) NOTE: The Remote Tire Pressure Monitor Sensors (RTPM) are not internally serviceable. c. d.4 SYSTEM FAULTS 3. which wheels are .9. it will reappear without a chime after 60 seconds to warn the driver of the low/high pressure condition. 3. Store an active fault code. If the pressure threshold is exceeded while the ignition is OFF. Once training is complete.5 SPARE WHEEL AUTO-LOCATE If the spare tire is mounted on the vehicle.GENERAL INFORMATION The training procedure can be stopped at any time by pressing the C/T. Request a chime. When the EVIC detects: • A low pressure sensor/transmitter battery status for 7 consecutive ignition cycles. The blinking tire pressure will continue for the rest of the ignition cycle or until an EVIC button is pressed. Depending on what the condition is. spare tire. All fault codes are associated with a specific wheel location. A non-critical alert will be triggered when low or high pressure threshold has been exceeded in the 17 No valid pressure sensor ID from the spare tire for 20 consecutive ignition cycles spaced at least one hour apart. Use the DRBIII Input/Output function to further isolate the specific concern. There are four conditions that will cause a Tire Pressure Monitoring System fault to be set. 2. The tire pressure for the tire that has exceeded its threshold will blink at one second intervals on the graphic display. it will: a.9. the EVIC will request a chime and then display a LOW PRESSURE or HIGH PRESSURE message indicating the appropriate location. the alert will be delayed 8-10 seconds after ignition ON. When any of these buttons are pressed the EVIC will display ‘‘TRAINING ABORTED’’ until another button is pressed. c. • 3.The Sensor/Transmitter has reported a low battery status for seven consecutive ignition cycles. The ‘‘SPARE LOW PRESSURE’’ or ‘‘SPARE HIGH PRESSURE’’ alert will be displayed for 60 seconds during each ignition ON cycle. When the noise level is too high to distinguish a transmission from a sensor/transmitter. it will: • Display ‘‘TIRE PRESSURE UNAVAILABLE’’ for 5 seconds. the sensor/transmitter will continue its ID transmission.1 EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM EXTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER Switch to the graphic display and show dashed lines instead of the tire pressure for the wheel(s) affected by the radio interference. • The BCM monitors the status of and controls the park lamp. 3.9. If none of the sensors/transmitters can be detected. it will: • Request a chime. 3. 60 or 90 second time delay before turning off the headlamps.9. refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System symptoms in the EVIC section. The fog lamps can only be on if the park or low beam headlamps are on. The appropriate sensor/ transmitter can then be replaced. 3. This feature can also be disabled.9 3. ‘‘SENSOR FAILURE’’ fault is detected.7 TIRE PRESSURE NOW AVAILABLE If the ‘‘TIRE PRESSURE UNAVAILABLE’’ message was displayed because of radio noise interference.6 TIRE PRESSURE UNAVAILABLE The EVIC can detect high radio noise interference. • Request a chime.9. • A test of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System can be initiated in the EVIC.9. In the EVIC training procedure. The spare tire sensor/transmitter transmits once per hour. • Display ‘‘REMOVE MAGNET FROM SPARE’’ for 60 seconds per ignition-ON cycle.9 SYSTEM TEST 3.9. 3) The EVIC will request a beep to indicate the start of the test. If the magnet is left on the wheel. (Same display as for pressures but with counters in place of the tire pressures. 3. When the noise level no longer interferes with sensor/transmitter transmissions. 3. replace that sensor transmitter. the BCM will turn them off after 8 minutes. the location will be displayed. If a ‘‘BATTERY LOW’’.4 FOG LAMP CONTROL The body control module controls the operation of the fog lamp relay which controls the fog lamps.) 6) Drive the vehicle at speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph) for 10 minutes. the spare wheel is the last in the sequence. low/high head lamp and fog lamp relay’s based on this input. 3.3 HEADLAMP SWITCH NOTE: The TPM System relearn procedure must be performed before servicing the system. If any exterior lamps are left on after the ignition is turned off.9. The test sequence is as follows: 1) Scroll to the blank display by pressing the STEP button. If the EVIC detects 20 transmissions from the spare wheel in 60 seconds and the vehicle speed is above 40 km/h (25 mph).8 DIAGNOSING AND CLEARING SYSTEM FAULTS The headlamp time delay operates when the ignition switch is turned off while the headlamps are still on.2 HEADLAMP DELAY Request a chime. All Tire Pressure Monitoring System Faults are specific to one location.9. head lamp and fog lamp relay’s. The headlight switch on WJ vehicles uses a multiplexed (MUX) circuit to the BCM. 3.GENERAL INFORMATION mounted and which one is now the spare.9. 3. This feature is customer programmable to provide a 30.6 REMOVE MAGNET FROM SPARE A magnet is used to initiate a sensor ID transmission. If the high beams are turned on. The test will continue until any EVIC button is pressed or until the ignition is cycled to OFF. 2) Press and hold the RESET button for five seconds. the EVIC will: • Display ‘‘TIRE PRESSURE NOW AVAILABLE’’ for 5 seconds. 4) The EVIC will clear the sensor signal counters 5) The vehicle graphic will be displayed with transmission counters at each corner and for the spare.9. If a single sensor/transmitter cannot be detected by the EVIC. The sensor/transmitters in the mounted wheels transmit once per minute when the vehicle is moving at 40 km/h (25 mph). the fog lamps will automatically be turned off. 18 . The BCM will then control the park lamp. 7) The counters will increase by one each time a sensor signal is received by the EVIC (approximately 1 signal per minute from each wheel except the spare). The courtesy lamp switch on the left multifunction switch is in the dome on position. The cluster illumination lamps are hard wired in the Instrument Cluster. 3. illuminated entry will cancel when the door closes. both front seat negative temperature coeffi19 . With the exception of the Voltmeter.10 3. The DRBIII can also extract active and stored Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) from the Instrument Cluster. The memory module for the seat is mounted under the driver’s seat. To return to normal operation. refer to the appropriate Service Manual. The glove box. or with the key if the vehicle is equipped with vehicle theft alarm. The body controller has direct control over all of the vehicle’s courtesy lamps. if the lock button is pressed with a door open. the BCM will turn them off after 8 minutes. The panel dimming level switch is read by the body computer which converts the level to a value that is sent over the PCI bus. The body computer will illuminate the courtesy lamps under any of the following conditions: 1.2 ILLUMINATED ENTRY Illuminated entry will be initiated when the customer enters the vehicle by unlocking the doors with the key fob. The EMIC is also capable of performing a diagnostic Self-Test that is actuated by depressing and holding the Odometer trip reset stalk while cycling the ignition from the off to the on position. the illuminated entry also cancels. Any door is ajar and courtesy lamp switch on the left multi-function switch is not in the dome off position. The EMIC will communicate with the DRBIII to display PCI Engine Info. switched reading lamps and vanity lamps require that the ignition be turned to the on/acc position.10. The EMIC can verify communications with the PCM. Voltmeter.GENERAL INFORMATION 3. Cluster diagnostic capabilities that the DRBIII will actuate is limited to the Cluster Calibration Points for the gauges. The seat module receives input from the 8-way power seat switch.11 ELECTRO/MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (EMIC) I/P dimming is accomplished using the body computer.10. For further information regarding the diagnostic routine and an explanation of the faults. a Tachometer and a Speedometer. 3. 3.11. releasing the reset stalk begins the test. PCI Bus Info. both outside rear view mirrors and the radio presets. Other modules such as the Radio.10.1 INTERIOR LIGHTING COURTESY LAMP CONTROL The Instrument Cluster also contains warning indicators that are illuminated by hard wired inputs or by messages received from other modules on the PCI Bus. The Voltmeter operates directly off of the Fused B+ Switched Ignition Output circuit that supplies ignition voltage for the cluster. the cluster receives a dimmed battery feed from the Headlamp Switch. The cluster I/O Processor controls the VF display dimming and also sends dimming level messages on the PCI Bus. and Oil Pressure gauge. ID the module. the driver’s seat position sensors. 3. the courtesy lamps will operate after the dome lamp switch or door ajar switch changes state. A Remote Keyless entry unlock message is received. and the EVIC use this data so their display intensity matches the other incandescent bulbs in the vehicle that are driven directly by the BCM. The cluster will then position all of the gauges at specified calibration points and will illuminate all the PCI Bus controlled indicators. The Instrument Cluster contains a Fuel. The module is available with or without the heated seat feature. The illuminated entry feature will not operate if the courtesy lamp switch is in the dome off position. MIC. Upon exiting the vehicle. Coolant Temp. The Trip/Total Odometer is a Vacuum Fluorescent Display (VF) that is controlled by PCI Bus messages received from the PCM. If the doors are closed and the ignition switch is turned on. 3. the cluster positions the gauges with PCI Bus messages received from the PCM. and certain input/outputs. or change the country code using the DRBIII .1 INSTRUMENT PANEL DIMMING 3. 4. 2.3 INTERIOR LIGHTING BATTERY SAVER If any of the interior lamps are left on after the ignition is turned off. When the Park or Headlamps are turned on.12 MEMORY SEATS The memory system consists of the driver power seat. After the cluster Odometer displays CHEC. Driver door unlocked with key (with VTSS only). The cluster will also illuminate each segment of the VF display. 3 GUARD BANDS 3.1 POWER SEAT The memory power seat provides the driver with 2 position settings for the driver’s seat. They will in turn position the driver seat. the negative temperature coefficient (NTC) resistance decreases and the voltage reading detected by the HSM decreases. The seat will move a short distance further. the vehicle off. . 3. When a seat module or seat track assembly is replaced.GENERAL INFORMATION cients (NTC’s) (if heated seat equipped) and the PCI bus circuit. this will cancel any ensuing glide to enter movement until the next ignition cycle. if the object obstructing the seat is removed. As the temperature in the seat rises. By alternating the circuits the MSM controls the movement of the motors based on input from the seat mounted switch. The system offers two seat temperature settings of approximately 96.12. is wired directly to the driver door module and sends its messages over the PCI bus. Each motor contains a potentiometer to monitor the seat position. high or low. located on the driver door.12. the PCI radio and the passenger door module. As the temperature decreases. The control switches for the heated seats are located on the instrument panel and are wired to the body control module. For safety reasons. the MSM sends out a 5-volt reference on the sensor supply circuit. At this point the seat heat output is activated once again and this cycle repeats itself as long as the seat heat request is on. actuates the driver’s and passenger’s seat heaters (if equipped) and sends the memory location over the PCI bus. after the ignition has been turned off. When initiated.2 EASY EXIT SEAT (AVAILABLE WITH MEMORY SEAT) The intent of this feature is to allow for easier entry and exit to the vehicle by moving the seat rearward a short distance when the operator turns 20 The heated seat feature is available with or without the memory system.8 F (36°C) (LO) and approximately 107. The memory switch.4 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SEATS 3. it can be stored in memory. Each circuit is switched between battery and ground. This feature can be enabled/disabled by the owner through the electronic vehicle information center (EVIC) or using the DRBIII . If any seat movement is initiated. The guard band values for each hard limit are stored in EEPROM.12. When using the DRBIII it will also inform as to what state it is in. The guard band can be bypassed by running the seat to the end of its travel and then releasing the switch and pressing it again.6 F (41°C) (HI). using either the memory switch or the RKE transmitter. The driver can initiate memory recall. To monitor the position of the motor. Each power seat motor is connected to the MSM with two circuits. the seat will function normally again. The MSM stores the input value of each of the four seat potentiometers in memory when the system is requested. WARNING: The operator must be out of the seat when this procedure is being used as the seat will move to the end of it’s travel in all 8 positions. However. To reinstate the feature. the driver door module sends a recall message to the memory seat module (MSM). When a memory button is pressed (#1 or #2) on the memory switch. the MSM adjusts the four seat motors to match the memorized seat position data. the DRBIII must be used to perform the “Reset Guard Bands” procedure. Once the seat is past the guard band. The seat heater output is deactivated once the voltage reading reaches it’s threshold for either setting. the MSM monitors the voltage change through the sensor on a separate signal circuit. simply repeat the process. depending on which transmitter (#1 or #2). The seat can be recalled to one of it’s two set memory positions by pressing either of the memory recall buttons on the switch or the RKE transmitters.12. the voltage reading increases until the upper threshold is reached for either setting high or low. The module is located under the driver’s seat and is known as the heated seat module (HSM) or the memory heated seat module (MHSM). the passenger door module sends the recall message. When the RKE button is pressed. The BCM then sends the message to the HSM via the PCI bus. 3. Based on the position of the sensor. whether manual or by memory recall. but if recall is initiated the seat will move to the guard bands and no further. Any obstruction to seat movement over a 2 second delay will cause the seat to stop moving in which case a stalled motor would be detected by the MSM which would then flag a trouble code and the corresponding seat output would be deactivated. The memory seat module performs the following functions: positions the drivers seat. The sensor is grounded back to the module on a common ground circuit. both mirrors and set the radio presets. The module provides guard bands which prevent the seat track from hitting the hard limits of the given seat axis during manual power seat operation. the memory seat recall is disabled by the MSM when the vehicle is out of park position or if the seatbelt is buckled. shared between multiple modules. ignition key(s) equipped with a transponder chip and engine controller. The PCI bus circuit is identified as D25.15 COMMUNICATION The Programmable Communication Interface or PCI Bus is a single wire multiplexed network capable of supporting binary encoded messages 21 Power Amplifier • Intrusion Transceiver Module (Export) Each module provides its own bias and termination in order to transmit and receive messages. it is ineffective to try and measure the bus activity with a conventional voltmeter. The Diagnostic Junction Port provides an access point to isolate most of the modules on the bus in order to assist in diagnosing the circuit. Causes of complete PCI Bus Communication Failure include a short to ground or battery on the PCI circuit.GENERAL INFORMATION The thresholds for low and high settings are preprogrammed into the module memory. The Laredo seat heater elements are wired in series whereas the Limited seat elements are wired in parallel. the BCM will remove power from the sunroof. refer to the appropriate Powertrain Diagnostic information. The bus messages are transmitted at a rate averaging 10800 bits per second. This means that if an element is open in a Laredo model there will be no heater output to either the cushion or the seat back. The system consists of a Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM). the seat cushion will have to be replaced.13 SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (SKIS) The Sentry Key Immobilizer System (SKIS) is an immobilizer system designed to prevent unauthorized vehicle operation. If the front doors are opened during this time. One splice called the Diagnostic Junction Port. Connections are made in the harness using splices. Complete PCI Bus Communication Failure and individual module no response. When the ignition switch is turned on. For additional information on the SKIS. Voltage on the bus should pulse between zero and about seven and a half volts. However. 3. If the ignition key is “Valid” the SKIM sends a PCI Bus message to the engine controller indicating the presence of a valid ignition key.14 POWER SUNROOF The power sunroof in the Grand Cherokee is controlled by the Body Control Module (BCM). The following modules are used on the WJ/WG: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Body Control Module Adjustable Pedals Module Door Modules (Driver & Passenger) Airbag Control Module Controller Antilock Brake Powertrain Control Module Engine Control Module (Diesel) Radio CD Changer Transmission Control Module Automatic Zone Control Module Sentry Key Immobilizer Module Seat Module Electronic Vehicle Information Center Mechanical Instrument Cluster Shifter Assembly (Diesel) Rain Sensor 3. If an element is open in a Limited model. the power sunroof will remain operational for an additional 45 seconds. the SKIM interrogates the ignition key. The preferred method is to use DRBIII lab scope. There are three heater elements in the seat cushions for both models. The heater elements inside the seat back and cushion are different for the Limited and Laredo models. The PCI Bus failure modes are broken down into two categories. if one of the elements is open. The Laredo uses a resistor wire for its center and both side bolsters (raised outer side panels) and the Limited uses a carbon fiber element for its center and resistor wire for the bolsters. The 12v square wave selection on the 20-volt scale provides a good view of the bus activity. the other elements will operate as usual. Since there is only voltage present when the modules transmit and the message length is only about 500 milliseconds. After the ignition has been turned off. The heated seat switch contain resistors pulled up to 5 volts which are processed by the body control module as the voltage readings indicating desired heat setting high or low. The bus voltage is at zero volts when no modules are transmitting and is pulled up to about seven and a half volts when modules are transmitting. 3. Refer to the following figure for some typical displays. Individual module no response can be caused by an open circuit at either the Diagnostic . serves as the “Hub” of the bus. Upon receiving a “Valid” key signal the PCM/ECM will allow the engine to continue to operate. The modules are wired in parallel. but can be caused by one or more module’s PCI circuit or power supply and ground circuits. use the DRBIII and select ‘‘Theft Alarm’’. and closing the driver door or locking the doors with RKE. The message is only an indication that a module is either not responding or the vehicle is not equipped. or an open battery or ground circuit to the affected module. When something triggers the alarm. the system will arm and the indicator will flash at a slower rate. These same messages will be displayed if the vehicle is not equipped with that particular module. The VTSS does not prevent engine operation. the system will signal the headlamps. hazard lamps. The difference would be that at least one or more modules would respond to the DRBIII . the failure is not related to the total bus. If a complete PCI Bus Communication Failure is suspected. 22 . If any modules are responding.16 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM Junction Port or the module. Tamper Alert . flashing the headlamps. The DRBIII may display “BUS +/SIGNAL OPEN” or “NO RESPONSE” to indicate a communication problem. showing that arming is in progress. 3. If no monitored systems are activated during this period.GENERAL INFORMATION • • • Dashed lines in the EVIC ambient temperature display No response received from any module on the PCI bus (expect the PCM/ECM) No start (if equipped with Sentry Key Immobilizer) Symptoms of Individual module failure could include any one or more of the above. The alarm activates by sounding the horn. this is done with the sentry key immobilizer module. “VTSS” then ‘‘Monitor Display’’ and read the ‘‘Alarm Tripped By’’ status. liftgate. The CCD error message is a default message used by the DRBIII and in no way indicates whether or not the PCI bus is operational. Diagnosis starts with symptom identification. locking the doors with the power lock.The VTSS tamper alert will sound the horn three times upon disarming to indicate a tamper condition has occurred. and the VTSS indicator lamp. and horn for about 18 minutes. opening the driver door. which monitors vehicle doors. park lamps. liftglass and the ignition for unauthorized operation. For complaints about the Theft Alarm going off on it’s own. begin by identifying which modules the vehicle is equipped with and then attempt to get a response from the modules with the DRBIII . Passive arming occurs upon normal vehicle exit by removing the ignition key. The indicator lamp on the dash will flash for 15 seconds. Symptoms of a complete PCI Bus Communication Failure would include but are not limited to: • • • All gauges on the EMIC stay at zero All telltales on EMIC illuminate EMIC backlighting at full intensity The vehicle theft security system (VTSS) is controlled by the body control module. This disarming also will halt the alarm once it has been activated. The BCM also monitors the front washer motor to perform wipe after wash. whether the doors are open or closed. To verify the system.Active arming occurs when the remote keyless entry transmitter is used to lock the vehicle doors. NOTE: The intrusion transceiver module and/or siren must never be swapped from one vehicle to another. Arming/Disarming . a wipe is done immediately.17 3. The BCM does not distinguish between lo-hi-or mist positions. NOTE: After the doors are closed. NOTE: If the VTSS indicator lamp flashed. This is done with an additional output from the multifunction switch to a relay which selects the motor winding to be energized. The mist position is a momentary input to the BCM which causes the wipers to operate at low speed as long as the mist input is present. 2. The multifunction switch controls the wiper high/ low relay wiper motor in the hi state. If BCM does not detect a change of state on the park input for 8 seconds with the wiper relay energized a Diagnostic Trouble Code will set in the BCM. This rate is a function of the intermittent wiper switch position and vehicle speed. the arming sequence is completed only after all doors are closed. mist wipers. 4. System Description The front wiper system consists of the following features: lo-hi-speed. The front wiper system is only active when the ignition is in the run/acc position. The BCM will perform 3 wipes after the wash input is released. This feature can also be disabled with three additional lock commands from the Remote Keyless Entry system (which will be confirmed with an audible chirp) during the VTSS pre-arming sequence. and wipe after wash. the BCM constantly outputs an active control signal for a delay of zero. 3. The BCM times the delay after the wipers have parked. Passive disarming occurs upon normal vehicle entry (unlocking driver’s door with the key). If one or more doors are open. NOTE: If the VTSS indicator lamp comes on after ignition on and stays on.GENERAL INFORMATION Manual Override . The BCM controls the front wiper system with one low-going output to a relay. With this output the BCM determines the motor wipe rate. In the lo-hi and mist state. 23 . When the alarm is tripped it will actuate the hazard lamps for twenty-five seconds and the siren twenty-eight seconds.1 WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER FRONT WIPER Intrusion Transceiver Module (Export only) The Body Control Module (BCM) along with an Intrusion Transceiver Module (ITM) will control the premium Vehicle Theft Security System (VTSS) on export vehicles. locking the doors with RKE will also arm the system. This disarming also will halt the alarm once it has been activated. the system is operational and verified. Active disarming occurs when the remote keyless entry transmitter is used to unlock the vehicle doors. If either of these circuits become open the siren will trip itself to the alarming state.17. If the vehicle crosses below the speed threshold a longer delay should not be used until the current delay is completed. If not. Once connected to a particular vehicle they will only properly function for that vehicle. Since the front wiper system is an important safety feature. In addition to the other features of the base VTSS the ITM is used to monitor the interior of the vehicle for movement while the alarm is set. the BCM will support wiper operation in the event of a failed park input. Also while the alarm is set the siren will monitor it’s Fused B(+) and Siren Signal Control circuits. Premium VTSS also includes a battery-backed siren for the audible alert. If the driver goes from a longer to a shorter delay interval. The speed sensitive delay is set based on the current speed of the vehicle. proceed as follows: 1. If the vehicle crosses above the speed threshold of 10 MPH (16 kmh) while the intermittent wiper delay is occurring.The system will not arm if the doors are locked using the manual lock control or if the locks are actuated by an inside occupant after the doors are closed. After that period if the disturbance is still present only the siren will be activated again for twenty-eight seconds with five seconds intervals between warning cycles. This will continue up to ten times unless the disturbance goes away. the PCI bus communication with the powertrain control module possibly has been lost. there may be a problem with the system. 3. Remove the ignition key (but keep it in hand). a smaller delay can be used. Lock the doors with the power lock switch or the RKE. Close the driver’s door. intermittent wipers. Open the driver’s door. The BCM then activates or deactivates the front wiper system. The RSM sends a wipe command to the BCM over the PCI data bus. the ajar switch is closed and the circuit provides ground to the mod- . When the flip-up glass is open. This circuit is fed by the flip-up glass ajar switch. The wiper relay will be de-energized when the wiper mode switch is in the OFF position. Both the front wiper and 24 The third control circuit is the AJAR circuit. and sends a wipe command to the Body Control Module (BCM). If any part of the right multi-function switch stalk is faulty or damaged. The wiper stalk is pulled toward the driver to activate the windshield washer system. the wipers should default to OFF. Another rotary switch on the wiper multifunction switch stalk is rotated to select the desired rear wiper speed (ON or DELAY). When the rear wiper switch is in the Off position. For open and short states on the wiper mode switch. When the rear wiper switch is in the On position. 3. both of these circuits are open and the wiper module parks or remains parked. front washer motors will operate continuously for as long as the stalk is held in the momentary FRONT WASH position. A knob on the end of the wiper multifunction switch stalk is rotated to select the desired front wiper speed (HIGH or LOW) or one of the five intermittent front wiper positions. When the vehicle speed is under 10 MPH (16 kmh). When the flip-up glass is closed the ajar switch is open and the rear wiper module functions normally. wipe after wash mode.2 REAR WIPER SYSTEM Five circuits feed the rear wiper module. Wipe after Wash When the driver presses the wash button and then releases it. Two of these circuits come from the rear wiper switch on the right multi-function switch stalk. pulse wipe.GENERAL INFORMATION Once a failed park switch is detected. the intermittent control circuit is open and the motor control circuit is switched to ignition voltage and the wiper is in continuous wipe mode. Park after Ignition Off Because the wiper relays are powered from the battery the BCM can run the wipers to park after the ignition is turned off. SYSTEM FEATURES Rain Sensor Module The Microprocessor-based Rain Sensor Module (RSM) senses moisture on the outside of the windshield glass. battery (B+) and ground. The wiper stalk is pushed toward the instrument panel to activate the rear liftglass washer system. the motor control circuit is open and the wiper is in the intermittent modes. that run the motor. intermittent wiper delay as the switch position changes. When the rear wiper switch is in the Intermittent position. Mist Wipe The wiper operates as long as the wiper switch is in the mist position. The remaining three circuits are low current control circuits. Speed Sensitive Intermittent Wipe Mode There are 5 individual delay times with a minimum delay of 1/2 second to a maximum of 18 seconds. These circuits are referred to as the rear wiper motor control circuit and the rear wiper motor intermittent control circuit. Sensitivity inputs are based on the driver-selected settings on the right side multifunction switch. The wiper system utilizes the BCM to control the on/off relay for low wiper functions. The BCM uses the vehicle speed input to double the usual delay time below 10 MPH (16 kmh). the entire wiper multifunction switch assembly must be replaced. the wiper will continue to run for 3 additional wipe cycles. the intermittent control circuit is switched to ignition voltage. and wiper motor park functions.17. REAR WIPER SYSTEM CONTROL CIRCUITS REAR WIPER SWITCH POSITION OFF OPEN IGNITION DEL IGNITION OPEN ON OPEN IGNITON WASH IGNITION IGNITION GROUND PARKED IGNITION IGNITION GROUND OPEN PARKED WASH OPEN IGNITION GROUND OPEN PARKED ON OPEN OPEN GROUND OPEN PARKED DELAY DELAY CIRCUIT CONTINUOUS CIRCUIT OPEN AJAR CIRCUIT WIPER MODE OPEN OPEN PARKED FRONT/REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCHES (RIGHT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH STALK) The front windshield and rear liftglass wiper/ washer switches are located on the wiper multifunction switch stalk which is secured to the right side of the multi-function switch mounting housing on the steering column. It has two high current circuits. the delay time is doubled providing a range of 1 second to 36 seconds. Both the rear wiper and rear washer motors will operate continuously for as long as the stalk is held in the momentary REAR WASH position. intermittent operation is disabled and the BCM will default to the low speed wiper state when the wiper switch is in the intermittent position. All information.18. If all connections are proper between the DRBIII and the vehicle or other devices. watchbands or bracelets that might make an inadvertent electrical contact. 3. it is important to follow approved procedures where applicable. WARNINGS DISCLAIMERS 4.1 DRBIII ERROR MESSAGES AND BLANK SCREEN Under normal operation. . record the entire display and call the STAR Center for information and assistance.2 DRBIII DOES NOT POWER UP If the LED’s do not light or no sound is emitted at start up. illustrations. This is a sample of such an error message display: 4.14 date: 26 Jul93 file: key_itf. CAUSES SLOWER REACTION TIME. A minimum of 11 volts is required to adequately power the DRBIII . When servicing a vehicle. When diagnosing a body system problem.GENERAL INFORMATION ule. KEEP SERVICE AREAS WELL VENTILATED OR ATTACH THE VEHICLE EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP EXHAUST REMOVAL SYSTEM. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this condition. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. AND CAN LEAD TO SERIOUS INJURY. 4.cc date: Jul 26 1993 line: 548 err: 0x1 User-Requested COLD Boot Press MORE to switch between this display and the application screen. check for loose cable connections or a bad cable.0 DISCLAIMERS. the parking brake does not hold the drive wheels.2.18. WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING.2 4.18. Check the vehicle battery voltage (data link connector cavity 16).18 USING THE DRBIII Refer to the DRBIII user’s guide for instructions and assistance with reading trouble codes. Press F4 when done noting information. These procedures can be found in this General Information Section or in service manual procedures. erasing trouble codes and other DRBIII functions. always wear eye protection. This ground signal indicates to the rear wiper module that it should park if operating or not allow operation if parked.3 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the display. It is especially important to block the wheels on front-wheel drive vehicles. Set the parking brake and block the wheels before testing or repairing the vehicle. and specifications contained in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication.1 SAFETY TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION 3. Following these procedures is very important to the safety of individuals performing diagnostic tests. and inoperative DRBIII may be the result of faulty cable or vehicle wiring.1 ver: 2. 25 3. the DRBIII will display one of only two error messages: – User-Requested WARM Boot or UserRequested COLD Boot If the DRBIII should display any other error message. and the vehicle battery is fully charged. WARNING: ENGINES PRODUCE CARBON MONOXIDE THAT IS ODORLESS. SAFETY. 3. and remove any metal jewelry such as rings. When testing for the presence of voltage or current. make sure the meter is functioning correctly. Take a reading of a known voltage or current before accepting a zero reading. false diagnostic codes or error messages may occur.2. Do not use the DRBIII if it has been damaged. • • • • • 4.500 volts DC 0 .4 DRBIII SAFETY INFORMATION WARNING: EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE DRBIII MULTIMETER IS DANGEROUS. When testing voltage or continuity at any control module. The purpose of the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic code or symptom condition.3. Also.500 peak volts AC 0 . 4. Do not try voltage or current measurements that may exceed the rated capacity. make sure the ignition is ‘‘off ’’.1 WARNINGS VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGS Follow the vehicle manufacturer’s service specifications at all times. When using the meter function.12 megohms 0 .10 kHz -58 . Failure to do so could damage the module. 26 .2. IT CAN EXPOSE YOU TO SERIOUS OR POSSIBLY FATAL INJURY. Do not use the test leads if the insulation is damaged or if metal is exposed. Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting the common test lead. this will damage it and eventually cause it to fail because of corrosion.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING • • Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully charged battery. tips. 4. When measuring current. Do not exceed the limits shown in the table below: INPUT LIMIT 0 . or the circuit being tested. Use the low current shunt to measure circuits up to 10A. • Voltage between any terminal and ground must not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC. • 4.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES • • • Some components of the body system are intended to be serviced as an assembly only. Do not probe a wire through the insulation. If it does not.2. use the terminal side (not the wire end) of the connector. connect the meter in series with test lead.600°C Before disconnecting any control module. Only those components with approved repair and installation procedures in the service manual should be serviced. CAREFULLY READ AND UNDERSTAND THE CAUTIONS AND THE SPECIFICATION LIMITS.2 • ROAD TESTING A COMPLAINT VEHICLE FUNCTION Volts Ohms (resistance)* Frequency Measured Frequency Generated Temperature Some complaints will require a test drive as part of the repair verification procedure. Be careful when performing electrical tests so as to prevent accidental shorting of terminals.1100°F -50 .3 4. To avoid electrical shock. Use the high current clamp to measure circuits exceeding 10A. a second code could be set. Attempting to remove or repair certain system subcomponents may result in personal injury and/or improper system operation. Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered circuit. Such mistakes can damage fuses or components. Choose the proper range and function for the measurement.3. keep the DRBIII away from spark plug or coil wires to avoid measuring error from outside interference. Use caution when measuring voltage above 25v DC or 25v AC. do not touch the test leads. * Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present. making diagnosis of the original problem more difficult.GENERAL INFORMATION 4.1. 0 GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS antilock brake system airbag control module airbag electronic control module (ACM) adjustable pedals module airbag system diagnostic module (ACM) automatic zone control body control module controller antilock brake driver airbag driver door module data link connector ABS ACM AECM APM ASDM AZC BCM CAB DAB DDM DLC PCM PDC PDM PWM RKE SBS SKIM SKIS SQUIB TCM TPM VFD VTSS 27 . be sure that all components are reassembled. DTC EBL ECM EVIC HSM HVAC I/R ITM MHSM MIC MSM MUX ODO ORC PAB PCI diagnostic trouble code electric back lite (rear window defogger) engine control module electronic vehicle information center heated seat module (also called seat module) heater ventilation.GENERAL INFORMATION CAUTION: Before road testing a vehicle. Have an assistant available to operate the DRBIII . Do not hang the DRB from the rear view mirror or operate it yourself.0 REQUIRED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT DRBIII (diagnostic read-out box) Jumper Wires Ohmmeter Voltmeter Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339 Test Light Miller Special Tool #8310 8310 Airbag Load Tool 8443 SRS Airbag Load Tool 6. do not try to read the DRBIII screen while in motion. During the test drive. air conditioning infrared sensor intrusion transceiver module memory heated seat module (also called seat module) mechanical instrument cluster memory seat module Multiplexed odometer occupant restraint controller (ACM) passenger airbag Programmable Communication Interface (vehicle communication bus) powertrain control module power distribution center passenger door module pulse width modulated remote keyless entry Seatbelt switch sentry key immobilizer module sentry key immobilizer system also called initiator (located in rear of airbag module) transmission control module tire pressure monitoring vacuum fluorescent display vehicle theft security system 5. NOTES 28 . 7.0 DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES 29 . the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests. 30 . Set Condition: This DTC will set if the ACM identifies an out of range internal circuit. STORED ENERGY FIRING 1 When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests.AIRBAG Symptom List: ACCELEROMETER 1 ACCELEROMETER 2 INTERNAL 1 OUTPUT DRIVER 1 STORED ENERGY FIRING 1 Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit. The title for the tests will be INTERNAL MODULE DTC. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit. This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit. OUTPUT DRIVER 1 When Monitored: With the ignition on the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the module identifies an out of range internal circuit. the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests. the module on board diagnostics continuously performs internal circuit tests. ACCELEROMETER 2 When Monitored: With the ignition on. When Monitored and Set Condition: ACCELEROMETER 1 When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: With the ignition on. WARNING: IF THE MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. THEN WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.ACM TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. APPLICABILITY All 31 . IT MUST BE REPLACED.VER 1. Ensure the battery is fully charged.ACTIVE or STORED DTC WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. select the appropriate module reporting this diagnostic trouble code. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: For the purpose of this test. Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. SELECT ONE: ACM . From the list below.AIRBAG INTERNAL MODULE DTC — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE . the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. AIRBAG Symptom List: AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.STORED DTC Go To 5 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the indicator status is SHORT for 2 or 3 consecutive messages or 2 or 3 seconds. COMMUNICATION FAILURE WARNING INDICATOR ACM. 32 APPLICABILITY All . When Monitored and Set Condition: AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR OPEN When Monitored: With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. Ensure the battery is fully charged. upon lamp state change. WARNING INDICATOR STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. or in response to the ACM lamp message. The MIC transmits the message one time at ignition on. or in response to the ACM lamp message. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. upon lamp state change. POSSIBLE CAUSES MIC. The title for the tests will be AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR TEST. The MIC transmits the message one time at ignition on. Set Condition: This DTC will set if the indicator status is OPEN for 2 or 3 consecutive messages or 2 or 3 seconds. AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR SHORT When Monitored: With ignition on the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. . record and erase all DTCs from all modules. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Is the Instrument Cluster communicating on the PCI Bus? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Refer to category COMMUNICATION CATEGORY and select the related symptom INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BUS +/. With the DRBIII . All 3 With the DRBIII select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. or contaminated terminals.VER 1. Does the DRBIII show the LAMP STATUS: OK? YES Go To NO Replace Instrument Cluster. All 5 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. 4 4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. If there are no possible causes remaining. pushed out. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.SIGNAL OPEN.VER 1. → No problem found at this time. IT MUST BE REPLACED. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. All 33 . pierced. spread. bent. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. Look for broken.Visually inspect the related harnesses. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. NOTE: Check connectors . AIRBAG and MONITOR DISPLAY. Using the DRBIII . Select the LAMP STATUS displayed on the DRB monitors screen. view repair. read the WARNING LAMP MONITOR screen. corroded.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. . ensure PCI Bus communications with the Instrument Cluster. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Look for chafed.Clean and repair as necessary. pinched or partially broken wire.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors.AIRBAG AIRBAG WARNING INDICATOR TEST — TEST 2 ACTION With the DRBIII . Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. the code will set. Set Condition: If the Lamp Request by ACM. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . NOTE: For the purpose of this test. Each message is transmitted one time per second or when a change in the lamp state occur. CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. On or Off.AIRBAG Symptom: CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored and Set Condition: CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH When Monitored: After the MIC bulb test is completed. and the Lamp on by MIC. the ACM compares the Lamp Request by ACM. Does the DRBIII display any active Diagnostic Codes? Yes No → Refer to symptom list for problems related to Instrument Cluster. messages do not match. PCI Bus messages. On or Off. 2 Turn the ignition on. On or Off.STORED DTC Go To 5 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All 34 . POSSIBLE CAUSES MIC DIAGNOSTIC CODES CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACM. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. and the Lamp on by MIC. Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII . read the MIC DTCs. On or Off.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . Does the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors match? YES Go To NO Replace Mechanical Instrument Cluster. With the DRBIII . All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. All All 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All 35 . 5 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. pinched or partially broken wire. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. bent.VER 1. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. .VER 1.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors.AIRBAG CLUSTER MESSAGE MISMATCH — TEST 3 ACTION With the DRBIII select PASSIVE RESTRAINTS. pierced. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . pushed out. If there are no possible causes remaining. NOTE: Check connectors . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. Look for chafed. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. MONITOR DISPLAY and WARNING LAMP STATUS.Clean and repair as necessary.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. → No problem found at this time. read the DTC’s in all switch positions.Visually inspect the related harnesses. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. AIRBAG. IT MUST BE REPLACED. view repair. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. . Cycle the ignition key and observe the LAMP ON BY MIC and LAMP REQ BY ACM monitors after the 6 to 8 second indicator test. THEN WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. 4 WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Look for broken. spread. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . or contaminated terminals. corroded. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. SELECT ONE: ACM . CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the battery is fully charged. APPLICABILITY All 36 .STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. Turn the ignition on. the ACM monitors the resistance of the Curtain Squib circuits.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition is On.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . POSSIBLE CAUSES CURTAIN AIRBAG OPEN CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN ACM. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Curtain Squib circuits. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool Jumper. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Disconnect the Curtain Airbag connector. Measure the resistance of the Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Load Tool ACM adaptor and the Curtain Airbag connector. NOTE: Check connectors . WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE.Clean and repair as necessary. → Repair open or high resistance in the Curtain Squib Line 1 or Line 2 circuits. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector.0 ohms on both circuits? Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service information.VER 1. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. No 37 . IT MUST BE REPLACED.Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Curtain Airbag connector. NOTE: Check connectors .VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. read the ACM active DTC’s. Does the DRBIII show CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. All 3 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.AIRBAG DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. Is the resistance below 1. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. . . → No problem found at this time.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. With the DRBIII . NOTE: Check connectors .Clean and repair as necessary. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. spread. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. corroded.Visually inspect the related harnesses. pushed out.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Continued APPLICABILITY All 38 . NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. pierced. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Look for chafed. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. or contaminated terminals. bent.AIRBAG DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 4 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. pinched or partially broken wire. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. Look for broken. Turn the ignition on.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: When the ignition is on.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. the ACM monitors the resistance between the Curtain Squib circuits. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. SELECT ONE: ACM . Set Condition: circuits.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . NOTE: For the purpose of this test. APPLICABILITY All 39 . When the ACM detects a low resistance between the Curtain Squib POSSIBLE CAUSES CURTAIN AIRBAG SHORT CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2 ACM. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the battery is fully charged. AIRBAG DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. read the ACM active DTC’s. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between the Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the Curtain Airbag connector.Clean repair as necessary. With the DRB. 40 . Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes No → Repair Curtain Squib Line 1 shorted to Line 2 circuit.VER 1. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE.VER 1. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors . THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Disconnect the Curtain Airbag connector.VER 1.Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Curtain Airbag connector. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool Jumper. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII show CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. All 3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the ACM connector. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. NOTE: Check connectors . IT MUST BE REPLACED. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Continued APPLICABILITY All 41 . pushed out. . Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. or contaminated terminals. Look for broken. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. pinched or partially broken wire. pierced. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. → No problem found at this time. With the DRBIII . NOTE: Check connectors . You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. corroded.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. spread. Look for chafed. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: .Clean and repair as necessary. bent. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.AIRBAG DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — TEST 4 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.Visually inspect the related harnesses. VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII display CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Replace Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. 2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected.Clean and repair as necessary. 42 . WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON. SELECT ONE: ACM . NOTE: Check connectors . POSSIBLE CAUSES CURTAIN AIRBAG SHORT TO BATTERY CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO BATTERY ACM. Disconnect the Curtain Airbag connector. With the DRBIII .STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. the ACM monitors the voltage of the Curtain When the ACM detects high voltage on the Curtain Squib circuits. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: Squib circuits. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Ensure the battery is fully charged. Set Condition: When the ignition is on. read ACM active DTC’s. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Curtain Airbag connector. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. → No problem found at this time. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. pushed out. pierced. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM adaptor to the ACM connector.Clean and repair as necessary. Look for chafed. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Look for broken.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool Jumper.Clean and repair as necessary. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. . Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.Visually inspect the related harnesses.AIRBAG DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE.VER 1. corroded. spread.VER 1. All Continued APPLICABILITY All 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. NOTE: Check connectors . WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON. pinched or partially broken wire. or contaminated terminals. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. 43 . Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. bent. Is any voltage present on either circuit? Yes No → Repair Curtain Squib Line 1 or Line 2 shorted to battery. With the DRBIII . IT MUST BE REPLACED. NOTE: Check connectors . The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Measure the voltage of the Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Curtain Airbag connector and ground. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. read ACM active DTC’s. SELECT ONE: ACM .STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON. 2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.Clean and repair as necessary. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. Turn the ignition on. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the battery is fully charged. the ACM monitors the resistance of the Curtain Squib circuits. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. NOTE: Check connectors . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII display CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Curtain Airbag in accordance with Service Instructions. Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground on the Curtain Squib circuits. 44 . With the DRBIII . Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.VER 1. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. POSSIBLE CAUSES CURTAIN AIRBAG SHORT TO GROUND CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND ACM. Disconnect the Curtain Airbag connector.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: When the ignition is on.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. NOTE: Check connectors . Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. Look for chafed. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM adaptor to the ACM connector. pushed out. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes No → Repair Curtain Squib Line 1 or Line 2 shorted to ground. → No problem found at this time.Visually inspect the related harnesses. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool Jumper.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. NOTE: Check connectors . Look for broken. spread. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. 45 .Clean and repair as necessary. . . pinched or partially broken wire. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. or contaminated terminals. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . pierced. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. All Continued APPLICABILITY All 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch.VER 1. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: .Clean and repair as necessary. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. bent.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Measure the resistance of the Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Curtain Squib connector and ground. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. IT MUST BE REPLACED. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.AIRBAG DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. corroded. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Switch. Turn the ignition on. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM .ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. Is there any voltage present? Yes No → Replace the Driver Seat Belt Switch Buckle Assembly.Clean and repair as necessary. Turn the ignition on. 2 Turn the ignition off. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM does not detect the correct circuit voltage. → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All 46 .STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. Measure the voltage between Driver Seat Belt Switch Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the SBS connector. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH OPEN DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS OPEN ACM. DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.VER 1.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the Seat Belt Switch circuit for an open condition. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. NOTE: Check connectors . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Look for broken. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Continued APPLICABILITY All No NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors .VER 1. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . . corroded. 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Look for chafed. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . All 47 . → Repair the open Driver Seat Belt Switch Line 1 or Line 2. . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. Is the resistance of both circuits below 10K ohms? Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service information. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. pushed out. spread. or contaminated terminals. → No problem found at this time. MUST BE REPLACED.VER 1. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: .Clean and repair as necessary. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. Measure the resistance of the Driver SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuits between the Driver SBS harness connector and Airbag Load Tool adaptor. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. pierced.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. IT MUST BE REPLACED.Clean and repair as necessary. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.Visually inspect the related harnesses. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. bent. pinched or partially broken wire. NOTE: Check connectors . Clean and repair as necessary. NOTE: Check connectors . Does the DRB show DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Replace the Driver Seat Belt Switch Buckle Assembly. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All 48 . read the active Airbag DTCs. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM detects high circuit voltage. DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for an short to battery. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . Turn the ignition on. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Switch. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORT TO BATTERY ACM. With the DRBIII .VER 1.STORED DTC Go To 4 2 Turn the ignition off. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. pinched or partially broken wire. pushed out. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. corroded. bent. spread. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Look for broken.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. → No problem found at this time.VER 1. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.Clean and repair as necessary. NOTE: Check connectors . Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. Continued APPLICABILITY All No NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components.AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . IT MUST BE REPLACED. Measure the voltage on the Driver SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuits at the Driver SBS connector. or contaminated terminals. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. pierced. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. With the DRBIII .VER 1. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . .Visually inspect the related harnesses. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. All 49 . Look for chafed. . WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Belt Switch line 1 or line 2 shorted to battery. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service information.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.Clean and repair as necessary. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SEAT BELTS SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT BELTS SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for a shorted together or shorted to ground condition. Turn the ignition on. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRB show DRIVER SEAT BELT CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Replace the Driver Seat Belt Switch Buckle Assembly. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TOGETHER OR TO GROUND DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORT TOGETHER DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORT TO GROUND ACM. Disconnect the Driver Seat Belt Switch connector. → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All 50 . NOTE: For the purpose of this test.Clean and repair as necessary. With the DRBIII .VER 1. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM .ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . NOTE: Check connectors . DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.STORED DTC Go To 5 2 Turn Ignition off. read the active Airbag DTCs. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM detects low circuit voltage. Turn Ignition on. Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. spread. pinched or partially broken wire. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Measure the resistance of the Driver SBS Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Driver SBS connector and ground. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.Clean and repair as necessary. . All 51 . With the DRBIII . Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.VER 1. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. bent. . NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. corroded. pierced. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors . Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Belt Switch line 1 or line 2 shorted to ground. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. pushed out. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.VER 1. or contaminated terminals. read the DTC’s in all switch positions.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.Clean and repair as necessary. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service information. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: Check connectors .Visually inspect related wire harness connectors.AIRBAG DRIVER SEAT BELTS SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. No 5 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Look for chafed. Look for broken. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Belt Switch Line 1 and Line 2 shorted together. IT MUST BE REPLACED.Visually inspect the related harnesses. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. Measure the resistance between the Driver SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuits at the Driver SBS connector. → No problem found at this time. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal. DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR REPAIR IS COMPLETE STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT 52 . Set Condition: The code will set. NO DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Driver Side Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Driver Side Impact sensor internal 1 message to the ACM. The title for the tests will be DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1. if the ACM and Driver Side Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data communications.AIRBAG Symptom List: DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 NO DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: The Left Front Impact sensors is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND DRIVER SIDE SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN ACM. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM receives an internal 1 message from the Driver Side Impact Sensor. NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM.STORED DTC Go To 9 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Side Impact Sense signal circuit shorted for a short to ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes No → Repair the Driver Side Impact Sensor circuits shorted together. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. Measure the resistance of the Driver Side Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the Driver Side Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool adaptor. Measure the voltage of the Driver Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Driver Side Sensor connector and ground.AIRBAG DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 — TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON.VER 1. 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF.VER 1.VER 1. Disconnect the Driver Side Impact Sensor connector. → Go To 4 No 4 Measure the resistance between the Driver Side Impact Sensor Signal and Sensor Ground circuits at the Driver Side Impact Sensor connector. → Go To 3 All All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 3 Turn the ignition off. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. → Go To 5 All 5 Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. 53 .VER 1. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Repair the Driver Side Impact Sensor Ground circuit open or high resistance. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the Driver Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit shorted to battery. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Driver Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Driver Side Impact Sensor connector and ground. Use the DRB III and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. If there are no possible causes remaining. All 7 Replace the Driver Side Impact Sensor.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Driver Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Driver Side Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool adaptor.VER 1. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No → Go To 7 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Driver Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit open or high resistance.except the Battery. All 8 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components . WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. IT MUST BE REPLACED. Wait one minute. 54 .use the most current software available. view repair. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. Turn the Ignition Off. and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On.AIRBAG DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 — TEST 6 ACTION Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector . DID the active Driver Side Impact Sensor DTC return? Yes No → Go To 8 → Repair is complete. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: .Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. pierced. Look for broken.AIRBAG DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 — TEST 9 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII . All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.Clean and repair as necessary. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. Look for chafed. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. or contaminated terminals. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. spread. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. . .Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Continued APPLICABILITY All 55 . NOTE: Check connectors . pinched or partially broken wire.Visually inspect the related harnesses. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. pushed out. bent. corroded. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. → No problem found at this time. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . Set Condition: circuits.STORED DTC Go To 5 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: Squib 1 circuits. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver The ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1 POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG OPEN CLOCKSPRING SQUIB CIRCUITS OPEN DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN ACM. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. APPLICABILITY All 56 . VER 1. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. With the DRBIII . NOTE: Check connectors . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . All 4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Disconnect the Clockspring connector.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuit between the ACM adaptor and the Clockspring connector. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. IT MUST BE REPLACED. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY.0 ohms on both circuits? Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.Clean and repair as necessary. read the active Airbag DTCs. → Repair open or high resistance in the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Is the resistance below 1. Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector. No 57 . Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors. Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the Driver Airbag. All 3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.Clean and repair as necessary. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. NOTE: Check connectors . read the active Airbag DTCs.VER 1. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON.Clean and repair as necessary. NOTE: Check connectors . With the DRBIII . Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.VER 1. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. corroded. Look for chafed. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. NOTE: Check connectors . . pierced. pinched or partially broken wire. bent. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 5 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII . NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: .Visually inspect the related harnesses. → No problem found at this time. read the DTC’s in all switch positions.Clean and repair as necessary. Continued APPLICABILITY All 58 . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. . spread. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. Look for broken. pushed out. or contaminated terminals. Set Condition: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver The ACM has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.Clean and repair as necessary.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: Squib 1 circuits.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. 59 . WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. With the DRBIII . POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT CLOCKSPRING. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2 ACM.STORED DTC Go To 5 NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. read the active Airbag DTCs.VER 1. NOTE: Check connectors . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Disconnect the Driver Airbag. DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Replace Driver Airbag. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. NOTE: Check connectors .Clean and repair as necessary. Look for broken. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. With the DRBIII . spread.VER 1. No 5 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Look for chafed.Clean and repair as necessary.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Clockspring connector. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: .VER 1. NOTE: Check connectors . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .Visually inspect the related harnesses. Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT? Yes No 4 → Go To 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace Clockspring. IT MUST BE REPLACED. read the active Airbag DTCs.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.VER 1. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. or contaminated terminals. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 circuit shorted to Driver Squib 1 Line 2 circuit. All 60 . Measure the resistance between the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 at the Clockspring connector. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . record and erase all DTCs from all modules. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. pinched or partially broken wire. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. corroded. bent. . pushed out. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system.Clean and repair as necessary. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. → No problem found at this time. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. With the DRBIII . . pierced. All WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. NOTE: Check connectors . Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: 1 circuits. NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. APPLICABILITY All 61 . the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED ACM DTC: ACM . NOTE: For the purpose of this test. Set Condition: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY CLOCKSPRING. DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY ACM.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO BATTERY STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on.STORED DTC Go To 5 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. Measure the voltage on the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Clockspring connector and ground. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON.VER 1. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . All 3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . read the active Airbag DTCS. All 4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information.Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME.Clean and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Driver Airbag. NOTE: Check connectors . WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Disconnect the Clockspring connector. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. IT MUST BE REPLACED. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.VER 1. Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY ? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Information. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. read the active Airbag DTCs. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.VER 1. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. NOTE: Check connectors . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: Check connectors . AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. IT MUST BE REPLACED. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. With the DRBIII . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. With the DRBIII . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to battery. No 62 .AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors.VER 1. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.Clean and repair as necessary. NOTE: Check connectors . All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. pinched or partially broken wire. Look for broken. bent.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system.Visually inspect the related harnesses. corroded. .AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 5 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.Clean and repair as necessary. → No problem found at this time. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. spread. . NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Continued APPLICABILITY All 63 . or contaminated terminals. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. With the DRBIII . Look for chafed. pushed out. pierced. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . Set Condition: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver The ACM has detected a short to ground in the Driver Squib 1 circuits. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUITS SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND CLOCKSPRING. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. DRIVER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND ACM.STORED DTC Go To 5 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: Squib 1 circuits. APPLICABILITY All 64 . VER 1. With the DRBIII . WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors.VER 1. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes No → Repair Driver Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to ground. NOTE: Check connectors .Clean and repair as necessary.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between Clockspring connector and ground. With the DRBIII .Clean and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Clockspring connector. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector. All 4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. NOTE: Check connectors . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Driver Airbag Module. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. IT MUST BE REPLACED. 65 . read the active Airbag DTCs. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. read the active Airbag DTCs. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Clockspring. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.Clean and repair as necessary.VER 1. NOTE: Check connectors . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. All 3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector. corroded. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. . With the DRBIII . You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. Look for chafed.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 5 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. spread. . read the DTC’s in all switch positions. NOTE: Check connectors . record and erase all DTCs from all modules.Visually inspect the related harnesses. or contaminated terminals.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. pinched or partially broken wire. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.Clean and repair as necessary. → No problem found at this time. Look for broken. bent. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. pierced.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. pushed out. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Continued APPLICABILITY All 66 . NOTE: For the purpose of this test. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT OPEN CLOCKSPRING.STORED DTC Go To 5 NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected. NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. APPLICABILITY All 67 . DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN ACM.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: Squib 2 circuits. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM .ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver Set Condition: The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance in the Driver Squib 2 circuits. DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms on both circuits? Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service information. Does the DRBIII show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. read the active Airbag DTCs. Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Information. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector. IT MUST BE REPLACED. Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the ACM adaptor and the Clockspring connector. No 68 .VER 1. → Repair the open or high resistance in the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. Disconnect the Airbag Control module connector. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .Clean and repair as necessary. With the DRBIII .VER 1. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . read the active Airbag DTCs. NOTE: Check connectors . WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. NOTE: Check connectors . Disconnect the Driver Airbag connector.VER 1. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Is the resistance below 1. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control module connector. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON.Clean and repair as necessary. With the DRB. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. All 3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF.VER 1.Clean and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Clockspring connector. All 4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. NOTE: Check connectors . pinched or partially broken wire. Look for broken.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. NOTE: Check connectors . You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. or contaminated terminals.Visually inspect the related harnesses. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Look for chafed. → No problem found at this time. bent. . spread. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. pushed out.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 5 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Continued APPLICABILITY All 69 . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. corroded. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . record and erase all DTCs from all modules.Clean and repair as necessary. With the DRBIII . Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. . pierced. APPLICABILITY All 70 . DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT CLOCKSPRING.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . NOTE: For the purpose of this test. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected.STORED DTC Go To 5 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2 ACM. Set Condition: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver The ACM has detected low resistance on the Driver Squib 2 circuits. NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: Squib 2 circuits. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. NOTE: Check connectors . With the DRBIII .Clean and repair as necessary. Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . read the active Airbag DTCs. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.Clean and repair as necessary. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 circuit shorted to Driver Squib 2 Line 2 circuit. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. NOTE: Check connectors . All 3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. IT MUST BE REPLACED. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. All 4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Disconnect the Driver Airbag. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.VER 1. read the active Airbag DTCs. NOTE: Check connectors . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Disconnect the Clockspring connector.VER 1. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.VER 1. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace Clockspring in accordance with the Service Information. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME.Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON.VER 1. Measure the resistance between the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 at the Clockspring connector. No 71 . → No problem found at this time. .Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. spread.Clean and repair as necessary. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — TEST 5 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. With the DRBIII . Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. Look for chafed. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. corroded. Look for broken. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. or contaminated terminals.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Continued APPLICABILITY All 72 . bent. NOTE: Check connectors . pushed out. pinched or partially broken wire. . pierced.Visually inspect the related harnesses. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. STORED DTC Go To 5 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. APPLICABILITY All 73 . DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY ACM. Set Condition: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the voltage of the Driver Squib The ACM has detected high voltage on the Driver Squib 2 circuits.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: 2 circuits.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . Turn the ignition on. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY CLOCKSPRING. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY ? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Information. No 74 . Measure the voltage on the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 from the Clockspring connector to ground. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector. With the DRBIII . NOTE: Check connectors . Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. read the active Airbag DTCs.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Disconnect the Driver Airbag. With the DRBIII .VER 1. NOTE: Check connectors . Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.VER 1.Clean and repair as necessary. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. All 3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. All 4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Disconnect the Clockspring connector. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to battery.Clean and repair as necessary. IT MUST BE REPLACED.VER 1. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. NOTE: Check connectors .Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . read the active Airbag DTC’s. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . or contaminated terminals. Look for chafed.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. pushed out. Look for broken.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 5 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Continued APPLICABILITY All 75 .Clean and repair as necessary. spread. NOTE: Check connectors . record and erase all DTCs from all modules. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. pinched or partially broken wire.Visually inspect the related harnesses. bent. . pierced. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. With the DRBIII . . → No problem found at this time. corroded. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. NOTE: For the purpose of this test.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER AIRBAG. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM .STORED DTC Go To 5 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND ACM. CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND CLOCKSPRING. APPLICABILITY All 76 . DRIVER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.AIRBAG Symptom: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: Squib 2 circuits. Set Condition: With the ignition on the ACM monitors the resistance of the Driver The ACM has detected a short to ground in the Driver Squib 2 circuits. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. With the DRBIII . WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. With the DRBIII . Disconnect the Load Tool from the Clockspring connector. Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Clockspring in accordance with the Service Information. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.Clean and repair as necessary.VER 1.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF.VER 1. Disconnect the Clockspring connector. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Driver Airbag connectors. read the active Airbag DTCs. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes No → Repair Driver Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits shorted to ground. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Does the DRB show DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the Driver Airbag.Clean and repair as necessary. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. NOTE: Check connectors . IT MUST BE REPLACED. Measure the resistance of the Driver Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between Clockspring connector and ground. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Clockspring connector. read the active Airbag DTCs. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. All 4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF.Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. NOTE: Check connectors . All 3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. NOTE: Check connectors . 77 . Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.AIRBAG DRIVER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 5 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Look for chafed. pierced. With the DRBIII . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. pushed out.Visually inspect the related harnesses. . spread. NOTE: Check connectors . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. → No problem found at this time. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch.Clean and repair as necessary. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. corroded. bent. pinched or partially broken wire. Look for broken. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . . or contaminated terminals.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Continued APPLICABILITY All 78 . Set Condition: The code will set.AIRBAG Symptom List: LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 NO LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR TEST. if the ACM and Left Front Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data communications. NO LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Left Front Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND LEFT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN ACM. When Monitored and Set Condition: LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: The Left Front Impact sensors is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM receives an internal 1 message from the Left Front Impact Sensor. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Left Front Impact sensor internal 1 message to the ACM. LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR REPAIR IS COMPLETE STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT 79 . Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes No → Repair the Left Front Impact Sensor circuits shorted together. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the Left Front Impact Sensor Signal circuit shorted to battery.VER 1.STORED DTC Go To 9 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. → Go To 4 No 4 Measure the resistance between the Left Front Impact Sensor Signal and Sensor Ground circuits at the Left Impact Sensor connector. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. → Go To 3 All All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 3 Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Left Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Left Impact Sensor connector and ground. Measure the voltage of the Left Front Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Left Sensor connector and ground.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Left Front Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the Left Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool adaptor. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . → Go To 5 All 5 Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. 80 . Disconnect the Left Front Impact Sensor connector. NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.VER 1. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF.AIRBAG LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR TEST — TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes → Repair the Left Impact Sense signal circuit shorted for a short to ground. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Repair the Left Front Impact Sensor Ground circuit open or high resistance.VER 1. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No → Go To 7 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Left Front Impact Sensor Signal circuit open or high resistance. If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1. and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. DID the active Left Impact Sensor DTC return? Yes No → Go To 8 → Repair is complete. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.except the Battery. All 8 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components .use the most current software available. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . 81 . Turn the Ignition Off. Measure the resistance of the Left Front Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Left Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool adaptor. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . view repair. Wait one minute. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor.VER 1.AIRBAG LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR TEST — TEST 6 ACTION Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. IT MUST BE REPLACED. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. All 7 Replace the Left Front Impact Sensor. Use the DRB III and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. NOTE: Check connectors .AIRBAG LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR TEST — TEST 9 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. bent. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. → No problem found at this time. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: .Visually inspect the related harnesses. spread. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. corroded.Clean and repair as necessary. . With the DRBIII .Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Continued APPLICABILITY All 82 . Look for broken. or contaminated terminals. pierced. Look for chafed. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. pinched or partially broken wire. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. pushed out. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Remove and inspect the Airbag Run-Start Fuse. NOTE: Check connectors . NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. FUSED IGNITION SW OUTPUT RUN/START SHORTED TO GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN-START CIRCUIT OPEN ACM. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. From the list below.START When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN . POSSIBLE CAUSES IGNITION SWITCH RUN-START CIRCUIT OPEN ACM. if the voltage on the Run .Start circuit drops below approximately 4.START When Monitored: With the ignition in the Run or Start position the module monitors the Run .Clean and repair as necessary.AIRBAG Symptom: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN . 2 Turn ignition off. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. Set Condition: The code will set. FUSED IGNITION OUTPUT RUN-START CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN-START CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on.STORED DTC Go To 6 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components.5 volts for the ACM or 6. Is the Fuse open? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 4 All APPLICABILITY All 83 .ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM .7 volts for the SIACM. SELECT ONE: ACM . NOTE: For the purpose of this test.Start circuit for proper system voltage. select the appropriate module and DTC type for the this diagnostic trouble code. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. IT MUST BE REPLACED. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit between the Airbag Control Module adaptor and ground. All 5 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition on.Clean and repair as necessary.START — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. IT MUST BE REPLACED. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON.VER 1. Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start Circuit between the Airbag Control Module connector ground. Is the voltage above approximately 4. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors . Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit short to ground.5 volts? Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.VER 1. WARNING: make sure the battery is disconnected and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.VER 1.AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .5 volts? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit. Is the voltage above approximately 4. Measure the voltage of the Ignition Switch Output circuit between the Airbag Run-Start Fuse and ground. Replace the Airbag RunStart Fuse. NOTE: Check connectors . No 84 . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.Clean and repair as necessary.VER 1.Start fuse. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag connector. Disconnect Run . → Repair open Fused Ignition Switch Output Run-Start circuit. Reinstall the previously removed Airbag Run-Start Fuse. Continued APPLICABILITY All 85 . . spread. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. bent. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. Look for broken. NOTE: Check connectors . Look for chafed. pushed out. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. corroded.Visually inspect the related harnesses.Clean and repair as necessary. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. pinched or partially broken wire. pierced. or contaminated terminals. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. → No problem found at this time. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . . With the DRBIII .Visually inspect related wire harness connectors.AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN .START — TEST 6 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. 5 volts. the code will POSSIBLE CAUSES IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN ACM. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. FUSED IGNITION RUN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Ensure the battery is fully charged. 2 Turn Ignition off.STORED DTC Go To 8 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . FUSED IGNITION OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT OPEN CHECKING FOR A SHORTED RUN CIRCUIT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND ACM.AIRBAG Symptom: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY When Monitored and Set Condition: LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY When Monitored: With the ignition in the run position the module monitors the Run Only circuit for proper system voltage. Is the Fuse open? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 5 All APPLICABILITY All 86 . the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. NOTE: For the purpose of this test.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . Remove and inspect the Airbag Run circuit fuse. Set Condition: set. If the voltage on the Run Only circuit drops below 4. VER 1.VER 1. Measure the voltage of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit at the Airbag Control Module connector. Is the resistance below 10K ohms ? Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit for a short to ground and replace Airbag Run Fuse. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: Check connectors .VER 1. Is the voltage above approximately 4. IT MUST BE REPLACED. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — TEST 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All ACTION Remove the Airbag Run fuse. NOTE: Check connectors . Is the resistance below 10. Is the voltage above approximately 4. Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit between the ACM connector and ground. NOTE: Check connectors . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .Clean and repair as necessary.VER 1.0 ohms ? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the defective fuse.Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Measure the resistance of the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit between the Run Fuse and ground. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Reinstall the airbag Run fuse. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. All 4 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. No 5 Turn ignition on. 87 . → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions and replace the Run Only Fuse. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .5 volts? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Repair the open Ignition Switch Output Run circuit. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the voltage of the Ignition Switch Output Run circuit between the Airbag Run circuit fuse and ground. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .5 volts? Yes No → Go To 7 → Repair the an open or high resistance in the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run circuit. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. All 6 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF.Clean and repair as necessary. Visually inspect the related harnesses. spread.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . . Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. → No problem found at this time.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors.VER 1. view repair. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. or contaminated terminals. pushed out.Clean and repair as necessary. IT MUST BE REPLACED. Look for chafed. bent. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. corroded. If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. . With the DRBIII . pinched or partially broken wire. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.AIRBAG LOSS OF IGNITION RUN ONLY — TEST 7 Continued APPLICABILITY All ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. pierced. 8 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. All 88 . All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Look for broken. NOTE: Check connectors . or in response to the ACM message. If the MIC message is not received for 10 consecutive seconds. Set Condition: will set. lamp state change. the ACM monitors the PCI Bus for a message from the MIC containing the airbag warning indicator status. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. With the DRBIII . the code POSSIBLE CAUSES MIC. COMMUNICATION FAILURE ACM. Is the Instrument Cluster communicating on the PCI Bus? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Refer to category COMMUNICATION CATEGORY and select the related symptom INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BUS +/. The MIC transmits the message one time at ignition on. ensure PCI Bus communications with the Instrument Cluster. 2 Turn the ignition on.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. 89 .ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM .SIGNAL OPEN. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . NO CLUSTER MESSAGES STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.AIRBAG Symptom: NO CLUSTER MESSAGE When Monitored and Set Condition: NO CLUSTER MESSAGE When Monitored: With ignition on. Turn the ignition on. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. spread. . Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. All 90 . record and erase all DTCs from all modules.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Look for chafed. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. pinched or partially broken wire. corroded. With the DRBIII . All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. view repair.Visually inspect the related harnesses. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. . or contaminated terminals. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch.Clean and repair as necessary. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.VER 1. NOTE: Check connectors . If there are no possible causes remaining. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. bent. Look for broken. pierced. → No problem found at this time. read the DTC’s in all switch positions.AIRBAG NO CLUSTER MESSAGE — TEST 3 Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY All WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. pushed out. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . IT MUST BE REPLACED. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. AIRBAG Symptom List: NO PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: The Right Front Impact sensors is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR REPAIR IS COMPLETE STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT 91 . Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM receives an internal 1 message from the Passenger Side Impact Sensor. Set Condition: The code will set. POSSIBLE CAUSES SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER SIDE SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN ACM. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal. if the ACM and Passenger Side Impact Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data communications. The title for the tests will be NO PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR TEST. When Monitored and Set Condition: NO PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Passenger Side Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Passenger Side Impact sensor internal 1 message to the ACM. NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Passenger Side Impact Sensor connector and ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Side Sense signal circuit shorted for a short to ground. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Side Impact Sensor circuits shorted together. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the Passenger Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit shorted to battery. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Repair the Passenger Side Front Impact Sensor Ground circuit open or high resistance. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .AIRBAG NO PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR TEST — TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. → Go To 4 No 4 Measure the resistance between the Passenger Side Impact Sensor Signal and Sensor Ground circuits at the Passenger Side Impact Sensor connector. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Passenger Side Impact Sensor connector and ground.STORED DTC Go To 9 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Side Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the Passenger Side Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool adaptor. → Go To 3 All All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 3 Turn the ignition off.VER 1.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . Disconnect the Passenger Side Impact Sensor connector. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 5 All No 5 Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector.VER 1. 92 . Use the DRB III and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Turn the Ignition Off. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No → Go To 7 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Passenger Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit open or high resistance. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. 93 . Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector . If there are no possible causes remaining. DID the active Passenger Side Impact Sensor DTC return? Yes No → Go To 8 → Test Complete. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components .VER 1. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. view repair.except the Battery. All 7 Replace the Passenger Side Impact Sensor. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .AIRBAG NO PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR TEST — TEST 6 ACTION Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. Wait one minute.use the most current software available. All 8 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. IT MUST BE REPLACED. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Side Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Passenger Side Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool adaptor. Look for broken. pierced.Visually inspect the related harnesses. pushed out.AIRBAG NO PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR TEST — TEST 9 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. bent. NOTE: Check connectors . Continued APPLICABILITY All 94 . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. → No problem found at this time.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. With the DRBIII . Look for chafed. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . pinched or partially broken wire. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.Clean and repair as necessary. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. corroded. or contaminated terminals. . spread. Turn the ignition on.STORED Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All 95 .VER 1.ACM STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. select the appropriate module and DTC type for the this diagnostic trouble code. ACM . POSSIBLE CAUSES AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE . NOTE: For the purpose of this test. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Select the appropriate module and type of DTC ACM .ACTIVE WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF.AIRBAG Symptom: NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO PCI TRANSMISSION When Monitored: PCI BUS. With the ignition on and the module transmitting information on the Set Condition: The code will set if the onboard diagnostic cannot detect the module transmitting information on the PCI BUS for 4 consecutive seconds. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. IT MUST BE REPLACED. From the list below. IF THE MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. NOTE: Any PCI Bus Failure will may cause a stored code to set. Visually inspect the related harnesses. → No problem found at this time. pinched or partially broken wire. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system.AIRBAG NO PCI TRANSMISSION — TEST 2 Continued ACTION APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . corroded. .Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. pierced. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. read the DTC’s in all switch positions.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. or contaminated terminals. bent. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. spread. NOTE: Check connectors . . Look for broken. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. 96 . With the DRBIII . record and erase all DTCs from all modules. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. Look for chafed.Clean and repair as necessary. pushed out. AIRBAG Symptom List: NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR TEST. RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR REPAIR IS COMPLETE STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT 97 . if the ACM and Right Front Sensor do not establish and maintain valid data communications. RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 When Monitored: The Right Front Impact sensors is equipped with onboard diagnostics to monitor the sensors internal circuits. Set Condition: The code will set. When Monitored and Set Condition: NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR COMMUNICATION When Monitored: The ACM continuously communicates with the Right Front Impact Sensor over the sensor signal circuit. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM receives an internal 1 message from the Right Front Impact Sensor. POSSIBLE CAUSES SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND RIGHT SENSOR CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN ACM. If a problem is identified the sensor sends the Right Front Impact sensor internal 1 message to the ACM. The sensor communication and onboard diagnostics are powered by the ACM signal. Disconnect the Right Front Impact Sensor connector. 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Repair the Right Front Impact Sensor Ground circuit open or high resistance. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 5 All 5 Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. 98 . Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes No → Repair the Right Front Impact Sensor circuits shorted together. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. → Go To 3 All All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 3 Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Right Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Right Impact Sensor connector and ground. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM .VER 1. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected.VER 1.VER 1. → Go To 4 No 4 Measure the resistance between the Right Front Impact Sensor Signal and Sensor Ground circuits at the Right Impact Sensor connector. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the Right Front Impact Sensor Signal circuit shorted to battery. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.STORED DTC Go To 9 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components.AIRBAG NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR TEST — TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Right Front Impact Sensor Ground circuit between the Right Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool adaptor. Measure the voltage of the Right Front Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Right Sensor connector and ground.VER 1. Is the resistance below 100K ohms? Yes → Repair the Right Impact Sense signal circuit shorted for a short to ground. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . Measure the resistance of the Right Front Impact Sensor Signal circuit between the Right Impact Sensor connector and the Load Tool adaptor. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON.AIRBAG NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR TEST — TEST 6 ACTION Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. Use the DRB III and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. Repair Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. view repair. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components . Turn the Ignition Off. and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes.VER 1.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . 99 . Is the resistance below 1 ohm? Yes No → Go To 7 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Right Front Impact Sensor Signal circuit open or high resistance. Wait one minute. Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector . DID the active Right Impact Sensor DTC return? Yes No → Go To 8 → Repair is complete. Reconnect the vehicle body harness to the impact sensor. All 7 Replace the Right Front Impact Sensor. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .use the most current software available. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME.except the Battery. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. All 8 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On. IT MUST BE REPLACED. If there are no possible causes remaining. AIRBAG NO RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR TEST — TEST 9 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.Visually inspect the related harnesses.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. spread. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. Look for chafed. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. . pierced. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. pinched or partially broken wire. With the DRBIII . Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. bent. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. corroded. or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Continued APPLICABILITY All 100 .Visually inspect related wire harness connectors.Clean and repair as necessary. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. pushed out. Look for broken. NOTE: Check connectors . → No problem found at this time. . the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. POSSIBLE CAUSES CURTAIN AIRBAG OPEN CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN ACM. SELECT ONE: RIGHT SIACM . CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the battery is fully charged.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. the ACM monitors the resistance of the Curtain Squib circuits. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected.AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition is On. Turn the ignition on.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 RIGHT SIACM . APPLICABILITY All 101 . Set Condition: When the ACM detects an open circuit or high resistance on the Curtain Squib circuits. NOTE: Check connectors . Disconnect the Curtain Airbag connector.Clean and repair as necessary. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.AIRBAG PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF.Clean and repair as necessary. With the DRBIII .VER 1. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. 102 . WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. → Repair open or high resistance in the Curtain Squib Line 1 or Line 2 circuits. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. Is the resistance below 1. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Side Impact Airbag Control Module connector. Does the DRB show CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module Connector. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Curtain Airbag connector.0 ohms on both circuits? Yes No → Test Complete. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool Jumper. NOTE: Check connectors . AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON. read the ACM active DTC’s. All 3 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. Measure the resistance of the Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Load Tool SIACM adaptor and the Curtain Airbag connector. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . pierced. Continued APPLICABILITY All 103 . pushed out. . Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. or contaminated terminals. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . NOTE: Check connectors . Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. spread. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. corroded.AIRBAG PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 4 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.Visually inspect the related harnesses.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. With the DRBIII . Look for chafed.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. . Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. Look for broken. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch.Clean and repair as necessary. pinched or partially broken wire. → No problem found at this time. bent. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. the ACM monitors the resistance between the Curtain Squib circuits. CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the battery is fully charged.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . APPLICABILITY All 104 . the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. SELECT ONE: ACM . Turn the ignition on. When the ACM detects a low resistance between the Curtain Squib POSSIBLE CAUSES CURTAIN AIRBAG SHORT CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2 ACM. Set Condition: circuits.AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: When the ignition is on. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes No → Repair Curtain Squib Line 1 shorted to Line 2 circuit. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.VER 1. Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool Jumper. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Measure the resistance between the Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the Curtain Airbag connector.VER 1. Disconnect the Curtain Airbag connector. 105 . All 3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the ACM connector. read the ACM active DTC’s.AIRBAG PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Does the DRB show CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. NOTE: Check connectors . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .Clean and repair as necessary. With the DRB. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Curtain Airbag connector.Clean repair as necessary. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors . → Test Complete. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . pushed out. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. → No problem found at this time.Visually inspect the related harnesses. bent. pinched or partially broken wire.AIRBAG PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB CIRCUIT SHORT — TEST 4 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. Look for broken. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. pierced. corroded. spread.Clean and repair as necessary. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. NOTE: Check connectors . or contaminated terminals. Look for chafed. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. . Continued APPLICABILITY All 106 . . Ensure the battery is fully charged. the ACM monitors the voltage of the Curtain When the ACM detects high voltage on the Curtain Squib circuits. SELECT ONE: RIGHT SIACM . read ACM active DTC’s. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. 107 . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.Clean and repair as necessary.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 RIGHT SIACM . the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. Set Condition: When the ignition is on. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. With the DRBIII . 2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. Disconnect the Curtain Airbag connector. WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON. CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII display CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Replace Curtain Airbag in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Curtain Airbag connector. POSSIBLE CAUSES CURTAIN AIRBAG SHORT TO BATTERY CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO BATTERY ACM.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components.AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: Squib circuits. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. NOTE: Check connectors . You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. . AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. pinched or partially broken wire. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. or contaminated terminals. record and erase all DTCs from all modules.Visually inspect the related harnesses.Clean and repair as necessary. corroded.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. spread. NOTE: Check connectors . pushed out.Clean and repair as necessary. Look for broken. All Continued APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Measure the voltage of the Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Curtain Airbag connector and ground. → No problem found at this time. Look for chafed. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. pierced. Is any voltage present on either circuit? Yes No 4 → Repair Curtain Squib Line 1 or Line 2 shorted to battery. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM adaptor to the ACM connector. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. bent.VER 1. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. .AIRBAG PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. read the DTC’s in all switch positions.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool Jumper. 108 . → Test Complete. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. NOTE: Check connectors . With the DRBIII . CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the battery is fully charged.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . Set Condition: When the ACM detects a short to ground on the Curtain Squib circuits. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON. NOTE: Check connectors .Clean and repair as necessary. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. read ACM active DTC’s. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Curtain Airbag connector. 109 . WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. SELECT ONE: ACM . With the DRBIII . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Disconnect the Curtain Airbag connector. 2 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. Does the DRBIII display CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Curtain Airbag in accordance with Service Instructions. POSSIBLE CAUSES CURTAIN AIRBAG SHORT TO GROUND CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO GROUND ACM. Turn the ignition on. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. the ACM monitors the resistance of the Curtain Squib circuits.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components.AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: When the ignition is on. AIRBAG PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM adaptor to the ACM connector.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. 110 .Clean and repair as necessary. Look for broken. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. All Continued APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. .Visually inspect the related harnesses. pinched or partially broken wire. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED CURTAIN AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. Look for chafed. or contaminated terminals.VER 1. → No problem found at this time. pushed out. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. With the DRBIII . The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. NOTE: Check connectors . pierced. spread.Clean and repair as necessary. corroded. Measure the resistance of the Curtain Squib Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Curtain Squib connector and ground. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes No 4 → Repair Curtain Squib Line 1 or Line 2 shorted to ground. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Disconnect the Airbag Load Tool Jumper. .Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. → Test Complete. NOTE: Check connectors . bent. Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Switch.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the battery is fully charged. Measure the voltage between Passenger Seat Belt Switch Line 1 and Line 2 circuits and ground. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. NOTE: Check connectors . Set Condition: The ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for an open The code will set if the ACM does not detect the correct circuit voltage. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . NOTE: For the purpose of this test. Is there voltage present on both circuits? Yes No → Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Switch Buckle Assembly. 2 Turn the ignition off. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM.AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SBS CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: condition. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER SBS OPEN PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS OPEN ACM. Turn the ignition on.Clean and repair as necessary.VER 1. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All 111 . All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. spread.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. NOTE: Check connectors . pinched or partially broken wire. Measure the resistance of the Driver SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuits between the Passenger SBS harness connector and Airbag Load Tool adaptor. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. . pushed out. 112 . Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. pierced.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: .Visually inspect the related harnesses. With the DRBIII . record and erase all DTCs from all modules.Clean and repair as necessary. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. IT MUST BE REPLACED. Look for chafed. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. NOTE: Check connectors . You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. Is the resistance below 1. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connectors.Clean and repair as necessary. or contaminated terminals. → No problem found at this time. . NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. → Repair the open Passenger Seat Belt Switch Line 1 or Line 2. corroded. bent.AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. Look for broken.0 ohms on both circuits? Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service information.VER 1. PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the battery is fully charged. With the DRBIII .ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. Does the DRB show PASSENGER SBS CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Switch Buckle Assembly. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Switch connector. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. read the active Airbag DTCs.Clean and repair as necessary. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components.AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: battery. Turn the ignition on. Set Condition: The ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for an short to The code will set if the ACM detects high circuit voltage. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . 113 . NOTE: Check connectors . SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORTED TO BATTERY PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY ACM. 2 Turn the ignition off.VER 1. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. 114 . WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.Clean and repair as necessary. spread. .Visually inspect the related harnesses. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.VER 1.AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. pinched or partially broken wire. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service information. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. corroded. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. NOTE: Check connectors . IT MUST BE REPLACED. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. pushed out. bent. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. NOTE: Check connectors .Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Switch line 1 or line 2 shorted to battery. → No problem found at this time. or contaminated terminals.Clean and repair as necessary. pierced. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. . Look for broken. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. record and erase all DTCs from all modules.VER 1. Measure the voltage on the Passenger SBS Line 1 and Line 2 circuits at the Passenger SBS connector. With the DRBIII . Look for chafed.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: The ACM monitors the Seat Belt Buckle Switch circuit for a shorted together or shorted to ground condition. PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the battery is fully charged. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . Turn the ignition on.VER 1. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. read the active Airbag DTCs. → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All 115 . Does the DRB show PASSENGER SBS CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Replace the Passenger Seat Belt Switch Buckle Assembly. NOTE: Check connectors . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .STORED DTC Go To 5 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. Disconnect the Passenger Seat Belt Switch connector. Set Condition: The code will set if the ACM detects low circuit voltage. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. With the DRBIII . the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM.Clean and repair as necessary. Turn Ignition on.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TOGETHER OR TO GROUND PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH CIRCUITS SHORTED TO GROUND ACM. 2 Turn Ignition off. Look for broken. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. corroded. read the DTC’s in all switch positions.Clean and repair as necessary. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message.VER 1. spread. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. pinched or partially broken wire. → No problem found at this time. pierced. Measure the resistance of the Passenger SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuit between the Passenger SBS connector and ground.Visually inspect the related harnesses.AIRBAG PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors . pushed out. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 WARNING: TURN IGNITION OFF. Look for chafed.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . No 5 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . or contaminated terminals. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. .Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. NOTE: Check connectors . Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Switch Line 1 and Line 2 shorted together. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. . Measure the resistance between the Driver SBS Line 1 and line 2 circuit at the Passenger SBS connector.Clean and repair as necessary. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service information.Clean and repair as necessary. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. With the DRBIII . IT MUST BE REPLACED. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Belt Switch line 1 or line 2 shorted to ground. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors . All 116 . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. bent. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps.VER 1. PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. APPLICABILITY All 117 .AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: When the ignition is On.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. Set Condition: The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . NOTE: For the purpose of this test. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Turn the ignition on. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG OPEN PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACM. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. NOTE: Check connectors . Does the DRBIII show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .Clean and repair as necessary. read the active Airbag DTCs. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector. No NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected.Clean and repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuit between the ACM Adaptor and the Passenger Airbag connector. WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON.VER 1. NOTE: Check connectors . WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. All 3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. 118 . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. IT MUST BE REPLACED.VER 1. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. → Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits. With the DRBIII .AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector.0 ohms on both circuits? Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.VER 1. Disconnect the Airbag Control module connector. Is the resistance below 1. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. Look for chafed. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Look for broken. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Continued APPLICABILITY All 119 . You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message.Clean and repair as necessary. NOTE: Check connectors . . corroded.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. pushed out. spread. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . or contaminated terminals. . pierced.AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 4 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged.Visually inspect the related harnesses. With the DRBIII . → No problem found at this time. pinched or partially broken wire. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. bent. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance in the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Does the DRBIII show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Replace Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information.Clean and repair as necessary. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2 ACM. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. NOTE: For the purpose of this test.AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: When the ignition is on. 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. NOTE: Check connectors .STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . Turn the ignition on.VER 1. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. read the active airbag DTCs. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . With the DRBIII . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector. 120 . AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. VER 1. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger airbag connector. Look for broken. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. NOTE: Check connectors . pushed out.Clean and repair as necessary. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Continued APPLICABILITY All No NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components the Ignition must be turned off and the Battery must be disconnected. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes.VER 1. . . record and erase all DTCs from all modules. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . IT MUST BE REPLACED. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors .Visually inspect the related harnesses. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.Clean and repair as necessary. spread. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 circuit short to Passenger Squib 1 Line 2 circuit. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adapter to the Airbag Control Module connector. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. With the DRBIII . Measure the resistance between Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Squib 1 Line 2 circuit at the Passenger Airbag connector. corroded. → No problem found at this time. or contaminated terminals.AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. Look for chafed. pierced. read the DTC’s in all switch positions.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. All 121 . bent. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. pinched or partially broken wire. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Clean and repair as necessary. Turn the ignition on.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. Does the DRBIII show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Replace Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . 122 . WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged.VER 1. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. read the active Airbag DTCs. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector. Set Condition: When the ignition is on. the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger The ACM has detected high voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO BATTERY ACM. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. NOTE: Check connectors . SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM .AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: Squib 1 circuits. With the DRBIII . Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. → No problem found at this time.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. . record and erase all DTCs from all modules. With the DRBIII .Clean and repair as necessary. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. IT MUST BE REPLACED.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. bent. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.Clean and repair as necessary. NOTE: Check connectors . You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message.AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Measure the voltage on the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Passenger Airbag connector and ground. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector. WARNING: TURN IGNITION ON.VER 1. pierced. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. spread. pushed out. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. Look for chafed. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . 123 . pinched or partially broken wire. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. NOTE: Check connectors . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Is there any voltage present? Yes No → Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit short to battery. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. . Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List.VER 1. corroded. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . All Continued APPLICABILITY All 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Look for broken. or contaminated terminals.Visually inspect the related harnesses. With the DRBIII . THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. 124 . Does the DRBIII show PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY.VER 1. 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. PASSENGER SQUIB 1 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. NOTE: Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON.Clean and repair as necessary. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. Turn the ignition on. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 AND LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACM.AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: When the ignition is on. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Set Condition: The ACM has detected a short to ground in the Passenger Squib 1 circuits. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. NOTE: Check connectors . the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 circuits for low resistance. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . read the active Airbag DTCs. 125 . Look for chafed. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. .VER 1. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits for a short to ground. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector. pierced. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. pushed out.Visually inspect the related harnesses. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.VER 1. Look for broken. pinched or partially broken wire. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors . record and erase all DTCs from all modules. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. spread. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: .Clean repair as necessary. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. IT MUST BE REPLACED. → No problem found at this time. NOTE: Check connectors .Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.Clean and repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 1 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit between the Passenger Airbag Module Connector and ground. . bent. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. or contaminated terminals. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message.AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 1 SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. corroded. With the DRBIII . the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. Set Condition: The ACM has detected an open circuit or high resistance on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. APPLICABILITY All 126 . PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG OPEN PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 CIRCUIT OPEN ACM. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . Turn the ignition on.AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: When the ignition is On. NOTE: For the purpose of this test. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: Check connectors .VER 1. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 1.0 ohms on both circuits? Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector. With the DRBIII .Clean and repair as necessary.VER 1. No 127 . WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME.Clean and repair as necessary. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. NOTE: Check connectors . AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Does the DRB show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN? Yes No → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the ACM adaptor and the Passenger Airbag connector. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. → Repair open or high resistance in Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuits. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector.VER 1. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. IT MUST BE REPLACED.AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. read the active Airbag DTCs. All 3 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. NOTE: Check connectors . The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . pinched or partially broken wire. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system.Visually inspect the related harnesses.AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 4 ACTION NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. pierced. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. corroded. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. . Look for broken. spread. pushed out. bent. With the DRBIII . Continued APPLICABILITY All 128 . Look for chafed. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.Clean and repair as necessary. or contaminated terminals. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. → No problem found at this time. .Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. NOTE: Check connectors . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 SHORT TO LINE 2 STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACM. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. read the active DTCs. With the DRBIII .VER 1. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . NOTE: For the purpose of this test. the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag. Set Condition: The ACM has detected low resistance in the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected.AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: When the ignition is on. Does the DRB show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Replace Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information.Clean and repair as necessary. 129 . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. With the DRBIII .AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connectors. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . IT MUST BE REPLACED. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. read the DTC’s in all switch positions.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. Look for chafed.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 circuit short to Passenger Squib 2 Line 2 circuit. . spread. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector. pierced. bent.Clean and repair as necessary. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. NOTE: Check connectors . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.Clean and repair as necessary. . pushed out. or contaminated terminals. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors . → No problem found at this time.VER 1. corroded. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. Look for broken.VER 1. 130 . The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . Measure the resistance between the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and line 2 circuits at the Passenger Airbag connector. pinched or partially broken wire. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system.Visually inspect the related harnesses. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. Turn the ignition on. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM . the ACM monitors the voltage of the Passenger The ACM has detected high voltage on the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORTED TO BATTERY ACM. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. read the active Airbag DTCs. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM.VER 1. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRB show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Replace Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. NOTE: For the purpose of this test.AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: Squib 2 circuits. 131 .STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. Set Condition: When the ignition is on. PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . With the DRBIII .Clean and repair as necessary. THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. NOTE: Check connectors . Measure the voltage on the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Passenger Airbag connector and ground. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Look for broken.VER 1.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. NOTE: Check connectors . pinched or partially broken wire. 132 . Look for chafed. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. .Visually inspect the related harnesses. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. corroded.Clean and repair as necessary. bent.AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. or contaminated terminals. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop. pushed out. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit shorted to battery. spread. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector. NOTE: Check connectors .VER 1. With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. → No problem found at this time.Clean and repair as necessary. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. With the DRBIII . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. IT MUST BE REPLACED. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . . pierced. Turn the ignition on. Set Condition: The ACM has detected a short to ground in the Passenger Squib 2 circuits. 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. read the active Airbag DTCs. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. 133 . THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED.STORED DTC Go To 4 NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components.ACTIVE DTC Go To 2 ACM .AIRBAG Symptom: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: When the ignition is on. the AECM and ORC modules will be referred to as an ACM. Does the DRB show PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND? Yes No → Go To 3 All APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Passenger Airbag in accordance with the Service Information. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Connect the appropriate Load Tool to the Passenger Airbag connector. PASSENGER SQUIB 2 CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND STORED CODE OR INTERMITTENT CONDITION ACTIVE CODE PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the battery is fully charged. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER AIRBAG CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 OR LINE 2 SHORT TO GROUND ACM. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. With the DRBIII . SELECT ACTIVE or STORED DTC: ACM . Disconnect the Passenger Airbag connector.Clean and repair as necessary. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . the ACM monitors the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 circuits for low resistance. NOTE: Check connectors . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. NOTE: For the purpose of this test.VER 1. Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors of the appropriate airbag system and rotate the steering wheel from stop to stop.VER 1. Look for chafed. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 and Line 2 circuits between the Passenger Airbag Module connector and ground. You have just attempted to simulate the condition that initially set the trouble code message. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. With the DRBIII . pierced. WARNING: DO NOT PLACE AN INTACT UNDEPLOYED AIRBAG FACE DOWN ON A HARD SURFACE. IT MUST BE REPLACED. The following additional checks may assist you in identifying a possible intermittent problem: . With the DRBIII monitor active codes as you work through the system.Refer to Wiring Diagrams and Technical Service Bulletins that may apply. NOTE: If equipped with Passenger Airbag On-Off switch. pinched or partially broken wire. NOTE: Check connectors . DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Connect the appropriate Load Tool adaptor to the Airbag Control Module connector. AND COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS OR FATAL INJURY. or contaminated terminals. . THE AIRBAG WILL PROPEL INTO THE AIR IF ACCIDENTALLY DEPLOYED. pushed out.Clean and repair as necessary. Look for broken. Disconnect the Load Tool from the Passenger Airbag connector.AIRBAG PASSENGER SQUIB 2 SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 3 ACTION WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions.Visually inspect the related harnesses.Visually inspect related wire harness connectors. All active codes must be resolved before diagnosing any stored codes. spread.Clean repair as necessary. 134 . Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. → No problem found at this time. Is the resistance below 10K ohms on either circuit? Yes → Repair Passenger Squib 2 Line 1 or Line 2 circuit for a shorted to ground. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module connector NOTE: Check connectors . All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Ensure the battery is fully charged. record and erase all DTCs from all modules. corroded. . Did the DTC become active ? Yes No → Select appropriate symptom from Symptom List. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . bent. Maintain a safe distance from all airbags while performing the following steps. IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 STORED TROUBLE CODE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER PROBLEMS TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. read the stored DTCs. AIRBAG. 2 With the DRBIII .VER 1. WARNING LAMP STATUS and read the PASSIVE RESTRAINTS. WARNING: IF THE AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE IS DROPPED AT ANY TIME. Make sure that all Airbag and Instrument Cluster active DTCs have been repaired before performing this procedure. IT MUST BE REPLACED. MONITOR DISPLAY. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. With the DRBIII select MONITOR DISPLAY.VER 1. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.AIRBAG Symptom: *AIRBAG INDICATOR ON WITHOUT ACTIVE TROUBLE CODES POSSIBLE CAUSES FRONT OR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STORED TROUBLE CODE ACM. NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. With no active DTCs. WARNING LAMP STATES. Does the DRB show a stored FRONT or SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INTERNAL 1 trouble code? Yes → WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF.VER 1. → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with Service Instructions. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Does the LAMP REQ by ACM monitor show ON? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair or replace the Instrument Cluster as necessary. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Replace the front or side impact sensor indicated by the stored diagnostic trouble code. All No 135 . NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each front speaker and each I/P speaker (if equipped) connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on. Does the DRBIII display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT with all the speakers disconnected? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset. 136 . With the DRBIII . Turn the radio on. read the audio DTC’s. With the DRBIII . Turn the Radio on. With the DRBIII .VER 1. The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds.BASE AUDIO SYSTEM When Monitored and Set Condition: ALL OUTPUTS SHORT . Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.AUDIO Symptom: ALL OUTPUTS SHORT . Does the DRBIII display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent short. Disconnect each front speaker and each I/P speaker (if equipped) harness connector one at a time. erase the audio DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.BASE AUDIO SYSTEM When Monitored: Set Condition: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase the audio DTC’s. read DTC’s. With the DRBIII .VER 1. All 2 Turn the ignition off. POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER REAR SHORTED SPEAKER (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connectors.0 (1K) ohms for any of the measurements? Yes No → Repair the speaker circuits shorted together. Disconnect the Radio harness connector.VER 1. → Go To 6 All 6 Turn the ignition off.0 (1K) ohms? Yes No → Repair the speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms? Yes No → Repair the speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.BASE AUDIO SYSTEM — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off.VER 1. All 4 Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII . With the DRBIII . Measure the resistance between each speaker (+) circuit and each speaker (-) circuit. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.AUDIO ALL OUTPUTS SHORT .VER 1. Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connectors. NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each rear speaker connector. erase the audio DTCs.VER 1. → Go To 5 5 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read DTC’s. view repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 1000. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. Is the resistance below 1000. Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connectors. All 137 . Turn the radio on. → Go To 7 All 7 If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect each rear speaker harness connector one at a time.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT with all the rear speakers disconnected? Yes No → Go To 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset. Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (+) circuit. Repair Replace the Radio. Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (-) circuit. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. read the audio DTC’s. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connectors. Does the DRBIII display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Power Amplifier in accordance with the service information. 138 . Turn the Radio on.AUDIO Symptom: ALL OUTPUTS SHORT .VER 1. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds. With the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds. All 2 Turn the ignition off. erase the audio DTC’s. Turn the ignition on. POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT SPEAKER SECTION OF POWER AMPLIFIER (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. erase the audio DTCs. With the DRBIII . read DTC’s. Turn the radio on.PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM When Monitored: Set Condition: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed.PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM When Monitored and Set Condition: ALL OUTPUTS SHORT . Does the DRBIII display ALL OUTPUTS SHORT? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a possible short. With the DRBIII . → Go To 5 5 Turn the ignition off.0 (1K) ohms? Yes No 4 → Repair the speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground.AUDIO ALL OUTPUTS SHORT . Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (-) circuit.VER 1.0 (1K) ohms? Yes No → Repair the speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.VER 1. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connectors. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 139 . Is the resistance below 1000. Repair Replace the Radio. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. → Go To 6 All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connectors. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms for any of the measurements? Yes No → Repair the speaker circuits shorted together. view repair.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 1000. Disconnect the Radio harness connector.PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between each speaker (+) circuit and each speaker (-) circuit. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (+) circuit. The code will set if the radio detects a CD mechanical failure. When Monitored and Set Condition: CASSETTE PLAYER INOP When Monitored: Set Condition: Continuously with the ignition and radio turned on. The title for the tests will be CASSETTE PLAYER INOP. The code will set if the radio detects a internal cassette failure. 140 . CD MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: Continuously with the ignition and CD player turned on.AUDIO Symptom List: CASSETTE PLAYER INOP CD MECHANICAL FAILURE *AM/FM SWITCH INOPERATIVE *ANY STATION PRESET SWITCH INOPERATIVE *BALANCE INOPERATIVE *CD EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE *EQUALIZER INOPERATIVE *FADER INOPERATIVE *FF/RW SWITCH INOPERATIVE *HOUR/MINUTE SWITCHES INOPERATIVE *PAUSE/PLAY SWITCH INOPERATIVE *PWR SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SCAN SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SEEK SWITCH INOPERATIVE *SET SWITCH INOPERATIVE *TAPE EJECT SWITCH INOPERATIVE *TIME SWITCH INOPERATIVE *TUNE SWITCH INOPERATIVE Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. This is an internal radio failure. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. If DTC resets. APPLICABILITY All 141 . View repair Repair Replace the Radio. erase the DTC and attempt to reset the DTC.AUDIO CASSETTE PLAYER INOP — Continued POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: If a DTC is set. follow this test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . The code will set if the CD Changer detects a mechanical failure. APPLICABILITY All 142 .VER 1.AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER MECHANICAL FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. follow this test. This is an internal CD Changer failure. If DTC resets. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERNAL FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Erase DTC and attempt to reset. View repair Repair Replace the CD Changer. Does the DRBIII display CD CHANGER READ FAILURE? Yes No → Replace the CD Changer. → Test Complete. Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed in the CD Changer. read DTC’s. clean. Turn the radio on and select the good CD.VER 1.AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER READ FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER READ FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. unscratched. APPLICABILITY All 143 . With the DRBIII . POSSIBLE CAUSES CD CHANGER READ FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION Replace the problem CD with a good. music CD. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . VER 1. erase the audio DTC’s. read DTC’s. The CD Changer will operate between -23° C and 65° C (-10° F and +145° F). Continuously with the ignition and CD Changer turned on. Does the DRBIII display CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH? Yes No → Replace the CD Changer. → Test Complete. If the vehicle has been in the hot sunlight or extreme cold move the vehicle indoors and open the doors to allow the inside temperature to stabilize.AUDIO Symptom: CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: CD CHANGER TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored: Set Condition: C (+145° F). APPLICABILITY All 144 . The code will set if the temperature inside the CD Changer is above +65° POSSIBLE CAUSES HIGH TEMPERATURE FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . Start the engine and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. unscratched. Set Condition: The code will set if a CD that is not formatted as a music CD is installed in the radio CD player. music CD. → Test Complete. Does the DRBIII display CD READ FAILURE? Yes No → Replace the Radio. APPLICABILITY All 145 . clean. POSSIBLE CAUSES CD READ FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION Replace the problem CD with a good. With the DRBIII . Turn the radio CD player on.VER 1.AUDIO Symptom: CD READ FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CD READ FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on. read DTC’s. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . APPLICABILITY All 146 .AUDIO Symptom: CD TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: CD TEMPERATURE HIGH When Monitored: Continuously with the ignition and the radio CD player turned on.VER 1. If the vehicle has been in the hot sunlight or extreme cold move the vehicle indoors and open the doors to allow the inside temperature to stabilize. read DTC’s. → Test Complete. POSSIBLE CAUSES HIGH TEMPERATURE FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . The radio CD player will operate between -23° C and 70° C (-10° F and +156° F). With the DRBIII . Does the DRBIII display CD TEMPERATURE HIGH? Yes No → Replace the Radio. erase the audio DTC’s. Set Condition: The code will set if the temperature inside the radio CD player is above +70° C (+156° F). Start the engine and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 3 Note: Reconnect all previously disconnected components. With the DRBIII . POSSIBLE CAUSES BAD ANTENNA CONNECTION TEST ANTENNA RADIO TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Was the Antenna connection clean and tight? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair Antenna connection as needed. Set Condition: With the radio in seek or scan mode for two minutes and the radio does not detect an antenna connection or does not receive a radio station signal. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read the audio DTC’s. All Refer to the Audio System in the service information and test the Antenna in accordance with the service procedure. Disconnect the Radio Antenna connector. Did this DTC reset? Yes No → Replace the Radio.VER 1.AUDIO Symptom: NO ANTENNA CONNECTION When Monitored and Set Condition: NO ANTENNA CONNECTION When Monitored: With the ignition on and the radio in seek up/down mode. erase the audio DTC’s. → Test Complete. Turn the ignition and Radio on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the Antenna ok? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair or replace the Antenna assembly as necessary.VER 1.VER 1. Inspect the Radio Antenna connection. 147 . put the radio in seek up and seek down mode for approximately 2 minutes before proceeding. With the DRBIII . Turn the Radio on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . Disconnect each front speaker and each I/P speaker (if equipped) harness connector one at a time. Does the DRBIII display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent short. POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT FRONT SHORTED SPEAKER REAR SHORTED SPEAKER (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. read the audio DTC’s. read DTC’s.BASE AUDIO SYSTEM When Monitored and Set Condition: POWER AMP SHUTDOWN . With the DRBIII .AUDIO Symptom: POWER AMP SHUTDOWN . The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds. erase the audio DTC’s. Turn the radio on.VER 1. erase the audio DTCs. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.BASE AUDIO SYSTEM When Monitored: Set Condition: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. All 2 Turn the ignition off. 148 . NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each front speaker and each I/P speaker (if equipped) connector. Does the DRBIII display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN with all the speakers disconnected? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset.VER 1. With the DRBIII . Turn the ignition on. 0 (1K) ohms? Yes No → Repair the speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground. Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (-) circuit. Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connectors. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. erase the audio DTCs. With the DRBIII . All 149 . Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connectors. Is the resistance below 1000.BASE AUDIO SYSTEM — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off.AUDIO POWER AMP SHUTDOWN . Disconnect each front and rear speaker harness connectors. Is the resistance below 1000. Turn the radio on. Disconnect each rear speaker harness connector one at a time. Does the DRBIII display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN with all the rear speakers disconnected? Yes No → Go To 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Speaker that when disconnected the DTC did not reset. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 6 All 6 Turn the ignition off. read DTC’s. Is the resistance below 1000. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. → Go To 7 All 7 If there are no possible causes remaining. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds.0 (1K) ohms for any of the measurements? Yes No → Repair the speaker circuits shorted together.0 (1K) ohms? Yes No → Repair the speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.VER 1. With the DRBIII . Repair Replace the Radio. Measure the resistance between ground and each speaker (+) circuit.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. All 4 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. → Go To 5 5 Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition on. Measure the resistance between each speaker (+) circuit and each speaker (-) circuit. view repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: Perform this procedure after disconnecting each rear speaker connector. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. 150 . POSSIBLE CAUSES DETERMINE FAULT SPEAKER SECTION OF POWER AMPLIFIER (+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (-) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SPEAKER (+) & (-) CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER SPEAKER SECTION OF RADIO TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Does the DRBIII display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a possible short. Turn the radio on.VER 1. read the audio DTC’s. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds. With the DRBIII . With the DRBIII .VER 1. With the DRBIII .AUDIO Symptom: POWER AMP SHUTDOWN . All 2 Turn the ignition off. erase the audio DTC’s. With the DRBIII . Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII display POWER AMP SHUTDOWN? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Power Amplifier in accordance with the service information.PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM When Monitored: Set Condition: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. read DTC’s. erase the audio DTCs. Turn the ignition on.PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM When Monitored and Set Condition: POWER AMP SHUTDOWN . Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connectors. The radio has sensed a short on the output for more than 10 seconds. Turn the Radio on. → Go To 6 All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining. Measure the resistance between each speaker (+) circuit and each speaker (-) circuit. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (-) circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Radio harness connector.0 (1K) ohms for any of the measurements? Yes No → Repair the speaker circuits shorted together. Is the resistance below 1000. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connectors.0 (1K) ohms? Yes No → Repair the speaker (-) circuit for a short to ground.AUDIO POWER AMP SHUTDOWN . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Radio harness connector. Repair Replace the Radio. → Go To 5 5 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connectors. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1. Is the resistance below 1000.VER 1.PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Is the resistance below 1000.0 (1K) ohms? Yes No 4 → Repair the speaker (+) circuit for a short to ground. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and any speaker (+) circuit. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connectors. view repair. All 151 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Set Condition: The BCM is trying to activate the radio dimming output (park lamps on and parade mode requested). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Measure the voltage of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit at the Radio connector. Measure the voltage of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit at the Radio connector. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Radio harness connector.0 volt? Yes No → Repair the Panel Lamps Driver circuit for a short to voltage.VER 1.AUDIO Symptom: RADIO DIMMING SHORTED HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: RADIO DIMMING SHORTED HIGH When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed.0 volts? Yes No 2 → Replace the Radio.5 volts to approximately 12. → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. Is the voltage above 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Rotate the dimmer switch from full low intensity to full high intensity. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Does the voltage increase from approximately 3. Turn the ignition on. 152 . Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. POSSIBLE CAUSES DIMMER SECTION OF RADIO PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. The code will set if the BCM pulls this input low and excessive current is sinked into the BCM. Turn the park lamps on. disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes before proceeding. enter Body Computer then Sensors and monitor the Radio Control SW voltage Is the voltage approximately 5.0 volts? Yes No → Replace the Left Remote Radio Switch. With the DRB. Disconnect the Left Remote Radio Switch harness connector. Remove the Driver Airbag Module. POSSIBLE CAUSES LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND AT THE SWITCH RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE RETURN CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH CLOCKSPRING SHORTED TO GROUND RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND RADIO CONTROL MUX CKT SHORTED TO THE RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CKT BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION WARNING: Turn the ignition off. → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All 153 . the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently deployed.VER 1. CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on a hard surface. reconnect the battery.AUDIO Symptom: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Turn the ignition on. Set Condition: The code will set if the BCM detects a short to ground on the Radio Control MUX circuit for more than 5 seconds. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to the Radio Control MUX Return circuit between the clockspring and the remote radio switches. With the DRB. Turn the ignition on.0 volts? Yes No 3 → Replace the Right Remote Radio Switch.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to ground between the clockspring and the remote radio switches. Is the voltage approximately 5. reconnect the battery. With the DRB. All No 5 Turn the ignition off.AUDIO REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND — TEST 2 ACTION WARNING: Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Right Remote Radio Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Radio Control MUX circuit at the clockspring C4 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Clockspring C4 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 3 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off.VER 1. enter Body Computer then Sensors and monitor the Radio Control SW voltage. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: Ensure both remote radio switches are disconnected. Disconnect the Clockspring C4 harness connector.0 volts? Yes No → Replace the Clockspring. enter Body Computer then Sensors and monitor the Radio Control SW voltage Is the voltage approximately 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 volts? Yes No → Go To → Go To 4 5 4 Turn the ignition off. Is the voltage approximately 5. With the DRB. Disconnect the Clockspring C3 harness connector. the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently deployed. Remove the Driver Airbag Module. CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on a hard surface. → Go To 6 All 154 . disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.VER 1. enter Body Computer then Sensors and monitor the Radio Control SW voltage.VER 1. 0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to ground between the clockspring and the BCM. Disconnect the Clockspring C3 harness connector. Disconnect the Clockspring C3 harness connector.AUDIO REMOTE RADIO SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND — TEST 6 ACTION Turn the ignition off.VER 1.VER 1. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. → Go To 8 No 8 If there are no possible causes remaining. → Go To 7 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 7 Turn the ignition off. Is the resistance below 5. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between the Radio Control MUX circuit and the Radio Control MUX Return circuit. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . view repair.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 155 . Measure the resistance between ground and the Radio Control MUX circuit.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for a short to the Radio Control MUX Return circuit between the clockspring and the BCM. FUSE #30 RADIO .FUSED B+ CKT SHORTED FUSED B+ CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND INTERMITTENT SHORT .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the radio on. Is the fuse open? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 5 All APPLICABILITY All Replace fuse #5 in the Junction Block. Remove and inspect fuse #5 in the Junction Block. Remove and inspect fuse #5 in the Junction Block. 156 . Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace fuse #5 in the Junction Block.INTERNAL SHORT RADIO .AUDIO Symptom: *NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT SHORT .FUSE #5 POWER AMPLIFIER . Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent short to ground condition.FUSED IGNITION SWITCH CKT SHORTED FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO RADIO OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CKT TO RADIO OPEN RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO POWER AMPLIFIER OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT TO POWER AMPLIFIER OPEN ENABLE SIGNAL TO AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT ENABLE SIGNAL TO AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND RADIO (NO SPEAKER OUTPUT) RADIO (NO ENABLE SIGNAL TO AMPILIFER) POWER AMPLIFIER (NO OUTPUT) TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Remove and inspect fuse #5 in the Junction Block. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent short to ground condition. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector. Turn the ignition off.VER 1. All Turn the ignition off. Is the fuse open? Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Radio. Turn the ignition on. Turn the radio on. Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To → Go To 6 8 All 6 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. Remove and inspect fuse #30 in the Junction Block.AUDIO *NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS — TEST 3 ACTION NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a power amplifier. Is the fuse open? Yes No 4 → Go To 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Power Amplifier. Remove and inspect fuse #30 in the Junction Block.VER 1. answer yes to the question. Turn the ignition off. → Replace the Radio. Remove and inspect fuse #5 in the Junction Block. Replace fuse #30 in the Junction Block.VER 1. Replace fuse #5 in the Junction Block. Turn the radio on.VER 1. Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To 7 All → Replace fuse #30 in the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Remove and inspect fuse #30 in the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Replace fuse #5 in the Junction Block. Is the fuse open? Yes No → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for a short to ground.VER 1. Replace fuse #30 in the Junction Block. No 157 . All 7 Turn the ignition off. Cycle the ignition switch from on to off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 5 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . probe both Fused B+ circuits. probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. Turn the ignition off. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. probe the radio ground circuit. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No 9 → Go To 9 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. All Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. All 12 NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a power amplifier. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. probe the Fused B+ circuit. 158 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 10 → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 11 NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a power amplifier.VER 1. Is the test light illuminated for both circuits? Yes No → Go To 13 → Repair the Ground circuit for an open. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 11 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Turn the ignition on. Is the test light illuminated for both circuits? Yes No → Go To 12 → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .AUDIO *NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS — TEST 8 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector. Disconnect the Radio harness connector.VER 1. answer yes to the question. probe both Ground circuits. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 10 Turn the ignition off. answer yes to the question. While back probing. Disconnect the Radio harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Enable Signal to Amplifier circuit between the Radio connector and the Power Amplifier connector. Disconnect the Radio harness connector.0 ohms? Yes No 14 → Go To 14 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Enable Signal to Amplifier circuit for an open. Turn the ignition and radio on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1. Measure the voltage of the Enable Signal to Amplifier circuit in the Power Amplifier connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.AUDIO *NO SOUND FROM ALL SPEAKERS — TEST 13 ACTION NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a power amplifier. Is the resistance below 5.5 volts? Yes No → Go To 16 All → Replace the Radio. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector. Is the voltage approximately 5.VER 1. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector.0 volts? Yes No → Replace the Power Amplifier. 159 . Is the resistance below 5. measure the voltage of any speaker (+) circuit in the Radio connector. → Go To 15 No 15 NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a power amplifier. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition off. Is the voltage above 10. Measure the resistance between ground and the Enable Signal to Amplifier circuit. answer no to the question. Disconnect the Power Amplifier harness connector. Turn the ignition off. answer no to the question. All NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a power amplifier. → Replace the Radio. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Enable Signal to Amplifier circuit for a short to ground. All 16 Turn the ignition off. answer yes to the question. Turn the ignition and Radio on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Are both remote radio control switches inoperative? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 7 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. With the DRB. enter Body Computer then Sensors and monitor the Radio Control SW voltage. Disconnect the Clockspring C3 harness connector. Disconnect the Clockspring C3 harness connector. All 3 Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition on. Turn the ignition on. Operate both remote radio switches. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 volts? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Body Control Module. replace the Clockspring.INTERNAL SHORT OPEN CLOCKSPRING OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE . diagnose the DTC before continuing. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Connect a jumper wire between cavity 1 and cavity 2 at the Clockspring C3 connector.OPEN INTERNAL TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: If any DTCs are set. → Go To 4 No 160 . Turn the ignition and radio on. With the DRB.VER 1. Is the voltage approximately 0.0 volts? Yes → Check the circuits between the clockspring connector and the splice for an open. Is the voltage approximately 5. enter Body Computer then Sensors and monitor the Radio Control SW voltage. If ok.AUDIO Symptom: *REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH OPEN RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN CIRCUIT AT THE SWITCH REMOTE RADIO SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE . AUDIO *REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE — TEST 4 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Clockspring C3 harness connector. 161 . Turn the ignition on. the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently deployed.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining. Remove the Driver Airbag Module.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Measure the voltage of the Radio Control MUX circuit at the inoperative remote radio switch. 7 WARNING: Turn the ignition off.0 volts? Yes No → Go To 8 All → Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for an open between the inoperative switch and the splice. Measure the resistance of the Radio Control MUX Return circuit between the BCM C2 connector and the Clockspring C3 connector. Disconnect both remote radio switch harness connectors. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. All 5 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . reconnect the battery. Disconnect the Clockspring C3 harness connector. disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes before proceeding.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Radio Control MUX circuit between the BCM C2 connector and the Clockspring C3 connector. view repair. CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on a hard surface.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 → Repair the Radio Control MUX Return circuit for an open between the clockspring and the BCM.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Radio Control MUX circuit for an open between the clockspring and the BCM. Is the voltage approximately 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect both remote radio switch harness connectors. Measure the resistance of the Radio Control MUX Return circuit between the inoperative remote radio switch and the clockspring connector.AUDIO *REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS INOPERATIVE — TEST 8 ACTION WARNING: Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Clockspring C4 harness connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Radio Control MUX Return circuit for an open between the inoperative switch and the clockspring. Remove the Driver Airbag Module. All 9 If there are no possible causes remaining. Is the resistance below 5. the airbag module will propel into the air if accidently deployed. view repair. CAUTION: Do not place an intact undeployed airbag module face down on a hard surface. disconnect the battery and wait 2 minutes before proceeding. 162 .VER 1. Repair Replace the inoperative Remote Radio Switch.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Repair the open Key-in Ignition Switch Ground circuit. With the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .CHIME Symptom: CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH KEY IN IGNITION. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Ignition switch C2 connector. Does the DRBIII display.VER 1. Remove the key from the ignition switch. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Ignition Switch. 163 . With the ignition key in. check the resistance across the Ignition Switch Is the resistance above 10. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 3 3 Turn ignition off. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. With the DRBIII select: Body.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Key-in Ignition Switch Sense Wire. KEY IN IGN SW :CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Refer to Door Ajar information for the related symptoms. Disconnect the Ignition Switch C2 connector. read key in ignition switch status. Disconnect the Ignition Switch C2 connector. KEY IN IGN SW Insert the key in to the ignition switch. All 4 Turn ignition off. Note: Ensure the exterior lamps turn on and off properly. INPUT OUTPUT. Measure the resistance of the Key-in Ignition Switch Sense circuit between the BCM C1 connector and the Ignition Switch C2 connector.VER 1.KEY-IN IGNITION OPEN DOOR AJAR PROBLEMS TEST 1 ACTION Note: Ensure the interior lamps turn on and off properly. DRIVER DOOR OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN KEY-IN SWITCH KEY-IN IGN SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN KEY-IN IGN SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE . Using an Ohmmeter. Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit. DRIVER DOOR OPEN — Continued TEST 5 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. APPLICABILITY All 164 . Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . view Repair.VER 1.CHIME CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH KEY IN IGNITION. With the DRBIII . Does the chime sound when actuated by the DRB? Yes → If the chime operates as it should. Close all doors. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . APPLICABILITY All No 165 . Refer to symptom list for related problems.CHIME INOPERATIVE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. check for other reasons that the chime is being inoperative.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Body Control Module. actuate the Chime.VER 1.CHIME Symptom: *CHIME INOPERATIVE AT ALL TIMES POSSIBLE CAUSES ACTUATES OK BODY CONTROL MODULE . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Read the Seat Belt Sw Status. With the DRB III select: Body. Read the Seat Belt Sw Status on the DRBIII . Connect a jumper wire between Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit and the Ground circuit in the Seat Belt Switch connector. Body Computer. Input Output. Body Computer and then inputs/Outputs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII display Seat Belt Sw Closed? Yes No 2 → Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1.SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE OPEN SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the Drivers Seat Belt is not fastened. → Go To 3 3 Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch connector. status. Turn the ignition on.CHIME Symptom: *CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH DRIVERS SEAT BELT UNFASTENED POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT BELT STATUS INCORRECT ON DRB SEAT BELT SWITCH OPEN GROUND WIRE OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK . Turn the ignition on. Does the DRB III show Seat Belt Sw: CLOSED? Yes No → Repair the open Ground wire. Connect a jumper wire between the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit and chassis ground. → Go To 4 All 166 . Does the DRBIII display Seat Belt Sw Closed? Yes No → Replace the Seat Belt Switch.VER 1. With the DRBIII select. Body Computer and then Input/Output. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Read the Seat Belt Sw.VER 1. With the DRBIII select Body. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch connector. but do not disconnect.VER 1. With the DRB III select: Body. Lower the Junction Block and gain access to the Junction Block C1 connector but do not disconnect. Does the DRB III show Seat Belt Sw: CLOSED? Yes No → Repair the open Seat Belt Switch Sense wire. Back probe a jumper wire between the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit in the Junction Block C1 connector cavity 19 in the upper right corner to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No 5 → Go To 5 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Junction Block.CHIME *CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH DRIVERS SEAT BELT UNFASTENED — Continued TEST 4 ACTION Turn the ignition off.Body Control Module connector. → Test Complete. Read the Seat Belt Sw status. Is the resistance below 5. Body Computer. Back probe a jumper wire between the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit in the Junction Block C1 connector cavity 19 in the upper right corner to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Input Output. Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Sense ckt in the Junction Block . 167 .VER 1. All Lower the Junction Block and gain access to the Junction Block C1 connector. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. With the DRB III select: Body. Read the Headlamp Switch voltage while turning the Parklamps on.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Monitor Display. With the DRBIII select: Body.2 volts? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Note: Ensure the exterior lamps turn on and off properly.0 to 3. Remove the key from the ignition switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . Monitor Display. Lighting Monitor. Remove the key from the ignition switch. Does the DRBIII display Closed? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to Door Ajar information for the related symptoms. read the Driver Door Switch status.CHIME Symptom: *CHIME INOPERATIVE WITH EXTERIOR LAMPS. → Refer to Exterior Lighting information for the related symptoms. Lighting Monitor. Does the DRBIII display: 2.VER 1. 168 . Note: Ensure the exterior lamps turn on and off properly. All Note: Ensure the interior lamps turn on and off properly. Open the Driver door.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . DRIVER DOOR OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES DRB TEST HEADLAMP SWITCH DOOR AJAR PROBLEMS EXTERIOR LIGHTING PROBLEMS TEST 1 ACTION Note: Ensure the interior lamps turn on and off properly. Read the Key-In Ignition status. Note: Ensure the exterior lamps turn on and off properly. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Ignition Switch C2 connector. Headlamps and Parklamps. All 3 Turn ignition off.KEY-IN IGNITION SHORTED TEST 1 ACTION Note: Ensure the interior lamps turn on and off properly. Body Computer. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Remove the key from the ignition switch. Disconnect the Ignition Switch C2 connector. Is the resistance below 100. view Repair. Does the DRB III show Key-In Ign OPEN? Yes No 2 → No problem found at this time.VER 1. Repair Replace the Body Control Module.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Key-in Ignition Switch Sense wire for a short to ground. Input Output. With the DRB III select: Body. CLOSED? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Ignition Switch. With the DRB III select: Body. Read the Key-In Ignition status.CHIME Symptom: *CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER DOOR OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES KEY-IN IGN SWITCH STATUS WRONG KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT SHORTED KEY-IN IGN SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE .VER 1. All 169 . → Go To 4 No 4 If there are no possible causes remaining. Turn off. Input Output. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Body Computer.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRB III show: Key-In Ign. Measure the resistance of the Key-in Ignition Switch Sense circuit to chassis ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . VER 1.VER 1.. Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Remove the BCM from the Junction Block.CHIME Symptom: *CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT BELT SWITCH STATUS WRONG SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORTED BODY CONTROL MODULE . All 4 Turn the ignition off..VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Body Control Module. Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit in the Seat Belt Switch connector. Input Output. With the DRB III select: Body. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Input Output. status. Turn the ignition on. Is the resistance below 100. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit in the Seat Belt Switch connector. status. Does the DRB III show Seat Belt Sw: CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1. Is the resistance below 100. All 3 Remove the BCM from the Junction Block. → Go To 5 170 . Read the Seat Belt Sw.SEAT BELT SWITCH SHORTED SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE WIRE SHORT TO GROUND JUNCTION BLOCK . Body Computer. Read the Seat Belt Sw. Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch connector. Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch connector.SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE SHORTED TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the drivers seat belt is fastened. With the DRB III select: Body. Turn the ignition on. Body Computer. Does the DRB III show Seat Belt Sw: CLOSED? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Seat Belt Switch.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Seat Belt Switch Sense wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .CHIME *CHIME SOUNDS WITH DRIVER SEAT BELT FASTENED — TEST 5 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. view Repair.VER 1. Continued APPLICABILITY All 171 . Repair Replace the Junction Block. APPLICABILITY All No 172 .VER 1.CHIME Symptom: *VEHICLE SPEED WARNING CHIME PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSES COUNTRY CODE IN BODY CONTROL MODULE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Ensure there is communication between the BCM and the PCM and that there are no related DTC’s before continuing.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: The high speed warning Chime is for Gulf Coast Countries only. read the Country Code setting in module display. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . → Select the correct country code for the Body Control Module. Is the country code setting correct? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information. VER 1. Turn the ignition off then turn the ignition on. Use the wiring diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent wiring problem. erase BCM DTC’s. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Does the DRB display: Battery IOD Disconnect at BCM? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → No problem found at this time. The DTC will set if the BCM detects a low or no voltage condition on the POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC PDC FUSE #15 CHECK FUSED B+ FEED TO JUNCTION BLOCK JUNCTION BLOCK IOD FAILURE BODY CONTROL MODULE FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE #7 TEST 1 ACTION Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. NOTE: If DTC is active check Junction Block fuse #7 for an open.VER 1.COMMUNICATION Symptom: BATTERY IOD DISCONNECT AT BCM When Monitored and Set Condition: BATTERY IOD DISCONNECT AT BCM When Monitored: Each time the DRB request DTC’s from the BCM. Is the fuse open? Yes → Re-install or replace PDC fuse #15. With the DRB. Set Condition: IOD circuit. All 2 Inspect fuse #15 in the Power Distribution Center. Use the wiring diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent wiring problem. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . the BCM check for battery voltage on the IOD circuit. → Go To 3 No 173 . read BCM DTC’s. Turn the ignition on. Is the test light illuminated? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information. All 4 Inspect the IOD fuse in the Junction Block (Fuse #7). → Replace the fuse.COMMUNICATION BATTERY IOD DISCONNECT AT BCM — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Is the resistance below 100. All No 6 Install fuse #7 in the Junction Block. Disconnect the Junction Block C4 harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Remove Fuse #7 from the Junction Block.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the service information.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground.VER 1. probe the Fused B+ circuit in the Junction Block C4 connector (cavity 1). Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open between the Junction Block and the PDC. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To → Go To 5 6 5 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused B+ circuit at the junction block fuse #7 (output side of fuse).VER 1. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Remove the BCM from the Junction Block. probe the Fused B+ circuit in the junction block body control module connector cavity 26. All No 174 .0 ohms? Yes → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a short to ground condition. the BCM runs an EEPROM checksum test. Turn the ignition off then turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Set Condition: The DTC will set if the BCM detects an EEPROM checksum failure. APPLICABILITY All No 175 . → Test Complete.VER 1. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB. POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM INTERNAL EEPROM FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. With the DRB. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information.COMMUNICATION Symptom: BCM EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: BCM EEPROM CHECKSUM FAILURE When Monitored: Each time the DRB request DTC’s from the BCM. erase BCM DTC’s. read BCM DTC’s. the BCM runs a flash The DTC will set if the BCM detects a flash checksum failure. erase BCM DTC’s. POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM INTERNAL FLASH CHECKSUM FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION Connect the DRB to the Data Link Connector. Set Condition: Each time the DRB performs the flash process. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Reflash or Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB. APPLICABILITY All No 176 . → Test Complete.COMMUNICATION Symptom: BCM FLASH CHECKSUM FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: BCM FLASH CHECKSUM FAILURE When Monitored: checksum test. With the DRB. Turn the ignition off then turn the ignition on.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read BCM DTC’s. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE DOOR MODULES BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Door Modules? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the Communication category and perform the symptom Bus +/. and the IOD fuse installed. All 2 With the DRB. erase DTC’s. Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute.VER 1. With the DRB. enter Body then Door Module.Signals Open or No Response from Driver Door Module.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Test Complete. With the DRB. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Driver Door Module (DDM) for at least 30 seconds. No 177 .COMMUNICATION Symptom: DDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: DDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read DTC’s. erase DTC’s. and the IOD fuse installed. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Instrument Cluster (MIC)? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s). enter Body then Electro/Mech Cluster. With the DRB. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (MIC) BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. All With the DRB. With the DRB.VER 1. → Test Complete. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Instrument Cluster (MIC) for at least 30 seconds. Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute. read DTC’s.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information. No 178 .COMMUNICATION Symptom: MIC MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM When Monitored and Set Condition: MIC MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM When Monitored: With the ignition in run. In the next step check for open wires in the DIN cable. Set Condition: If the DRB interrogates the CD changer and does not receive the proper response from the CD changer. Visually inspect the cable for damage. POSSIBLE CAUSES CD CHANGER (DIN) CABLE CD CHANGER PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN RADIO GROUND CKT OPEN CD CHANGER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off.VER 1. In the next step check for wires shorted to the DIN cable metal connectors. → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All 179 . Measure the resistance between each Radio C2 connector ( DIN cable) circuit and the cable’s metal connector. Disconnect the Radio C2 connector (DIN cable) from the Radio and the CD Changer.COMMUNICATION Symptom: NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER When Monitored and Set Condition: NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER When Monitored: With the ignition on and the radio on. Are the DIN cable circuits shorted together or open? Yes No → Replace the CD Changer (DIN) cable. Measure the resistance of the each DIN cable circuit between the Radio DIN cable connector and the CD Changer DIN cable connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Press F2 again when complete. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Radio. Turn the Radio and the CD Changer on. Reconnect the Radio C2 (DIN Cable) harness connector. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. probe each CD Changer ground circuit in the CD Changer connector (DIN cable). 180 .COMMUNICATION NO PCI MESSAGES FROM CD CHANGER — TEST 2 ACTION Use Scope input cable CH7058. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Select Live Data. Disconnect the CD Changer harness connector (DIN cable). Press F2 for Scope. Turn the ignition on. → Replace the Radio. Set Probe to x10. and the red and black test probes. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. All 4 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CD Changer harness connector (DIN cable). Select lab scope. Turn the Radio and CD Changer on.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Disconnect the CD Changer harness connector (DIN cable). All Turn the ignition off. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on. Select 12 volt square wave. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the CD Changer DIN Cable connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . probe the ignition switch output circuit in the CD Changer DIN Cable connector.5 volts? Yes No 3 → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the test light illuminated for each circuit? Yes No → Replace the CD Changer. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the diagnostic junction port tester and the PCM connector. No 181 . and the IOD fuse installed.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 3 Turn the ignition off. enter Body Computer.COMMUNICATION Symptom: PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM When Monitored and Set Condition: PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM When Monitored: Set Condition: seconds. System Tests then PCM Monitor. → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. Connect the diagnostic junction port tester #8339 to the diagnostic junction port. With the DRB. Note: Do not connect the tester to the DRB.VER 1. The BCM does not receive any messages from the PCM for at least 30 POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED AT BCM ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on.VER 1. attempt to communicate with the PCM. Was the DRB able to communicate with the PCM? Yes No → Go To 3 → Refer to the communication category and perform the appropriate symptom.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRB display: PCM is active on BUS? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition on.. With the ignition in run.0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information. With the DRB. No 182 . Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Door Modules? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the Communication category and perform the symptom Bus +/.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase DTC’s. read DTC’s.COMMUNICATION Symptom: PDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: PDM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: With the ignition in run.Signals Open or No Response from Passenger Door Module. and the IOD fuse installed.VER 1. enter Body then Door Module. All 2 With the DRB. With the DRB. → Test Complete. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE DOOR MODULES BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute. With the DRB. Set Condition: The BCM does not receive any messages from the Passenger Door Module (PDM) for at least 30 seconds. VER 1. With the DRB.VER 1. → Test Complete. read DTC’s. erase DTC’s. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information. No 183 . and the IOD fuse installed. The BCM does not receive any messages from the rain sensor module. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the rain sensor module? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All With the DRB.COMMUNICATION Symptom: RAIN SENSOR MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored and Set Condition: RAIN SENSOR MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: Set Condition: With the ignition in run. With the DRB. POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RAIN SENSOR MODULE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. attempt to communicate with the rain sensor module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . probe the Fused B+ circuit.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED B(+) CKT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. enter Body then Body Computer. Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the BCM. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or short. All 3 Turn the ignition off. With the DRB. 184 .VER 1.VER 1. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open or short.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *BUS +/. Turn the ignition on. probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. All 2 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Disconnect the Automatic Zone Control Module C2 harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Disconnect the Automatic Zone Control Module C2 harness connector. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. All If there are no possible causes remaining. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again when complete. and the red and black test probes. Repair Replace the Automatic Zone Control Module in accordance with the service information. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . If not. Turn the ignition on. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.VER 1. view repair. Select 12 volt square wave.5 volts? Yes No 5 → Go To 5 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.COMMUNICATION *BUS +/. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Select Live Data. Select lab scope. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. 185 . Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Use Scope input cable CH7058.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST 4 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Press F2 for Scope. Set the probe to x10.VER 1. Disconnect the Automatic Zone Control Module C2 harness connector. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the AZC connector. VER 1.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH ANOTHER MODULE OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module (ACM).COMMUNICATION Symptom: *BUS +/. All 2 Turn the ignition off.VER 1. attempt to communicate with the Controller Antilock Brake (CAB) module. probe the ground circuit (cavity 1). Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. With the DRB. 186 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the ACM and the CAB? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom list for problems related to the PCI Bus Communication Failure. With the DRB. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. COMMUNICATION *BUS +/. Press F2 again when complete. Repair Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. Select Live Data. Select lab scope. Select 12 volt square wave. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the BCM connector. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. view repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. 187 .VER 1. and the red and black test probes. Press F2 for Scope. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.VER 1. If not. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector.5 volts? Yes No 4 → Go To 4 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Set Probe to x10. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All If there are no possible causes remaining.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM BODY CONTROL MODULE — Continued TEST 3 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 2 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. probe the ground circuit. If not. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 harness connector. probe the Fused B+ circuit.VER 1. If not. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or short. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 harness connector. Turn the ignition off. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT DRIVER DOOR MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding.VER 1.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *BUS +/. 188 . Turn the ignition off. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. Select lab scope. If not. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Driver Door Module connector. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . and the red and black test probes. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Turn the ignition on. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.COMMUNICATION *BUS +/. Press F2 for Scope. All If there are no possible causes remaining. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again when complete.VER 1. Select Live Data. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Set Probe to x10. 189 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Select 12 volt square wave. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module in accordance with the service information. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools.5 volts? Yes No 4 → Go To 4 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE — Continued TEST 3 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. view repair.VER 1. All 3 Turn the ignition off. probe the Fused B+ circuit. Is the test light illuminated for each circuit? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open.VER 1. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit.VER 1. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. All 2 Turn the ignition off. With the DRB. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. probe each ground circuit.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.VER 1. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the BCM. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *BUS +/. 190 . Turn all lights off. enter Body then Body Computer. All 4 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. 191 . Set Probe to x10. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. and the red and black test probes.VER 1. Press F2 again when complete.5 volts? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. If not. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools.COMMUNICATION *BUS +/.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER — Continued TEST 5 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Select Live Data. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Select lab scope. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Repair Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the service information. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Instrument Cluster connector. Press F2 for Scope. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. All If there are no possible causes remaining. Turn the ignition on.VER 1. Select 12 volt square wave. view repair. VER 1. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or short. If not. 192 .VER 1. All 2 Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. probe the Fused B+ circuit. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Turn the ignition off. If not. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 harness connector. Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT PASSENGER DOOR MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 harness connector.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *BUS +/. probe the ground circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1. Select Live Data.VER 1. Press F2 again when complete. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.COMMUNICATION *BUS +/. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.5 volts? Yes No 4 → Go To 4 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Turn the ignition on. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 harness connector. Select lab scope. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. view repair. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module in accordance with the service information. and the red and black test probes. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. Press F2 for Scope.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE — Continued TEST 3 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Passenger Door Module connector. If not. Select 12 volt square wave. Use Scope input cable CH7058. 193 . Set Probe to x10. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. All 3 Turn the ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 harness connector. enter Body then Body Computer. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM SEAT MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED B(+) CKT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT SEAT MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. probe each ground circuit. All 2 Turn the ignition off. 194 . With the DRB. Disconnect the Seat Module harness connectors.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *BUS +/. Is the test light illuminated for both circuits? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. probe both Fused B+ circuits. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is the test light illuminated for each circuit? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the BCM. COMMUNICATION *BUS +/. Press F2 for Scope. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 harness connector. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Seat Module C1 connector. Press F2 again when complete. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Turn the ignition on. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.5 volts? Yes → Replace the Seat Module in accordance with the service information. If not. Turn the ignition off. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Select Live Data. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. Select 12 volt square wave. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM SEAT MODULE — Continued TEST 4 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. APPLICABILITY All No 195 . and the red and black test probes. Select lab scope. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *BUS +/. All 4 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the SKIM harness connector. Perform SKIS VERIFICATION. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open. Disconnect the SKIM harness connector. Perform SKIS VERIFICATION. enter Body then Body Computer. probe the ground circuit.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the SKIM harness connector. Perform SKIS VERIFICATION. 196 . With the DRB. probe the Fused B(+) circuit. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. All 3 Turn the ignition off. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the BCM. All 2 Turn the ignition off. Perform SKIS VERIFICATION. view repair. Select 12 volt square wave. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Press F2 for Scope. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools.COMMUNICATION *BUS +/. All If there are no possible causes remaining. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the SKIM connector. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. 197 . If not. and the red and black test probes. Set Probe to x10. Perform SKIS VERIFICATION. Press F2 again when complete. Turn the ignition on. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Repair Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with the Service Information.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE — Continued TEST 5 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Disconnect the SKIM harness connector. Use Scope input cable CH7058.5 volts? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Select Live Data. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Select lab scope. VER 1.VER 1. Disconnect the Vehicle Information Center harness connector. All NOTE: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. 198 .COMMUNICATION Symptom: *BUS +/. Turn the ignition on. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open. If not. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the ground circuit for an open. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. If not. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Vehicle Information Center harness connector.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER (VIC) TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition off. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. probe the ground circuit. probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. VER 1. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. Disconnect the Vehicle Information Center harness connector. Press F2 again when complete. 199 . All If there are no possible causes remaining. Select lab scope. If not.SIGNALS OPEN OR NO RESPONSE FROM VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER — Continued TEST 3 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the VIC connector. Press F2 for Scope. Turn the ignition on.COMMUNICATION *BUS +/. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .5 volts? Yes No 4 → Go To 4 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. and the red and black test probes. Select 12 volt square wave. Select Live Data. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Repair Replace the Vehicle Information Center in accordance with the service information. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.VER 1. view repair. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. Set Probe to x10. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. probe the Fused B+ circuit. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the BCM. All 2 Turn the ignition off.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM ADJUSTABLE PEDALS MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED B(+) CKT OPEN GROUND CKT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT ADJUSTABLE PEDALS MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Adjustable Pedals Module harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or short. 200 . enter Body then Body Computer. All 3 Turn the ignition off. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Disconnect the Adjustable Pedals Module harness connector. probe each ground circuit. Perform ADJUSTABLE PEDALS VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform ADJUSTABLE PEDALS VERIFICATION TEST . Is the test light illuminated for each circuit? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the Ground circuit for an open. With the DRB.VER 1. Perform ADJUSTABLE PEDALS VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. and the red and black test probes. Disconnect the Adjustable Pedals Module harness connector. Select 12 volt square wave. Select Live Data. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools.VER 1. Use Scope input cable CH7058. → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.5 volts? Yes → Replace the Adjustable Pedals Module in accordance with the service information. Perform ADJUSTABLE PEDALS VERIFICATION TEST . Select lab scope. Turn the ignition on. Press F2 again when complete. Continued APPLICABILITY All No 201 .COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM ADJUSTABLE PEDALS MODULE — TEST 4 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Adjustable Pedals Module connector. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Set the probe to x10. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. If not. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 for Scope. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. Perform ADJUSTABLE PEDALS VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. DISCONNECT THE BATTERY AND WAIT TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: One open circuit will not cause a NO RESPONSE condition. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Note: When reconnecting Airbag system components. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module harness connectors. If not. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM adaptor to the ACM connector. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 3 All → Repair the ground circuit for an open. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. NOTE: When reconnecting airbag system components. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Ensure that the battery is fully charged. 202 . Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module harness connectors. 2 WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION OFF. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on and then reconnect the Battery.VER 1. NOTE: Make sure test light is connected to the Battery positive terminal.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECKING FOR VOLTAGE AT ACM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Is the test light illuminated on both circuits? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run) and Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run/Start) circuits for an open. probe the ground circuit. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM adaptor to the ACM connector. probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run) Circuit and the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run/Start) Circuit at the ACM connector.VER 1. Select lab scope. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062.5 volts? Yes → Replace the Airbag Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Select 12 volt square wave. Connect the appropriate Load Tool ACM adaptor to the ACM connector. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Turn the ignition on. → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. 203 . Turn the ignition off and wait 2 minutes before proceeding. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Press F2 for Scope. the ignition must be turned off and the battery must be disconnected. Press F2 again when complete. Set Probe to x10. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.VER 1. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Perform AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . Continued APPLICABILITY All No NOTE: When reconnecting Airbag system components. If not. Use Scope input cable CH7058. and the red and black test probes. Disconnect the Airbag Control Module harness connectors. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the ACM connector.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE — TEST 3 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Select Live Data. probe both ground circuits. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. NOTE: The Radio must be turned on for the DRB to get a response from the Amplifier. 204 . All 3 Turn the ignition off. All 2 Turn the ignition off. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Disconnect the Amplifier C1 harness connector.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM AMPLIFIER POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AMPLIFIER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Amplifier C1 harness connector.VER 1. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Radio? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the Radio. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the test light illuminated for both circuits? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open.VER 1. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . attempt to communicate with the Radio.VER 1. Is the test light illuminated for both circuits? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. probe both Fused B(+) circuits. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Select lab scope. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. Select Live Data. Turn the ignition on.VER 1. → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM AMPLIFIER — TEST 4 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Continued APPLICABILITY All 205 . Select 12 volt square wave. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Set Probe to x10. Press F2 for Scope. Press F2 again when complete. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Amplifier connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Amplifier C1 harness connector. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. and the red and black test probes. If not.5 volts? Yes No → Replace the Amplifier in accordance with the Service Information. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062.VER 1. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with either of the modules? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the Communications category and perform the symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure. All 2 Turn the ignition off. Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB. Remove and inspect fuse #19 in the junction block. 206 . Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Check the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an intermittent short to ground. answer the question. Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST . Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB.VER 1.VER 1. Turn the ignition on.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM CAB REPLACE FUSE #19 CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE SHORTED TO GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND JUNCTION BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information. With the DRB. Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 6 3 Turn the ignition off. attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module (ACM). attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM). Replace Fuse #19 in the junction block. Remove and inspect fuse #19 in the junction block. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Turn the ignition on.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE — TEST 4 ACTION Turn the ignition off. → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the service information. Disconnect the CAB harness connector. Disconnect the CAB harness connector. Disconnect the CAB harness connector. Note: Ensure fuse #19 is installed in the junction block. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for a short to ground. Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To 5 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Controller Antilock Brake in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1. Replace fuse #19 in the junction block. Turn the ignition on.VER 1. All 5 Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST . Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. No 6 Turn the ignition off. Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST . Remove and inpsect fuse #19 in the junction block. 207 . Disconnect the Junction Block C2 harness connector.VER 1. Is the test light illuminated for each circuit? Yes No → Go To 7 All → Repair the ground circuit(s) for an open. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 8 → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open. Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST . All 7 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the CAB harness connector.VER 1. probe each ground circuit. Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST . probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST . 5 volts? Yes No 9 → Go To 9 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. Select 12 volt square wave. Turn the ignition on. and the red and black test probes. Repair Replace the Controller Antilock Brake in accordance with the Service Information. Select lab scope. Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST . All If there are no possible causes remaining. Set Probe to x10. 208 . view repair. Press F2 again when complete. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. Disconnect the CAB harness connector. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE — TEST 8 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the CAB connector. If not. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground.VER 1. Select Live Data. Perform ABS VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Press F2 for Scope. This is to ensure power and grounds to the ECM are operational. Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION . enter Body then Electro/Mechanical Cluster (MIC).VER-2. → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Disconnect the ECM C1 harness connector. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (PCI BUS) . Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. answer the question. NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the ECM connector. All 2 With the DRB read ECM Diagnostic Trouble Codes. Press F2 for Scope. No 209 . enter Anti-Lock Brakes. For NO START Conditions follow the no start symptom in the powertrain diagnostic information. With the DRB. enter Passive Restraints then Airbag. Connect the Black lead to ground.VER-2. and the red and black test probes. Set Probe to x10. With the DRB. NOTE: If the DRB will not read ECM DTCs. Select lab scope. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. if vehicle will start. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition on. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Select Live Data.DIESEL ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ECM PCI NO RESPONSE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on.5 volts? Yes → Replace and program the Engine Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Were you able to establish communications with any of the modules? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Communications category. With the DRB. Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION . Press F2 again when complete.VER-2. Use Scope input cable CH7058. follow the NO RESPONSE TO ECM (SCI only) symptom path. enter Body then Body Computer. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. Select 12 volt square wave. With the DRB. Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION . Disconnect the ECM harness connectors.VER-2. → Go To 5 All 210 . Disconnect the DRB from the DLC.VER-2. Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit. Disconnect the ECM harness connectors. Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION . Is the resistance below 5. All 4 Turn the ignition off.0 volt? Yes No → Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage. All Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to ground.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 4 3 Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition on. Is the voltage above 1.VER-2. Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION . Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit. Measure the voltage of the SCI Transmit circuit at the DLC connector (cav 7).DIESEL ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK ECM POWERS AND GROUNDS SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Perform the symptom Checking ECM Power and Ground Circuits in the Driveability category.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (SCI ONLY) . → Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the service information. Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION . Disconnect the DRB from the DLC. Did the vehicle pass this test? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair as necessary. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector. Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION .VER-2. Is the resistance below 5. 0 ohms? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for an open. Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit circuit between the ECM connector and the DLC.VER-2.VER-2. Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION . Disconnect the ECM harness connectors.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM ECM (SCI ONLY) .DIESEL ONLY — TEST 5 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Repair Replace and program the Engine Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. view repair. Is the resistance below 5. All If there are no possible causes remaining. Disconnect the DRB from the DLC. Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION . 211 . All 3 Turn the ignition off. With the DRB.VER 1. probe the Fused B(+) circuit. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Disconnect the Intrusion Transceiver Module harness connector. Disconnect the Intrusion Transceiver Module harness connector. attempt to communicate with the BCM. probe the ground circuit. 212 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 2 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open.VER 1. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the BCM.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. and the red and black test probes. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the ITM connector. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. APPLICABILITY All No 213 . Cable to Probe adapter CH7062.5 volts? Yes → Replace the Intrusion Transceiver Module in accordance with the Service Information. → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Select lab scope. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Press F2 for Scope. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.VER 1. If not. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Set Probe to x10.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE — Continued TEST 4 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Press F2 again when complete. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. Turn the ignition on. Select 12 volt square wave. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Select Live Data.VER 1. Disconnect the Intrusion Transceiver Module harness connector. With the DRBIII .1. NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Press F2 again when complete. follow the NO RESPONSE TO PCM (SCI only) symptom path. Were you able to establish communications with any of the modules? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Communications category. With the DRBIII . This is to ensure power and grounds to the PCM are operational. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . and the red and black test probes. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRBIII . Disconnect the PCM C3 harness connector. All 2 With the DRBIII read PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes. Select 12 volt square wave. Connect the Black lead to the PCM ground.GAS ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM PCI NO RESPONSE PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. refer to the appropriate symptom in the powertrain diagnostic procedures. Select Live Data. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. answer the question. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . Cable to Probe adapter CH7062.1. With the DRBIII . Select lab scope. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the PCM connector. NOTE: If the vehicle will not start and the DRBIII displays a no response message. Observe the voltage display on the DRBIII Lab Scope.1. enter Anti-Lock Brakes. → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . NOTE: If the DRB will not read PCM DTC’s. Turn the ignition off. Press F2 for Scope. 214 No .COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) . enter Body then Body Computer. Set Probe to x10. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII . Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. enter Passive Restraints then Airbag. enter Body then Electro/Mechanical Cluster (MIC).5 volts? Yes → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit. → Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the service information.1. NOTE: With the DRBIII in the generic scan tool mode.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 4 3 Turn the ignition off. All 215 . Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC.1. NOTE: If the DRBIII can communicate with the PCM in the generic scan tool mode. Is the resistance below 5.1. Did the vehicle pass this test? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair as necessary. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . Disconnect the TCM harness connector (if equipped). attempt to communicate with the PCM. All Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM C3 harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to ground.GAS ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Perform the symptom Checking PCM Power and Ground Circuits in the Driveability category. Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit. it may not be necessary to perform this step. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . answer yes to the question.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) . NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a TCM. Is the resistance below 5.GAS ONLY — TEST 4 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the SCI Receive circuit for a short to ground. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. Turn the ignition on. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . → Go To 8 All 8 Turn the ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 All → Repair the SCI Receive circuit for an open. Is the voltage above 1.1. Disconnect the PCM C3 harness connector.1. → Go To 7 All No 7 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM C3 harness connector. Disconnect the TCM harness connector (if equipped).0 ohms? Yes → Repair the short between the SCI Transmit and the SCI Receive circuits. Measure the voltage of the SCI Transmit circuit. → Go To 5 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) .1. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . Measure the resistance of the SCI Receive circuit between the PCM C3 connector and the DLC. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. Measure the resistance between the SCI Transmit circuit and the SCI Receive circuit at the PCM connector. Turn the ignition on.0 volt? Yes No 5 → Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER .1. → Go To 6 6 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Receive circuit. Is the voltage above 1. Is the resistance below 5.0 volt? Yes No → Repair the SCI Receive circuit for a short to voltage. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC.1. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors. Measure the voltage of the SCI Receive circuit. 216 . 0 ohms? Yes No 10 → Go To 10 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for an open.GAS ONLY — TEST 9 ACTION Turn the ignition off. 217 . view repair. Is the resistance below 5. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . Repair Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the PCM C3 harness connector.1. Disconnect the DRBIII from the DLC.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) .1. Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit circuit between the PCM C3 connector and the DLC. All If there are no possible causes remaining. With the DRB. With the DRB.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Remove and inspect fuse #30 in the junction block. Remove and inspect fuse #30 in the junction block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO REPLACE FUSE #30 RADIO SHORTED TO GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND JUNCTION BLOCK SHORTED TO GROUND OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT RADIO TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information. Turn the ignition on. All 2 Turn the ignition off. Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Check the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an intermittent short to ground. Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with either of the modules? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the Communications category and perform the symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure. Turn the Radio on. attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module (ACM). Replace Fuse #30 in the junction block. attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM). Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 6 3 Turn the ignition off. answer the question. 218 . Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB. Is the resistance below 5. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. 219 . No 6 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 7 Turn the ignition off. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. All 5 Turn the ignition off. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 7 All → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts.VER 1. Disconnect the Junction Block C3 harness connector. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information. All 8 Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. Is the test light illuminated for each circuit? Yes No → Go To 9 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. Replace fuse #30 in the junction block.VER 1. probe each ground circuit. probe each Fused B+ circuit. Note: Ensure fuse #30 is installed in the junction block.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for a short to ground. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO — TEST 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All ACTION Turn the ignition off. Is the test light illuminated for each circuit? Yes No → Go To 8 → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To 5 → Replace the Radio.VER 1. probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the service information. Remove and inpsect fuse #30 in the junction block. Turn the ignition on. Turn the ignition on.5 volts? Yes No → Go To 10 → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. and the red and black test probes. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Repair Replace the Radio. Disconnect the Radio C1 harness connector.VER 1. All 10 If there are no possible causes remaining. Select 12 volt square wave. view repair. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Set Probe to x10. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RADIO — TEST 9 Continued APPLICABILITY All ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Press F2 for Scope. Select Live Data. Select lab scope. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Radio connector. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. If not. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. 220 . Press F2 again when complete.VER 1. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open or short. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM RAIN SENSOR POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM FUSED B(+) CKT OPEN GROUND CKT OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT RAIN SENSOR TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. probe the ground circuit. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 3 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rain Sensor harness connector. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the BCM. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. probe the Fused B+ circuit. All 2 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rain Sensor harness connector. 221 . Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the Ground circuit for an open.VER 1. enter Body then Body Computer.VER 1. VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. Continued APPLICABILITY All No 222 . Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. Press F2 for Scope. Select Live Data. Set the probe to x10.VER 1. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM RAIN SENSOR — TEST 4 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. If not. Turn the ignition on.5 volts? Yes → Replace the Rain Sensor in accordance with the service information. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Disconnect the Rain Sensor harness connector. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Select 12 volt square wave. Press F2 again when complete. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Rain Sensor connector. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. and the red and black test probes. Select lab scope. Disconnect the Shifter Assembly C1 and C2 harness connectors. All 2 Turn the ignition off. Is the test light illuminated for each circuit? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Shifter Assembly C1 harness connector. With the DRB. probe each ground circuit. Perform W5AJ400 TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground.DIESEL ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHIFTER ASSEMBLY TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Perform W5AJ400 TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1. probe each Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information. Perform W5AJ400 TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1. All 3 Turn the ignition off. 223 . enter Body then Body Computer.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM SHIFTER ASSEMBLY . Is the test light illuminated for each circuit? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open or short. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the BCM. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Disconnect the Shifter Assembly C1 harness connector. Set Probe to x10.5 volts? Yes → Replace the Shifter Assembly in accordance with the service information. Perform W5AJ400 TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. APPLICABILITY All No 224 . Press F2 again when complete. Select Live Data. Press F2 for Scope. and the red and black test probes. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the Shifter Assembly connector.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM SHIFTER ASSEMBLY . Select lab scope. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. Perform W5AJ400 TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1. Select 12 volt square wave. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable. → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.DIESEL ONLY — Continued TEST 4 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. If not. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run/St) circuit for an open. Perform W5AJ400 TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1. 225 . Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector. Refer to the wiring diagrams in the Service Information. Perform W5AJ400 TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1.DIESEL ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE ECM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN/ST) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the ECM? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the ECM (SCI Only). Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery. Ignition on. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE . Perform W5AJ400 TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1. check the ground circuit in the TCM harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. check the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run/St) circuit. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery. All 3 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. engine not running. attempt to communicate with the ECM. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the Ground circuit for an open. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. With the DRB. All 2 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. 0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Transmission Control Module in accordance with the service information. Disconnect the DRB from the DLC. APPLICABILITY All No 226 . Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit circuit between the TCM connector and the DLC.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE . Perform W5AJ400 TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1. → Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for an open. Perform W5AJ400 TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER 1.DIESEL ONLY — Continued TEST 4 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the TCM C1 harness connector. With the DRB.VER 1. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Refer to the wiring diagrams location in the Service Information. Ignition on.VER 1.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE . attempt to communicate with the Body Control Module (BCM). engine not running. Was the DRB able to I/D or establish communications with either of the modules? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the Body Communication category and perform the symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Disconnect the TCM harness connector. Note: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB. With the DRB. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run/St) circuit for an open. answer the question. engine not running. All 2 Turn the ignition off to the lock position. check the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Run/St) circuit.GAS ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN/ST) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT(S) OPEN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Ignition on. 227 . attempt to communicate with the Airbag Control Module (ACM). Perform 45RFE/545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST . Perform 45RFE/545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST . check each ground circuit in the TCM harness connector. 4 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the TCM harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. 228 . Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery.GAS ONLY — Continued TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off to the lock position.VER 1. check the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information. Perform 45RFE/545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST . check the Fused B(+) circuit. Remove the starter relay from the PDC. All 5 Turn the ignition off to the lock position.VER 1. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes No → Go To 4 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output (Start) circuit for an open. Observe the test light while momentarily turning the ignition switch to the Start position.VER 1. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE . Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery. Disconnect the TCM harness connector. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Check the main ground connection to engine block and/or chassis. Note: Reinstall the original Starter Relay. Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the Service Information. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery. Disconnect the TCM harness connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes No → Go To 5 All → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for an open. Perform 45RFE/545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST . Perform 45RFE/545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST . Does the test light illuminate brightly at all the ground circuits? Yes No → Go To 6 → Repair the Ground circuit(s) for an open. 5 volts? Yes No → Go To 7 VERIFICATION All APPLICABILITY All → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus circuit in the TCM connector. Select lab scope. Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. WITH THE DRBIII PERFORM QUICK LEARN.COMMUNICATION *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE . Select 12 volt square wave. view repair. refer to the symptom list from the menu and repair as necessary. 7 If there are no possible causes remaining. Turn the ignition on. and the red and black test probes. Connect the Black lead to the chassis ground. Select Live Data. Use Scope input cable CH7058. Press F2 again when complete. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062.GAS ONLY — Continued TEST 6 ACTION Note: Ensure there is PCI Bus communication with other modules on the vehicle before proceeding. Press F2 for Scope. Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope. Perform 45RFE/545RFE TRANSMISSION TEST . Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.VER 1. If not. Disconnect the TCM harness connector. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Perform 45RFE/545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. 229 . Repair Replace the Transmission Control Module. With the DRBIII select Pep Module Tools. Set Probe to x10. Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7. along with the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. PERFORM THE PCI BUS CONTROL MODE DISCONNECT THE MODULE(S) HARNESS CONNECTOR PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE DISCONNECT THE MODULE(S) HARNESS CONNECTOR PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before beginning. Was the DRB able to scan (I/D or communicate) with any modules? Yes → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).COMMUNICATION Symptom: *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES WITH THE DRB PERFORM A MODULE SCAN OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR USING THE DRB. (Individual module no responses). Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the Data Link Connector and the Diagnostic Junction Port connector. 230 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339 to the DRB and to the Diagnostic Junction Port.VER 1. Using the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . select Junction Port Tool then PCI Bus Module Scan and follow the instructions on the DRB.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open between the DLC and the Diagnostic Junction Port.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Keep the tester connected to the Diagnostic Junction Port. Turn the ignition on. observe the voltmeter while disconnecting each module connector one at a time. Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit on the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester that the DRB displayed No Modules Responding. Using the DRB.0 volts with the module(s) disconnected? Yes → Repair the PCI Bus circuit that measured over 7.VER 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.VER 1. along with the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339. Did the DRB display No Modules Responding from any of the pins that were scanned? Yes No → Go To 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Check the PCI Bus circuit between the DLC and the Diagnostic Junction Port connector for a short to voltage or to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — TEST 3 ACTION Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before beginning. Is the voltage steadily above 7. Is the resistance below 100. Connect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339 to the DRB and to the Diagnostic Junction Port.0 volts? Yes No → Go To → Go To 5 6 5 Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit on the Diagnostic Junction Port tester that previously measured above 7. → Replace the module that when disconnected the short to voltage was eliminated. Note: Perform this function on each pin that is equipped with a PCI Bus circuit. repair as necessary.0 volts for a short to voltage. All 4 Disconnect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester cable from the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between ground and the PCI Bus circuit on the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester that the DRB displayed No Modules Responding.0 volts. All No 6 Disconnect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester cable from the DRB. Note: Turn the ignition off before disconnecting any module harness connector then turn the ignition on. Turn the ignition off. Is the voltage steadily above 7. Keep the tester connected to the Diagnostic Junction Port. NOTE: If the problem occurred on a bus circuit that has more than one module on the same circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the module harness connector(s).0 ohms? Yes No → Go To → Go To 7 8 All 231 .VER 1. select Junction Port Tool then PCI Bus Control Mode and follow the instructions on the DRB. pinched. Measure the resistance between ground and the PCI Bus circuit at the Diagnostic Junction Port tester that previously measured below 100. 232 .0 ohms with the module(s) disconnected? Yes → Repair the PCI Bus circuit that measured below 100.VER 1. Look for broken. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms for a short to ground.COMMUNICATION *PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE — TEST 7 ACTION Disconnect the negative battery cable. pierced. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Disconnect the module harness connector(s). All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 8 Turn the ignition off. Were any problems found? Yes No → Repair wiring harness/connectors as necessary. → Replace the module that when disconnected the short to ground was eliminated. → Test Complete. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: If the problem occurred on a bus circuit that has more than one module on the same circuit. Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. or partially broken wires. Is the resistance below 100. Note: Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. or corroded terminals.VER 1.0 ohms. Look for any chafed. pushed out. bent. observe the ohmmeter while disconnecting each module connector one at a time. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB.JUNCTION BLOCK BCM CONNECTOR CAVITY 5 CHECK VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO BCM . enter Body then Body Computer. Are any DTCs present? Yes → Refer to the appropriate category and perform the diagnostic test associated with the DTC that is set. → Go To 4 All No 233 . replace fuse and retest.VER 1. Remove and inspect fuse #22 and #28 from the junction block. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to no communication with the BCM. All 2 Turn the ignition on. → Go To 3 No 3 Turn the ignition off. Is either fuse open? Yes → Refer to the wiring diagrams in the service information to help isolate a possible short to ground condition.VER 1.COMMUNICATION Symptom: *UNABLE TO ACCESS DRIVER DOOR MODULE AND/OR PASSENGER DOOR MODULE WITH DRBIII POSSIBLE CAUSES ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE BCM CHECK BCM DTCS INSPECT JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE #22 AND #28 CHECK VOLTAGE SUPPLY TO BCM . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . enter Body then Body Computer and read DTC’s.VER 1.JUNCTION BLOCK BCM CONNECTOR CAVITY 25 BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit at the Junction Block Body Control Module connector cavity 5. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining. NOTE: Ensure Fuse #28 is installed in the junction block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.COMMUNICATION *UNABLE TO ACCESS DRIVER DOOR MODULE AND/OR PASSENGER DOOR MODULE WITH DRBIII — Continued TEST 4 ACTION Turn the ignition off.VER 1. 234 . Remove the BCM from the Junction Block. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 6 → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the service information. Remove the BCM from the Junction Block.VER 1. Note: Ensure Fuse #22 is installed in the junction block. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 5 Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition on. probe the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit at the Junction Block Body Control Module connector cavity 25. view repair. Repair Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 5 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the service information. read the DR DOOR AJAR SW state. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. No 235 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Disconnect the DDM harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN? Yes → Replace the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. check the Sense circuit.DOOR AJAR Symptom: * DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER DOOR MODULE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Does the Test Light illuminate? Yes → Repair the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground. Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. → Replace the Driver Door Module. read the DR DOOR AJAR SW state.VER 1. → Repair the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Connect a jumper wire between Sense circuit and the Ground circuit. Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Replace the Driver Door Module.VER 1. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. read the DRVR DOOR AJAR SW state.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .DOOR AJAR Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR MODULE NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CKT OPEN DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT DRIVER DOOR MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Open the driver door. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . check the Ground circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read the DRVR DOOR AJAR SW state. All 3 Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. Does the light illuminate? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Driver Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit for an open. → Go To 4 No 4 Disconnect the DDM harness connector.0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Driver Door Module in accordance with the Service Information. Does the DRBIII display DRVR DOOR AJAR SW: CLOSED? Yes → Replace the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information. All No 236 . INTERNAL OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Open the hood. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No → Replace the Hood Ajar Switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect a jumper wire between the Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. → Repair the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.VER 1. → Go To 4 4 Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch harness connector. All 3 Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch harness connector. check the Ground circuit. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Replace the Body Control Module. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Is the resistance below 5. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.DOOR AJAR Symptom: *HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN (IF EQUIPPED) POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN HOOD AJAR SWITCH OPEN HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE. Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 237 . read the HOOD AJAR SW state. Does the test light illuminate? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. read the HOOD AJAR SW state. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs.VER 1. Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . check the Sense circuit. read the Hood Open Sw state. SHORT TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs.VER 1. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Disconnect the BCM harness connector. Does the Test Light illuminate? Yes No → Repair the Hood Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground. read the HOOD AJAR SW state. 238 .DOOR AJAR Symptom: *HOOD AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND (IF EQUIPPED) POSSIBLE CAUSES HOOD AJAR SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Disconnect the Hood Ajar Switch harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Body Control Module. SHORT TO GROUND BCM. Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN? Yes → Replace the Hood Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information. VER 1.OPEN LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL FAULT TEST 1 ACTION Open the left rear door. Does the test light illuminate? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open.VER 1. check the Ground circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 All → Repair the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open. → Go To 4 No 4 Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the Sense circuit and the Ground circuit. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT GROUND CKT OPEN LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH OPEN LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK . read the LR DOOR AJAR SW state. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes → Replace the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit. read the LR DOOR AJAR SW state. All 3 Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. 239 . Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .DOOR AJAR *LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 5 ACTION Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit across the Junction Block between the C1 connector and the Junction Block-to-BCM connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Remove the BCM from the Junction Block.VER 1. Continued APPLICABILITY All 240 . → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. read the LR DOOR AJAR SW state. check the Sense circuit.VER 1. → Go To 3 No 3 Disconnect the BCM from the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the test light illuminate? Yes → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Information. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. Does the Test Light illuminate? Yes → Repair the Left Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector.DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL FAULT LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND IN JUNCTION BLOCK TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. All No 241 . read the LR DOOR AJAR SW state. check the Sense circuit. → Replace the Body Control Module. Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs.VER 1. Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN? Yes → Replace the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information. 242 . Does the test light illuminate? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Liftgate Ajar Switch Ground circuit for an open. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Replace the Body Control Module. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts.VER 1.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense circuit across the Junction Block between the C1 connector and the Junction Block-to-BCM connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Right or Left Liftgate Ajar Switch harness connector. → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Information.OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE-OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT TEST 1 ACTION Open the liftgate. Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open. All 3 Disconnect the Right or Left Liftgate Ajar Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector.VER 1. All 4 Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Remove the BCM from the Junction Block.VER 1. check the Ground circuit.DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK .0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state. Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN? Yes → Replace the Left Liftgate Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information. → Go To 4 All No 4 Disconnect the BCM from the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state. read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state. check the Sense circuit. → Go To 3 No 3 Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Left Liftgate Ajar Switch harness connector. SHORT TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. All No 243 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. SHORT TO GROUND LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE SHORT IN THE JUNCTION BLOCK BCM. Does the test light illuminate? Yes → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Information. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1. Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN? Yes → Replace the Right Liftgate Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Does the Test Light illuminate? Yes → Repair the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground. read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Right Liftgate Ajar Switch harness connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LIFTGATE AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES LEFT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND RIGHT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SHORT TO GROUND LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts.VER 1. Disconnect the Right and Left Liftgate Ajar Switch harness connectors. check the Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense circuit. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. read the LIFTGATE AJAR SW state. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Does the test light illuminate? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect a jumper wire between the Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH OPEN LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK . Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Replace the Body Control Module. → Go To 4 No 4 Disconnect the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch harness connector. All 3 Disconnect the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit. INTERNAL OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Open the liftgate flip-up. Is the resistance below 5. read the LFTGT FLIP-UP AJAR state. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 All → Repair the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes → Replace the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch harness connector. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. check the Ground circuit.VER 1. read the LFTGT FLIP-UP AJAR SW state. 244 .OPEN LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Continued APPLICABILITY All 245 . Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch Sense circuit across the Junction Block between the C1 connector and the Junction Block-to-BCM connector.VER 1. → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Information. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Remove the BCM from the Junction Block.DOOR AJAR *LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 5 ACTION Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . VER 1. Does the Test Light illuminate? Yes → Repair the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch harness connector. read the LIFTGLASS SW state.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .DOOR AJAR Symptom: *LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL FAULT LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND IN JUNCTION BLOCK TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. read the LIFTGLASS SW state.VER 1. → Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . check the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch Sense circuit. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. All No 246 . Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN? Yes → Replace the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. check the Sense circuit. Does the test light illuminate? Yes → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. → Go To 3 No 3 Disconnect the BCM from the Junction Block. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector. read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW state. All No 247 . With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW state. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. → Repair the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Passenger Door Module in accordance with the Service Information. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Replace the Passenger Door Module. Is the resistance below 5. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Connect a jumper wire between the Sense circuit and the Ground circuit. check the Ground circuit.DOOR AJAR Symptom: *PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER DOOR MODULE OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH GROUND CKT OPEN PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT PASSENGER DOOR MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Open the passenger door. Does the DRBIII display PASS DOOR AJAR SW: CLOSED? Yes → Replace the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1.VER 1. All 3 Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. → Go To 4 No 4 Disconnect the PDM harness connector. Does the light illuminate? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Ground circuit for an open.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. DOOR AJAR Symptom: *PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER DOOR MODULE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs.VER 1. check the Sense circuit. → Replace the Passenger Door Module in accordance with the Service Information. read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW state. Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . No 248 . Does the Test Light illuminate? Yes → Repair the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground. Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector.VER 1. read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW state.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Disconnect the PDM harness connector. Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN? Yes → Replace the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Is the resistance below 5. → Repair the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for an open.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .DOOR AJAR Symptom: *RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM NOT RESPONDING TO INPUT GROUND CKT OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH OPEN RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL FAULT TEST 1 ACTION Open the right rear door. read the RR DOOR AJAR SW state. Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit. Connect a jumper wire between the Sense circuit and the Ground circuit.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No → Replace the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch. Does the test light illuminate? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. All 249 .VER 1. All 3 Disconnect the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch harness connector. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Replace the Body Control Module. → Go To 4 4 Disconnect the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . check the Ground circuit. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch harness connector. read the RR DOOR AJAR SW state. VER 1.VER 1. check the Sense circuit. read the RR DOOR AJAR SW state. read the RR DOOR AJAR SW state. Does the Switch State change from CLOSED to OPEN? Yes → Replace the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs.DOOR AJAR Symptom: *RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND POSSIBLE CAUSES RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE INTERNAL FAULT TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs.VER 1. Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Body Control Module. No 250 . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Disconnect the BCM harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the Test Light illuminate? Yes → Repair the Right Rear Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT DRIVER SEAT HEATER SYSTEM SHORT TO BATTERY DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO VOLTAGE DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE HEATED SEAT DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION OPEN DRIVER SEAT BACK HEATER OPEN HEATED SEAT DRIVER CKT OPEN DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT OPEN DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT OPEN TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Start the engine. Did the DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHORT TO BATTERY DTC return? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The conditions required to set the code are currently not present. Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module loses the seat heat element output. during the heated seat operation. Turn the driver seat heater on and operate in both ranges. erase DTCs. 251 . Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. inspect the wiring and connectors. With the DRBIII . read DTCs. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Is the resistance below 50. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. 252 . Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. All 4 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. Turn the ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No 3 → Go To → Go To 3 7 All APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit. Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition off.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) — Continued TEST 2 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. Turn the ignition on. → Go To 5 No 5 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 4-way connector. Turn the ignition off. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition on. Is ANY voltage present on the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Heated Seat Module. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition on. Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to voltage. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Replace the Driver Heated Seat Cushion. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Measure the total resistance of the Driver Seat Heat System between the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver and the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuits in the HSM C2 connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. All 8 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit for a short to voltage. Is the resistance below 3. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Turn the ignition on. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Measure the resistance of the SEAT BACK HEATER ELEMENT.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 → Replace the Driver Heated Seat Back. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) — Continued TEST 6 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Repair the Heated Seat Driver circuit for a short to voltage. All APPLICABILITY All No 7 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Measure the resistance of the CUSHION SEAT HEATER ELEMENT. Connect one lead to the Heated Seat Driver circuit (seat back side) and the other lead to the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit (seat back side) in the Driver Heated Seat 2-way connector. Is the resistance below 3. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit. 253 . Connect one lead to the Heated Seat Driver circuit (cushion side) and the other lead to the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit (cushion side) in the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4 way connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 → Replace the Driver Heated Seat Cushion / Bolster. Measure the resistance of the Heated Seat Driver circuit between the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way connector (harness side) and the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector (harness side). 254 . Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit between the Seat Back 2-way connector (harness side) and the Heated Seat Module connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Test Complete. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the HSM C2 harness connector. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) — Continued TEST 9 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No 10 → Go To 10 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Heated Seat Driver circuit.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 11 → Repair the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit for an open. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. All 11 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit between the HSM C2 connector and the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector (harness side). → Repair the open Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT HEATED SEAT MODULE DRIVER SEAT HEATER B+ DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO VOLTAGE DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (1) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE DRIVER SEAT HEATED GROUND CKT (2) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE CONNECTOR TO SPLICE .OPEN DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT OPEN DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (JUMPER) OPEN DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (1) OPEN DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (2) OPEN TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . during the heated seat operation. With the DRBIII . inspect the wiring and connectors. read DTCs. Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module loses the seat heat element output. 255 . Turn the driver seat heater on and operate in both ranges. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide.CUSHION SIDE .ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) When Monitored: With the ignition. Start the engine. Did the DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHORT TO BATTERY DTC return? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The conditions required to set the code are currently not present. erase DTCs. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Replace the Driver Heated Seat Cushion / Bolster. → Go To 5 No 5 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition off. Is ANY voltage present on the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Heated Seat Module. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. Turn the ignition on. Turn the ignition off. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Measure the total resistance of the Driver Seat Heater System from the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver to the Driver Seat Heater Ground in the HSM C2 connector Is the resistance below 50. 256 . Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Turn the ignition on. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No 3 → Go To → Go To 3 7 All APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. All 4 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to voltage. Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit at the HSM C2 connector.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) — Continued TEST 2 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 4-way connector. Turn the ignition on. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Disconnect the HSM C2 harness connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Repair the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit for a short to voltage between the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way connector and the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Is the resistance below 5. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 257 . All APPLICABILITY All No 7 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the open circuit in either the Driver Seat Heater Ground or the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver wiring between the HSM C2 connector and the splice in the seat. Turn the ignition off.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) — Continued TEST 6 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 All → Repair the open Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Turn the ignition off. Connect a jumper wire from the Driver Seat Heater B+ Driver circuit to the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit at the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector (harness side). Measure the voltage of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit at the HSM C2 connector. Disconnect the HSM C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Turn the ignition on. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. → Go To 8 No 8 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition off. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the HSM C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B+ Driver circuit and the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit in the HSM C2 connector. Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit for a short to voltage between the HSM C2 connector and the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way connector. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit between the HSM C2 connector and the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector (harness side). The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit between the Seat Back 2-way connector (harness side) and the Heated Seat Module C2 connector. Turn the ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No → Test Complete. Is the resistance below 5.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) — Continued TEST 9 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the HSM C2 harness connector. → Repair the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit for an open. Is the resistance below 5. All 11 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit between the 2 connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit (jumper).0 ohms? Yes No 10 → Go To 10 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Driver Seat Heater Ground (jumper) circuit. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. 258 . Is the resistance below 5. Turn the ignition off. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 11 → Repair the open Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit between the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way connector and the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT HEATED SEAT MODULE DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO GROUND HEATED SEAT MODULE DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER HEATED SEAT BACK SHORTED TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition on. select: Body . inspect the wiring and connectors. With the DRBIII . With the DRBIII . Did the DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND DTC return? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The conditions required to set the code are currently not present. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. read DTC’s.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED) When Monitored: With the ignition on. All 2 Using the DRBIII . Start the engine.Memory Seat Module . read DTCs. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Turn the driver seat heater on and operate in both ranges. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide.Erase DTC’s. Turn the driver heated seat on. erase DTCs. during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module detects an output shorted to ground. Does the DRBIII still show Driver Seat Heat Output Short to Gnd? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 5 259 . Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to ground. All 6 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to ground. No 5 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition off. 260 . Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit in the Driver Heated Seat Cushion connector (cushion side) to ground. → Replace the Heated Seat Module. → Replace the Driver Heated Seat Back. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Is the resistance below 5. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED) — TEST 3 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Replace the Heated Seat Module. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit in the Driver Heated Seat Cushion connector (cushion side) to ground.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit in the HSM C2 connector. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Back 2-way (black) connector. Is the resistance below 100. Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Driver Heated Seat Cushion. Is the resistance below 1000. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Is the resistance below 1000. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO GROUND HEATED SEAT MODULE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII .Memory Seat Module . Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide. read DTC’s. inspect the wiring and connectors. Turn the driver seat heater on and operate in both ranges. With the DRBIII . Did the DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND DTC return? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The conditions required to set the code are currently not present. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Does the DRBIII still show Driver Seat Heat Output Short to Gnd? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 5 261 .ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND (LAREDO) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND (LAREDO) When Monitored: With the ignition on. With the DRBIII . Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module detects an output shorted to ground. Using the DRBIII . Turn the driver seat heater on and operate at both ranges. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.Erase DTC’s. Start the engine. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Start the engine. All 2 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition off. erase DTCs. read DTCs. during the heated seat operation. select: Body . All 262 .ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND (LAREDO) — Continued TEST 3 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Is the resistance below 1000. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Driver Heater Cushion. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Cushion connector (cushion side) to ground. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. → Go To 4 All APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to ground. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 100. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition on. → Test Complete. → Replace the Heated Seat Module. Is the resistance below 5. Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to the Driver Seat Heater Ground circuit in the HSM C2 connector. No 5 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. during the heated seat operation.5 volts? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit for a short to battery. Is the voltage above 5. Measure the resistance between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit at the driver heated seat cushion (cushion side) connector.SENSOR SHORTED TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Is the resistance below 800 ohms at room temperature? Yes No 2 → Replace the Driver Heated Seat Cushion Cover . Turn the ignition on. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off.sensor shorted. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 harness connector. → Go To 3 No 263 . Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the Heated Seat Module senses a greater value than the value stored in EEPROM.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition on. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition off. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER HEATED SEAT SENSOR SHORTED DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO 5 VOLT SUPPLY SEAT SENSOR 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND HEATED SEAT MODULE . Measure the voltage between the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit and ground. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 264 .0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to ground.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — TEST 3 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit to ground. Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit for a short to 5 volt supply. Turn the ignition off. Is the resistance below 1000. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the voltage between the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit and ground. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 harness connector. Turn the ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 harness connector. → Replace the Heated Seat Module. Turn the ignition on. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. → Repair the open Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SENSOR OPEN DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CKT SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION FAILED SENSOR DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CKT OPEN SEAT SENSOR 5-VOLT SUPPLY CKT OPEN HEATED SEAT MODULE HEATED SEAT MODULE . Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the Heated Seat Module senses a lesser value than the value stored in EEPROM. Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition on. during the heated seat operation.5 VOLT SUPPLY OPEN TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition off. Is the voltage below 4. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Heated Seat Module connector and the Driver Heated Seat Cushion (harness side) connector. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 265 . Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Heated Seat Module . Measure the voltage between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and ground.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: With the ignition on.5 volt supply open. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat.5 volts? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 3 All APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Is the resistance below 1. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Driver Heated Seat Cushion. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Heated Seat Module. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit (harness side) and ground. Turn the ignition off. Is the resistance below 5. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat.000. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Measure the resistance between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit at the driver heated seat cushion (cushion side) connector. → Repair the open Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit. Measure the resistance between the Driver Seat Temp Sensor Input circuit (cushion side) and ground. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 harness connector. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS DRIVER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — TEST 3 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is the resistance above 70. → Go To 5 No 5 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Is the resistance below 1000.000 (70K) ohms at room temperature? Yes No 4 → Replace the Driver Heated Seat Cushion.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit for a short to ground. → Go To 6 All 6 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. All 266 . Disconnect the Driver Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit from the Heated Seat Module connector to the Driver Heated Seat Cushion connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. With the DRBIII . Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide. inspect the wiring and connectors. during the heated seat operation. Did the PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHORT TO BATTERY DTC return? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The conditions required to set the code are currently not present. Start the engine. Turn the passenger seat heater on and operate in both ranges. read DTCs. erase DTCs. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT PASSENGER SEAT HEATER SYSTEM SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE HEATED SEAT DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION OPEN PASSENGER SEAT BACK HEATER OPEN HEATED SEAT DRIVER CKT OPEN PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT OPEN PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT OPEN TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII .ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module loses the seat heat element output. 267 . Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) — Continued TEST 2 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion / Bolster. Turn the ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector.0 ohms? Yes No 3 → Go To → Go To 3 7 All APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is the resistance below 50. Turn the ignition on. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit. Turn the ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Measure the total resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater System between the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver and the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuits in the HSM C2 connector. 268 . Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. → Go To 5 No 5 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Is ANY voltage present on the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Heated Seat Module. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 4-way connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition off. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to voltage. All 4 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. 269 .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion / Bolster. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Is the resistance below 2. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. → Repair the Heated Seat Driver circuit for a short to voltage. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the SEAT BACK HEATER ELEMENT. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Connect one lead to the Heated Seat Driver circuit (cushion side) and the other lead to the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit (cushion side) in the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4 way connector. Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit for a short to voltage. Turn the ignition on.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Back. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the CUSHION SEAT HEATER ELEMENT. All APPLICABILITY All No 7 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) — Continued TEST 6 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Connect one lead to the Heated Seat Driver circuit (seat back side) and the other lead to the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit (seat back side) in the Passenger Heated Seat 2-way connector. All 8 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Is the resistance below 2. Measure the resistance of the Heated Seat Driver circuit between the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way connector (harness side) and the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector (harness side). All 11 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 11 → Repair the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit for an open. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit between the HSM C2 connector and the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector (harness side). Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LAREDO) — Continued TEST 9 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the HSM C2 harness connector. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat.0 ohms? Yes No 10 → Go To 10 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Heated Seat Driver circuit. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit between the Seat Back 2-way connector (harness side) and the Heated Seat Module connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No → Test Complete. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Turn the ignition off. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. → Repair the open Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. 270 . Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. 271 . Start the engine. With the DRBIII . Turn the driver seat heater on and operate in both ranges. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. read DTCs. inspect the wiring and connectors. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT HEATED SEAT MODULE PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (1) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER SEAT HEATED GROUND CKT (2) SHORTED TO VOLTAGE CONNECTOR TO SPLICE .ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module loses the seat heat element output. Did the PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHORT TO BATTERY DTC return? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The conditions required to set the code are currently not present.OPEN PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT OPEN PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (JUMPER) OPEN PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (1) OPEN PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND CKT (2) OPEN TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide.CUSHION SIDE . erase DTCs. during the heated seat operation. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 4-way connector.0 ohms? Yes No 3 → Go To → Go To 3 7 All APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition on. All 4 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Measure the total resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater System from the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver to the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuits in the HSM C2 connector. Is the resistance below 50. → Go To 5 No 5 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Turn the ignition off. Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to voltage. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the HSM C2 harness connector. Is ANY voltage present on the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Heated Seat Module. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition on. 272 . The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Turn the ignition off. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit at the HSM C2 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) — Continued TEST 2 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion / Bolster. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. → Go To 8 No 8 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B+ Driver circuit and the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit in the HSM C2 connector. Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit for a short to voltage between the HSM C2 connector and the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way connector. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit at the HSM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit between the HSM C2 connector and the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector (harness side). Disconnect the HSM C2 harness connector. 273 . Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 All → Repair the open Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit. Turn the ignition off.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the open circuit in either the Passenger Seat Heater Ground or the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver wiring between the HSM C2 connector and the splice in the seat. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way connector. Is the resistance below 5. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the HSM C2 harness connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Repair the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit for a short to voltage between the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way connector and the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Turn the ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Connect a jumper wire from the Passenger Seat Heater B+ Driver circuit to the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit at the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector (harness side). The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) — Continued TEST 6 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition off. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. All APPLICABILITY All No 7 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT OPEN/SHT TO BATTERY (LIMITED) — Continued TEST 9 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector.0 ohms? Yes No 10 → Go To 10 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Driver Seat Heater Ground (jumper) circuit. → Repair the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit for an open. Turn the ignition off. Connect one lead to the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit at the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way connector and the other lead to the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit in the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Test Complete. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 11 → Repair the open Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit between the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way connector and the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit (jumper). Is the resistance below 5. 274 . Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 11 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit between the Seat Back 2-way connector (harness side) and the Heated Seat Module C2 connector. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the HSM C2 harness connector. With the DRBIII . inspect the wiring and connectors. erase DTCs. Turn the passenger seat heater on and operate in both ranges. read DTC’s. Did the PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND DTC return? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The conditions required to set the code are currently not present. Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module detects an output shorted to ground. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. All 2 Using the DRBIII . Does the DRBIII still show Passenger Seat Heat Output Short to Gnd? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 4 275 . NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Turn the passenger seat heater on and operate at both ranges. read DTCs. select: Body . Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Start the engine. Start the engine. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO GROUND HEATED SEAT MODULE PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BACK SHORTED TO GROUND HEATED SEAT DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO GROUND HEATED SEAT MODULE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII .Erase DTC’s. Turn the ignition off. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide.Memory Seat Module .ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LAREDO) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LAREDO) When Monitored: With the ignition on. With the DRBIII . during the heated seat operation. ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LAREDO) — Continued TEST 3 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to ground. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Replace the Heated Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit in the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion connector (cushion side) to ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 5 5 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Measure the resistance of the Heated Seat Driver circuit, in the Passenger Heated Seat Back connector (seat back side) to ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Back. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 6 All 6 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way (green) connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (green) connector. Measure the resistance of the Heated Seat Driver circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Heated Seat Driver circuit for a short to ground. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Test Complete. All 276 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED) When Monitored: With the ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This condition is set immediately after the Heated Seat Module detects an output shorted to ground. POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER CKT SHORTED TO PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND HEATED SEAT MODULE HEATED SEAT MODULE PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BACK SHORTED TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Start the engine. Turn the passenger seat heater on and operate in both ranges. With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Did the PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND DTC return? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The conditions required to set the code are currently not present. Using the wiring diagram/schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 2 Using the DRBIII , select: Body - Memory Seat Module - Erase DTC’s. NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Start the engine. Turn the Passenger Seat Heater on and operate in both ranges. With the DRBIII , read DTC’s. Does the DRBIII still show Passenger Seat Heat Output Short to Gnd? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 5 277 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER SEAT HEAT OUTPUT SHORT TO GND (LIMITED) — Continued TEST 3 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit in the HSM C2 connector. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to the Passenger Seat Heater Ground circuit. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 4 All APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit for a short to ground. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Test Complete. No 5 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit in the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion connector (cushion side) to ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Replace the Heated Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 6 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Back 2-way (black) connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Heater B(+) Driver circuit in the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion connector (cushion side) to ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Back. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 278 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: With the ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the Heated Seat Module senses a greater value than the value stored in EEPROM. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER SEAT SENSOR SHORTED PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CKT SHORTED TO 5 VOLTS HEATED SEAT MODULE - SENSOR SHORTED SEAT SENSOR 5-VOLT SUPPLY CKT SHORTED TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit at the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion (cushion side) connector. Is the resistance below 800 ohms at room temperature? Yes No 2 → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion - sensor shorted.. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage between the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 5.5 volts? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit for a short to battery. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 3 No 279 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — TEST 3 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage between the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit and ground. Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit for a short to voltage. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way (green) connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the open Seat Sensor 5-Volt Supply circuit. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Replace the Heated Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 280 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: With the ignition on, during the heated seat operation. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the Heated Seat Module senses a lesser value than the value stored in EEPROM. POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SENSOR OPEN PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CKT SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION SENSOR SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT CKT OPEN HEATED SEAT MODULE SEAT SENSOR 5-VOLT SUPPLY CKT OPEN HEATED SEAT MODULE-5 VOLTS OPEN TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and ground. Is the voltage below 4.5 volts? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 3 All APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Heated Seat Module connector and the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion (harness side) connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Heated Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Repair the open Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 281 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS PASSENGER THERMISTOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — TEST 3 ACTION NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance between the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit and the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit at the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion (cushion side) connector. Is the resistance above 70,000 (70K) ohms at room temperature? Yes No 4 → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 1,000.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit for a short to ground. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 5 No 5 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance between the Passenger Seat Temp Sensor Input circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Passenger Seat Cushion Cover Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 6 All 6 NOTE: Raise the seat to the highest position to gain access to the connectors. The HSM is located at the front of the seat and the Seat Heater connectors are at the rear of the seat. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Heated Seat Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion 4-way connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit from the Heated Seat Module connector to the Passenger Heated Seat Cushion connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Heated Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Repair the open Passenger Seat Temperature Sensor Input circuit. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 282 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: REAR DEF RELAY SHORTED HI When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR DEF RELAY SHORTED HI When Monitored: With the ignition key in the run position. Set Condition: The BCM attempts to activate the rear defogger relay and senses excessive current on the circuit. POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR DEFOGGER RELAY JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay. Connect a test light between cavities 85 & 86 of the Rear Window Defogger Relay connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , actuate the R Defog Relay and observe the test light. Does the test light flash on and off when the relay is actuated? Yes No 2 → Replace the Rear Window Defogger Relay. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay. Disconnect and remove the Body Control Module. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage at cavities 85 & 86 of the Relay connector. Is the voltage above 1.0 volts at BOTH cavities? (Note: there should only be voltage on one cavity) Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 283 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: REAR DEFOGGER RELAY OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR DEFOGGER RELAY OPEN When Monitored: Set Condition: With the ignition in the run position. The rear defogger relay output of the BCM does not have battery voltage. POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CKT SHORTED TO GROUND REAR DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT CKT SHORTED TO GROUND PDC FUSE #2 OPEN FUSED B(+) CKT OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL SHORT TO GROUND. JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Remove and inspect the PDC fuse #2. Is the PDC fuse #2 open? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 4 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay. Measure the resistance of the Fused B(+) circuits in the Rear Window Defogger Relay connector to ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Fused B(+) circuit for a short to ground. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 3 284 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS REAR DEFOGGER RELAY OPEN — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Rear Window Defogger connector at the rear window Grid. Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block. Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit at the Rear Window Defogger connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit for a short to ground. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Replace PDC fuse #2. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition off. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit in the Rear Window Defogger Relay connector. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit from PDC fuse #2. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 5 Turn the ignition off. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay. Connect a test light between cavities 85 & 86 of the Rear Window Defogger Relay connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , actuate the R Defog Relay and observe the test light. Does the test light flash on and off when the relay is actuated? Yes No → Replace the Rear Window Defogger Relay. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 6 6 Turn the ignition off. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay. Disconnect and remove the Body Control Module. Measure the resistance of the Rear Window Defogger Relay Control circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 7 All 7 Turn the ignition off. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay. Disconnect and remove the Body Control Module. Measure the resistance of the Rear Window Defogger Relay Control circuit between the relay connector and the J/B-BCM connector in the Junction Block. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Replace the Junction Block. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 285 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *DRIVER SEAT BACK HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER SEAT BACK HEATER OPEN (LIMITED) INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Cushion heats properly but the Seat Back does not heat. Start the Engine. Turn the Heated Seat Switch on. Does the Seat Cushion warm up but the Seat Back does not? Yes → Check for an open circuit in the Seat Back. If okay, replace the Heated Seat Back. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially broken wires. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. APPLICABILITY All No 286 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *DRIVER SEAT BOLSTER HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER HEATED SEAT BOLSTER OPEN (LIMITED) INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Back and Seat Cushion heats properly but the Seat Bolsters do not. Start the Engine. Turn the Heated Seat Switch on. Does the Seat Back and Seat Cushion warm up but the Seat Bolsters do not? Yes → Check for an open circuit in the Seat. If okay, replace the Heated Seat Cushion Cover. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially broken wires. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. APPLICABILITY All No 287 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION OPEN (LIMITED) INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Back heats properly but the Seat Cushion does not heat. Start the Engine. Turn the Heated Seat Switch on. Does the Seat Back warm up but the Seat Cushion does not? Yes → Check for an open circuit in the Seat. If okay, replace the Heated Seat Cushion. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched or partially broken wires. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. APPLICABILITY All No 288 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *HEATED SEATS INOPERATIVE DUE TO KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH INPUT POSSIBLE CAUSES OBSERVE THE KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS IGNITION SWITCH OPEN KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BCM-INCORRECT KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH STATUS TEST 1 ACTION Note: Ensure that the Key is still in the Ignition Switch. With the DRBIII enter Body Computer then Input Output and read the Key-In Ignition Switch status. Does the DRB display: KEY-IN IGN: CLOSED ? Yes No 2 → Test complete. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Switch harness connector. Connect a jumper between the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit and Ground circuit. With the DRBIII enter Body Computer then Input Output and observe the Key-In Ignition Switch status. Does the DRBIII display KEY-IN IGN: CLOSED? Yes No → Replace the Ignition Switch. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 3 3 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Switch harness connector. Turn all lights off. Measure the resistance between ground and the ground circuit in the ignition switch connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms ? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Repair the ground circuit for an open. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 289 ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS *HEATED SEATS INOPERATIVE DUE TO KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH INPUT — Continued TEST 4 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ignition Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit between the ignition switch connector and the BCM C1 connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No 5 → Go To 5 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit for an open. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 290 APPLICABILITY All No 291 . Turn the Heated Seat Switch on.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *PASSENGER SEAT BACK HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BACK OPEN (LIMITED) INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Cushion heats properly but the Seat Back does not heat. replace the Heated Seat Back. Does the Seat Cushion warm up but the Seat Back does not? Yes → Check for an open circuit in the Seat. If okay. pierced. pinched or partially broken wires. Start the Engine. Look for any chafed. → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present. Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Does the Seat Back and Seat Cushion warm up but the Seat Bolster does not? Yes → Check for an open circuit in the Seat.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *PASSENGER SEAT BOLSTER HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BOLSTER OPEN (LIMITED) INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Back and Seat Cushion heats properly but the e Bolster does not. If okay. APPLICABILITY All No 292 . pinched or partially broken wires. Start the Engine. replace the Heated Seat Cushion Cover. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. pierced. Look for any chafed. Turn the Heated Seat Switch on. → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present. Does the Seat Back warm up but the Seat Cushion does not? Yes → Check for an open circuit in the Seat. pinched or partially broken wires. pierced. replace the Heated Seat Cushion. APPLICABILITY All No 293 . Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Start the Engine. Look for any chafed. If okay. Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATER INOPERATIVE (LIMITED) POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION OPEN (LIMITED) INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: This test is only valid on Limited models where the Seat Back heats properly but the Seat Cushion does not heat. Turn the Heated Seat Switch on. Are there any Rear Defogger Relay DTC’s present? Yes → Refer to the symptom list for problems related to Rear Defogger Relay DTC’s. Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Window Defogger Ground circuit.VER 1. Does the indicator toggle on and off when the switch is pressed? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 5 3 Turn the ignition and all lights off.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR DEFOGGER RELAY DTC’S INTERMITTENT CONDITION REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GROUND CKT REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND REPLACE FAULTY FUSE FUSED B(+) CKT OPEN AT RELAY SUBSTITUTE RELAY JUNCTION BLOCK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH SENSE CKT OPEN REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO GROUND REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH SENSE CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Open the liftgate.VER 1. 294 .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Repair the open Rear Window Defogger Ground circuit. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Toggle the Rear Defogger switch and observe the indicator. read the Body Computer DTC’s. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . VER 1.0 volts? Yes No → Go To 10 All → Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit from PDC fuse #2. → Repair the open Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit. Is the voltage above 12.VER 1.0 and 100. With the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read the R DEFOG SWITCH Input/Output display.VER 1.VER 1. All 8 Disconnect the Rear Window Defogger connector at the rear window grid. Does the DRBIII show that the Rear Defog Switch is toggling on and off? Yes No → Go To → Go To 6 12 6 Remove and inspect the PDC fuse #2. 295 .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 All → Replace the Rear Window Defogger Relay and replace PDC fuse #2 if necessary. → Replace the PDC fuse #2. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Rear Window Defogger Relay coil in cavities 85 and 86.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID INOPERATIVE — TEST 4 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage between the Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit at the defogger grid on the rear window to ground. Is the PDC fuse #2 open? Yes No → Go To → Go To 7 9 All 7 Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block. Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit in the Rear Window Defogger Relay connector. Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay from the Junction Block. All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition on. Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit at the Rear Window Defogger connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the Rear Window Defogger on. Turn the ignition on. Toggle the Rear Window Defogger Switch on and off and observe the DRB.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 volts? Yes No 5 → Repair the open in the Rear Window Defogger Grid. Is the voltage above 10. Is the resistance between 50. No 9 Lower the Junction Block and remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay. VER 1. Does the test light flash on and off when the relay is actuated? Yes → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. NOTE: Check connectors . Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition. Measure the resistance between ground and the Rear Window Defogger Switch Sense circuit. Is the resistance below 5. back probe the Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit in the Junction Block C1 connected. pierced. actuate the R DEFOG RELAY. Disconnect the BCM C2 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Check the Rear Window Defogger for proper operation. All 13 Turn the ignition off. Does the system operate properly now? Yes No 11 → Replace the original Rear Window Defogger Relay. Measure the resistance of the Rear Window Defogger Switch Sense circuit between the BCM connector and the AZC connector. Install a known good relay in the Rear Window Defogger Relay connector. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. → Go To 11 All Continued APPLICABILITY All With the DRBIII . → Replace the Junction Block. → Go To 14 No 296 . No 12 Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Disconnect the Temperature Control C1 connector. Disconnect the BCM C2 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .Clean/repair as necessary.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 13 All → Repair the open Rear Window Defogger Switch Sense circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on. pinched or partially broken wires. Look for any chafed.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Rear Window Defogger Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.VER 1. Disconnect the Temperature Control C1 connector.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID INOPERATIVE — TEST 10 ACTION Lower the Junction Block and remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay. Connect a jumper wire between the Rear Window Defogger Switch Sense circuit in the Temperature Control connector to ground. Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C2 connector. Disconnect the Temperature Control C1 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the Rear Window Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GRID INOPERATIVE — TEST 14 ACTION Turn the ignition off. → Go To 15 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 15 NOTE: Ensure the BCM is connected before proceeding. read the R DEFOG SWITCH status. → Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1.VER 1. 297 . Measure the voltage between the Rear Window Defogger Switch Sense circuit and ground. With the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Temperature Control C1 connector.VER 1. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .Clean/repair as necessary. NOTE: Check connectors . Does the DRBIII display R DEFOG SWITCH: CLOSED? Yes No → Replace the Automatic Zone Control Module. ELECTRICALLY HEATED SYSTEMS Symptom: *REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT CKT SHORTED TO GROUND JUNCTION BLOCK FUSE #11 FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN TEMPERATURE CONTROL HEAD (AZC OR MANUAL) TEST 1 Inspect Junction Block fuse #11. Disconnect the Temperature Control Head C1 connector. Disconnect the Temperature Control Head C1 connector. No 3 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is Junction Block fuse #11 open? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 3 All ACTION APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Fused Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Ensure that Junction Block fuse #11 is installed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . NOTE: Check connectors .VER 1.Clean/repair as necessary. Remove the Rear Window Defogger Relay. Measure the resistance of the Fused rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit from the relay output terminal to the Temperature Control Head C1 connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Temperature Control Head (AZC or manual).VER 1.VER 1. → Replace the Junction Block fuse #11. All 298 . Measure the resistance of the Fused Rear Window Defog Relay Output circuit to ground (from the output side of fuse #11) Is the resistance below 5. → Repair the open Fused Rear Window Defogger Relay Output circuit. Is the voltage greater than 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure voltage of the Fog Lamp Relay control circuit at the Junction Block to ground.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI When Monitored and Set Condition: FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI When Monitored: Set Condition: Ignition in run position. Does the system operate correctly? Yes No 2 → Replace the Fog Lamp Relay. The BCM detects excessive current on the fog lamp relay control circuit. → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block.VER 1.VER 1.VER 1. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. 299 . Turn ignition off.0 volt? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. Turn ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES FOG LAMP RELAY FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL SH TO B(+) BCM INTERNAL DEFECT FOG LAMP CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY TEST 1 ACTION Install a known good relay in place of the Fog Lamp Relay. Using an ohmmeter measure the Fog lamp relay coil terminals 85 and 86.VER 1. This DTC sets if no voltage is seen at the fog lamp relay control circuit POSSIBLE CAUSES FOG LAMP RELAY COIL SHORTED FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CKT SHORT FOG LAMP RELAY MISSING OPEN B(+) OPEN FUSED B+ TO FOG RELAY FOG LAMP RELAY FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CKT OPEN FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND BCM FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL FUSE #24 TEST 1 Check Junction Block fuse #24. All 3 Remove the Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block.5 ohms? Yes → Repair the relay output circuit for a short to ground and replace the fuse if necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 0.VER 1. Is the resistance between 70 and 80 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Fog Lamp Relay. Using an ohmmeter measure the Fog Lamp Relay Output circuit to ground.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN When Monitored: Set Condition: cavity. Is fuse #24 open? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 4 All ACTION APPLICABILITY All Remove the Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block.VER 1. With the ignition switch in the on position. → Replace the fuse. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . No 300 . All 9 Remove the fog lamp relay from the Junction Block. see if the Fog Lamp Relay is present. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 7 Install a known good relay in place of the Fog Lamp Relay. Is the resistance below 10. Is the resistance below 5. Is the voltage above 10. All 301 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All For the results of this test to be valid voltage must be present at the Junction Block C5 connector cavity #3. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 8 8 Remove the Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block. Does the system operate correctly? Yes No → Replace the Fog Lamp Relay. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 10 10 If there are no possible causes remaining.EXTERIOR LIGHTING FOG LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN — TEST 4 ACTION Looking at the Junction Block.VER 1.0 volts? Yes No → Go To 6 → Replace the Junction Block.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 All → Replace the Junction Block. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.VER 1. Is the relay present? Yes No 5 → Go To 5 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Install the missing relay. view repair. Measure the resistance of the Fog Lamp Relay Control circuit to ground.VER 1. All 6 Remove the Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block. Measure the resistance of the Fog Lamp Relay Control circuit between the relay and the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1.VER 1. Measure Fused B+ cavities for the Fog Lamp Relay in the Junction Block.0 volts at both cavities? Yes No → Go To 7 → Replace the junction block. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Turn ignition off.VER 1. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. Turn ignition off. Measure the voltage of the B(+) circuit to fuse #24. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. Is the voltage above 10. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . VER 1. view repair. Was the voltage greater than 1.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HAZARD RELAY CKT SHORTED HI When Monitored and Set Condition: HAZARD RELAY CKT SHORTED HI When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using a voltmeter measure the Hazard switch sense ckt cavity 9 to ground at the combination flasher socket in the Junction Block.VER 1. Turn ignition off.0 volt? Yes No → Repair the Hazard Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage.VER 1. Turn ignition on. Operate either the panic feature on the RKE fob or trigger the vehicle theft alarm. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 302 . → Go To 3 3 If there are no possible causes remaining. All Remove the Combination Flasher from the Junction Block. Set Condition: This code is set if the BCM tries to activate the hazard lamps and excessive current is sinked into the BCM. With the DRB re-read the BCM trouble codes. Did the Hazard relay ckt shorted Hi trouble code reset? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Combination Flasher. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES COMBO FLASHER INTERNAL SHORT TO B(+) HAZARD SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO B(+) BCM HAZARD CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE TEST 1 ACTION Remove the combination flasher from the junction block With the DRB III erase BCM DTC’s. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. Using an ohmmeter measure the Headlamp Switch Return circuit from BCM to left multi-function. Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. Disconnect the Body Control Module C-1 connector.9 HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX OPEN HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN OPEN BCM HEADLAMP MUX TEST 1 ACTION Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HEADLAMP SW OPEN CKT When Monitored and Set Condition: HEADLAMP SW OPEN CKT When Monitored: Set Condition: volts.8 POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP MUX VOLTS > 4. Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector. With the DRBIII in Body Sensors.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open headlamp switch return circuit. Turn ignition on. Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Connect a jumper wire between headlamp switch MUX and headlamp switch return at the left multifunction switch.VER 1. Does the DRB display Headlamp switch 0. Disconnect the Body Control Module-C1 connector.0 volts? No Yes 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the left multi-function switch Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Headlamp Switch Mux circuit. read the Headlamp sw volts. This DTC sets if the BCM detects voltage on the MUX circuit above 4. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the headlamp switch mux circuit from the BCM C1 connector to the left multi-function switch connector. Is the resistance below 5. 303 . All 3 Turn ignition off. All Turn the ignition off. 304 .EXTERIOR LIGHTING HEADLAMP SW OPEN CKT — TEST 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. Repair Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . view repair. All 305 . Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed.0 volts? No Yes 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the left multi-function switch.VER 1. Disconnect the Body Control Module C-1 connector. Turn ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . This DTC sets if the BCM detects voltage on the MUX circuit below 0. → Go To 3 3 If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. view repair. Is the resistance below 5. All Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector. Repair Replace the Body Control Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HEADLAMP SW SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: HEADLAMP SW SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: Set Condition: volts. Does the DRB display Headlamp switch 5.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the headlamp switch mux circuit to ground at the left multi-function switch connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Headlamp Switch Mux circuit for a short to ground.3 POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX SHORTED LEFT MULTI-FUNTION SWITCH SHORTED BCM TEST 1 ACTION Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: HIGH BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI When Monitored and Set Condition: HIGH BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. Set Condition: This condition is set when the BCM is trying to activate the High beam relay and excessive current is sinked into the BCM. Using a voltmeter measure the High Beam Relay control ckt cavity 86 to ground at the Junction Block. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the High Beam relay from the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 306 .VER 1. POSSIBLE CAUSES HI BEAM RELAY HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO B(+) BCM HIGH BEAM CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY TEST 1 ACTION Install a known good relay in place of the High Beam relay. → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn ignition on. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No 2 → Replace the High Beam relay.VER 1. Turn ignition off. Was the voltage greater than 1. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.0 volt? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. 307 . Turn ignition on. POSSIBLE CAUSES LOW BEAM RELAY LOW BEAM RELAY CONTROL SHORTED TO B(+) BCM LOW BEAM CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY TEST 1 ACTION Install a known good relay in place of the Low Beam relay. → Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1. Using a voltmeter measure the Low Beam Relay control ckt cavity 86 to ground at the Junction Block. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.0 volt? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the Low Beam relay from the Junction Block. Turn ignition off.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI When Monitored and Set Condition: LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED HI When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Set Condition: This condition is set when the BCM is trying to activate the lo beam relay and excessive current is sinked into the BCM. Was the voltage greater than 1. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No 2 → Replace the Low Beam relay. 0 volts at both cavities? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Junction Block. All 3 For the results of this test to be valid. 308 . voltage must be present at the Junction Block C5 connector cavity #1. Set Condition: This condition detects if the lo beam relay has not been installed in the vehicle by monitoring the BCM lo beam relay output for battery voltage applied. Measure the voltage of the fused B(+) circuits to Low Beam relay cavities #30 and #85.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Looking at the Junction Block.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the relay present? Yes No → Go To 3 → Install the correct relay. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No 2 → Replace the Low Beam relay. Is the voltage above 10. see if the relay is present. POSSIBLE CAUSES LOW BEAM RELAY OPEN FUSED B(+) LOW BEAM RELAY CTL CKT OPEN LOW BEAM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BCM LOW BEAM CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED LOW/OPEN LOW BEAM RELAY MISSING TEST 1 ACTION Install a known good relay in place of the Low Beam relay.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Repair Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 → Replace the Junction Block. Using an ohmmeter measure the Low Beam Relay control circuit from relay cavity 86 to the Junction Block Body Control Module connector cavity 4. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. All Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .EXTERIOR LIGHTING LOW BEAM RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN — TEST 4 ACTION Remove the Low Beam relay from the Junction Block. view repair. Turn ignition off. Remove the Low Beam Relay from the junction block. 309 .0 ohms? Yes No 5 → Go To 5 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Junction Block. Measure the resistance of the Low Beam Relay Control circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Was the resistance below 5.VER 1.VER 1. All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining. Is the resistance below 5. 310 . Was the voltage greater than 1. Turn ignition on.VER 1. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No 2 → Replace the Park Lamp relay. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 volt? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI When Monitored and Set Condition: PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED HI When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. → Replace the Body Control Module. POSSIBLE CAUSES PARK LAMP RELAY BCM PARK LAMP CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL SH TO B(+) TEST 1 ACTION Install a known good relay in place of the Park Lamp relay. Set Condition: This condition is set when the BCM is trying to activate the park relay and excessive current is detected on the control circuit. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.VER 1. Using a voltmeter measure the Park Lamp Relay control ckt cavity 86 to ground at the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the park lamp relay from the Junction Block.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 311 . Is the resistance below 0.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed.VER 1. No 3 Looking at the Junction Block. Is the relay present? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Install the missing relay.VER 1. Using an ohmmeter measure the park lamp relay output circuit from relay cavity 30 to ground. Set Condition: The DTC is is set if the BCM detects excessive current on the park lamp relay control circuit. see if the Park Lamp Relay is present. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT PARK LAMP RELAY MISSING PARK LAMP RELAY PARK LAMP RELAY CTL CKT OPEN OPEN FUSED B(+) TO PARK RELAY OPEN B(+) BCM PARKLAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED LOW/OPEN FUSE #6 TEST 1 Check J/B fuse #6. → Replace the fuse. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Is fuse #6 open? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 3 All ACTION APPLICABILITY All Remove the park lamp relay from the Junction Block.6 ohms? Yes → Repair the relay output circuit for a short to ground and replace the fuse if necessary. VER 1. All 6 For the results of this test to be valid.VER 1. Is the voltage above 10. Was the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 → Replace the Junction Block.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Is the voltage above 10. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . view repair. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 volts at both cavities? Yes No → Go To 8 → Replace the junction block. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No 5 → Replace the Parklamp Relay.0 volts? Yes No → Go To 7 → Replace the Junction Block. voltage must be present at the Junction Block C5 connector cavity #1. All 7 Remove the Park Lamp Relay from the Junction Block. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Measure the voltage of the B(+) circuit to fuse #6. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 5 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Remove the Park Lamp relay from the Junction Block. Turn ignition off. All 8 If there are no possible causes remaining.EXTERIOR LIGHTING PARK LAMP RELAY CKT SHORTED LO/OPEN — TEST 4 ACTION Install a known good relay in place of the Park Lamp relay. Measure cavities 85 and 87 (fused B(+)) for the Park Lamp Relay at the Junction Block. Using an ohmmeter measure the Park Lamp Relay control circuit from relay cavity 86 to the Junction Block Body Control Module connector cavity 1. 312 . While monitoring the test light. probe cavity 85 of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector. actuate the Rear Fog Lamp Relay.REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK . Does the test light flash on and off as the relay is actuated? Yes No → Replace the Rear Fog Lamp Relay. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 6 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the Rear Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CKT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CKT OPEN When Monitored: Set Condition: circuit. With the DRB enter Body. → Go To 3 313 .REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CKT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE INSPECT FUSE #27 JUNCTION BLOCK .FUSED B+ CKT SHORTED TO GROUND REAR FOG LAMP RELAY SHORTED REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION Remove the Rear Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block. Turn the ignition on.VER 1. Body Computer. then Actuator Tests. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . This DTC sets if the BCM does not detect any voltage on the control POSSIBLE CAUSES JUNCTION BLOCK . probe cavity 86 of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector. Ignition switch in the On position and the IOD fuse installed. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground. 6 Inspect fuse #27 in the Junction Block.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Replace the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .EXTERIOR LIGHTING REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CKT OPEN — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. replace the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Remove the BCM from the Junction Block. → Go To 9 All 314 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Is the resistance below 5. view repair. Is the resistance below 5. Remove the BCM from the Junction Block. All 5 If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1. If ok. Remove the Rear Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. → Go To 8 8 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To 7 All → Check the B+ feed circuit from the PDC fuse for an open or short. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between ground and cavity 86 of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector. All 7 Remove the Rear Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block.VER 1. Remove the Rear Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Remove the Rear Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block. Measure the resistance of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Control circuit between the Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector cavity 86 and the Junction Block BCM connector cavity 13. Measure the resistance between ground and cavity 86 of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector.0 ohms? Yes No 4 → Replace the Junction Block.VER 1. Remove the BCM from the Junction Block.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. Measure the resistance between ground and cavity 30 of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector. VER 1. → Replace the Rear Fog Lamp Relay. Replace Fuse #27 in the Junction Block with a good fuse. Remove the Rear Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block. Is the fuse open? Yes → Check the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Output circuit for a short to ground. Inspect fuse #27 in the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . replace the Junction Block. Continued APPLICABILITY All No 315 .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .EXTERIOR LIGHTING REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CKT OPEN — TEST 9 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Connect a jumper wire between cavity 30 and cavity 87 of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector. If ok. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR FOG LAMP RELAY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE JUNCTION BLOCK .0 volt? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Rear Fog Lamp Relay.REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Remove the Rear Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block. Remove the BCM from the Junction Block. Remove the Rear Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block. Is the voltage above 1.VER 1. → Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1. Measure the voltage of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Control circuit (cavity 86) in the Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 316 . Measure the voltage of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Control circuit (cavity 86) in the Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector. Turn the ignition on.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: REAR FOG RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED HI When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR FOG RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED HI When Monitored: Ignition switch in the On position and the IOD fuse installed.0 volt? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. Turn the ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is set when the BCM is trying to activate the rear fog lamp relay and excessive current is detected on the control circuit. All Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the voltage above 1. read the HEADLAMP SW VOLTS.0 to 5.8 volts Go To 3 C. The Auto Headlamp Sense voltage should change from approximately 0.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom List: *AUTO HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF *AUTO HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. Stays above 4. The title for the tests will be *AUTO HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF. A. Move the Headlamp switch to the different modes and compare the values to values shown. → Replace the Left Multifunction Switch. Stays below 0. POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH FUNCTION AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LIGHT SENSOR OPEN ULTRALIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL OPEN BCM ULTRALIGHT SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN AUTO HEADLAMP SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORTED ULTRALIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND BCM ULTRALIGHT SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TEST 1 ACTION With the DRB III read the AUTO HEADLAMP SENSE VOLTS under sensors while shinning a shop light on the Auto Headlamp Light sensor and then covering it up.0 volts. Voltage in range Go To 2 B. Yes No → Test Complete.4 VOLTS Parking lamps ON 3. Choose outcome. All APPLICABILITY All 317 .0 VOLTS Auto headlamps ON 0. Headlamp switch OFF 4.2 VOLTS Headlamps ON 2. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .5 volts Go To 7 2 With the DRB III under Body sensors.VER 1.6 VOLTS Do the values on the the DRB match. EXTERIOR LIGHTING *AUTO HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF — TEST 3 ACTION With the DRB III under Body sensors.VER 1. Does the DRB III show Auto head sensor volts under . read the HEADLAMP SW VOLTS. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 7 With the DRB III under Body sensors.2 VOLTS Headlamps ON 2. Headlamp switch OFF 4.VER 1.VER 1. With the DRB III in sensors read Auto head sensor volts. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 VOLTS Auto headlamps ON 0. Does the DRB III display Auto Headlamp sensor above 4. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .6 VOLTS Do the values on the the DRB match.2 VOLTS Headlamps ON 2.5 volts? Yes No → Replace the Automatic Headlamp Light Sensor/VTSS LED. Yes No → Go To 8 All → Replace the Left Multifunction Switch. All 8 Disconnect the Automatic headlamp light sensor/VTSS led 4-way connector. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. With the DRB III in sensors read Auto Headlamp sensor volts. Disconnect the BCM C2 connector.VER 1. → Go To 5 5 Disconnect the Auto headlamp light sensor 4-way connector. All Disconnect the Automatic headlamp light sensor/VTSS led 4-way connector. Move the Headlamp switch to the different modes and compare the values to values shown.8 volts? Yes No → Replace the Auto Headlamp Light Sensor/VTSS LED. → Go To 9 318 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .4 VOLTS Parking lamps ON 3. Yes No 4 → Go To 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Left Multifunction Switch. Headlamp switch OFF 4.4 VOLTS Parking lamps ON 3. All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining. Is the resistance below 5. Move the Headlamp switch to the different modes and compare the values to values shown. view repair.0 VOLTS Auto headlamps ON 0.6 VOLTS Do the values on the the DRB match.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Repair the open Ultralight Sensor Signal circuit.VER 1. Connect a jumper from the ultra light sensor signal ckt to the ultra light sensor return ckt. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using an ohmmeter measure the ultralight sense circuit from the Auto headlamp light sensor 4-way to the BCM C2 connector. read the HEADLAMP SW VOLTS. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Is the resistance below 5. Using an ohmmeter measure the ultralight sense signal circuit from the Auto headlamp light sensor 4-way to ground.0 ohms? Yes No 10 → Repair the Ultralight Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the BCM C2 connector. view repair.VER 1. 319 .EXTERIOR LIGHTING *AUTO HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF — TEST 9 ACTION Disconnect the Auto headlamp light sensor 4-way connector. → Go To 10 All Continued APPLICABILITY All If there are no possible causes remaining. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using an ohmmeter measure the High Beam Relay control circuit from the left multi-function switch connector to the Junction Block C-3 connector.VER 1. Disconnect the Left Multi-Function switch harness connector.VER 1. Was the resistance below 5.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *FLASH TO PASS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES JUNCTION BLOCK HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL OPEN LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN TO LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH TEST 1 ACTION The High Beam Headlamps must be operational for the result of this test to be valid. Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 320 .VER 1. Disconnect the Junction Block C-3 harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes No 2 → Replace the Left Multi-Function Switch. Measure the voltage of the High Beam Relay control circuit in the Left MultiFunction switch connector. → Repair the High Beam Relay Control circuit for an open. VER 1. Did the fog lamp switch state change? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 4 All APPLICABILITY All Install a known good relay in place of the Fog Lamp relay. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No → Replace the Fog Lamp Relay.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. All 4 Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector if not already disconnected.VER 1. → Go To 3 3 Disconnect the Junction Block C-2 harness connector.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Fog Lamp Switch Sense for a short to ground. Disconnect the BCM C2 connector Measure the fog lamp switch sense circuit to ground at the left multi-function switch connector. read the Fog lamp switch state while turning the Fog lamp switch on and off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Repair the Relay Output circuit for a short to voltage. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Did the fog lamps turn off? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 5 All 321 .EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES FOG LAMP RELAY JUNCTION BLOCK FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY FOG LAMP SWITCH SENSE SHORTED FOG LAMP SWITCH OPEN/SHORTED BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRB III under Body Input/Outputs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB III under Body Input Outputs read the Fog Lamp switch state while connecting a jumper from the Fog lamp switch sense to the Headlamp switch return at the left multifunction Did the fog lamp switch state change? Yes No 6 → Replace the Left Multifunction Switch.EXTERIOR LIGHTING *FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF — TEST 5 ACTION Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. → Go To 6 All Continued APPLICABILITY All If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . view repair.VER 1. 322 .VER 1. 323 . Using an ohmmeter measure the fog lamp relay output circuit from relay cavity 87 to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Did the fog lamp switch state change? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 11 All APPLICABILITY All Check Junction Block fuse #24. Is fuse #24 open? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 5 3 Remove the fog lamp relay from the Junction Block.VER 1.5 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Replace the fuse. Is the resistance below 0.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON POSSIBLE CAUSES JUNCTION BLOCK FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOG LAMP SWITCH SENSE SHORTED OPEN B(+) FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN FOG LAMP RELAY FOG LAMP RELAY CTL CKT OPEN FOG LAMP RELAY CTL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND BCM FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL BCM FOG LAMP SENSE SHORTED FOG LAMP SWITCH OPEN/SHORTED FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT WIRE SHORT TO GROUND FUSE #24 TEST 1 ACTION With the DRB III under Body Input Outputs read the Fog lamp switch state while turning the Fog lamp switch on and off. Measure the voltage of the B(+) circuit to fuse #24. Is the resistance below 0. → Repair the relay output wire for a short to ground and replace the fuse if necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 7 7 Remove the Fog Lamp relay from the Junction Block.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .EXTERIOR LIGHTING *FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — TEST 4 ACTION Remove the fog lamp relay from the Junction Block. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 → Replace the Junction Block. Using an ohmmeter measure the Fog Lamp Relay control circuit from relay cavity 86 to the Junction Block Body Control Module connector cavity 2. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect a Fog Lamp bulb connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. Is the voltage above 10. All 9 Remove the fog lamp relay from the Junction Block. voltage must be present at the Junction Block C5 connector cavity 3. Was the resistance below 5.VER 1. Is the resistance below 0. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No → Replace the Fog Lamp relay.VER 1. → Go To 10 324 .VER 1. Was the resistance below 10 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. All 6 Install a known good relay in place of the Fog Lamp relay. Using an ohmmeter measure the Fog Lamp relay output circuit from relay cavity 87 to the fog lamp bulb connector. Turn ignition off. All 8 Remove the Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block.5 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. All Continued APPLICABILITY All 5 For the results of this test to be valid.0 volts? Yes No → Go To 6 → Replace the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .5 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 All → Repair the open fog lamp relay output circuit. Turn ignition off. Using an ohmmeter measure the Fog Lamp Relay control ckt cavity 86 to ground at the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Disconnect the Junction Block C2 connector.VER 1. Using an ohmmeter measure the fog lamp relay output circuit from relay cavity 87 to ground. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Disconnect the BCM C2 connector Measure the Fog Lamp switch sense circuit to ground at the left multi-function switch connector.VER 1.EXTERIOR LIGHTING *FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — TEST 10 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. Did the fog lamp switch state change? Yes No 12 → Replace the Left Multi-function switch. With the DRBIII under Body Input Outputs read the Fog Lamp switch state while connecting a jumper from the Fog Lamp Switch Sense to the Headlamp switch return at the left multi-function switch connector. All 325 .VER 1. view repair. 11 Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector.VER 1. → Go To 13 13 If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Fog lamp switch sense for a short to ground. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. view repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 12 All All Continued APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector if not already disconnected. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No → Replace the High Beam relay.VER 1. → Go To 3 3 Remove the High beam relay from the junction block. Did the high beam switch state change? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 7 All APPLICABILITY All Install a known good relay in place of the High Beam relay. Remove the High Beam Relay from the Junction Block.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 All → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read the High beam switch state while turning the High Beam switch on and off.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL WIRE SHORT TO GROUND JUNCTION BLOCK HIGH BEAM CONTROL SHORT TO GROUND LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH FLASH TO PASS CIRCUIT LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH HIGH BEAM SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED B+ HIGH BEAM RELAY HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE SHORTED BCM DEF HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE SHORTED BCM HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL SHORTED TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII under Body Input Outputs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. Are the High beam lamps still on? Yes No → Repair the High beam relay output for a short to voltage.VER 1. → Go To 4 All 4 Turn ignition off. 326 . Is the resistance below 10. Measure the resistance of the High Beam Relay Control circuit to ground at the relay connector. VER 1. Measure the resistance of the High Beam Relay Control circuit between the relay connector and ground. Is the resistance below 10. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 7 Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the High Beam Relay Control circuit between the relay connector and ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1.VER 1. → Repair the High Beam Relay Control wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All Disconnect the Junction Block C3 connector.0 ohms? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the left multi-function switch.EXTERIOR LIGHTING *HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF — TEST 5 ACTION Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the high beam switch sense for a short to ground. All 327 . Did the High Beam Lamps turn off? Yes No → Replace the left multi-function switch. Disconnect the BCM C2 connector Measure the high beam switch sense circuit to ground at the left multi-function switch connector. → Go To 8 All 8 Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector if not already disconnected. → Replace the Body Control Module. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 10. EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT SHORT TO GROUND HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN OPEN FUSED B(+) HIIGH BEAM RELAY FUSES HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE OPEN HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN BCM HIGH BEAM CONTROL CIRCUIT BCM HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE OPEN JUMPER HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION With the DRB III under Body Input Outputs read the High beam switch state while turning the high beam switch on and off. Did the high beam switch state change? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 9 All APPLICABILITY All Check Junction Block fuses #3 and #16.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the fuse(s).VER 1. Is the resistance below 0.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Are the fuses open? Yes No → Go To → Go To 3 4 3 Using an ohmmeter measure the fused high Beam relay output circuit from the #3 fuse and then the #16 fuse to ground. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No → Replace the High Beam relay. All No 4 Install a known good relay in place of the High Beam relay. → Go To 5 All 328 .4 ohms? Yes → Repair the fused high beam relay output for a short to ground and replace the fuse if necessary. Is the resistance below 5. With the DRBIII under Body Input Outputs read the High beam switch state while jumping the high beam switch sense to ground. view repair. Is the voltage above 10. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. Is the resistance below 5. All 7 Remove the High Beam relay from the Junction Block.VER 1. → Go To 10 All 10 Disconnect the left multi-function switch connector if not already disconnected. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 329 .0 volts at both cavities? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Junction Block. Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 8 If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1. voltage must present at the Junction Block C5 connector cavity #1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 9 Disconnect the Left-Multifunction switch. Using an ohmmeter measure the High Beam relay output circuit from relay cavity 87 to the right high beam fuse #16 and then the left high beam fuse #3 in the Junction Block. Was the resistance below 5. → Repair the open High beam switch sense circuit. All Remove the High Beam relay from the Junction Block.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 → Replace the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the voltage of the fused B(+) circuits to High Beam relay cavities #30 and #85.EXTERIOR LIGHTING *HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — TEST 5 ACTION For the results of this test to be valid.VER 1. Disconnect the BCM C2 connector Measure the High beam switch sense circuit from the left multi-function switch connector to the BCM C2 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms from cavity 87 to both high beam fuses? Yes No → Go To 7 → Replace the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Measure the High Beam Relay control circuit from relay cavity to the Junction Block Body Control Module connector. Did the high beam switch state change? Yes No → Replace the Left-Multifunction switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1. EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES LOW BEAM RELAY LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT SHT B(+) LOW BEAM RELAY CTL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND HEADLAMP SWITCH FUNCTION BCM LOW BEAM LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII under Body sensors read the HEADLAMP SW VOLTS. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.VER 1. All Install a known good relay in place of the Low Beam relay.4 VOLTS Parking lamps ON 3. Turn ignition off.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Headlamp switch OFF 4. Repair Replace the Body Control Module.0 VOLTS Auto headlamps ON 0.VER 1. Did the low beam headlamps turn off? Yes No → Go To 5 → Replace the Junction Block. view repair. Did the lamps turn off? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Repair the low beam relay output circuit for a short to battery Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .6 VOLTS Do the values on the the DRB match. Move the Headlamp switch to the different modes and compare the values to values shown. → Go To 3 3 Remove the low beam relay from the Junction Block. Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the left multifunction switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on. 330 . All 5 If there are no possible causes remaining.2 VOLTS Headlamps ON 2. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 4 Reinstall the Low Beam Relay if previously removed. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No → Replace the Low Beam relay.VER 1. All 4 Install a known good relay in place of the Low Beam relay.0 VOLTS Auto headlamps ON 0. read the HEADLAMP SW VOLTS. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No → Replace the Low Beam relay.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH FUNCTION LOW BEAM RELAY LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN FUSE LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT CKT SHORTED BCM HEADLAMP MUX INOP TEST 1 ACTION Check Junction Block fuses #14 and #15.4 ohms? Yes → Repair the relay output circuit for a short to ground and replace the fuse if necessary. Headlamp switch OFF 4. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Move the Headlamp switch to the different modes and compare the values to values shown.VER 1. No 3 With the DRB III under Body sensors.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using an ohmmeter measure the Low Beam relay output circuit from relay cavity 87 to ground. → Go To 5 331 .VER 1.4 VOLTS Parking lamps ON 3. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the fuse.2 VOLTS Headlamps ON 2. Is the resistance below 0. Yes No → Go To 4 All → Replace the left multifunction switch. Remove both of the Low Beam relay fuses #14 and #15.6 VOLTS Do the values on the the DRB match.VER 1. Is one or both fuses open? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 3 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the Low Beam relay from the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .EXTERIOR LIGHTING *LOW BEAM HEADLAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — TEST 5 ACTION Remove the Low Beam relay from the Junction Block. 332 . All If there are no possible causes remaining. view repair. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Ensure fuses #14 and #15 are installed in the Junction Block. Using an ohmmeter measure the Low Beam relay output circuit from relay cavity 87 to either the right or left front lighting module connectors.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Junction Block. Move the Headlamp switch to the different modes and compare the values to values shown.VER 1.4 VOLTS Parking lamps ON 3. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. → Go To 3 3 Remove the Park Lamp relay from the Junction Block. All 4 Install the park lamp relay if removed in previous test. Did the park lamps turn off? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. 333 . Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.VER 1. Did the lamps turn off? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Repair the park lamp relay output circuit for a short to battery Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES HEADLAMP SWITCH FUNCTION PARK LAMP RELAY PARK LAMP OUTPUT SHT B(+) PARK LAMP RELAY CTL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND BCM PARK LAMP CONTROL CKT TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII under Body sensors read the HEADLAMP SW VOLTS.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .2 VOLTS Headlamps ON 2.0 VOLTS Auto headlamps ON 0. Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the left multifunction switch. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No → Replace the parklamp relay.6 VOLTS Do the values on the the DRB match. Turn ignition off. Turn ignition on. All Install a known good relay in place of the park lamp relay. Headlamp switch OFF 4. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 334 .VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 All → Repair the open park lamp relay output circuit. Headlamp switch OFF 4.2 VOLTS Headlamps ON 2. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII check the BCM for any DTCs. Move the Headlamp switch to the different modes and compare the values to values shown.4 VOLTS Parking lamps ON 3. Are any DTCs set? Yes No 2 → Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom.VER 1.VER 1. Disconnect the appropriate lighting module connector.VER 1. Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the left multifunction switch.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *PARK LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK BCM FOR DTCS HEADLAMP SWITCH FUNCTION PARK LAMP RELAY PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CKT OPEN BCM HEADLAMP MUX INOP TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using an ohmmeter measure the park lamp relay output circuit from relay cavity 30 to the appropriate lighting module connector. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No → Replace the parklamp relay. Is the resistance below 5. All 3 Install a known good relay in place of the park lamp relay. view repair.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 5 If there are no possible causes remaining. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All With the DRBIII under Body sensors read the HEADLAMP SW VOLTS. → Go To 4 4 Remove the park lamp relay from the Junction Block.0 VOLTS Auto headlamps ON 0.6 VOLTS Do the values on the the DRB match. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . VER 1. With the DRBIII enter Body Computer sensors and monitor the Headlamp SW voltage.EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK BCM FOR DTCS CHECK THE LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH OPERATION REAR FOG LAMP RELAY BODY CONTROL MODULE JUNCTION BLOCK .VER 1. → Go To 5 All 335 . With the DRBIII check the BCM for any DTCs. → Go To 3 3 Install a substitute relay in place of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay.VER 1. Does the DRB display voltage at approximately 0. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the Left Multi-Function Switch to the off position. Did the Rear Fog Lamps turn off? Yes No → Replace the Rear Fog Lamp Relay.6 volts? Yes No → Replace the Left Multi-Function Switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Are any DTCs set? Yes No 2 → Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom. Note: Ensure the Left Multi-Function Switch is in the off position. Did the rear fog lamps turn off? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Remove the BCM from the Junction Block. → Go To 4 All 4 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Continued APPLICABILITY All 336 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Did the rear fog lamps turn off? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block. → Repair the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Output circuit for a short to voltage.EXTERIOR LIGHTING *REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN OFF — TEST 5 ACTION Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector.VER 1. EXTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK BCM FOR DTCS CHECK THE LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH OPERATION JUNCTION BLOCK - FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN REAR FOG LAMP RELAY REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK - REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. With the DRB check the BCM for any DTCs. Are any DTCs set? Yes No 2 → Refer to symptom list and perform the appropriate symptom. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the Left Multi-Function Switch to the rear fog lamp position. With the DRB enter Body, Body Computer, then sensors and monitor the Headlamp Sw voltage. Does the DRB display voltage at approximately 0.6 volts? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Left Multi-Function Switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All 3 Remove the Rear Fog Lamp Relay from the Junction Block. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, probe cavity 30 of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay connector. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All 4 Install a substitute relay in place of the Rear Fog Lamp Relay. Turn the Rear Fog Lamps on. Did the Rear Fog Lamps turn on? Yes No → Replace the Rear Fog Lamp Relay. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 5 337 EXTERIOR LIGHTING *REAR FOG LAMPS WILL NOT TURN ON — TEST 5 ACTION Turn the Rear Fog Lamps on. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, backprobe the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Output circuit at the Junction Block C1 connector cavity 5. Is the test light illuminated? Yes No 6 → Repair the Rear Fog Lamp Relay Output circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 6 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Remove the BCM from the Junction Block. Connect a jumper wire between ground and the J/B BCM connector cavity 13 (Junction Block side). Do the Rear Fog Lamps turn on when the jumper wire is connected? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Replace the Junction Block. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. 338 HEATING & A/C Symptom: AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. Set Condition: When an outside air temperature signal is expected is not received in the maximum allowed time. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC - AMBIENT AIR TEMP SENSOR AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Note: Ensure the DRB is capable of communicating with the BCM before continuing. With the DRB, enter Body, Automatic Temp Control, Monitor Display then PCI Bus Info and observe the outside air temp display. Is the correct Outside Air Temp displayed? Yes → Replace the AZC Module. With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Refer to the Overhead Console category and perform the symptom related to the ambient air temperature sensor. With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All No 339 HEATING & A/C Symptom: AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: AMBIENT AIR TEMP FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. Set Condition: When an outside air temperature signal is expected is not received in the maximum allowed time. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Anytime a code becomes active during this test, proceed to the conclusion question. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase any stored DTC’s. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Manually press the recirculation mode switch on, wait 30 seconds then press it off. Manually press the A/C mode switch on, wait 30 seconds then press it off. With the DRB, perform the AZC self test. With the DRB, actuate all of the AZC door motors. Place the vehicle on a hoist, and raise the wheels off the floor. Start engine. Place the transmission in drive. Brake off. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 340 HEATING & A/C Symptom: BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC reads the blower switch value and it is above 250 A/D counts. POSSIBLE CAUSES BLOWER MOTOR SWITCH FAILED OPEN TEST 1 ACTION When this code is present the AZC Module must be replaced. View repair Repair Replace the AZC Module. With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 341 HEATING & A/C Symptom: BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: BLOWER SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC reads the blower switch value and it is above 250 A/D counts. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Anytime a code becomes active during this test, proceed to the conclusion question. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase any stored DTC’s. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Manually press the recirculation mode switch on, wait 30 seconds then press it off. Manually press the A/C mode switch on, wait 30 seconds then press it off. With the DRB, perform the AZC self test. With the DRB, actuate all of the AZC door motors. Place the vehicle on a hoist, and raise the wheels off the floor. Start engine. Place the transmission in drive. Brake off. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 342 HEATING & A/C Symptom: BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC reads the blower switch value and it is below 5 A/D counts. POSSIBLE CAUSES BLOWER MOTOR SWITCH FAILED SHORTED TEST 1 ACTION When this code is present the AZC Module must be replaced. View repair Repair Replace the AZC Module. With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 343 HEATING & A/C Symptom: BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: BLOWER SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC reads the blower switch value and it is below 5 A/D counts. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Anytime a code becomes active during this test, proceed to the conclusion question. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase any stored DTC’s. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. With the DRB, perform the AZC self test. With the DRB, actuate all of the AZC door motors. Place the vehicle on a hoist, and raise the wheels off the floor. Start engine. Place the transmission in drive. Brake off. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 344 HEATING & A/C Symptom: CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Set Condition: value. Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed after a battery disconnect. This condition is set if the calibrated check sum does not match the stored POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC - CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION When this code is present the AZC Module must be replaced. View repair Repair Replace the AZC Module. With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 345 HEATING & A/C Symptom: CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: CAL CHECKSUM FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Set Condition: value. Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed after a battery disconnect. This condition is set if the calibrated check sum does not match the stored POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Anytime a code becomes active during this test, proceed to the conclusion question. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase any stored DTC’s. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. With the DRB, perform the AZC self test. With the DRB, actuate all of the AZC door motors. Place the vehicle on a hoist, and raise the wheels off the floor. Start engine. Place the transmission in drive. Brake off. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 346 HEATING & A/C Symptom: COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the country code message within 8 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES COUNTRY CODE FAILURE PROGRAM COUNTRY CODE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, enter Body, Body Computer then Module Display and observe the country code. Compare the country code to the VIN. Does the country code match the VIN? Yes → Replace the AZC Module. With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Program the correct country code into the BCM and retest vehicle. With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All No 347 HEATING & A/C Symptom: COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: COUNTRY CODE FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the country code message within 8 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Anytime a code becomes active during this test, proceed to the conclusion question. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase any stored DTC’s. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. With the DRB, perform the AZC self test. With the DRB, actuate all of the AZC door motors. Place the vehicle on a hoist, and raise the wheels off the floor. Start engine. Place the transmission in drive. Brake off. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 348 HEATING & A/C Symptom: DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC cannot read the I/R sensor values and or the I/R sensor values are not within a defined range of the HVAC air door motor counts. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC - DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR TEST 1 ACTION When this code is present the AZC Module must be replaced. View repair Repair Replace the AZC Module. With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 349 HEATING & A/C Symptom: DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: DEFECTIVE I/R SENSOR (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC cannot read the I/R sensor values and or the I/R sensor values are not within a defined range of the HVAC air door motor counts. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Anytime a code becomes active during this test, proceed to the conclusion question. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, erase any stored DTC’s. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. With the DRB, perform the AZC self test. With the DRB, actuate all of the AZC door motors. Place the vehicle on a hoist, and raise the wheels off the floor. Start engine. Place the transmission in drive. Brake off. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 350 HEATING & A/C Symptom: DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER AZC MODULE DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN DRIVER BLEND DOOR MOTOR TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Disconnect the AZC module C1 and C2 harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to ground. With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Disconnect the AZC module C1 and C2 harness connectors. Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to ground. With the DRB, Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 3 No 351 Disconnect the AZC module C1 and C2 harness connectors. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit and the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit. Disconnect the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Disconnect the AZC module C1 and C2 harness connectors. Make sure that the Driver Blend Door Motor harness connector is connected to the Driver Blend Door Motor. With the DRB. Disconnect the AZC module C1 and C2 harness connectors.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 → Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for an open. Is the resistance below 5. → Go To 7 No 352 . With the DRB. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for an open. All 5 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit between the AZC Module C2 connector and the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator connector.0 and 46. Is the resistance between 26.HEATING & A/C DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. All 6 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the AZC module C1 and C2 harness connectors. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. With the DRB.VER 1. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance between the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit and the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.0 ohms? Yes → Replace the AZC Module.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Disconnect the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit between the AZC Module C1 connector and the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator connector. Continued APPLICABILITY All 353 .VER 1. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.HEATING & A/C DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 7 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Repair Replace the Driver Blend Door Motor. view repair. Start engine. proceed to the conclusion question. perform the AZC self test. and raise the wheels off the floor. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. erase any stored DTC’s. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. With the DRB. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. With the DRB. Place the vehicle on a hoist. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Place the transmission in drive. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. → No problem found at this time. Brake off. APPLICABILITY All 354 . Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps.HEATING & A/C Symptom: DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed.VER 1.VER 1. With the DRB.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to ground. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. Is the resistance below 5. Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. With the DRB.VER 1. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE AZC MODULE FOR DTCS DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER BLEND DOOR MOTOR DRIVER BLEND DOOR MOTOR CHECK BLEND DOOR LINKAGE AZC MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. read the active AZC DTC’s. Disconnect the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Is the Driver Blend Door Not Responding DTC set? Yes → Refer to the Heating and A/C category and perform the symptom Driver Blend Door Not Responding.VER 1.HEATING & A/C Symptom: DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Blend Door Driver (B) circuit. Disconnect the AZC module C1 and C2 harness connectors. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 3 No 355 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . By hand. Disconnect the AZC module C1 and C2 harness connectors.VER 1.HEATING & A/C DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) — Continued TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. With the DRB. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Did the blend door motor turn in either direction? Yes → Replace the Driver Blend Door Motor.VER 1.VER 1. → Replace the AZC Module.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to ground. All No 356 . Remove the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator from the vehicle. attempt to rotate the driver blend door motor in both directions. With the DRB. → Go To 4 All APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition off. Inspect the blend door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Disconnect the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1. this should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop. Were any mechanical problems found? Yes → Repair or replace the blend door/linkage as necessary. Is the resistance below 5. → Go To 5 No 5 Remove the Driver Blend Door Motor from the vehicle. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Rotate the blend door (door only). Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. erase any stored DTC’s. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . and raise the wheels off the floor. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected. Brake off. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. proceed to the conclusion question. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold.VER 1. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Place the vehicle on a hoist. Start engine. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. With the DRB. With the DRB. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. → No problem found at this time. APPLICABILITY All 357 . POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low.HEATING & A/C Symptom: DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. perform the AZC self test. Place the transmission in drive.VER 1. Turn the ignition on. actuate all of the AZC door motors. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Connect a 12-volt Test Light across the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Is the Driver Blend Door Not Responding DTC set? Yes → Refer to the Heating and A/C category and perform the symptom Driver Blend Door Not Responding. 358 . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. With the DRB.VER 1.VER 1. turn the driver blend control knob from lo to hi. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Disconnect the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE AZC MODULE FOR DTCS CHECK THE AZC SIGNAL TOO DRIVER BLEND DOOR OBSTRUCTED BLEND DOOR DRIVER BLEND DOOR MOTOR TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. With the DRB. Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected. read the active AZC DTC’s. Note: Observe test light for approximately 30 seconds. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. While monitoring the test light. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .HEATING & A/C Symptom: DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Turn the ignition on. Does the test light start to flash and stay flashing? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the AZC Module. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. With the DRB. With the DRB.HEATING & A/C DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 3 ACTION Remove the Driver Blend Door Motor from the vehicle. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Rotate the blend door (door only). Continued APPLICABILITY All No 359 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Repair or replace the blend door as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the blend door move smoothly in both directions? Yes → Replace the Driver Blend Door Motor/Actuator. this should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.VER 1.VER 1. With the DRB. and raise the wheels off the floor. Place the vehicle on a hoist. Brake off. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. → No problem found at this time.HEATING & A/C Symptom: DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: DRIVER BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. perform the AZC self test. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. With the DRB. proceed to the conclusion question.VER 1. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. erase any stored DTC’s.VER 1. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Turn the ignition on. Start engine. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. APPLICABILITY All 360 . With the DRB. Place the transmission in drive. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. enter Body. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . No 361 . With the DRB.VER 1. erase the AZC DTC’s. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE PCM FOR ANY DTCS OBSERVE THE ECT DISPLAY IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the AZC Module. Electro/Mech Cluster (MIC). → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition on. wait 1 minute. Are any DTCs present? Yes → Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic Information. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. With the DRB. Does the DRB display approximately the correct engine coolant temperature? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Turn the ignition on. then check for any AZC DTCs. All 3 With the DRB. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. With the DRB check the PCM for any DTCs.HEATING & A/C Symptom: ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on.VER 1. → Test Complete. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the engine coolant response message within 8 seconds. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Monitor Display then PCI Bus Engine Info and monitor the engine coolant temperature display. proceed to the conclusion question. Turn the ignition on. and raise the wheels off the floor.VER 1. With the DRB. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps.VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 362 .HEATING & A/C Symptom: ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: ENGINE COOLANT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the engine coolant response message within 8 seconds. perform the AZC self test. Start engine. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Place the transmission in drive. Place the vehicle on a hoist. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. With the DRB. Brake off. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. → No problem found at this time. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase any stored DTC’s. VER 1. Start the engine. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition on. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE PCM FOR ANY DTCS OBSERVE THE RPM DISPLAY IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. wait 1 minute. With the DRB.VER 1. No 363 . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.HEATING & A/C Symptom: ENGINE RPM FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: ENGINE RPM FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. With the DRB. With the DRB check the PCM for any DTCs. Does the DRB display approximately the correct engine RPM? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. → Test Complete. Electro/Mech Cluster (MIC). Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the engine RPM response message within 8 seconds. then check for any AZC DTCs. enter Body. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Monitor Display then PCI Bus Engine Info and monitor the engine RPM display. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase the AZC DTC’s.VER 1. Are any DTCs present? Yes → Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic Information. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. All 3 With the DRB. Start the engine. With the DRB. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the AZC Module. perform the AZC self test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the engine RPM response message within 8 seconds. Brake off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Turn the ignition on. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. → No problem found at this time. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. and raise the wheels off the floor. With the DRB.VER 1. Start engine. APPLICABILITY All 364 . Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. proceed to the conclusion question. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes.HEATING & A/C Symptom: ENGINE RPM FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: ENGINE RPM FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions.VER 1. Place the transmission in drive. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Place the vehicle on a hoist. erase any stored DTC’s. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. read the BCM DTC’s. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds. Set Condition: This DTC is displayed if the BCM detects an abnormally high voltage on the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit. erase all BCM DTC’s.HEATING & A/C Symptom: EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (MTC & AZC) When Monitored and Set Condition: EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (MTC & AZC) When Monitored: With the ignition on.VER 1. Does the DRBIII display this DTC? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 6 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Measure the voltage of the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit. → Go To 3 No 365 . Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. With the DRBIII . POSSIBLE CAUSES EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE BODY CONTROL MODULE EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . 125 ohms @ 29°C (85°F).633 ohms @ 16°C (60°F). Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the BCM C2 harness connector and the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .659 ohms @ 32°C (90°F). No 366 . All 5 Turn the ignition off. The approximate circuit resistance should be: 2.838 ohms @ 10°C (50°F).VER 1. 5. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. 11.733 ohms @ 18°C (65°F). Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector.VER 1. Measure the resistance between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit.874 ohms @ 38°C (100°F).238 ohms @ 24°C (75°F). Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.611 ohms @ 13°C (55°F).143 ohms @ -1°C (30°F). Is the resistance within the specifications? Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.902 ohms @ 21°C (70°F).214 ohms @ 35°C (95°F).615 ohms @ 27°C (80°F). 7. 17. 5.883 ohms @ 2°C (35°F). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .HEATING & A/C EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (MTC & AZC) — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. 3.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for an open. 6.VER 1. → Repair the Sensor Ground circuit for an open. 14. 4. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector. 8. 9. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition off.0 ohms? Yes → Rplace the Evaporator Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. 3. 13. Measure the resistance of the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit between the BCM C2 harness connector and the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector.125 ohms @ 4°C (40°F).VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .199 ohms @ 7°C (45°F). 4. Look for broken. Continued APPLICABILITY All 367 . NOTE: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. pierced. or corroded terminals. bent. NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors.HEATING & A/C EVAP TEMP SENSOR OPEN (MTC & AZC) — TEST 6 ACTION Turn the ignition off. pinched.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Test Complete. or partially broken wires. Were any problems found? Yes No → Repair as necessary. pushed out. NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and circuits. Look for any chafed. With the DRBIII . With the DRBIII .VER 1. Set Condition: This DTC is displayed if the BCM detects an abnormally low voltage on the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit. → Go To 3 No 368 . Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector. Cycle the ignition switch from off to on and wait 10 seconds. POSSIBLE CAUSES EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase all BCM DTC’s. Does the DRBIII display this DTC? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 5 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off.HEATING & A/C Symptom: EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (MTC & AZC) When Monitored and Set Condition: EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (MTC & AZC) When Monitored: With the ignition on. With the DRBIII . Does the DRBIII display: Evap Temp Sensor Open? Yes → Replace the Evaporator Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service Information. read the BCM DTC’s. erase all BCM DTC’s. With the DRBIII . read the BCM DTC’s. All 369 . NOTE: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.HEATING & A/C EVAP TEMP SENSOR SHORTED (MTC & AZC) — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to Sensor Ground. Is the resistance above 100k ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Were any problems found? Yes No → Repair as necessary. Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. pushed out. or corroded terminals. pinched. No 5 Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken. → Test Complete.VER 1. bent. pierced.VER 1. NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and circuits. Measure the resistance between the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit. Is the resistance above 100k ohms? Yes → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Look for any chafed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Measure the resistance between ground and the Evaporator Temperature Sensor Signal circuit. All 4 Turn the ignition off. or partially broken wires. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Evaporator Temperature Sensor harness connector. HEATING & A/C Symptom: IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. → Test Complete. then check for any AZC DTCs. With the DRB.VER 1. erase the AZC DTC’s. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the AZC Module. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 With the DRB. With the DRB check the PCM for any DTCs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE PCM FOR ANY DTCS AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. wait 1 minute. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the intake air temperature response message within 8 seconds. No 370 . Turn the ignition on. Are any DTCs present? Yes → Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. perform the AZC self test. APPLICABILITY All 371 .HEATING & A/C Symptom: IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: IAT RESPONSE FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. Brake off.VER 1. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. → No problem found at this time. Start engine. Turn the ignition on. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. With the DRB. Place the vehicle on a hoist. Place the transmission in drive. erase any stored DTC’s. With the DRB. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the intake air temperature response message within 8 seconds. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.VER 1. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. proceed to the conclusion question. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. and raise the wheels off the floor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to ground.HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. → Go To 3 No 372 . read the active AZC DTC’s. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit. With the DRB. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE AZC MODULE FOR DTCS MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND MODE DOOR MOTOR MODE DOOR MOTOR CHECK MODE DOOR LINKAGE AZC MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. With the DRB. With the DRB. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Mode Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Is the Mode Motor Not Responding DTC set? Yes → Refer to the Heating and A/C category and perform the symptom Mode Motor Not Responding.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected. → Go To 5 No 5 Remove the Mode Door Motor from the vehicle.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to ground. Measure the resistance between ground and the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit. All No 373 . attempt to rotate the mode door motor in both directions. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. → Replace the AZC Module. Remove the Mode Door Motor/Actuator from the vehicle. these should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition off. With the DRB.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Were any mechanical problems found? Yes → Repair or replace the mode door/linkage as necessary. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Inspect the mode door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage. With the DRB. By hand.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Mode Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Did the mode door motor turn in either direction? Yes → Replace the Mode Door Motor. With the DRB.VER 1. Rotate the mode doors (doors only). With the DRB. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. With the DRB. Turn the ignition on. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. With the DRB. perform the AZC self test. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Brake off.VER 1. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. APPLICABILITY All 374 . and raise the wheels off the floor. With the DRB. Anytime a code becomes active during this test.HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Start engine. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. proceed to the conclusion question. erase any stored DTC’s.VER 1. → No problem found at this time. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Place the transmission in drive. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Place the vehicle on a hoist. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Note: Observe test light for approximately 30 seconds. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read the active AZC DTC’s. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1. turn the mode control knob in each position. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition on.VER 1. With the DRB.HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Is the Mode Motor Not Responding DTC set? Yes → Refer to the Heating and A/C category and perform the symptom Mode Motor Not Responding. With the DRB. While monitoring the test light. Connect a 12-volt Test Light across the Mode Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Disconnect the Mode Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Does the test light start to flash and stay flashing? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the AZC Module. 375 . With the DRB. Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE AZC MODULE FOR DTCS CHECK THE AZC SIGNAL TOO MODE DOOR OBSTRUCTED MODE DOOR MODE DOOR MOTOR TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Continued APPLICABILITY All No 376 . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Do the mode doors move smoothly in both directions? Yes → Replace the Mode Door Motor.VER 1. With the DRB. → Repair or replace the mode door as necessary. these should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.HEATING & A/C MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 3 ACTION Remove the Mode Door Motor from the vehicle. Rotate the mode doors (doors only). Brake off. → No problem found at this time. Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Place the transmission in drive. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Start engine. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. erase any stored DTC’s. With the DRB. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Turn the ignition on. proceed to the conclusion question. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. and raise the wheels off the floor. With the DRB. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. perform the AZC self test.VER 1. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. APPLICABILITY All 377 . With the DRB. Place the vehicle on a hoist.HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Measure the resistance between ground and the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER AZC MODULE MODE DOOR NOT RESPONDING MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN MODE DOOR DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN MODE DOOR MOTOR TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to ground. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. With the DRB. Is the resistance below 5. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied.HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Disconnect the Mode Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the Mode Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit. Is the resistance below 5. With the DRB.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to ground. → Go To 3 No 378 .VER 1. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit between the AZC Module C1 connector and the Mode Door Motor/Actuator connector. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 and 46. With the DRB.0 ohms? Yes → Replace the AZC Module. Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit and the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Measure the resistance between the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit and the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Mode Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Is the resistance below 5. Is the resistance between 26. Is the resistance below 5. With the DRB. Make sure that the Mode Door Motor harness connector is connected to the Mode Door Motor.HEATING & A/C MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. All 5 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Mode Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. → Go To 7 No 379 . Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 → Repair the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit for an open. Measure the resistance of the Mode Door Driver (B) circuit between the AZC Module C1 connector and the Mode Door Motor/Actuator connector. Disconnect the Mode Door Motor/Actuator harness connector. With the DRB. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the Mode Door Driver (A) circuit for an open. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition off. All 6 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Repair Replace the Mode Door Motor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Continued APPLICABILITY All 380 .HEATING & A/C MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 7 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1. view repair. VER 1. erase any stored DTC’s. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. Place the vehicle on a hoist.HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. proceed to the conclusion question. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 381 . Brake off. Start engine. perform the AZC self test. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Place the transmission in drive. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Anytime a code becomes active during this test. With the DRB. With the DRB. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Turn the ignition on. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → No problem found at this time. With the DRB. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. and raise the wheels off the floor. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. View repair Repair Replace the AZC Module.VER 1. POSSIBLE CAUSES MODE SELECT SWITCH FAILED OPEN TEST 1 ACTION When this code is present the AZC Module must be replaced. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC reads the mode select switch value and it is above 250 A/D counts. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. APPLICABILITY All 382 . With the DRB.HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE SELECT SW OPEN (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Manually press the recirculation mode switch on. wait 30 seconds then press it off. APPLICABILITY All 383 . Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels.VER 1. perform the AZC self test. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC reads the mode select switch value and it is above 250 A/D counts. Start engine. Place the vehicle on a hoist. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. Turn the ignition on. wait 30 seconds then press it off. actuate all of the AZC door motors. → No problem found at this time. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase any stored DTC’s. and raise the wheels off the floor.VER 1. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. proceed to the conclusion question. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Manually press the A/C mode switch on. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Brake off. With the DRB. Place the transmission in drive. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC reads the mode select switch value and it is below 5 A/D counts. With the DRB.HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. POSSIBLE CAUSES MODE SELECT SWITCH FAILED SHORTED TEST 1 ACTION When this code is present the AZC Module must be replaced. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. APPLICABILITY All 384 .VER 1. View repair Repair Replace the AZC Module. erase any stored DTC’s. perform the AZC self test. With the DRB.VER 1. Start engine. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Brake off. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions.VER 1. → No problem found at this time. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .HEATING & A/C Symptom: MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: MODE SELECT SW SHORTED (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC reads the mode select switch value and it is below 5 A/D counts. Place the vehicle on a hoist. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . and raise the wheels off the floor. With the DRB. With the DRB. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. proceed to the conclusion question. APPLICABILITY All 385 . Turn the ignition on. Place the transmission in drive. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER AZC MODULE PASSENGER BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN PASSENGER BLEND DOOR MOTOR TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. → Go To 3 No 386 . Is the resistance below 5.VER 1.VER 1. Measure the resistance between ground and the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit. Is the resistance below 5. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied. With the DRB. Disconnect the AZC module C2 harness connector.HEATING & A/C Symptom: PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to ground. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. With the DRB. Measure the resistance between ground and the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit. Disconnect the AZC module C2 harness connector. 0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit.0 and 46. → Go To 7 No 387 . Is the resistance below 5.VER 1.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit between the AZC Module C2 connector and the in-line C202 connector. Disconnect the AZC module C2 harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit and the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit. With the DRB.0 ohms? Yes → Replace the AZC Module. All 6 Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit and the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit. Disconnect the AZC module C2 harness connector.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Is the resistance between 26. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. With the DRB. Disconnect the AZC module C2 harness connector. Disconnect the AZC module C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit between the AZC Module C2 connector and the in-line C202 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.HEATING & A/C PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 → Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for an open. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. All 5 Turn the ignition off. With the DRB. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition off.VER 1. With the DRB. Make sure that the in-line C202 harness connector is connected. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. With the DRB. inspect the wiring harness between the in-line C202 connector and the blend door motor for any opens or shorts. view repair. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Repair as necessary. If there are no possible causes remaining. Repair Replace the Passenger Blend Door Motor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.HEATING & A/C PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 7 ACTION Note: Before replacing the passenger blend door motor. Continued APPLICABILITY All 388 . Place the vehicle on a hoist. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. perform the AZC self test. Turn the ignition on. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code.HEATING & A/C Symptom: PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASS BLEND DOOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. actuate all of the AZC door motors. proceed to the conclusion question. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. APPLICABILITY All 389 . erase any stored DTC’s. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Anytime a code becomes active during this test. With the DRB. → No problem found at this time. and raise the wheels off the floor. With the DRB. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Brake off.VER 1. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Place the transmission in drive. With the DRB. Start engine.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE AZC MODULE FOR DTCS DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER BLEND DOOR MOTOR PASSENGER BLEND DOOR MOTOR CHECK BLEND DOOR LINKAGE AZC MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .HEATING & A/C Symptom: PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Is the resistance below 5. With the DRB. Disconnect the AZC module C2 harness connector. With the DRB. With the DRB.VER 1. Is the Pass Blend Door Not Responding DTC set? Yes → Refer to the Heating and A/C category and perform the symptom Pass Blend Door Not Responding. read the active AZC DTC’s. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to ground. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the Passenger Blend Door Driver (B) circuit. → Go To 3 No 390 . With the DRB. Inspect the blend door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage.VER 1.HEATING & A/C PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. attempt to rotate the passenger blend door motor in both directions. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. → Go To 5 No 5 Remove the Passenger Blend Door Motor from the vehicle. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Rotate the blend door (door only). Is the resistance below 5. By hand. → Replace the AZC Module. Measure the resistance between ground and the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit. Remove the Passenger Blend Door Motor/Actuator from the vehicle.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. All No 391 .VER 1. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Did the blend door motor turn in either direction? Yes → Replace the Passenger Blend Door Motor. this should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the AZC module C2 harness connector. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition off. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Blend Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to ground. With the DRB. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Were any mechanical problems found? Yes → Repair or replace the blend door/linkage as necessary.VER 1. With the DRB. Place the transmission in drive. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. APPLICABILITY All 392 . proceed to the conclusion question. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Start engine. Turn the ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps.VER 1.VER 1. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . and raise the wheels off the floor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Place the vehicle on a hoist. → No problem found at this time. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. erase any stored DTC’s. Brake off. With the DRB. With the DRB. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.HEATING & A/C Symptom: PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. perform the AZC self test. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. With the DRB. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE AZC MODULE FOR DTCS CHECK THE AZC SIGNAL TOO PASSENGER BLEND DOOR OBSTRUCTED BLEND DOOR PASSENGER BLEND DOOR MOTOR TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. 393 . While monitoring the test light. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. With the DRB. Is the Pass Blend Door Not Responding DTC set? Yes → Refer to the Heating and A/C category and perform the symptom Pass Blend Door Not Responding. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. read the active AZC DTC’s. Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected.VER 1. turn the passenger blend control knob from lo to hi. Connect a 12-volt Test Light across the passenger blend door driver (A) circuit and the passenger blend door driver (B) circuit at the C202 harness connector (AZC harness side). Turn the ignition on. Does the test light start to flash and stay flashing? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the AZC Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.HEATING & A/C Symptom: PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Note: Observe test light for approximately 30 seconds. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the blend door move smoothly in both directions? Yes → Replace the Passenger Blend Door Motor/Actuator. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Rotate the blend door (door only). With the DRB. this should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1.HEATING & A/C PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 3 ACTION Remove the Passenger Blend Door Motor from the vehicle.VER 1. → Repair or replace the blend door as necessary. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Continued APPLICABILITY All No 394 . Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Place the vehicle on a hoist. proceed to the conclusion question. perform the AZC self test. and raise the wheels off the floor. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. erase any stored DTC’s.VER 1. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes.HEATING & A/C Symptom: PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: PASS BLEND DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected. Start engine. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. With the DRB. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Place the transmission in drive. With the DRB. → No problem found at this time. Brake off.VER 1. actuate all of the AZC door motors. With the DRB. APPLICABILITY All 395 . Anytime a code becomes active during this test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between ground and the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit.VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to ground.VER 1. Is the Recirc Motor Not Responding DTC set? Yes → Refer to the Heating and A/C category and perform the symptom Recirc Motor Not Responding. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. → Go To 3 No 396 . POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE AZC MODULE FOR DTCS DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND RECIRCULATION DOOR MOTOR RECIRCULATION DOOR MOTOR CHECK RECIRCULATION DOOR LINKAGE AZC MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. read the active AZC DTC’s. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected.HEATING & A/C Symptom: RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit. By hand.HEATING & A/C RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. → Go To 5 5 Remove the Recirculation Door Motor from the vehicle. → Replace the AZC Module. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to ground. Did the recirculation door motor turn in either direction? Yes No → Replace the Recirculation Door Motor/Actuator. attempt to rotate the recirculation door motor in both directions.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 397 .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. Remove the Recirculation Door Motor/Actuator from the vehicle. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Rotate the recirculation door (door only).VER 1. this should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Were any mechanical problems found? Yes No → Repair or replace the recirculation door/linkage as necessary. Inspect the recirculation door linkage for excessive wear or missing linkage. Start engine. erase any stored DTC’s. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. With the DRB. Brake off. proceed to the conclusion question. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps.VER 1. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions.VER 1. Place the transmission in drive. With the DRB. → No problem found at this time. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is greater than expected. With the DRB. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. perform the AZC self test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .HEATING & A/C Symptom: RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO LARGE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. APPLICABILITY All 398 . Turn the ignition on. and raise the wheels off the floor. Place the vehicle on a hoist. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. press the recirculation control button from off to on. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE AZC MODULE FOR DTCS CHECK THE AZC SIGNAL TOO RECIRCULATION DOOR OBSTRUCTED RECIRC DOOR RECIRCULATION DOOR MOTOR TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Note: Observe test light for approximately 30 seconds. Turn the ignition on. 399 . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1. Does the test light start to flash and stay flashing? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the AZC Module. Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected.HEATING & A/C Symptom: RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. With the DRB. Connect a 12-volt Test Light across the recirculation door driver (A) circuit and the recirculation door driver (B) circuit at the C202 harness connector (AZC harness side). Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. With the DRB.VER 1. Is the Recirc Motor Not Responding DTC set? Yes → Refer to the Heating and A/C category and perform the symptom Recirc Motor Not Responding. While monitoring the test light. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read the active AZC DTC’s. With the DRB. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. → Repair or replace the recirculation door as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Rotate the recirculation door (door only). this should rotate approximately 45 degrees from stop to stop. Continued APPLICABILITY All No 400 . Does the recirculation door move smoothly in both directions? Yes → Replace the Recirculation Door Motor/Actuator.HEATING & A/C RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 3 ACTION Remove the Recirculation Door Motor from the vehicle. Place the transmission in drive. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. With the DRB.VER 1.HEATING & A/C Symptom: RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC DOOR RANGE TOO SMALL (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. With the DRB. → No problem found at this time. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Start engine.VER 1. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. With the DRB. APPLICABILITY All 401 . Set Condition: This condition is set when the AZC monitors the travel range during system initialization and the measured range is less than expected. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. erase any stored DTC’s. perform the AZC self test. Brake off. and raise the wheels off the floor. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Place the vehicle on a hoist. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. proceed to the conclusion question. Turn the ignition on. 0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit for a short to ground. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER CIRCUITS (A) AND (B) SHORTED TOGETHER AZC MODULE RECIRCULATION MOTOR NOT RESPONDING DRIVER CIRCUIT (A) OPEN DRIVER CIRCUIT (B) OPEN RECIRCULATION DOOR MOTOR TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. With the DRB. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector.HEATING & A/C Symptom: RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. → Go To 3 No 402 .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to ground. Is the resistance below 5. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied.VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Measure the resistance between ground and the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit between the AZC Module C1 connector and the in-line C202 connector. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit for an open.0 ohms? Yes → Replace the AZC Module. Is the resistance between 26.HEATING & A/C RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1. With the DRB.VER 1.0 and 46. Is the resistance below 5. With the DRB.VER 1. Measure the resistance between the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit and the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit. All 5 Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit between the AZC Module C1 connector and the in-line C202 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit for a short to the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector.VER 1. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. Disconnect the AZC module C1 harness connector. → Go To 7 No 403 . Measure the resistance between the Recirculation Door Driver (B) circuit and the Recirculation Door Driver (A) circuit. Make sure that the in-line C202 harness connector is connected. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Disconnect the in-line C202 harness connector. Is the resistance below 5. All 6 Turn the ignition off. view repair. inspect the wiring harness between the in-line C202 connector and the recirculation door motor for any opens or shorts.HEATING & A/C RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (ACTIVE) — TEST 7 ACTION Note: Before replacing the recirculation door motor. Repair Replace the Recirculation Door Motor. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Continued APPLICABILITY All 404 . If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1. Repair as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. Place the transmission in drive. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Start engine. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. perform the AZC self test. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. erase any stored DTC’s. With the DRB. Turn the ignition on. With the DRB. and raise the wheels off the floor. proceed to the conclusion question. actuate all of the AZC door motors. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. APPLICABILITY All 405 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → No problem found at this time. Brake off.VER 1.HEATING & A/C Symptom: RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: RECIRC MOTOR NOT RESPONDING (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse installed. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive feedback pulses within 5 seconds of the drive voltage being applied. With the DRB. Place the vehicle on a hoist. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer.VER 1. Does the DRB display vehicle speed above zero? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. then check for any AZC DTCs. All 3 With the DRB. With the DRB. erase the AZC DTC’s. Start the engine and place the transmission in any forward gear. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the AZC Module. With the DRB check the PCM for any DTCs. Warning: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the vehicle speed response message within 8 seconds. Electro/Mech Cluster (MIC).VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Test Complete. Test drive vehicle. No 406 . With the DRB. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Raise the drive wheels off the ground. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. With the DRB. Are any DTCs present? Yes → Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic Information. POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE PCM FOR ANY DTCS OBSERVE THE VEHICLE SPEED DISPLAY IN THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Monitor Display then PCI Bus Engine Info and monitor the vehicle speed display.VER 1.VER 1.HEATING & A/C Symptom: VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . enter Body. VER 1. → No problem found at this time. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. APPLICABILITY All 407 . erase any stored DTC’s. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Place the vehicle on a hoist. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. With the DRB.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Brake off. actuate all of the AZC door motors. proceed to the conclusion question.HEATING & A/C Symptom: VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: VEHICLE SPEED FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Start engine. With the DRB. perform the AZC self test. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. Place the transmission in drive. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. and raise the wheels off the floor. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the vehicle speed response message within 8 seconds. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES VEHICLE VIN FAILURE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. APPLICABILITY All No 408 .HEATING & A/C Symptom: VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. enter Engine then Miscellaneous. With the DRB. Compare the VIN that is programmed into the PCM with the VIN plate on the vehicle. → Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the vehicle VIN response message within 8 seconds. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1. With the DRB. Do the VIN(s) match? Yes → Replace the AZC Module.VER 1. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Brake off. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. With the DRB. and raise the wheels off the floor. → No problem found at this time. APPLICABILITY All 409 . POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. With the DRB. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions.VER 1. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Start engine. Place the vehicle on a hoist.HEATING & A/C Symptom: VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: VEHICLE VIN FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. perform the AZC self test. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps. With the DRB. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the vehicle VIN response message within 8 seconds.VER 1. proceed to the conclusion question. Place the transmission in drive. Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. actuate all of the AZC door motors. erase any stored DTC’s. DIM SW Short to Ground.VF DIMMING FAILURE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRB. Does the DRB display: VF DIM Msg present: Yes? Yes → Replace the AZC Module. With the DRB. Headlamp Sw Short to Ground. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC . → Replace the Body Control Module. APPLICABILITY All No 410 . Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the VF dimming response message within 8 seconds.HEATING & A/C Symptom: VF DIMMING FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored and Set Condition: VF DIMMING FAILURE (AZC) (ACTIVE) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. for THIS test to be valid: Head Lamp SW Open CKT. enter Automatic Temp Control. read the BCM codes. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . DIM SW Open CKT. These BCM DTC’S must NOT be present before continuing. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Monitor Display then PCI Bus Info and look for the VF DIM Msg Present. With the DRB.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. proceed to the conclusion question. With the DRB. Keep clear of the engine’s moving parts Did any AZC code become active during this test? Yes No → Return to the Symptom List and choose the active code. perform the AZC self test. actuate all of the AZC door motors. With the DRB. With the DRB. Manually sweep the blower motor control knob through all positions. Set Condition: This condition is set if the AZC does not receive the VF dimming response message within 8 seconds. Place the transmission in drive. WARNING: Be sure to keep hands and feet clear of rotating wheels. and raise the wheels off the floor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Place the vehicle on a hoist. POSSIBLE CAUSES AZC MODULE STORED CODES PRESENT STORED CODES TEST COMPLETE TEST 1 ACTION Note: Active codes must be resolved before diagnosing stored codes. Erase all codes before returning vehicle to customer. → No problem found at this time. Monitor the DRB for active codes during the following test steps.VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 411 . Manually sweep the driver and passenger temperature control knobs from cold to hot then back to cold. Turn the ignition on. Turn the mode select switch to the panel position with the fan control on low. erase any stored DTC’s. Brake off. Anytime a code becomes active during this test. Manually sweep the mode select switch knob through all positions.HEATING & A/C Symptom: VF DIMMING FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored and Set Condition: VF DIMMING FAILURE (AZC) (STORED) When Monitored: Every 8 seconds with the ignition on. Start engine. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . refer to *A/C Inoperative in the Powertrain Diagnostic Information. A/C Inoperable With No DTCS Present For vehicles gasoline engines. For vehicles with diesel engines. APPLICABILITY All 412 . Which condition is present? A/C Operates With A/C Select Switch Off Refer to *A/C Operates With A/C Select Switch Off in the Powertrain Diagnostic Information.HEATING & A/C Symptom: *A/C SWITCH SIGNAL NOT OPERATING PROPERLY (MTC & AZC) POSSIBLE CAUSES A/C OPERATES WITH A/C SELECT SWITCH OFF A/C INOPERABLE WITH NO DTCS PRESENT TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: This test applies to both manual and automatic temperature control systems. refer to *Checking A/C System Operation With No DTCs in the Powertrain Diagnostic Information.VER 1. Set time to 20ms/Div. Using the oscilloscope lead. Set probe to X10. Reconnect all previous disconnected components. Does the DRB display a duty cycle pattern that changes from approximately 0. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 3 No 3 Turn the ignition off. FAN STUCK ON ONE SPEED ONLY BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. The duty cycle pattern should change smoothly as the blower switch is turned from LO to HI.VER 1. 413 . Measure the resistance between ground and the Blower Motor Control circuit. Disconnect the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. Disconnect the Blower Motor harness connector. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the AZC module C2 harness connector. backprobe the Blower Motor Control circuit at the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. select Lab Scope and set the following lab scope parameters. Set voltage range to +10.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for a short to the Blower Motor High Driver circuit. Set the blower switch to LO then slowly move to HI while observing the DRB display.0 volts in the low speed fan position. The pattern should completely flatline when the blower speed reaches the HI setting. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .5 volts. Use the DRB oscilloscope. Measure the resistance between the Blower Motor Control circuit and the Blower Motor High Driver circuit. Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed.0 volts in LO? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Replace the AZC Module. NOTE: With the DRB.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .5 to 5.0 ohms? Yes No 2 → Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for a short to ground. up to 5.0v. The voltage should cycle from approximately 0. The Scope patten should appear similar to what is provided in the reference material (Section 8. Turn the ignition on.0).VER 1.HEATING & A/C Symptom: *BLOWER MOTOR ALWAYS RUNS AT ONE SPEED ONLY (AZC) POSSIBLE CAUSES BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CKT SHORTED TO GROUND BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BLOWER MOTOR HIGH DRIVER CIRCUIT AZC MODULE. APPLICABILITY All 414 .VER 1. view repair. Repair Replace the Blower Motor Controller. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .HEATING & A/C *BLOWER MOTOR ALWAYS RUNS AT ONE SPEED ONLY (AZC) — Continued TEST 4 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. Is the fuse open? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 5 All APPLICABILITY All Replace PDC Fuse #1.HEATING & A/C Symptom: *BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE (AZC) POSSIBLE CAUSES PDC FUSE #1 BLOWER MOTOR SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BLOWER MOTOR SHORTED TO GROUND BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER SHORTRD TO GROUND CHECK FOR POWER TO THE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER OPEN AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE OPEN BLOWER MOTOR OPEN BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Remove and inspect Power Distribution Center (PDC) Fuse #1. Replace PDC Fuse #1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the blower motor operate properly without blowing the fuse? Yes → Refer to the wiring diagrams located in the service information to help isolate a possible intermittent short to ground condition.VER 1. Start the engine and operate the AZC system in all modes and speeds. Is the resistance below 10K ohms? Yes → Repair the Blower Motor Supply circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Operate the blower motor in all speeds. Turn the ignition on. → Go To 4 All No 415 . → Go To 3 No 3 Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance between ground and the Blower Motor Supply circuit. Disconnect the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. Disconnect the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the Blower Motor operate at full speed without blowing the fuse? Yes → Replace the Blower Motor Controller in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. → Replace the Blower Motor in accordance with the Service Information. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes No → Go To 6 → Repair the Blower Motor Supply circuit for an open. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 7 → Repair the Ground circuit for an open. Turn the ignition on. Doing so will cause the results of this test will be inaccurate. Is there any voltage present? Yes No → Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for a short to voltage.HEATING & A/C *BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE (AZC) — TEST 4 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. → Go To 8 416 . Measure the voltage of the Blower Motor Control circuit. Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit. Disconnect the Automatic Zone Control Module C2 harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between Pin #2 on the Blower Motor and the Ground circuit in the Blower Motor Controller harness connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . CAUTION: Do not allow the jumper wire contacts to touch one another when connecting them to the Blower Motor.VER 1. Replace PDC Fuse #1. Connect a jumper wire between Pin #1 on the Blower Motor and the Blower Motor Supply circuit in the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 6 Turn the ignition off.VER 1.VER 1. back probe the Blower Motor Supply circuit in the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Blower Motor harness connector. All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 5 Ensure PDC Fuse #1 is installed.VER 1. Replace PDC Fuse #1. All 7 Turn the ignition off. NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground. Compare the brightness to that of a direct connection to the battery. Set time to 20ms/Div.0). 417 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Reset Module after repair/replacement is completed. Disconnect the Automatic Zone Control Module C2 harness connector. Make sure that the Blower Motor Controller harness connector is connected to the Blower Motor Controller. All Turn the ignition off.0 volts? Yes No → Go To 10 → Replace the Blower Motor Controller in accordance with the Service Information. While back probing.5 volts. Turn the ignition on.0 ohms? Yes No 9 → Go To 9 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Blower Motor Control circuit for an open. The pattern should completely flat line when the blower speed reaches the HI setting.VER 1.VER 1.0v. select Lab Scope and set the following lab scope parameters. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Set voltage range to +10. measure the voltage of the Blower Motor Control circuit in the Automatic Zone Control Module C2 harness connector.0 volts in the low speed fan position.HEATING & A/C *BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE (AZC) — TEST 8 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Does the DRB display a duty cycle pattern that changes from approximately 0.5 to 5. The Scope patten should appear similar to what is provided in the reference material (Section 8. Set the blower switch to LO then slowly move to HI while observing the DRB display. Disconnect the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. NOTE: With the DRB. Reconnect all previous disconnected components.0 volts in LO? Yes No → Go To 11 → Replace the Automatic Zone Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. All 10 Turn the ignition off. Make sure that the Automatic Zone Control Module C2 harness connector is connected to the Automatic Zone Control Module.VER 1. The voltage should cycle from approximately 0. Using the oscilloscope lead. back probe the Blower Motor Control circuit at the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Blower Motor Control circuit between the Blower Motor Controller harness connector and the Automatic Zone Control Module C2 harness connector. up to 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Set probe to X10. Use the DRB oscilloscope. Is the voltage above 4. Is the resistance below 5. The duty cycle pattern should change smoothly as the blower switch is turned from LO to HI. Connect a jumper wire between Pin #1 on the Blower Motor and the Blower Motor Supply circuit in the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. Disconnect the Blower Motor harness connector.VER 1. Does the Blower Motor operate at full speed? Yes → Replace the Blower Motor Controller in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Blower Motor in accordance with the Service Information. Continued APPLICABILITY All No 418 . CAUTION: Do not allow the jumper wire contacts to touch one another when connecting them to the Blower Motor. Connect a jumper wire between Pin #2 on the Blower Motor and the Ground circuit in the Blower Motor Controller harness connector. Disconnect the Blower Motor Controller harness connector.HEATING & A/C *BLOWER MOTOR INOPERATIVE (AZC) — TEST 11 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Doing so will cause the results of this test will be inaccurate.VER 1. The Instrument Cluster detects a short in the ABS lamp driver circuit. When Monitored and Set Condition: ABS LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: Set Condition: 10 seconds after ignition on. AIRBAG LAMP DRIVER FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: 10 seconds after ignition on. BRAKE LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on. (NOTE: The Instrument Cluster can not monitor with parking brake engaged) Set Condition: circuit. Repair Replace Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. If there are no possible causes remaining. The Instrument Cluster detects a short in the Airbag lamp driver circuit. The title for the tests will be ABS LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom List: ABS LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT AIRBAG LAMP DRIVER FAILURE BRAKE LAMP CIRCUIT SHORT Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. APPLICABILITY All 419 . The Instrument Cluster detects a short in the Brake indicator driver POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION This is an internal cluster failure. view repair. APPLICABILITY All 420 . AIRBAG LAMP OPEN When Monitored: Set Condition: 10 seconds after ignition on The Instrument Cluster detects an open in the Airbag indicator bulb. The title for the tests will be ABS LAMP OPEN.VER 1. BRAKE LAMP OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on. When Monitored and Set Condition: ABS LAMP OPEN When Monitored: Set Condition: 10 seconds after ignition on.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom List: ABS LAMP OPEN AIRBAG LAMP OPEN BRAKE LAMP OPEN Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. (NOTE: The Instrument Cluster can not monitor while the parking brake is engaged. POSSIBLE CAUSES INDICATOR LAMP OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Remove and inspect the indicator bulb in question.VER 1.) Set Condition: The Instrument Cluster detects an open in the Brake indicator bulb. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Did the indicator illuminate? Yes No → Clear DTC and verify proper operation. Observe the indicator in question during the bulb check. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Replace the indicator bulb and socket as necessary. The Instrument Cluster detects an open in the ABS indicator bulb. Turn the ignition on. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .ABS INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase the DTC from Instrument Cluster. With the DRBIII .VER 1.PCI BUS .VER 1. Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals. Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: ABS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC When Monitored and Set Condition: ABS MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC When Monitored: Set Condition: Monitored during ignition on. → The condition is not present at this time. The Instrument Cluster detects no ABS messages received for 6 seconds. attempt to I/D or communicate with the ABS Module. read DTCs. All 2 With the DRBIII . Is there a response from the ABS Module? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom *NO RESPONSE FROM CAB CONTROLLER in the COMMUNICATION category. With the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . No 421 . Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute.VER 1. POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals. erase the DTC from Instrument Cluster. attempt to I/D or communicate with the ACM.ACM INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.VER 1. Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness.VER 1. No ACM messages received for 6 seconds. With the DRBIII .VER 1. POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE . read DTCs. → The condition is not present at this time.PCI BUS . No 422 .INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: ACM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC When Monitored and Set Condition: ACM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC When Monitored: Set Condition: Monitored during ignition on. Is there a response from the ACM Module? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom *NO RESPONSE FROM ACM in the COMMUNICATION category. All 2 With the DRBIII . Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. With the DRBIII . All 2 With the DRBIII . With the DRBIII . No BCM messages received for 6 seconds. erase the DTC from Instrument Cluster.VER 1. → The condition is not present at this time. With the DRBIII . read DTCs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED BY MIC When Monitored and Set Condition: BCM MESSAGES NOT RECEIVED BY MIC When Monitored: Set Condition: Monitored during ignition on. No 423 . Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1.VER 1.BCM INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Refer to any Techinical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.PCI BUS . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .SIGNALS OPEN FROM BCM in the COMMUNICATION category Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is there a response from the Body Control Module? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom *BUS +/. Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals. POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE . Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. attempt to I/D or communicate with the BCM. With the DRBIII . Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. → Test Complete. read DTCs. erase DTCs. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. The Instrument Cluster detects EEPROM failure during the internal self POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII .VER 1. APPLICABILITY All No 424 .INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: CHECKSUM FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: CHECKSUM FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: check. With the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . VER 1.VER 1.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: EATX MESSAGE STATUS POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION NO RESPONSE . No 425 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. All 2 Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .EATX INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. attempt to I/D or communicate with the EATX. With the DRBIII . read DTCs. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. → The condition is not present at this time. Is there a response from the Transmission Control Module? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom *NO RESPONSE FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE in the COMMUNICATION category. With the DRBIII . erase DTCs.PCI BUS . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals. PCI BUS . With the DRBIII . Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase DTCs.PCI BUS INTERMITTENT CONDITION NO RESPONSE .INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. Does the DRBIII display MIC PRESENT on the BUS? Yes No → Go To 3 → Refer to symptom No Response from Instrument Cluster in the Communication category. All 3 With the DRBIII . the VF will display no bus . Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals. → The condition is not present at this time. select System Monitors. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Was the DRBIII able to communicate with other modules? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the COMMUNICATION category for the related symptom(s). then J1850 Module Scan. No 426 . With the DRBIII . NOTE: When the Instrument Cluster detects no PCI Bus. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . attempt to communicate with other modules on the PCI Bus. With the DRBIII . Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. All 2 Turn the ignition on.VER 1. Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness.VER 1. read DTCs.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: NO PCI BUS COMMUNICATION POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE .VER 1.VER 1. PCI BUS . select Body Controller and system test. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase the DTC from Instrument Cluster.VER 1.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC When Monitored and Set Condition: PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC When Monitored: Set Condition: seconds. Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. All 2 With the DRBIII .PCM INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. The Instrument Cluster detects no PCM bus messages received for 6 POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE . With the DRBIII . Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. With the DRBIII . → The conditionis not present at this time. No 427 .VER 1. Wisually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read DTCs. Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. Does the DRB display PCM active on the bus? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom *NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) in the COMMUNICATION category. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the ignition on. VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .SKIM INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII .PCI BUS . then SKIM. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE . Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. No 428 .INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: SKIM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC When Monitored and Set Condition: SKIM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED BY MIC When Monitored: Set Condition: Monitored during ignition on. read DTCs.VER 1. Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. select THEFT ALARM. Is there a response from the SKIM Module? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom BUS +/. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. → The condition is not present at this time. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. With the DRBIII .SIGNALS OPEN FROM SKIM in the COMMUNICATIONS category. No SKIM messages received for 6 seconds. erase the DTC from Instrument Cluster. All 2 With the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *AIRBAG INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ACM DTC PRESENT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition from the Lock to the Run position. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Did the Airbag indicator illuminate? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Are there any Airbag or Instrument Cluster DTCs present? Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to Airbag or Instrument Cluster. All 2 With the DRBIII . No 429 .VER 1. read DTCs. This will start the Airbag bulb check. → Test Complete. → Go To 3 3 Turn the ignition off. Is the resistance below 100 ohms? Yes No → Repair the fused B(+) circuit for a short to ground. Turn the ignition off. Remove and inspect the Junction Block Fuse #17. Remove and inspect the Junction Block Fuse #22. If the fuse is open. PCM and BCM before proceeding with this test. replace with proper rated fuse. Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute. Turn the ignition off. Remove the Junction Block Fuse #17 Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused B(+) circuit. Remove and inspect the Junction Block Fuse #22. Remove and inspect the Junction Block Fuse #17.VER 1. If the fuse is open.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *ALL GAUGES INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure there is PCI Bus Communication with the Instrument Cluster. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . replace with proper rated fuse. Is the fuse open? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 3 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Turn the ignition on and wait approximately 1 minute. Is the fuse open? Yes No → Go To → Go To 4 5 All 430 . Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 431 .VER 1.VER 1.VER 1.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *ALL GAUGES INOPERATIVE — TEST 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All ACTION Turn the ignition off. Turn all interior and exterior lights off. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. → Go To 5 No 5 Turn the ignition off. Is the resistance below 100 ohms? Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit. Close all vehicle doors.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Instrument Cluster Ground circuit for an open. Was the resistance in either ground circuit above 5. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Measure the resistance of both Instrument Cluster Ground circuits. → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit for an open. Is the resistance above 5. All 2 Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector. → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector. or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 3 No 3 Turn the ignition off. All No 432 . Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *BRAKE INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH PARK BRAKE SWITCH RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose and repair any Brake. Connect a jumper wire between the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit and ground. Turn the ignition on.VER 1. Did the BRAKE indicator illuminate? Yes → Replace the Park Brake Switch in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Observe the BRAKE indicator. Measure the resistance of the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Is the BRAKE indicator only inoperative with the Park Brake engaged? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Brake Fluid Level Switch in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1.VER 1. MIC. Is the resistance below 100 ohms? Yes → Replace the Red Brake Warning Indicator (Fluid Level) Switch in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase DTCs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Red Brake Warning Indicator (Fluid Level) Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Red Brake Warning Indicator Switch between pin 1 and pin 2. Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 15 seconds. Measure the resistance between ground and the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector. Disconnect the CAB harness connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit for a short to ground.VER 1. Does the DRBIII display any Brake or MIC Indicator DTCs? Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT or BRAKE LAMP DTCs. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. read DTCs. → Go To 4 All No 433 .RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the Brake Fluid Level is properly filled and the Brake Fluid Level Switch harness connector is properly connected. With the DRBIII . → Go To 3 No 3 Turn the ignition off.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR ALWAYS ON POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR SWITCH RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND PARK BRAKE SWITCH PARK BRAKE .VER 1. With the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 5 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 5 Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Measure the resistance between ground and the Park Brake Switch Sense circuit. read the Park Brake Switch state. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Disconnect the Instrument Cluster harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR ALWAYS ON — TEST 4 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the Brake Fluid Level Switch and Instrument Cluster harness connectors are properly connected. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Park Brake . Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector. Does the DRBIII display Open ? Yes → Replace the Park Brake Switch in accordance with the Service Information. No 434 .Red Brake Warning Indicator Driver circuit for a short to ground. → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the Park Brake Switch harness connector.VER 1.VER 1. All 2 Using the DRB read ENGINE DTC’s.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *CHECK ENGINE INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition from the Lock to the Run position. → Test Complete. Are there any PCM DTC’s present? Yes No → Refer to symptom list for problems related to DRIVEABILITY. Did the Check Engine indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds and then go out? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 435 . This will start the MIL indicator bulb check. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *CHECK GAUGES INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition from the Lock to the Run position. Did the Check Engine indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds and then go out? No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. and battery voltage are operating properly before proceeding with this test. With the DRBIII . → Test Complete. 436 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. oil pressure. Are there any PCM DTC’s present? Yes No → Refer to symptom list for problems related to DRIVEABILITY. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Yes 2 Ensure that the engine temperature. read ENGINE DTC’s. This will start the MIL bulb check. Clean/repair as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.Clean/repair as necessary. Does the DRB display voltage at 0. With the DRB observe the Coolant Level Sw voltage.0 volt? Yes No 2 → Replace the Coolant Level Sensor. then Sensors. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. Note: Check connectors .0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. No 437 .DIESEL ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Disconnect the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector. Note: Check connectors . Turn the ignition on.VER 1. Disconnect the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit and the Ground circuit. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. → Repair the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit for an open.Clean/repair as necessary. Measure the resistance of the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit between the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector. Body Computer. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Sensor Ground circuit.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *COOLANT LEVEL INDICATOR INOPERATIVE .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Coolant Level Sensor Ground circuit for an open. Note: Check connectors .VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. All 3 Turn the ignition off. With the DRB enter Body. The self test can be performed with the DRBIII or manually using the following procedure: Turn the ignition off. 438 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Press and hold the Trip Reset button. Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test.VER 1.VER 1. Did the Cruise indicator illuminate for approximately 3 to 6 seconds? Yes No → Test Complete. Are there any PCM DTC’s present? Yes → Refer to the Driveability category for the related symptom(s) involving the Speed Control System. NOTE: The Cruise indicator in the PRNDL should illuminate for approximately 5 seconds during the self test. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Ensure there is communication with the Instrument Cluster. PCM and the ABS modules before proceeding with this test. → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. read engine DTC’s.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *CRUISE ON INDICATOR NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII . → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *FUEL GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER FUEL LEVEL SENSOR TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose and repair any PCM or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test.VER 1. Press and hold the Trip Reset button. The Fuel gauge should position the indicator needle at the following calibration points: Empty Stop Empty 1/2 Full Full Stop Did the Fuel gauge position at the proper calibration points? Yes → Refer to the Service Information for problems related to the Fuel Sending Unit. Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . APPLICABILITY All No 439 . The self test can be performed with the DRBIII or manually using the following procedure: Turn the ignition off. Observe the Fuel gauge during the self test.VER 1. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *HIGH BEAM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the Exterior High Beam Headlamps operate properly before proceeding with this test. or manually using the following procedure: Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Ensure that there is communication between the Instrument Cluster and the BCM before proceeding with this test. → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Did the High Beam indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds and then turn off? Yes No → Test Complete. The self test can be performed with the DRBIII .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Observe the High Beam indicator during the Self Test. Turn the ignition on. Press and hold the Trip Reset button. APPLICABILITY All 440 . Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Remove and check any inoperative illumination bulbs and sockets.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Do the bulbs and sockets check okay? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Does the DRBIII display any DTCs? Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to the Interior Lighting category. Remove the Instrument Cluster.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DIMMING INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT ILLUMINATION BULB OR SOCKET INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure there is communication with the Instrument Cluster and the BCM before proceeding with this test.VER 1. → Replace the illumination bulb or socket as necessary in accordance with the Service Information. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . No 441 . With the DRBIII . read BCM DTCs.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .8 ? Yes No → Replace the Coolant Level Sensor. Does the DRBIII display voltage above 4. Disconnect the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground. With the DRBIII .VER 1. Measure the resistance between ground and the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit. → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information.8 ? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector. read the Coolant Level Sw voltage.DIESEL ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR COOLANT LEVEL SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the cooling system is correctly filled and operating properly before proceeding with this test.Clean/repair as necessary. Does the DRBIII display voltage above 4.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *LOW COOLANT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .Clean/repair as necessary. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Disconnect the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector. With the DRBIII in Body Controls.VER 1.VER 1. Turn the ignition on. All No 442 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Coolant Level Switch harness connector. → Go To 3 3 Turn the ignition off. Note: Check connectors .VER 1. Is the resistance below 100. Note: Check connectors . Turn the ignition on. read the Coolant Level SW voltage. APPLICABILITY All 443 . → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test. The self test can be performed with the DRBIII or manually using the following procedure: Turn the ignition off.. Observe the Low Fuel indicator during the Self Test. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. NOTE: Ensure that MIC and PCM communications and the Fuel Gauge operate properly before proceeding with this test. Press and hold the Trip Reset button. Did the Low Fuel indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds and then turn off? Yes No → Test Complete.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *LOW FUEL INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: The Low Fuel indicator is activated by the MIC using fuel data received from the PCM and Fuel Gauge needle position. The self test can be performed with the DRBIII or manually using the following procedure: Turn the ignition off.VER 1.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *O/D OFF INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES MIC SELF TEST INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test.VER 1. → Refer to Transmission Diagnostic information for the related symptom(s). Observe the O/D OFF indicator during the Self Test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on. Did the O/D OFF indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds and then turn off? No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Press and hold the Trip Reset button. APPLICABILITY All Yes 444 . The Oil Pressure Gauge should position the indicator needle at the following calibration points: 40 Psi 60 Psi 80 Psi LOW Psi Observe the Oil Pressure Gauge during the self test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . APPLICABILITY All No 445 .VER 1. The self test can be performed with the DRBIII or manually using the following procedure: Turn the ignition off. read Powertrain DTC’s. Press and hold the Trip Reset button. refer to symptom list for problems related to Driveability. → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. If any Oil Pressure Sensor Volts codes are present.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *OIL PRESSURE GAUGE NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: With the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test.VER 1. Turn the ignition on. Did the Oil Pressure Gauge operate correctly during the self test? Yes → Refer to Driveability Diagnostic information for the related symptom(s). 0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Seat Belt Switch Ground circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance above 5. Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector. Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector. All 2 Turn the ignition off.VER 1.VER 1. Is the resistance above 5. Measure the resistance of the Seat Belt Switch ground circuit. Connect a jumper wire between the Seatbelt Switch Sense circuit and ground. → Go To 5 All 446 . Did the Seat Belt indicator illuminate? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. With the DRBIII in Body Computer Inputs/Outputs read the Seat Belt SW state.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *SEAT BELT INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT BELT SWITCH GROUND OPEN SEAT BELT SWITCH SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN JUNCTION BLOCK SEATBELT SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition from the Off position to the Run position and observe the bulb check.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Seatbelt Switch Sense circuit for an open. → Go To 4 All No 4 Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector. → Go To 3 3 Turn the ignition on.. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII display SEAT BELT SW: CLOSED? Yes → Replace the Seat Belt buckle in accordance with the Service Information. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER *SEAT BELT INDICATOR INOPERATIVE — TEST 5 ACTION Turn the ignition off.VER 1. → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector. Continued APPLICABILITY All No 447 . Measure the resistance of the Junction Block Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Is the resistance above 5. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. Does the DRBIII display Seat Belt SW: OPEN? Yes → Replace the Seat Belt Buckle in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1. Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit at the Junction Block. All No 448 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Information.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.VER 1. Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector.VER 1. → Go To 4 All 4 Turn the ignition off. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Disconnect the Seat Belt Switch harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII display Seat Belt SW: OPEN? Yes → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Measure the resistance between ground and the Seat Belt Switch Sense circuit. With the DRBIII in Body Computer Inputs/Outputs. read the Seat Belt SW state. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 3 No 3 Turn the ignition off. Is the resistance below 5. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 harness connector.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *SEATBELT INDICATOR ALWAYS ON POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT BELT SWITCH BCM SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND JUNCTION BLOCK SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION Buckle the Seat Belt. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . VER 1. Turn the ignition from the Off position to the Run position and observe the bulb check. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . APPLICABILITY All Yes 449 . → Test Complete.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *SKIM INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose and repair any SKIM or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test. Did the Skim indicator illuminate briefly and then turn off? No → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. VER 1.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *SPEEDOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ABS TIRE PROGRAMMING SPEEDOMETER INPUT .UK) (120 Km/H) 110 MPH (110 MPH .UK) (230 Km/H) (200 Km/H AUS/JAPAN) Did the Speedometer operate correctly during the self test? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test using the DRBIII . program the correct tire size and then verify that the Speedometer is working. → Using the Diagnostic (Transmission. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . No 450 .UK) (40 Km/H) 55 MPH (50 MPH .VER 1. or manually using the following procedure: Turn the ignition off. Press and hold the Trip Reset button. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .UK) (80 Km/H) 75 MPH (75 MPH . Is the Tire Size programmed correctly? Yes → Refer to Powertrain Diagnostic information for the releated symptom(s). verify that the ABS Tire Size is correctly programmed. or Chassis)/Service Manual Information as a guide.PROBLEM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose any PCM or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test. The Speedometer should position the indicator needle at the following calibration points: 0 MPH 20 MPH (25 MPH . All 2 With the DRBIII . NOTE: Ensure that the ABS module is programmed with the correct tire size. The self test can be performed using the DRBIII or manually using the following procedure: Turn the ignition off.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *TACHOMETER NOT OPERATING PROPERLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose and repair any PCM or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test. Observe the Tachometer during the self test. Press and hold the Trip Reset button. → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. The Tachometer should position the indicator needle at the following calibration points: 0 RPM 800 RPM 3000 RPM (2500 RPM Diesel) 7000 RPM (6000 RPM Diesel) Did the Tachometer position at the proper calibration points? Yes → The condition is not present at this time. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on. Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test. Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness.VER 1. Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.VER 1. APPLICABILITY All No 451 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. BCM.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *TEMPERATURE GAUGE INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the cooling system operates properly before proceeding with this test. Press and hold the Trip Reset button. Perform the Instrument Cluster self test. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. MIC. NOTE: Diagnose and repair any PCM. APPLICABILITY All No 452 . Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test. The self test can be performed manually or with using the DRBIII . Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals. The Temperature gauge should position the indicator needle at the following calibration points: 40°C (100°F) 100°C (210°F) 122°C (250°F) Temp High Temp Critical Did the Temperature gauge indicate the proper calibration points? Yes → The condition is not present at this time. Observe the Temperature gauge during the self test. Turn the ignition on. APPLICABILITY All 453 . Press and hold the Trip Reset button. Did the Trans Temp indicator illuminate for approximately 4 seconds then turn off? Yes No → Test Complete.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *TRANS OVER TEMP INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose and repair any Transmission. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Observe the Trans Over Temp indicator during the self test. Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test. The self test can be performed with the DRBIII or manually using the following procedure: Turn the ignition off.VER 1. → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. PCM. or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test. VER 1. Press and hold the Trip Reset button. APPLICABILITY All No 454 . → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Observe the Voltmeter during the self test. The self test can be performed manually or using the DRBIII . Perform the Instrument Cluster Self Test. Turn the ignition on. NOTE: Ensure that there is communication with the Instrument Cluster and the PCM before proceeding with this test. Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals.VER 1. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. The Voltmeter should position the indicator needle at the following calibration points: 9 Volts 14 Volts 16 Volts Did the Voltmeter position the indicator needle at the proper calibration points? Yes → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness.INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *VOLTMETER INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose and repair any Charging System faults or PCM DTCs before proceeding with this test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Did the Water In Fuel indicator illuminate briefly and then turn off? Yes → Refer to the Powertrain Diagnostic information for the related symptom(s).VER 1. → Replace the Instrument Cluster in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Observe the Water In Fuel indicator during the bulb check. APPLICABILITY All No 455 .INSTRUMENT CLUSTER Symptom: *WATER IN FUEL INDICATOR PROBLEMS .DIESEL ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POWERTRAIN FAULT CONDITION TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition from the Off position to the Run position. All Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit to a known good ground. Disconnect the Left Multi-function switch connector. → Go To 4 All 456 . Set Condition: The voltage of the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit has gone below 0. Disconnect the Left Multi-function switch connector.VER 1. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 connector. Is the resistance below 1000 (1K)ohms? Yes → Repair the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit for a short to ground. Is the resistance below 1000 (1K)ohms? Yes No → Repair the Headlamp Switch Return circuit for a short to ground.0 volts? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Left Multifunction switch. With the DRBIII in Sensors. → Go To 3 No 3 Turn ignition off.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Headlamp Switch Return circuit to a known good ground. read the Panel Lamp voltage.VER 1. Is the voltage below 4. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn ignition on. POSSIBLE CAUSES LEFT MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH SHORTED PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BCM TEST 1 ACTION Disconnect the Left Multifunction switch connector.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: DIM SW SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: DIM SW SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 connector.3 volts for 5 seconds. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. 457 . view repair.INTERIOR LIGHTING DIM SW SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. Does the DRBIII display Panel Lamp voltage below 0. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Is the resistance below 5.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: DIMMER SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: DIMMER SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. Disconnect the Left Multi-function switch connector. read the Panel Lamps voltage.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit. Using an ohmmeter measure the Headlamp Switch Return circuit from BCM to Left Multi-function. Set Condition: Any time the voltage on the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit exceeds 4. All 3 Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .5 volts ? Yes No 2 → Replace the Left Multifunction switch. With the DRBIII in Sensors. POSSIBLE CAUSES PANEL LAMP DIMMER SWITCH PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN OPEN BCM TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Left Multi-function switch connector. Disconnect the Left Multifunction switch connector. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 connector. Is the resistance below 5. Connect a jumper wire between Panel Lamp Dimmer Signal circuit and Headlamp Switch Return.8 volts for 5 seconds.VER 1. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open headlamp switch return circuit. 458 . Turn the ignition on.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using an ohmmeter measure the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit from the BCM C1 connector to the left multi-function switch connector. VER 1.INTERIOR LIGHTING DIMMER SWITCH OPEN CIRCUIT — TEST 4 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . view repair Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Continued APPLICABILITY All 459 . Turn ignition off. POSSIBLE CAUSES SHORTED COURTESY LAMP BULB COURTESY LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY BCM. Remove one of the bulbs listed in the previous pop up message. Remove fuse # 8 from the Junction Block.VER 1. Disconnect the BCM C1 connector. Turn ignition on. Note: after this test leave the bulb out. Front Overhead (2). Rear Reading (2). Is the Lamp Fade Failure Short to battery DTC present? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace bulb. All 2 Turn ignition off.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LAMP FADE FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: LAMP FADE FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. Is there any voltage? Yes → Repair the Courtesy Lamp Control circuit for a short to battery and reinstall all bulbs removed during testing. Using the DRB read BCM DTC’s. and reinstall all other bulbs removed during testing. → Go To 3 No 460 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . and Liftgate. Measure the voltage of the Courtesy Lamp Control circuit in the BCM C1 connector. COURTESY LAMP CIRCUIT TEST 1 ACTION Note: Repeat this test for each of the following bulbs before proceeding to the next test: Instrument Panel Courtesy (2). Using the DRB erase all BCM DTC’s. Turn ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM has detected a short to battery on either the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit or the Courtesy Lamp Control circuit for 5 seconds.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect Fuse # 8. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn ignition on. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 Connector. → Replace the Body Control Module (BCM) and reinstall all bulbs removed durning testing. Measure the voltage of the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit in the Junction Block C1 connector (cav 16).VER 1. Is there any voltage? Yes → Repair the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit for a short to battery and reinstall all bulbs removed during testing. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Continued APPLICABILITY All No 461 .VER 1.INTERIOR LIGHTING LAMP FADE FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 3 ACTION Turn ignition off. VER 1.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: LOAD SHED FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored and Set Condition: LOAD SHED FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY When Monitored: Set Condition: for 5 seconds Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed The BCM has detected a short to battery on the Interior Load Shed circuit POSSIBLE CAUSES SHORTED GLOVE BOX LAMP BULB INTERIOR LAMP LOAD SHED CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY (COURTESY) INTERIOR LAMP LOAD SHED CONTROL SHORT TO BATTERY (GLOVE BOX) BCM. Turn ignition on. Is the Load Shed Failure Short to battery DTC present? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace bulb. Ensure the Glove Box is closed with the Lamp switch in the off position. Using the DRB read BCM DTC’s. → Go To 3 No 462 . INTERIOR LAMP LOAD SHED CONTROL TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition off. Remove the Glove Box lamp bulb. Disconnect the BCM C1 connector. Using the DRB erase all BCM DTC’s. Is there any voltage? Yes → Repair the Interior Lamp Load Shed Control circuit for a short to battery. All Turn ignition off. Turn ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Interior Lamp Load Shed Control circuit in the C1 connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . INTERIOR LIGHTING LOAD SHED FAILURE SHORT TO BATTERY — TEST 3 ACTION Turn ignition off. → Replace the Body Control Module (BCM). Continued APPLICABILITY All No 463 . Measure the voltage of the Interior Lamp Load Shed Control circuit in the J/B C1 connector. Disconnect the Junction Block C-1 connector. Is there any voltage? Yes → Repair the Interior Lamp Load Shed Control circuit for a short to battery. Rear Reading and Vanity Lamp Switches are in the off position. Turn ignition on. Ensure all of the Overhead. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH SHORTED TO GROUND HVAC CONTROL PANEL SHORTED TO GROUND PRNDL ILLUMINATION SHORTED TO GROUND ASH RECEIVER BULB OR SOCKET SHORTED TO GROUND RADIO SHORTED TO GROUND PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (HVAC) PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (PRNDL) PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (RADIO) PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (ASH RECEIVER) PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND (HEATED SEATS) BCM. Disconnect the Drivers Heated Seat Switch. PANEL LAMP DRIVER FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition off.VER 1.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: PANEL LAMP DRIVER FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: PANEL LAMP DRIVER FAILURE When Monitored: Ignition in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. Erase Body Diagnostic Trouble Codes. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Wait 5 seconds then read BCM DTC’s. Is the Panel Lamps Driver DTC present? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the drivers heated seat switch. Turn ignition on. Set Condition: This condition is set if the panel lamp driver that illuminates the I/P shuts down from an over temp condition for at least 5 seconds. 464 . Is the Panel Lamps Driver DTC present? Yes No → Go To 7 → Repair or replace the Radio. Turn ignition on. Wait 5 seconds then read BCM DTC’s. All 6 Turn ignition off. Turn ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the Panel Lamps Driver DTC present? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair or replace the shorted PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination. All 5 Turn ignition off. All 4 Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 465 . Erase Body Diagnostic Trouble Codes. Disconnect the ash receiver. Erase Body Diagnostic Trouble Codes. Turn ignition on. All Turn ignition off.VER 1. Is the Panel Lamps Driver DTC present? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the HVAC Control panel assemble. Is the Panel Lamps Driver DTC present? Yes No 3 → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Switch. Erase Body Diagnostic Trouble Codes. Is the Panel Lamps Driver DTC present? Yes No → Go To 6 → Repair the ash receiver bulb or socket for a short to ground. Disconnect the PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination connector. C-1 for manual or C-2 for automatic system. Wait 5 seconds then read BCM DTC’s. Disconnect the appropriate HVAC Control panel connector. Disconnect the radio C1 connector. Disconnect the Passengers Heated Seat Switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Wait 5 seconds then read BCM DTC’s. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Wait 5 seconds then read BCM DTC’s.VER 1.VER 1.VER 1. Erase Body Diagnostic Trouble Codes. Turn ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Wait 5 seconds then read BCM DTC’s.INTERIOR LIGHTING PANEL LAMP DRIVER FAILURE — TEST 2 ACTION Turn ignition off. Erase Body Diagnostic Trouble Codes.VER 1. Turn ignition on. 0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Panel Lamp Driver circuit for a short to ground. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit in the BCM C1 connector (cav. C-1 for manual or C-2 for automatic system.VER 1. 12). → Go To 10 All 10 Turn ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No 8 → Repair the Panel Lamp Driver circuit for a short to ground. Disconnect the PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination connector. → Go To 11 All 11 Turn ignition off. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit in the BCM C1 connector (cav.INTERIOR LIGHTING PANEL LAMP DRIVER FAILURE — TEST 7 ACTION Turn ignition off. Disconnect the BCM (Body Control Module) C1 connector.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the radio C1 connector. Disconnect the ash receiver lamp.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Panel Lamp Driver circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the driver and passenger heated seat switches. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit in the BCM C1 connector (cav. Disconnect the BCM (Body Control Module) C1 connector. → Go To 9 9 Turn ignition off. 13). → Go To 8 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. 10). 8). Disconnect the BCM (Body Control Module) C1 connector. Disconnect the appropriate HVAC Control panel connector. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit in the BCM C1 connector (cav. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit in the BCM C1 connector (cav. Is the resistance below 5. → Go To 12 All 466 . Disconnect the BCM (Body Control Module) C1 connector. Is the resistance below 5. 9).0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Panel Lamp Driver circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the BCM (Body Control Module) C1 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Panel Lamp Driver circuit for a short to ground. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Continued APPLICABILITY All 467 .INTERIOR LIGHTING PANEL LAMP DRIVER FAILURE — TEST 12 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1. view repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . VER 1.VER 1. All 4 If there are no possible causes remaining. No 3 Turn ignition off. view repair. Repair Replace BCM (Body Control Module). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *ALL COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSE #8 BLOWN CIRCUIT NOT SHORTED FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BCM TEST 1 Turn ignition off. Remove and inspect fuse #8. 468 .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for a short to ground and replace the blown fuse. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Remove fuse #8 from the Junction Block. Remove the driver’s side rear seat overhead reading lamp lens cover. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. → Replace blown fuse #8. Measure the resistance of the Fused B+ circuit between Fuse #8 (top cavity) and the Rear Passenger’s overhead reading lamp (Fused B+ side). Measure the resistance of the Fused B+ circuit (upper cavity of fuse #8) to a known good ground. Is the resistance below 5. Remove fuse #8 from the Junction Block.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Is the fuse blown? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 3 All ACTION APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. VER 1. Repair Replace the BCM.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Panel Lamps Driver circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 3 Turn ignition off. view repair.VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Remove and inspect the Ash Receiver bulb. Disconnect the Ash Receiver connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the Ash Receiver connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the BCM C1 connector.VER 1. #8). Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the Ash Receiver connector and the BCM C1 connector (cav. All 5 If there are no possible causes remaining.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *ASH TRAY LAMP INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM DTC ASH RECEIVER BULB OPEN OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BCM TEST 1 ACTION Read Body Diagnostic Trouble Codes.VER 1. All 4 Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the bulb OK? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Ash Receiver bulb.VER 1. Is there a Park Lamp Relay Circuit Shorted Lo/Open DTC? Yes → Refer to symptom Park Lamp Relay Circuit Shorted Lo/Open in the Exterior Lighting.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Ground circuit. Disconnect the Ash Receiver connector. 469 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE (EXCEPT FRONT DOORS) POSSIBLE CAUSES BULBS OPEN FUSED B(+) COURTESY LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN BCM. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the voltage above 10. Are the bulbs OK? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the bulbs. view repair. Repair Replace the Body Control Module (BCM). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. COURTESY LAMP TEST 1 ACTION Remove and check inoperative bulbs. All 4 If there are no possible causes remaining. Disconnect the BCM C1 connector. All 3 Turn ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Control circuit.VER 1.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Gain access to an inoperative bulb.0 volts? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit back to splice. Measure the Courtesy Lamp Control circuit from the BCM C1 connector to the bulb connector. Is the resistance below 5. 470 . All Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit to the Lamp. Disconnect the Left Multi Function Switch Connector. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn ignition off. All 3 If there are no possible causes remaining. 471 . Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Observe the ohmmeter while rotating the dimmer on the Left Multi-Function Switch. Did the resistance vary between approximately 60 and 7900 (7. Using the DRBIII .9K) ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Left Multi Function Switch.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DOME LAMP SWITCH ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT LEFT MULTI FUNCTION SWITCH DIMMER OPEN BCM DIMMER INOPORATIVE TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition on. Connect an ohmmeter between the Panel Lamps Dimmer Signal circuit and the Headlamp Switch Return circuit in the Left Multi-Funtion Switch. Are there any DTCs present? Yes → Select the appropriate DTC from the symptom list and perform repair as needed. read body DTCs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. view repair.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense wire. 3 Disconnect the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector Measure the resistance of the ground circuit.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVERS FRONT DOOR ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN GROUND WIRE OPEN DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH DRIVER DOOR MODULE (AJAR SWITCH OPEN) BODY CONTROL MODULE . All 4 Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the door lock motor/ajar switch connector and the DDM C1 connector. With the DRB III select: Body Door Modules Input Output Read the Drv Door Ajar Sw state.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Repair the open ground wire to the door ajar switch connector.VER 1. Repair Replace the Body Control Module.DRIVER DOOR AJAR OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Open the Drivers door. Does the DRB III Show: CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 3 All APPLICABILITY All If there are no possible causes remaining. view repair. 472 . Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector. All If there are no possible causes remaining. Ensure the door is left open during this test. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit in the DDM C1 connector to ground.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch Assy. 473 .INTERIOR LIGHTING *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVERS FRONT DOOR ONLY — Continued TEST 5 ACTION Remove the inner door trim panel. view repair. 0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Door Ajar Switch Sense wire (Left Rear). Ensure the door is left open during this test. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector. Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. All 3 Disconnect the Driver Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector Measure the resistance of the ground circuit.VER 1. With the DRB III select: Body Computer Input/Output Read the Left Rear Door Ajar SW state. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the inner door trim panel. Measure the resistance of the Door Ajar Switch Sense LR circuit between the door lock motor/ajar switch connector and the Junction Block C1 connector. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open ground wire to the door ajar switch connector. All 4 Remove the inner door trim panel. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Door Ajar Switch Sense (LR) circuit in the Junction Block C1 connector to ground.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LEFT REAR DOOR ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE (LEFT REAR) OPEN GROUND WIRE LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE (AJAR SWITCH OPEN) TEST 1 ACTION Open the Left Rear door. 474 . Does the DRBIII Show: CLOSED ? Yes No 2 → Replace the Body Control Module.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Replace the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch Assy. APPLICABILITY All 475 . Repair Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1.INTERIOR LIGHTING *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LEFT REAR DOOR ONLY — Continued TEST 5 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . view repair. Did the disable switch toggle? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 7 All APPLICABILITY All With the DRB III select: Body Computer Input/Output Read the Liftgate Sw state with the Liftgate open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 476 . All 4 Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5.VER 1.VER 1. → Go To 3 3 Disconnect either the right or left side Liftgate Ajar Switch connector.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the ground circuit.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LIFTGATE POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM. LAMPS DISABLED CARGO LAMP COURTESY LAMP DISABLE OPEN GROUND WIRE OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH BODY CONTROL MODULE (LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH OPEN) TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII in Inputs Outputs read the Lift Gate Lmp Disable state while depressing the cargo lamp lens switch on and off. Is the resistance below 5. replace the BCM. Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Flip-up Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the disconnected Flip-up Ajar Switch connector and the Junction Block C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Repair the open ground wire to the ajar switch connector. Does the DRBIII Show: CLOSED? Yes No → If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense wire. Disconnect either the right or left side Liftgate Ajar Switch. All If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1. replace the BCM. view repair.VER 1.VER 1.VER 1. → Go To 8 All 8 Disconnect the cargo lamp connector. → Replace the Cargo Lamp assemble.INTERIOR LIGHTING *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LIFTGATE — TEST 5 ACTION Disconnect the suspect faulty right or left Liftgate ajar switch connector. Measure the voltage of the liftgate courtesy lamp disable circuit. Repair Replace the Body Control Module.0 ohms? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Liftgate Ajar Switch Assy. Ensure the latch is in the unlatched position for the particular switch. Is the resistance below 2. All 477 . Using an ohmmeter measure the resistance of the Ajar Switch. Is the voltage above 2.0 volts? Yes No → Repair the courtesy lamp disable circuit for a short to voltage.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the voltage below 0. 7 At the Cargo Lamp connector backprobe and measure the voltage of the liftgate courtesy lamp disable circuit with switch in both positions. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .5 volt in either position? Yes No → If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 4 Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector. 478 . view repair. All 5 If there are no possible causes remaining.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Repair the open ground wire to the ajar switch connector. Is the resistance below 5. 3 Disconnect the Liftgate Flip-up Ajar Switch connector Measure the resistance of the ground circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . View repair options. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1.VER 1. Disconnect a Liftgate Flip-up Ajar Switch. Does the DRBIII Show: CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 3 All APPLICABILITY All If there are no potential causes remaining. Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Flip-up Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the disconnected Flip-up Ajar Switch connector and the Junction Block C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Liftgate Ajar Switch Sense wire. replace the Body Control Module. Is the resistance below 5. Repair Replace the Liftgate Flip-Up Ajar Switch Assy. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM LIFTGATE FLIP-UP GLASS ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN GROUND WIRE OPEN LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE BCM FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH OPEN OPEN LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH TEST 1 ACTION With the DRB III select: Body Computer Input/Output Read the Liftglass Sw state with the Liftgate flip-up glass open. VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB III select: Body Door Modules Input/Output Read the Pass Door Ajar Sw state. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector Measure the resistance of the ground circuit. 479 .VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN GROUND WIRE OPEN PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE WIRE PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH BCM COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR ONLY PASSENGER DOOR MODULE (AJAR SWITCH OPEN) TEST 1 ACTION Open the passenger door. Ensure the door is left open during this test.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense wire.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open ground wire to the door ajar switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit in the PDM C1 connector to ground.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Replace the Passenger Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch Assy. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 3 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Is the resistance below 5. Does the DRBIII Show: CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Replace the BCM.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Door Ajar Switch Sense circuit between the door lock motor/ajar switch connector and the PDM C1 connector. Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 4 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. VER 1. view repair. APPLICABILITY All 480 . Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module.INTERIOR LIGHTING *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR ONLY — Continued TEST 5 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open ground wire to the door ajar switch connector. Does the DRBIII Show: CLOSED? Yes No 2 → Replace the Body Control Module. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Passenger Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Door Ajar Switch Sense (Right Rear) circuit in the Body Control Module C1 connector to ground. Is the resistance below 5.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN GROUND WIRE OPEN DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE (RR) BODY CONTROL MODULE (AJAR SWITCH OPEN) RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH BCM RIGHT REAR DOOR FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION Open the Right Rear door. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Passenger Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar switch connector Measure the resistance of the ground circuit. All 3 Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Replace the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch Assy. All 4 Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 connector. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Door Ajar Switch Sense (Right Rear) circuit between the door lock motor/ajar switch connector and the Body Control Module C1 connector.VER 1. 481 . Ensure that the door is open during this test.VER 1. With the DRB III select: Body Body Controlller Input/Output Read the Right Rear Door Ajar Sw state.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Door Ajar Switch Sense wire (RR). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. APPLICABILITY All 482 . view Repair .VER 1.INTERIOR LIGHTING *COURTESY LAMPS INOPERATIVE FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR ONLY — Continued TEST 5 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . COURTESY LAMPS STAY ON COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition off. Is the resistance below 5. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block.VER 1.VER 1.VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit for a short to ground. → Replace the Junction Block Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Ensure the courtesy lamp switch is in the off position. Measure the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit from the Junction Block C1 connector cavity 16 to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Junction Block C-1 connector. Did the courtesy lamps turn off? Yes No 2 → Replace the Body Control Module.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *COURTESY LAMPS ON AT ALL TIMES (EXCEPT BOTH FRONT DOOR COURTESY LAMPS IF EQUIP) POSSIBLE CAUSES JUNCTION BLOCK BCM. 483 . Ensure the courtesy lamp switch is in the off position. All 3 Remove the Driver’s Door Courtesy Lamp Bulb. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module. 484 . All 4 View repair options. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C-2 connector Measure the Courtesy Lamp Ground circuit from the bulb connector to the Driver Door Module C-2 connector. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Is the Courtesy Lamp bulb open? Yes No 2 → Replace the bulb.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR COURTESY LAMP INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES BULB OPEN COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN COURTESY LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT DRIVER DOOR MODULE COURTESY LAMP TEST 1 ACTION Remove and inspect the courtesy lamp bulb.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the Driver’s Door Courtesy Lamp Bulb.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Ground circuit. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C-2 connector Measure the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit from the bulb connector to the Driver Door Module C-2 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit. VER 1. 2) and the BCM C1 connector (cav. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .5 volts? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Fused B+ circuit.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Glove Box Lamp Driver circuit. All Disconnect the glove box lamp harness connector. All 4 Disconnect the glove box lamp harness connector. → Go To 5 5 View repair options Repair Replace the BCM (Body Control Module). Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit. 23). Did the test light illuminate? Yes No → Replace the Glove Box Switch. All 485 . Measure the resistance of the Glove Box Lamp Driver circuit between the Glove Box Lamp harness connector (cav. All 3 Turn ignition off. Is the bulb OK? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Glove Box Bulb. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance above 5.VER 1.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *GLOVE BOX LAMP INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES GLOVE BOX BULB OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT GLOVE BOX SWITCH OPEN GLOVE BOX LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT BCM TEST 1 ACTION Remove and inspect the Glove Box Bulb. Is the voltage above 10. Connect a test light between cavities 1 and 2 of the Glove Box Lamp harness. Disconnect the BCM C1 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Disconnect the glove box lamp harness connector.VER 1. Is the bulb OK? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace the Passenger Heated Seat Switch bulb. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *HEATED SEAT SWITCH ILLUMINATION LAMP INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVERS HEATED SEAT SWITCH BULB OPEN PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH BULB OPEN OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT (DRIVERS SIDE) OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT (PASSENGER SIDE) PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN (PASSENGER SIDE) PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN (DRIVERS SIDE) BCM TEST 1 ACTION Remove and inspect the Drivers Heated Seat Switch bulb. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Ground circuit. Is the bulb OK? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Drivers Heated Seat Switch bulb.VER 1.VER 1. All 3 Turn ignition off. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the Drivers Heated Seat Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the Passenger Heated Seat Switch connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Ground circuit. All 4 Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Drivers Heated Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Switch connector.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. 486 . All Remove and inspect the Passenger Heated Seat Switch bulb. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All Turn ignition off.VER 1. Disconnect the Drivers Heated Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the BCM C1 connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Panel Lamps Driver circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. Repair Replace the BCM. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the Passenger Heated Seat Switch connector and the BCM C1 connector (cav. #12).VER 1. 487 . Disconnect the BCM C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 7 → Repair the open Panel Lamps Driver circuit. Disconnect the Passenger Heated Seat Switch connector. All 7 View repair options.INTERIOR LIGHTING *HEATED SEAT SWITCH ILLUMINATION LAMP INOPERATIVE — Continued TEST 5 ACTION Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the Drivers Heated Seat Switch connector and the BCM C1 connector.VER 1. C-1 for manual or C-2 for automatic system. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the HVAC C1 or C2 (see connector pinout to determine which connector). Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the HVAC connectors. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open in the Panel Lamps Driver circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Connect a test light between the HVAC ground circuit and Panel Lamps Driver circuit in the HVAC connector(s). Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the HVAC C1 or C2 connector (refer to connector pinout to determine which connector) and the BCM C1 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Did the test light illuminate? Yes No 2 → Replace the Heater-A/C Control Panel Assembly.VER 1. All 4 View repair options. Turn on the panel lamps and observe the test light. Disconnect the HVAC connectors.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open HVAC Ground Circuit. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the BCM C1 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1. All 3 Turn ignition off.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *HVAC CONTROL ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES HVAC CONTROL ILLUMINATION INOPERATIVE CONTROL HEAD OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BCM (HVAC ILUMINATION) TEST 1 ACTION Disconnect the appropriate HVAC Control panel connector. 488 . 489 .VER 1.VER 1.0 volts? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit back to splice.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Disconnect the BCM C1 connector. Gain access to an inoperative bulb. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Control circuit. Are the bulbs OK? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the bulbs. All Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit to the Lamp. Measure the Courtesy Lamp Control circuit from the BCM C1 connector to the bulb connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the voltage above 10. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *I/P COURTESY LAMPS INOP POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM I/P COURTESY LAMPS INOP BULBS OPEN OPEN FUSED B(+) COURTESY LAMP CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Remove and check inoperative bulbs. All 3 Turn ignition off.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector. Repair Replace the Body Control Module.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Liftgate Courtesy Disable wire.VER 1. Using a voltmeter backprobe the Liftgate Courtesy Disable circuit at the Cargo Lamp connector while cycling the Disable Switch on and off. Measure the resistance of the Liftgate Courtesy Disable circuit between the Cargo Lamp connector and the Junction Block C1 connector.VER 1. Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit at the Cargo Lamp connector. Is the resistance below 5. 490 .0 to 0. Is the voltage above 10.VER 1. All 4 View repair options. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *LIFTGATE COURTESY LAMP DISABLE FEATURE INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN FUSED B(+) OPEN LIFTGATE COURTESY DISABLE CIRCUIT LIFTGATE COURTESY DISABLE SWITCH BCM COURTESY DISABLE TEST 1 ACTION Disconnect the Cargo Lamp connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 3 Gain access to the Cargo Lamp connector but do not disconnect. Does the voltage toggle from approximatly 10.0 volts? Yes No → Go To 4 → Replace the Liftgate (Cargo) Lamp assemble. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All Disconnect the Cargo Lamp connector.VER 1.0 volts? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit to the Cargo Lamp connector. VER 1. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector. 491 . measure the resistance of the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit at the Body Control Module C-1 connector cavity # 8. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. Are the bulbs OK? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the bulbs. All 4 Turn the Dome Lamp Switch to the ON position. Gain access to an inoperative bulb.VER 1. Is the voltage above 10. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . REAR AND LIFTGATE LAMPS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES BULBS OPEN FUSED B(+) COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BCM COURTESY LAMP DRIVER TEST 1 ACTION Remove and check inoperative bulbs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 volts? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit back to splice. All 3 Turn ignition off. While backprobing. All Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit to the Lamp. → Replace the Body Control Module (BCM). Disconnect Fuse # 8 from the Junction Block.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit.VER 1.VER 1.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *OVERHEAD. Measure the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit from the Junction Block C1 connector cavity 16 to the bulb connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Test Complete. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *PASSENGER DOOR COURTESY LAMP INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES BULB OPEN COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN COURTESY LAMP GROUND CIRCUIT PASSENGER DOOR MODULE COURTESY LAMP TEST 1 ACTION Remove and inspect the courtesy lamp bulb.VER 1.VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the Passenger Door Courtesy Lamp Bulb.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Ground circuit. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C-2 connector Measure the Courtesy Lamp Ground circuit from the bulb connector to the Passenger Door Module C-2 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C-2 connector Measure the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit from the bulb connector to the Passenger Door Module C-2 connector. All 3 Remove the Passenger’s Door Courtesy Lamp Bulb. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the Courtesy Lamp bulb open? Yes No 2 → Replace the bulb. 492 .VER 1. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit. All 4 View repair options. 0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open in the Panel Lamps Driver Circuit. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the PRNDL connector and the BCM C1 connector. All 4 View repair options. Connect a test light between the ground circuit and the Panel Lamps Driver circuit in the PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination connector. Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the PRNDL connector. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Disconnect the PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination connector.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *PRNDL/T-CASE ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES PRNDL OPEN GROUND CONNECTION PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CKT OPEN PRNDL ILLUMINATION BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Disconnect the PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination connector. All 3 Turn ignition off. Turn on the panel lamps and observe the test light.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Ground circuit.VER 1. Disconnect the PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Did the test light illuminate? Yes No 2 → Replace the PRNDL/Transfer Case Illumination assembly. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C1 connector. 493 .VER 1. Repair Replace the BCM. Disconnect the BCM C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Replace or repair the radio ground strap. Measure the resistance between ground and the radio ground wire. Did the test light illuminate? Yes No 2 → Repair or replace the Radio. Disconnect the Radio C1 connector. All 3 Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Panel Lamps Driver circuit between the Radio C1 connector and the BCM C1 connector (cav. Connect a test light between the Radio ground connection and Panel Lamps Driver circuit in the Radio C1 connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Radio ground wire. #13). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. 494 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 4 View repair options.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open in the Panel Lamps Driver Circuit.VER 1.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *RADIO ILLUMINATION LAMPS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES RADIO GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN BCM (RADIO ILLUMINATION) PANEL LAMPS DRIVER CKT OPEN RADIO ILLUMINATION TEST 1 ACTION Disconnect the Radio C1 connector. Turn on the panel lamps and observe the test light. Is the resistance below 5. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect Fuse # 8 from the Junction Block. COURTESY LAMP DRIVER TEST 1 ACTION Remove and check inoperative bulbs. All Turn ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No → Test Complete. Gain access to an inoperative bulb. All 3 Turn the Dome Lamp Switch to the ON position. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 connector. 495 . Are the bulbs OK? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the bulbs.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . While backprobing. measure the resistance of the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit at the Body Control Module C-1 connector cavity # 8.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit or Switch.INTERIOR LIGHTING Symptom: *READING & VANITY LAMPS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES BULBS COURTESY LAMP DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BCM. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the Courtesy Lamp Driver circuit from the Junction Block C1 connector to the bulb connector. → Replace the defective Body Control Module (BCM). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN FRONT RISER SENSOR SIGNAL SHORT TO MOTOR SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORT TO BATTERY FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO VOLTAGE FRONT RISER SENSOR HIGH MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL GROUND OPEN MEMORY SEAT MODULE FRONT RISER HIGH TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition off.MEMORY SEAT Symptom: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Igntion on. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Seat Module has stored in EEPROM. → Go To 3 496 . Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 7 All APPLICABILITY All Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and front riser motor is operational. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground circuit at the driver power seat front riser connector. With the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Sensors Monitor the Front Riser Position sensor while operating the seat front riser to both limits.0 volts ONLY when the motor was in operation? Yes No → Replace the Seat Track Assembly. Did the voltage ever go above 8. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Sensor connector. All 4 Disconnect the Seat Front Riser Position Sensor connector. Read the Front Riser Position Sensor voltage Is the voltage above 0. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Sensor connector. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Measure the voltage between the Seat Sensor 5 volt supply circuit and ground. Is the voltage above 0. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. 7 Turn ignition off. With the DRB III in Memory Seat Sensors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.5 volts? Yes No → Repair the seat sensor 5 volt supply ckt for a short to battery.MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — TEST 3 ACTION Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. view repair.2 volts? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Replace the Seat Track Assy. Is the voltage above 5. Measure the voltage between the Front Riser Position Signal circuit and ground. 497 . Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. view repair. Turn ignition on. Turn ignition on.2 volts? No Yes → Go To 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Front Riser Position Signal circuit for a short to voltage. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the Seat Module connector and the sensor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. All 8 If there are no possible causes remaining. → Go To 5 5 Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Sensor connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 All → Repair the open Seat Sensor Ground Wire. Memory Seat and Sensors. → Go To 3 498 . With the DRBIII select: Body.5 volts? Yes No → Replace the Seat Track Assy.MEMORY SEAT Symptom: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. Read the Front Riser Position Sensor voltage Is the voltage above 4. Turn ignition on. Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit. Turn ignition on. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Sensor connector. Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply and Front Riser Position Signal circuits. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is the voltage above 4. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORT TO GROUND FRONT RISER SENSOR (LOW) SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY OPEN FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL 5 VOLT LOW MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL SENSE LOW TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Sensor connector. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Seat Module has stored in EEPROM.5 volts? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 6 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. 499 . Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. 6 Turn ignition off. → Go To 7 All 7 Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Front Riser Position Signal circuit to ground. view repair. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Front Riser Position Signal circuit. Is the resistance below 1000 (1 K) ohms? Yes → Repair the Front Riser Position Signal Circuit for a short to ground. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit to body ground. All 5 If there are no possible causes remaining. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. All 8 If there are no possible causes remaining. Measure the resistance of the Front Riser Position Signal circuit between the Sensor connector and the Seat Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Sensor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Sensor connector. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 All → Repair the open Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit. view repair. Is the resistance below 1000 (1 K) ohms? Yes No → Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply for a short to ground. Is the resistance below 5. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.MEMORY SEAT FRONT RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — TEST 3 ACTION Turn ignition off. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Front Riser Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Front Riser Sensor connector and the Seat Module C1 connector. Measure the voltage between the Seat Sensor 5 volt supply circuit and ground..MEMORY SEAT Symptom: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on. → Go To 3 3 Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector Turn ignition on. and Sensors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is the resistance below 5. With the DRB III select: Body. Monitor the Horizontal Position sensor while operating the seat horizontally to both limits.5 volts? Yes No → Repair the seat sensor 5 volt supply ckt for a short to battery. Did the voltage ever go above 7. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground circuit to body ground. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. Memory Seat. → Go To 4 All 500 . Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is the voltage above 5.0 ohms? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 7 All APPLICABILITY All Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and front Horizontal motor is operational.0 volts ONLY when the motor was in operation? Yes No → Replace the Seat Track Assembly. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO MOTOR SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORT TO BATTERY CHECKING SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO VOLTAGE HORIZONTAL POSITION SENSOR HIGH MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL GROUND OPEN MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL HIGH TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the Seat Module connector and the sensor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. 7 Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector Turn ignition on. view repair. Read the Horizontal Position Sensor voltage Is the voltage above 0.MEMORY SEAT HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — TEST 4 ACTION Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining. Is the resistance below 5. Memory Seat and Sensors. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. All Turn ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 8 If there are no possible causes remaining.2 volts? Yes No → Go To 6 → Replace the Seat Track Assy. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Measure the voltage between Seat Horizontal Position Signal circuit and ground. Is there any voltage on the Seat Horizontal Position Signal circuit? No Yes 5 → Go To 5 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Horizontal Position Signal ckt for a short to voltage. 501 . view repair. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. With the DRBIII select: Body. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 All → Repair the open Seat Sensor Ground Wire. Turn ignition on. With the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Sensors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. Turn ignition on. Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply and Seat Horizontal Position Signal circuits.5 volts? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 6 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. → Go To 3 502 . Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Sensor connector.MEMORY SEAT Symptom: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. Is the voltage above 4. Read the Horizontal Position Sensor voltage Is the voltage above 4. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR 5 V SUPPLY SHT GND HORIZONTAL SENSOR (LOW) SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY OPEN HORIZONTAL POS SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO GROUND SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL CKT OPEN MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL 5 VOLT SUPPLY MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL LOW TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Sensor connector.5 volts? Yes No → Replace the Seat Track Assy. Turn ignition on. MEMORY SEAT HORIZONTAL SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — TEST 3 ACTION Turn ignition off. All 5 If there are no possible causes remaining. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Position Signal circuit between the Sensor connector and the Seat Module connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Sensor connector and the Module connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 All → Repair the open Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. view repair. Turn ignition off. 503 . Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit to ground. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. view repair. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. → Go To 7 All 7 Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Position Sensor connector Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Is the resistance below 1000 (1 K) ohms? Yes → Repair the Seat Horizontal Position Signal Ckt for a short to ground. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 6 Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Is the resistance below 1000 (1 K) ohms? Yes No → Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply for a short to Ground. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Horizontal Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Position Signal circuit to ground. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. All 8 If there are no possible causes remaining. Is the resistance below 5. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Seat Horizontal Position Signal circuit. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 0 ohms? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 7 All APPLICABILITY All Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and front riser motor is operational.MEMORY SEAT Symptom: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on. With the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Sensors Monitor the Rear Riser Position sensor while operating the seat rear riser to both limits. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO MOTOR SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORT TO BATTERY CHECKING REAR RISER POS SIG SHORT TO VOLTAGE REAR RISER SENSOR (HIGH) MEMORY SEAT MODULE . Turn ignition on. Is the voltage above 5. Measure the voltage between the Seat Sensor 5 volt supply circuit and ground. Did the voltage ever go above 7.5 volts? Yes No → Repair the seat sensor 5 volt supply ckt for a short to battery. Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground circuit at the driver power seat rear riser connector. → Go To 3 3 Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.INTERNAL SHORT HIGH MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL GROUND OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 4 504 All .0 volts only when the motor was in operation? Yes No → Replace the Seat Track Assembly. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the Seat Module connector and the sensor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 7 Turn ignition off. All 5 Turn ignition off. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. view repair. Turn ignition on. Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. view repair. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is there any voltage on the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit? No Yes → Go To 5 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit for a short to voltage. Measure the voltage between Rear Riser Position Signal circuit and ground. All 8 If there are no possible causes remaining.MEMORY SEAT REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — TEST 4 ACTION Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 All → Repair the open Seat Position Sensor Ground Wire. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector. 505 . All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining.2 volts? Yes No → Go To 6 → Replace the Seat Track Assy. Is the resistance below 5. Turn ignition on. With the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Sensors Read the Rear Riser Position Sensor voltage Is the voltage above 0. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector. 5 volts? Yes No → Replace the Seat Track Assy. Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply and Rear Riser Position Signal circuits. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector. Read the Rear Riser Position Sensor voltage Is the voltage above 4.5 volts? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 6 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Turn ignition on. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector. Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit.MEMORY SEAT Symptom: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. → Go To 3 506 . POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR 5 V SUPPLY SHORT TO GROUND REAR RISER SENSOR (LOW) SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY OPEN REAR RISER POS SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO GROUND REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL CKT OPEN MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL 5 VOLT LOW MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL LOW TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. Is the voltage above 4. With the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Sensors Turn ignition on. All 5 If there are no possible causes remaining. All 8 If there are no possible causes remaining. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Rear Riser Position Signal circuit. → Go To 7 All 7 Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Turn ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 All → Repair the open Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit. view repair. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Measure the resistance of the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit between the Sensor connector and the Module connector. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 507 . Is the resistance below 1000 (1 K) ohms? Yes No → Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply for a short to Ground. Is the resistance below 1000 (1 K) ohms? Yes No 4 → Repair the Rear Riser Position Signal Ckt for a short to ground. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Sensor connector and the Module connector. Measure the resistance of the Rear Riser Position Signal circuit to ground. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Is the resistance below 5. view repair. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Rear Riser Sensor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit to ground.MEMORY SEAT REAR RISER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — TEST 3 ACTION Turn ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. 6 Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH When Monitored: Ignition on.0 volts only when the motor was in operation? Yes No → Replace the Seat Track Assembly. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Sensor connector.5 volts? Yes No → Repair the seat sensor 5 volt supply ckt for a short to battery.0 ohms? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 7 All APPLICABILITY All Ensure all seat and sensor connectors are connected and recliner motor is operational. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value higher than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO MOTOR SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY SHORT TO BATTERY RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO VOLTAGE RECLINER POSITION SENSOR HIGH MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL GROUND OPEN MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL HIGH TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition off. Measure the voltage between the Seat Sensor 5 volt supply circuit and ground. With the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Sensors Monitor the Recliner Position sensor while operating the seat Recliner to both limits. → Go To 3 3 Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Sensor connector. → Go To 4 All 508 . Turn ignition on. Did the voltage ever go above 7. Is the voltage above 5. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground circuit to body ground. Is the resistance below 5. 7 Turn ignition off. Is the resistance below 5. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All Turn ignition off. 509 . Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Turn ignition on. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Position Sensor connector Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. Is there any voltage on the Recliner Position Signal circuit? No Yes 5 → Go To 5 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Recliner Position Signal ckt for a short to voltage. view repair. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Sensor connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Sensor connector.2 volts? Yes No → Go To 6 → Replace the Seat Track Assy. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Measure the voltage between Recliner Position Signal circuit and ground. Turn ignition on. view repair. All 8 If there are no possible causes remaining.MEMORY SEAT RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE HIGH — TEST 4 ACTION Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining. With the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Sensors Read the Recliner Position Sensor voltage Is the voltage above 0. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Measure the resistance of the Seat Position Sensor Ground wire between the MSM connector and the sensor connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 All → Repair the open Seat Position Sensor Ground Wire. Measure the voltage of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit. Connect a jumper wire between Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply and Recliner Position Signal circuits. POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT SENSOR 5 V SUPPLY SHORT TO GROUND RECLINER POSITION SENSOR (LOW) SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY OPEN RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO GROUND RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL CKT OPEN MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL 5 VOLT LOW MEMORY SEAT MODULE INTERNAL (LOW) TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. Set Condition: This condition is immediately set when the seat motor potentiometer feeds a value lower than the Memory Heated Seat/Mirror Module has stored in EEPROM.5 volts? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 6 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Read the Recliner Position Sensor voltage Is the voltage above 4. Ensure the Memory Seat Module is fully connected before proceeding. → Go To 3 510 .5 volts? Yes No → Replace the Seat Track Assy. With the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Sensors Turn ignition on.MEMORY SEAT Symptom: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored and Set Condition: RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW When Monitored: Ignition on. Is the voltage above 4. Turn ignition on. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Sensor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Sensor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 All → Repair the open Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit to ground. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is the resistance below 5. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 5 → Repair the open Recliner Position Signal circuit. Is the resistance below 1000 (1 K) ohms? Yes No 4 → Repair the Recliner Position Signal Ckt for a short to ground. 511 . view repair. All 8 If there are no possible causes remaining. 6 Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Sensor connector and the Module connector. Measure the resistance of the Recliner Position Signal circuit between the Sensor connector and the Module connector. Disconnect the Recliner Position Sensor connector. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. view repair.MEMORY SEAT RECLINER SENSOR OUT OF RANGE LOW — TEST 3 ACTION Turn ignition off. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 5 If there are no possible causes remaining. → Go To 7 All 7 Disconnect the Recliner Position Sensor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Is the resistance below 1000 (1 K) ohms? Yes No → Repair the Seat Sensor 5 Volt Supply for a short to Ground. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Recliner Sensor connector. Is the resistance below 5. Turn ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Recliner Position Signal circuit to ground. Measure the resistance of the Seat Front Down Switch Sense circuit between the MSM connector and the Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Refer to service information to remove the seat and gain access to the connectors. 512 . All 3 Turn ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Seat Front Down Switch Sense wire. Measure the resistance of the Seat Front Up Switch Sense circuit between the MSM connector and the Seat Switch connector. Did the Front Riser Motor operate in both directions? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 6 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Seat Front Up Switch Sense wire.MEMORY SEAT Symptom: *DRIVER SEAT FRONT RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER WIRE OPEN SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER WIRE OPEN SEAT FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN DRIVER FRONT RISER MOTOR INOPERATIVE DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH MSM FRONT RISER MOTOR OUTPUT MSM FRONT RISER SWITCH INPUT OPEN SEAT FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Using the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Module Actuators Actuate the Front Riser Motor up and then down. Is the resistance below 5. Refer to service information to remove the seat and gain access to the connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is the resistance below 5. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Measure the resistance of the Seat Front Down Driver circuit between the MSM connector and the seat front riser motor connector. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. Connect a jumper wire to the Seat Front Down Driver circuit and momentarily touch it to the Fused B(+) circuit. Reverse the Ground and Fused B(+) jumper wires momentarily to run the motor in the opposite direction. Connect a test light between the Seat Front Up Switch Sense circuit and the Seat Front Down Switch Sense circuit in the Seat Module connector. All 7 Turn ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. view repair.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 7 All → Repair the Seat Front Up Driver wire for an open. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. All If there are no possible causes remaining. Refer to service information to remove the seat and gain access to the connectors. Connect a jumper wire from the Seat Front Up Driver circuit to the Ground circuit in the Seat Module C2 connector. All 8 Refer to service information to remove the seat and gain access to the connectors. Measure the resistance of the Seat Front Up Driver circuit between the Seat Module connector and the seat front riser motor connector. Ensure the Front Riser Motor connector is connected at this time. 6 Refer to service information to remove the seat and gain access to the connectors. Is the resistance below 5. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. 513 . Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Did the Front Riser Motor run in both directions? Yes No → Go To 9 → Replace the Seat Track Assy. Disconnect the driver power seat front riser motor connector. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Is the resistance below 5. Move the Front Riser Switch to the UP and then the DOWN positions and observe the test light.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 → Repair the Seat Front Down Driver wire for an open. Disconnect the driver power seat front riser motor connector.MEMORY SEAT *DRIVER SEAT FRONT RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE — TEST 4 ACTION Ensure the Driver Power Seat Switch Is fully connected. Did the test light illuminate when the switch was moved in BOTH directions? Yes No 5 → Go To 5 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Power Seat Switch Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Continued APPLICABILITY All 514 .MEMORY SEAT *DRIVER SEAT FRONT RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE — TEST 9 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. view repair. 515 .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Seat Horizontal Rearward Switch Sense wire. All 3 Turn ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Seat Horizontal Forward Switch Sense wire. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Forward Switch Sense circuit between the Seat Module connector and the Seat Switch connector. Is the resistance below 5. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Did the Horizontal Motor operate in both directions? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 6 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off.MEMORY SEAT Symptom: *DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER WIRE OPEN SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER WIRE OPEN SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN DRIVER HORIZONTAL MOTOR INOPERATIVE DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH MSM HORIZONTAL MOTOR OUTPUT OPEN MSM HORIZONTAL SWITCH INPUT OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Using the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Module Actuators Actuate the Horizontal Motor Forward and then Rearward. Is the resistance below 5. Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors. Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Rearward Switch Sense circuit between the Seat Module connector and the Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Move the Seat Horizontal Switch to the Forward and then the Rearward positions and observe the test light. All If there are no possible causes remaining. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. Did the Seat Horizontal Motor run in both directions. Disconnect the driver power Seat Horizontal Motor connector. view repair. Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Forward Driver circuit between the Seat Module connector and the seat horizontal motor connector. Is the resistance below 5. Ensure the Seat Horizontal Motor connector is connected at this time.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 7 All → Repair the open Seat Horizontal Forward Driver wire. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Connect a test light between the Seat Horizontal Forward Switch Sense circuit and the Seat Horizontal Rearward Switch Sense circuit in the Seat Module connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Horizontal Rearward Driver circuit between the Seat Module connector and the seat horizontal motor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Is the resistance below 5. Connect a jumper wire from the Seat Horizontal Forward Driver circuit to the Ground circuit in the Seat Module C2 connector.MEMORY SEAT *DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE — TEST 4 ACTION Ensure the Driver Power Seat Switch Is fully connected. Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 → Repair the open Seat Horizontal Rearward Driver wire. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Yes No → Go To 9 → Replace the Seat Track Assy. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. Disconnect the driver power seat horizontal motor connector. All 7 Turn ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Connect a jumper wire to the Seat Horizontal Rearward Driver circuit and momentarily touch it to the Fused B(+) circuit. Reverse the Ground and Fused B(+) jumper wires momentarily to run the motor in the opposite direction. All 8 Refer to service information to remove the seat and gain access to the connectors. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. 6 Refer to service information to remove the seat and gain access to the connectors. Yes No 5 → Go To 5 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Power Seat Switch Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Did the test light illuminate when the switch was moved in both directions. 516 . Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.MEMORY SEAT *DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE — TEST 9 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Continued APPLICABILITY All 517 . Is the resistance below 5.MEMORY SEAT Symptom: *DRIVER SEAT REAR RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER WIRE OPEN SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN SEAT REAR UP DRIVER WIRE OPEN SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH DEFECTIVE DRIVER REAR RISER MOTOR INOPERATIVE MSM REAR RISER MOTOR OUTPUT OPEN MSM REAR RISER SWITCH INPUT OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Using the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Module Actuators Actuate the Rear Riser Motor Up and then Down. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Rear Down Switch Sense circuit between the Seat Module connector and the Seat Switch connector. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector. Did the Rear Riser Motor operate in both directions? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 6 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Seat Rear Down Switch Sense wire.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Seat Rear Up Switch Sense wire. Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors. Measure the resistance of the Seat Rear Up Switch Sense circuit between the Seat Module connector and the Seat Switch connector. Raise the Driver Seat as high as possible to gain access to the connectors. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. 518 . All 3 Turn ignition off. Is the resistance below 5. Connect a jumper wire from the Seat Rear Up Driver circuit to the Ground circuit in the Seat Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Rear Down Driver circuit between the Seat Module connector and the seat front riser motor connector. Connect a jumper wire to the Seat Rear Down Driver circuit and momentarily touch it to the Fused B(+) circuit. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 6 Turn ignition off. Move the Seat Rear Riser Switch to the Up and then the Down positions and observe the test light. Ensure the Seat Horizontal Motor connector is connected at this time. Did the test light illuminate when the switch was moved in BOTH directions. Yes No → Go To 9 → Replace the Seat Track Assy. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Did the Seat Rear Riser Motor run in both directions. 519 . Disconnect the driver power seat rear riser motor connector. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. view repair. Is the resistance below 5.MEMORY SEAT *DRIVER SEAT REAR RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE — TEST 4 ACTION Ensure the Driver Power Seat Switch Is fully connected. Reverse the Ground and Fused B(+) jumper wires momentarily to run the motor in the opposite direction.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 7 All → Repair the open Seat Rear Down Driver wire. Measure the resistance of the Seat Rear Up Driver circuit between the Seat Module connector and the seat rear riser motor connector. All 7 Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. All If there are no possible causes remaining. Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the driver power seat rear riser motor connector. Is the resistance below 5. Connect a test light between the Seat Rear Up Switch Sense circuit and the Seat Rear Down Switch Sense circuit in the seat module connector. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. Yes No 5 → Go To 5 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Power Seat Switch Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 8 Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 → Repair the open Seat Rear Up Driver wire. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. MEMORY SEAT *DRIVER SEAT REAR RISER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE — TEST 9 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Continued APPLICABILITY All 520 MEMORY SEAT Symptom: *DRIVER SEAT RECLINER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER WIRE OPEN SEAT RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER WIRE OPEN SEAT RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE WIRE OPEN DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH DRIVER RECLINER MOTOR INOPERATIVE MSM RECLINER MOTOR OUTPUT OPEN MSM RECLINER SWITCH INPUT OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Using the DRB III select: Body Memory Seat Module Actuators Actuate the Recliner Motor Up and then Down. Did the Recliner Motor operate in both directions? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 6 All APPLICABILITY All Turn ignition off. Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Recliner Down Switch Sense circuit between the MSM connector and the Seat Switch connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Seat Recliner Down Switch Sense wire. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 3 Turn ignition off. Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Seat Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Recliner Up Switch Sense circuit between the Seat Module connector and the Seat Switch connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Seat Recliner Up Switch Sense wire. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 521 MEMORY SEAT *DRIVER SEAT RECLINER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE — TEST 4 ACTION Ensure the Driver Power Seat Switch Is fully connected. Disconnect the Seat Module C1 connector. Connect a test light between the Seat Recliner Up Switch Sense circuit and the Seat Recliner Down Switch Sense circuit in the Seat Module connector. Move the Seat Recliner Switch to the Up and then the Down positions and observe the test light. Did the test light illuminate when the switch was moved in BOTH directions. Yes No 5 → Go To 5 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Power Seat Switch Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 6 Turn ignition off. Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. Disconnect the driver power Seat Recliner Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Recliner Down Driver circuit between the Seat Module connector and the seat recliner motor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 7 All → Repair the open Seat Recliner Down Driver wire. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 7 Turn ignition off. Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. Disconnect the driver power Seat Recliner Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Seat Recliner Up Driver circuit between the Seat Module connector and the seat recliner motor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 8 → Repair the open Seat Recliner Up Driver wire. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. All 8 Refer to service information for seat removal to gain access to the connectors. Disconnect the Seat Module C2 connector. Ensure the Seat Horizontal Motor connector is connected at this time. Connect a jumper wire from the Seat Recliner Up Driver circuit to the Ground circuit in the Seat Module C2 connector. Connect a jumper wire to the Seat Recliner Down Driver ckt and momentarily touch it to the Fused B(+) ckt. Reverse the Ground and Fused B(+) jumper wires momentarily to run the motor in the opposite direction. Did the Seat Recliner Motor run in both directions. Yes No → Go To 9 → Replace the Seat Track Assy. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. 522 MEMORY SEAT *DRIVER SEAT RECLINER MOVEMENT INOPERATIVE — TEST 9 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Memory Seat Module. Perform VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM. Continued APPLICABILITY All 523 OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit voltage is above 4.8 volts for 5 seconds or more. Customer complaint: EVIC temperature display is -40°C (-40°F). POSSIBLE CAUSES AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector. Connect a jumper wire between the sensor signal and sensor ground circuits. Close all vehicle doors. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII in Sensors, read the Outside Temperature voltage. Is the voltage below 0.5 volts? Yes No 2 → Replace the Ambient Temperature Sensor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Measure the voltage between the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and ground. Is there any voltage present? Yes → Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 3 No 524 OVERHEAD CONSOLE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT OPEN — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor Return circuit between the BCM C2 harness connector and the Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Return circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 4 Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit between the BCM C2 harness connector and the Sensor harness connector. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. No 525 OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored and Set Condition: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects that the Ambient Temperature Sensor signal circuit voltage is below 0.3 volts for 5 seconds or Customer complaint: EVIC temperature display is 55°C (130°). POSSIBLE CAUSES AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SENSOR RETURN CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector. Close all vehicle doors. Turn the ignition on. Observe the EVIC display. Does the EVIC display -40° F (-40°C)? Yes No 2 → Replace the Ambient Temperature Sensor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 3 No 526 OVERHEAD CONSOLE AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT SHORT — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance between the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit and Ambient Temperature Sensor Return circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Ambient Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the Sensor Return circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. Continued APPLICABILITY All No 527 OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: BUS MESSAGES MISSING When Monitored and Set Condition: BUS MESSAGES MISSING When Monitored: While the EVIC is performing a series of tests on the microprocessor, compass coil, and internal circuitry. Set Condition: This code will set during the self test if the EVIC does not receive PCI Bus messages from the BCM, MIC, or PCM. POSSIBLE CAUSES NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - BCM NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - PCM NO REPONSE - PCI BUS - MIC ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , attempt to communicate with the BCM. Was the DRBIII able to I/D or communicate with the BCM? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to COMMUNICATION category for the related symptom. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , select Body Controller, then System Test. Does the DRBIII display PCM Active on the Bus? Yes No → Go To 3 → Refer to COMMUNICATION category for the related symptom. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All 3 Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , select Electro/Mechanical Instrument Cluster. Is there a response from the Instrument Cluster? Yes → Replace and program the Electronic Vehicle Information Center in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Refer to COMMUNICATION category for the related symptom. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. No 528 OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: COMPASS TEST FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER TEST 1 ACTION Perform the EVIC self test. Turn the ignition off. Depress and hold the RESET and C/T buttons while turning the ignition on. NOTE: This test may also be performed using the DRBIII . Does the EVIC or DRBIII display FAILED SELF TEST ? Yes No → Replace the EVIC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Test Complete. APPLICABILITY All 529 OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN - GAS ONLY When Monitored and Set Condition: COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN - GAS ONLY When Monitored: With the ignition on. Set Condition: The BCM detects the Coolant Level Sensor Signal voltage is above 4.8 volts for 5 seconds or more. POSSIBLE CAUSES COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN COOLANT LEVEL SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII, read the Coolant Level Sensor status. Connect a jumper wire between the Coolant Level Sense circuit and the Ground circuit. With the DRBIII, monitor the Coolant Level Sensor voltage. Does the DRBIII display 0.0 volts? Yes No 2 → Replace the Coolant Level Sensor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Coolant Level Sensor Ground circuit. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the Coolant Level Sensor Ground circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. 530 OVERHEAD CONSOLE COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT OPEN - GAS ONLY — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Coolant Level Sense circuit between the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector and the BCM C2 harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Repair the Coolant Level Sense circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. Continued APPLICABILITY All No 531 OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS POSSIBLE CAUSES DEMAGNETIZE COMPASS TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: A blank compass display indicates that vehicle demagnetizing is required. NOTE: After demagnetizing, the vehicle will enter Auto Fast-Cal when the ignition is turned on. NOTE: Ensure that the correct compass variance is stored in the compass memory. See Setting Compass Variance in the Service Information. Refer to the Service Information for the Demagnetizing Procedure. View repair for Verification Test. Repair When the Demagnetizing Procedure is complete perform the Verification Test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 532 OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE When Monitored: When a SELF TEST command is received from the DRBIII, the EVIC performs a series of tests on the microprocessor, compass coil, and internal circuitry. Set Condition: This code will be set during the self test if the EVIC detects a problem the microprocessor, compass coil, or internal circuitry. POSSIBLE CAUSES ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER TEST 1 ACTION Perform the EVIC Self Test. Turn the ignition off. Press and hold the C/T button and the RESET button. Turn the ignition on. NOTE: The EVIC Self Test can also be performed using the DRBIII . Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , select body, VIC, System Test, then Self Test. Observe the EVIC display following the Self Test. When the trouble code EVIC INTERNAL FAILURE is displayed, View repair. If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace and program the Electronic Vehicle Information Center in accordance with the service information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 533 OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: NO BCM MESSAGES RECEIVED POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT NO RESPONSE - PCI BUS - BCM ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII , erase DTCs. Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Did this DTC reset? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The condition is not present at this time. Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply. Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All 2 Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII , attempt to I/D or communicate with the BCM. Was the DRBIII able to communicate with the BCM? Yes No → Replace the EVIC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Refer to the COMMUNICATION category and perform the appropriate symptom. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. 534 System Tests. read DTCs. then PCM Monitor. Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: NO PCM MESSAGES RECEIVED POSSIBLE CAUSES DTC PRESENT NO RESPONSE . With the DRBIII . erase DTCs. 535 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.PCI BUS .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Refer to the COMMUNICATION category and perform the appropriate symptom.PCM ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. With the DRBIII . Visually inspect the related wiring harness and connector terminals. Does the DRBIII display PCM Active on the Bus? Yes No → Replace the EVIC in accordance with the Service Information. All 2 Turn the ignition on. enter Body Computer. Cycle the ignition and wait approximately 1 minute. Monitor DRBIII parameters while wiggling the related wire harness. Did this DTC reset? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The condition is not present at this time. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: SET COMPASS VARIANCE AS PER SERVICE INFORMATION POSSIBLE CAUSES SET COMPASS VARIANCE TEST 1 ACTION Refer to the Service Information for the Compass Variance procedure. APPLICABILITY All 536 .VER 1. Repair When the Compass Variance procedure is complete perform the Verification Test. View repair for the Verification Test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. → Go To 3 3 Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Washer Fluid Level Switch between pin 1 and pin 2. → Repair the Washer Fluid Level Switch Sense circuit for an open.VER 1. Disconnect the Washer Fluid Level Switch harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: WASHER FLUID SWITCH FAILURE POSSIBLE CAUSES WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Washer Fluid Switch Sense circuit between the Switch connector and the BCM connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Washer Fluid Level Switch Ground circuit. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.VER 1. Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Washer Fluid Level Switch Ground circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Disconnect the Washer Fluid Level Switch harness connector. Does the resistance measure greater than 3000 ohms? Yes No 2 → Replace the Washer Fluid Level Switch.VER 1. Disconnect the Washer Fluid Level Switch harness connector. All No 537 . The title for the tests will be *AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY INACCURATE OR WRONG. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . correct Tire size and inflation.OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom List: *AVERAGE FUEL ECONOMY INACCURATE OR WRONG *DISTANCE TO EMPTY INACCURATE OR WRONG *DISTANCE TO SERVICE INACCURATE OR WRONG *ELAPSED IGNITION ON TIME INACCURATE OR WRONG *INSTANT FUEL ECONOMY INACCURATE OR WRONG *TRIP ODOMETER INACCURATE OR WRONG Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. Press and hold the RESET and C/T buttons. POSSIBLE CAUSES BODY CONTROL MODULE ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose and repair any BCM. Did the EVIC display FAILED SELF TEST ? Yes No → Replace the EVIC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform the EVIC Self Test.VER 1. Continue to hold both buttons until the software version is displayed. or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test. PCM. Speed Signal input. Observe the EVIC display when the self test is complete. The self test can be performed with the DRBIII or manually using the following procedure: Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Verify the following for proper operation: Fuel Injector Pulse Rate. → Replace and program the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. Turn the ignition on.VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 538 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Fuel Level input. then release the buttons. Is there a problem with the bulb or socket? Yes No → Replace the illumination bulb(s) or socket(s) as necessary. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: *EVIC DIMMING INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES ILLUMINATION BULB OR SOCKET ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose and repair any BCM. Turn the ignition off.VER 1.VER 1. Remove and inspect the illumination bulb(s) that is inoperative. program. and calibrate the EVIC in accordance with the Service Information. EVIC. APPLICABILITY All 539 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test. → Replace. Is the resistance above 5. Is the voltage above 10. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the EVIC in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1.OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: *EVIC INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose and repair any BCM. All 540 . Disconnect the Overhead Console harness connector. Measure the voltage between the Fused B+ circuit and ground. All Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Overhead Console harness connector. Is the voltage below 10. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . or COMMUNICATION DTCs before proceeding. Disconnect the Overhead Console harness connector.VER 1.5 volts? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Turn the ignition off.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Ground circuit for an open. Measure the voltage between the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit and ground. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 3 3 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .5 volts? Yes No → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open.VER 1. PCM.VER 1. Measure the resistance between ground and the EVIC ground circuit. All No 541 .GAS ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES COOLANT LEVEL COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH SHORTED COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure that the cooling system operates properly before proceeding with this test. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read the Coolant Level Sw voltage.VER 1. Does the DRBIII display voltage above 4. Disconnect the Body Control Module C2 harness connector.5? Yes No → Replace the Coolant Level Switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: *LOW COOLANT WARNING ALWAYS ON . Is the resistance below 5. Inspect the coolant fluid level. → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information.VER 1. → Go To 3 3 Disconnect the Coolant Level Sensor harness connector. EVIC. Is the coolant filled to the proper level and the cooling system operating properly? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair as necessary.VER 1. PCM. All Disconnect the Coolant Level Switch harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Coolant Level Switch Sense circuit between the Coolant Level Switch connector and ground. Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIII . NOTE: Diagnose and repair any BCM. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Replace the Body Control Module in accordance with the Service Information. read the Washer Fluid Level Switch voltage. With the DRBIII select the Body. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between ground and the Washer Fluid Level Switch Sense circuit.OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: *LOW WASHER FLUID MESSAGE ALWAYS ON POSSIBLE CAUSES WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose and repair any BCM or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test. Is the Washer Fluid Level Switch voltage above 5. Disconnect the BCM C2 harness connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Washer Fluid Level Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground. Disconnect the Washer Fluid Level Switch harness connector. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Turn the ignition on. Disconnect the Washer Fluid Level Switch harness connector. and then Sensors. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. With the DRBIII .0 volts? Yes No 2 → Replace the Washer Fluid Level Switch.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Body Computer.VER 1. No 542 . Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector. PCM.13.37 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition off. NOTE: The self test can also be performed using the DRBIII .12 .88 Kilohms 30°C (86°F) Sensor Resistance = 7. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .90 .75 Kilohms 50°C (122°F) Sensor Resistance = 3. EVIC.OVERHEAD CONSOLE Symptom: *TEMPERATURE DISPLAY INACCURATE OR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Diagnose and repair any BCM. Turn the ignition on.37 . Does the EVIC display Passed Self Test ? Yes No → Test Complete. or Communication DTCs before proceeding with this test. Ambient temperature information is transmitted to the EVIC via the PCI Bus. Observe the EVIC display at the conclusion of the self test.3. Turn the ignition off.75 Kilohms 40°C (104°F) Sensor Resistance = 4.61 Kilohms 25°C (77°F) Sensor Resistance = 9. Measure the resistance of the Ambient Temperature Sensor using the following temperature/resistance values: 10°C (50°F) Sensor Resistance = 17.99 . Press and hold the C/T and Reset buttons.VER 1.VER 1. All Perform the EVIC self test.5.88 Kilohms Is the Ambient Temperature Sensor resistance measurement within the min/max specifications? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Ambient Temperature Sensor.8.81 Kilohms 20°C (68°F) Sensor Resistance = 11. NOTE: The Ambient Temperature Sensor is hardwired to the BCM.10.21.33 . → Replace the EVIC in accordance with the Service Information. 543 . Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.VER 1. 544 . Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Driver circuit between the PDM connector and the door lock motor connector.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER FAIL TO LOCK/UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE OPEN DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE PDM . Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. view Repair. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Driver circuit between the PDM connector and the door lock motor connector. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .LOCK/UNLOCK OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. All Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Door Unlock Driver wire. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 3 If there are no possible causes remaining.0 ohms? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Door Lock Driver wire.VER 1. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 545 . view Repair . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All If there are no possible causes remaining. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Is the resistance below 20 ohms? Yes No 2 → Repair the Door Lock Driver Wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER) FAIL TO LOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER DOOR MODULE . Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Driver Ckt to body ground.PASSENGER DOORS FAIL TO LOCK TEST 1 ACTION Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Passenger Door Module connector. view Repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All If there are no possible causes remaining. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module. 546 . Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Driver ckt to body ground.VER 1. Is the resistance below 20 ohms? Yes No 2 → Repair the Door Unlock Driver Wire for a short to ground.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ALL DOORS (EXCEPT DRIVER) FAILS TO UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GND PDM DEFECTIVE PASSENGER UNLOCK FAIL TEST 1 ACTION Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Passenger Door Module connector. VER 1.VER 1. All 2 If there are no possible causes remaining. Door Modules Does the DRBIII display Part No. select Body .POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ALL LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES DDM BUS COMMUNICATON CHECK DDM . view Repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .LOCKS INOPERATIVE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 547 . and Version No. of the Driver Door Module? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom *BUS +/. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module.SIGNALS OPEN FROM DRIVER DOOR MODULE in the COMMUNICATION category. of the Passenger Door Module? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom BUS +/. and Version No.VER 1. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module. select Body . view Repair.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *ALL LOCKS INOPERATIVE FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE POSSIBLE CAUSES PDM BUS COMMUNICATION CHECK PDM DEFECTIVE LOCKS INOP TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII. All 2 If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Door Modules Does the DRBIII Display the Part No. 548 .SIGNALS OPEN FROM PASSENGER DOOR MODULE in the COMMUNICATION category. → Go To 3 3 If there are no possible causes remaining. Does the DRB show AUTO DOOR LOCKS ENABLED ? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → With the DRBIII. view Repair.AUTO LOCKS INOPERATIVE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRB. read ENGINE DTC’s. Are there any TPS or VEHICLE SPEED DTC’s present? Yes No → Refer to DRIVEABILITY for the related symptom(s).VER 1.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES AUTO DOOR LOCKS NOT ENABLED PCM DTC’S PRESENT DRIVER DOOR MODULE . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. enable the Auto Door Locks and retest the System.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 549 . All 2 With the DRBIII . Repair Replace the Driver Door Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . under CUSTOMER PREFERENCES read the Auto Door Lock status. KEY-IN IGNITION OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Note: Ensure that the Key is still in the Ignition Switch. Does the DRB show KEY-IN IGN: CLOSED ? No Yes 2 → Go To → Go To 2 6 All APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. read the Key-In Ignition status. Connect a jumper between the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense and Ground Circuits in the Ignition Switch C2 Connector.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *DOORS LOCK WITH KEY IN IGNITION & FRONT DOOR OPEN POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH STATUS INCORRECT KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN IGNITION SWITCH OPEN BCM . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRB show KEY-IN IGN: CLOSED ? Yes No → Replace the Ignition Switch. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Body Control Module C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit in the ignition switch C2 connector. Disconnect the Ignition Switch C2 connector. With the DRB.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Key-In Ignition Switch Sense circuit between the ignition switch C2 connector and the BCM C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Key-In Ignition Switch Sense Circuit.VER 1. → Go To 5 550 .DOOR LOCK INHIBIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE .VER 1. All 3 Disconnect the Ignition Switch C2 connector.0 ohms ? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open ground circuit. All 4 Disconnect the Ignition Switch C2 connector. read the Key-In Ignition status. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB. Turn all lights off. VER 1. With the DRB III select: Body . Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Repair Replace the Body Control Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 7 If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1. 551 .POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *DOORS LOCK WITH KEY IN IGNITION & FRONT DOOR OPEN — Continued TEST 5 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. 6 Open the Drivers door. Door Modules . view Repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRB III Show: CLOSED ? Yes No → Go To 7 All APPLICABILITY All → Refer to symptom DRIVER DOOR AJAR CIRCUIT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR category. Input/Output Read the Drv Door Ajar Sw state.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . view Repair. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All If there are no possible causes remaining.DRIVER DOOR LOCK OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Driver Door Module C1 connector.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER SHORT TO GND DDM . Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module. Measure the resistance of the Door LOCK Driver circuit in the driver door module C1 connector to body ground. 552 .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . view Repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 20 ohms? Yes No 2 → Repair the Driver Door Lock Driver wire for a short to ground.VER 1. All 4 If there are no possible causes remaining. Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Is the resistance below 5. Did the drivers door UNLOCK? Yes No 2 → Replace the Driver Door Module. Ensure the drivers window is down and the door lock is LOCKED. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Connect a jumper wire between the Door Lock Driver ckt and the Ground ckt in the C1 connector. view repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector.VER 1.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR MODULE .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the open Driver Door Lock Driver Wire. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect a jumper wire to the Driver Door Unlock Driver ckt and momentarilly touch it to the Fused B(+) ckt and observe the door lock.VER 1.OPEN DOOR LOCK DRIVER DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE OPEN OPEN DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE DOOR LOCK MOTOR OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Driver Door Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 3 Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Driver Door Unlock Driver wire. Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Repair Replace the Door Lock Motor. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Door Unlock Driver circuit between the DDM connector and the door lock motor connector.VER 1. 553 . Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Driver Door LOCK Driver circuit between the DDM connector and the door lock motor connector. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. VER 1. view Repair. Measure the resistance of the Driver Door UNLOCK Driver circuit in the driver door module C1 connector to body ground.VER 1.DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Driver Door Module C1 connector. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 20 ohms? Yes No 2 → Repair the Driver Door Unlock Driver Wire for a short to ground. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All If there are no possible causes remaining. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *DRIVER DOOR FAILS TO UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE SHORT TO GND DDM . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 554 . VER 1. Ensure the Passenger Door Module C1 connector is connected. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Door Lock Driver wire. Connect a test light between the Door Lock Driver and the Door Unlock Driver terminals in the left rear door lock motor/ajar connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Driver circuit between the PDM connector and the door lock motor connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Test Complete.VER 1.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *LEFT REAR DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN DOOR LOCK MOTOR OPEN DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE OPEN DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE TEST 1 ACTION Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. 555 . All 3 Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB III actuate the Pas Lock Relay and then the Pas Unlock Relay and observe the test light. Did the test light illuminate when the lock was actuated in both directions? Yes No 2 → Replace the Door Lock Motor. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Driver circuit between the PDM C1 connector and the door lock motor connector. → Repair the open Door Unlock Driver wire. Disconnect the Left Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the liftgate inner door trim panel to gain access to the Liftgate Lock Motor connector. Disconnect the Liftgate Lock Motor connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Door Lock Driver wire. Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Driver ckt between the PDM connector and the liftgate lock motor connector. 556 . Disconnect the Liftgate Lock Motor connector.VER 1.VER 1. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *LIFTGATE LOCK FAILS TO LOCK/UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN LIFTGATE LOCK MOTOR OPEN DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE OPEN DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE TEST 1 ACTION Remove the liftgate inner door trim panel to gain access to the Liftgate Lock Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Driver ckt between the PDM connector and the liftgate lock motor connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 3 Remove the liftgate inner door trim panel to gain access to the Liftgate Lock Motor connector. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Liftgate Lock Motor connector. → Repair the open Door Unlock Driver wire. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Note: Ensure the Passenger Door Module C1 connector is connected.0 ohms? Yes No → Test Complete. With the DRB III actuate the Pas Lock Relay and then the Pas Unlock Relay and observe the test light. Connect a test light between the Door Lock Driver and the Door Unlock Driver terminals in the liftgate lock motor connector. Is the resistance below 5. Did the test light illuminate when the lock was actuated in both directions? Yes No 2 → Replace the Liftgate Lock Motor. Note: Ensure the Passenger Door Module C1 connector is connected. Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Door Lock Driver wire. Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Driver circuit between the PDM connector and the door lock motor connector. With the DRB III actuate the Pas Lock Relay and then the Pas Unlock Relay and observe the test light. All 3 Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Did the test light illuminate when the lock was actuated in both directions? Yes No 2 → Replace the Door Lock Motor.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *PASSENGER DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN DOOR LOCK MOTOR OPEN DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE OPEN DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE TEST 1 ACTION Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect a test light between the Door Lock Driver and the Door Unlock Driver terminals in the passenger door lock motor/ajar connector. → Repair the open Door Unlock Driver wire. 557 . Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Test Complete.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Driver circuit between the PDM connector and the door lock motor connector. Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.VER 1.VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Door Lock Driver circuit between the PDM connector and the door lock motor connector. Ensure the Passenger Door Module C1 connector is connected. Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Did the test light illuminate when the lock was actuated in both directions? Yes No 2 → Replace the Right Rear Door Lock Motor. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Right Rear Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. 558 . Is the resistance below 5. Connect a test light between the Door Lock Driver and the Door Unlock Driver terminals in the right rear door lock motor/ajar connector. Disconnect the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector.VER 1. All 3 Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Door Unlock Driver circuit between the PDM connector and the right rear door lock motor connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRB III actuate the Pas Lock Relay and then the Pas Unlock Relay and observe the test light.0 ohms? Yes No → Test Complete.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *RIGHT REAR DOOR FAILS TO LOCK & UNLOCK POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN DOOR LOCK MOTOR OPEN DOOR LOCK DRIVER WIRE OPEN DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER WIRE TEST 1 ACTION Remove the inner door trim panel to gain access to the Door Lock Motor/Ajar Switch connector. → Repair the open Door Unlock Driver wire.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Door Lock Driver wire. OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Remove the driver door trim panel.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .RKE INOPERATIVE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE .0 (1K) ohms? Yes No → Repair the Diagnostic Out circuit for a short to ground.0 ohms? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Ground circuit. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector. All Remove the driver door trim panel. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Diagnostic Out circuit between the RKE module connector (cavities 5 & 6) and the DDM connector (cavity 8). Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module (located near the DDM). Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module (located near the DDM). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the voltage above 10.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .JAPAN ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN DIAGNOSTIC OUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND DIAGNOSTIC OUT CIRCUIT OPEN DRIVER DOOR MODULE . All 3 Remove the driver door trim panel. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module (located near the DDM). → Go To 4 4 Remove the driver door trim panel. Turn all lights off. 559 .0 ohms at all terminals? Yes No → Go To 5 All → Repair the open Diagnostic Out circuit. Is the resistance below 1000.VER 1.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module (located near the DDM). Measure the resistance between ground and the Ground circuit.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *RKE INOPERATIVE . Is the resistance below 10. Measure the resistance between ground and the Diagnostic Out circuits (cavities 5 & 6). Key off. Measure the voltage between Fused B(+) circuit and ground.0 volts? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Fused B(+) circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the voltage of the Diagnostic Out circuit in the RKE connector.8 and 5.VER 1. 560 . All If there are no possible causes remaining.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE *RKE INOPERATIVE . Repair Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module. Is the voltage between 4.JAPAN ONLY — TEST 5 ACTION Remove the driver door trim panel. Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module (located near the DDM). view repair.2 vol6ts? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Driver Door Module. Exit PROGRAM RKE. test the Batteries. Follow the instructions on the DRB screen.VER 1. Follow instructions on the screen. MISCELLANOUS then PROGRAM RKE.POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *RKE TRANSMITTER INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES RKE TRANSMITTER BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW RKE TRANSMITTER NOT PROGRAMMED RKE TRANSMITTER DEFECTIVE PASSENGER DOOR MODULE DEFECTIVE RKE INOP TEST 1 ACTION Remove the batteries from the transmitter.VER 1. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module. → Go To 3 No 3 Secure a known good Transmitter. Is the voltage above 3.0 volts in each battery? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Batteries. program all other Transmitters used with this Vehicle. Try the Door Locks using the Transmitter. Did the Door Locks respond properly to the Transmitter commands ? Yes → Repair complete.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . MISCELLANEOUS. All 561 . Using a voltmeter. Did the Door Locks respond properly to the Transmitter commands ? Yes → Replace the Transmitter. then PROGRAM RKE. → Go To 4 All No Note: When repairs are complete ensure all transmitters used with this vehicle are programmed 4 If there are no possible causes remaining. DOOR MODULES. Exit PROGRAM RKE. Try the Door Locks using the Transmitter.VER 1. Using the DRB select BODY. DOOR MODULES. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All With the DRB select BODY. view Repair. Program all Transmitters that will be used with this Vehicle. Using the DRB. 562 .0 ohm? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Antenna Signal circuit. view repair. Is the resistance below 1.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Antenna Signal circuit between caities 1 & 2. All If there are no possible causes remaining. Repair Replace the Remote Keyless Entry Module.POOR RANGE TEST 1 ACTION Remove the driver door trim panel. Disconnect the Remote Keyless Entry module (located near the DDM). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .JAPAN ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES ANTENNA SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY MODULE .POWER DOOR LOCKS/RKE Symptom: *RKE TRANSMITTER POOR RANGE . POWER MIRROR Symptom: *BOTH MEMORY MIRRORS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES BOTH MEMORY MIRRORS INOPERATIVE TEST 1 ACTION Ensure the memory seat operates properly before continuing. If there are no possible causes remaining.. If not.VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 563 . view repair. refer to symptom list for problems related to MEMORY SYSTEM. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 0 to 4.MEMORY CIRCUIT OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Note: The following list of items should be checked before continuing with any power mirror tests.0 to 4.SENSOR GROUND OPEN DRIVER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND SHORTED TO MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL DRIVER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND SHORTED TO MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL DRIVER DOOR MODULE . Ensure the mirror directional switches are working properly before proceeding. Operate the mirror from left to right and observe the DRB. replace the DDM. refer to SERVICE INFORMATION. If not.0 volts? Yes No → Go To → Go To 4 5 564 . If not. Does the voltage vary from approximately 1. Ensure there is communication with the DDM. If not. Ensure door ajar switches are working properly before proceeding. replace the DDM.MEMORY OPEN DRIVER DOOR MODULE .0 volts? Yes No 3 → Go To → Go To 3 5 All APPLICABILITY All With the DRBIII read the Drv Mirror Vert Volts. Does the voltage vary from approximately 1. PDM and the BCM before proceeding. Ensure the mirror select switch is working properly before proceeding. Ensure both mirrors are operational from the DDM. Continue Go To 2 2 All With the DRBIII read the Drv Mirror Horiz Volts.POWER MIRROR Symptom: *DRIVER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN DRIVER DOOR MODULE . If all items are operational. Operate the mirror from down to up and observe the DRB. continue.MEMORY MIRROR OPEN DRIVER MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO GROUND DRIVER MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO GROUND DRIVER MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE OPEN DRIVER MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE OPEN DRIVER POWER MIRROR . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 11 All No 565 . Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Mirror Sensor Ground wire between the Driver Power Mirror connector and the DDM C2 connector.0 volts? Yes No → Go To → Go To 9 10 All 9 If there are no possible causes remaining. Measure the resistance between the Mirror Sensor Ground circuit and the Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit in the DDM C2 connector. Is the voltage approximately 5. view repair.. All 7 Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. 5 Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. Is the resistance below 1000. All 10 Disconnect the DDM C2 connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mirror Sensor Ground wire for a short to the Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire. Measure the voltage between Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 5. Repair Replace the Driver Power Mirror. view repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Ensure the DDM C2 connector is connected at this time.0 ohms? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 All Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Mirror Sensor Ground wire.VER 1. Turn ignition off. Disconnect the DDM C2 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. All Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. Is the voltage approximately 5.POWER MIRROR *DRIVER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE — TEST 4 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. Measure the voltage between Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit and ground. Turn all lights off.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 7 → Replace the Driver Door Module. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module. Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the Driver Power Mirror connector.VER 1.0 volts? Yes No → Go To → Go To 8 10 8 Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 15 All → Repair the open Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 16 → Repair the open Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 12 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 12 Disconnect the DDM C2 connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit. Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. Is the resistance below 1000. → Go To 13 No 13 Disconnect the DDM C2 connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between the Mirror Sensor Ground circuit and the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit in the DDM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit between the DDM C2 connector and the Driver Power Mirror connector. Is the resistance below 5. All 15 Disconnect the DDM C2 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 1000. Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 16 If there are no possible causes remaining.POWER MIRROR *DRIVER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE — TEST 11 ACTION Disconnect the DDM C2 connector.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire for a short to ground. Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mirror Sensor Ground wire for a short to the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire. view repair.VER 1. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. 566 .VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit between the DDM C2 connector and the Driver Power Mirror connector. → Go To 14 All No 14 Disconnect the DDM C2 connector. Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit. Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. FOLDING MIRROR OPEN PASSENGER DOOR MODULE .SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER POWER MIRROR . If not OK. refer to symptom list for problems related to INTERIOR LIGHTING. replace the DDM. If not. replace the DDM.FOLDAWAY MIRROR OPEN BOTH FOLDING MIRRORS INOPERATIVE DRIVER POWER MIRROR .SHORT TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION Note: The following list of items should be checked before continuing with any power mirror tests. continue. Ensure door ajar switches are working properly before proceeding.POWER MIRROR Symptom: *FOLDING POWER MIRROR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES FOLDING MIRROR TEST DRIVER POWER MIRROR . Ensure the mirror directional switches are working properly before proceeding. If not. If all items are operational.FOLDING MIRROR OPEN PASSENGER FOLDAWAY MIRROR OPEN POWER FOLDING MIRROR FEED WIRE OPEN POWER FOLDING MIRROR FEED WIRE SHORTED TO GROUND POWER FOLDING MIRROR RETURN WIRE OPEN POWER FOLDING MIRROR RETURN WIRE SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER DOOR MODULE . Ensure there is communication with the DDM and the BCM before proceeding. Continue Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All 567 . Ensure the mirror select switch is working properly before proceeding. refer to symptom list for problems related to COMMUNICATION. If not OK. → Go To 5 5 Key off. What did you observe.0 ohms? Yes No 4 → Go To → Go To 4 7 All All Continued APPLICABILITY All Key off. Is the resistance below 5. All 568 . Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Return wire in the PDM C2 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire in the PDM C2 connector. view repair. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Replace the Driver Door Module. Operate the mirrors from the power foldaway switch and observe both mirrors. → Go To 6 All No 6 If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Neither mirror folded or opened. Check for intermittent failure from doors and foldaway switches.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Feed circuit in the DDM C2 connector. Go To 3 Passenger mirror failed to fold or open.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Power Folding Mirror Return wire for a short to ground. Disconnect the Driver Door Module C2 connector. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire for a short to ground.VER 1. Repair Replace the Driver Power Mirror. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 3 Key off. Mirrors are operating properly at this time.POWER MIRROR *FOLDING POWER MIRROR INOPERATIVE — TEST 2 ACTION Ensure all doors are closed. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Go To 11 Both mirrors folded and opened. Remove the key from the ignition switch. Driver mirror failed to fold or open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire in the PDM C2 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5.POWER MIRROR *FOLDING POWER MIRROR INOPERATIVE — TEST 7 ACTION Ensure the DDM C2 connector is connected at this time. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. All 9 Key off.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire for a short to ground. All 10 If there are no possible causes remaining.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To → Go To 12 15 All 12 Key off. Did the test light illuminate when the relays were activated in BOTH directions? Yes No 8 → Replace the Driver Foldaway Mirror. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 → Repair the open Power Folding Mirror Feed wire. → Go To 8 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Key off. 11 Key off. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Driver Power Mirror connector. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Feed circuit in the PDM C2 connector.VER 1. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. With the DRBIII actuate Drv Foldaway In then the Drv Foldaway Out relays. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Power Folding Mirror Return wire between the PDM C2 connector and the Driver Power Mirror connector. → Go To 13 All 569 .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 10 → Repair the open Power Folding Mirror Return wire. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module. Measure the resistance of the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire between the PDM C2 connector and the Passenger Power Mirror connector.VER 1. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Connect a 12-volt test light between the Power Folding Mirror Feed and the Power Folding Mirror Return circuits in the Driver Power Mirror connector. view repair.VER 1. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. With the DRBIII . 15 Ensure the PDM C2 connector is connected at this time. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. → Go To 16 All 16 Key off. Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Power Folding Mirror Return wire for a short to ground. All 18 If there are no possible causes remaining. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module. Measure the resistance between ground and the Power Folding Mirror Return wire in the PDM C2 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .POWER MIRROR *FOLDING POWER MIRROR INOPERATIVE — TEST 13 ACTION Key off. → Go To 14 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 14 If there are no possible causes remaining. Connect a 12-volt test light between the Power Folding Mirror Feed and the Power Folding Mirror Return circuits in the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Repair Replace the Passenger Power Mirror.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 17 All → Repair the open Power Folding Mirror Feed wire. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Power Folding Mirror Feed wire between the PDM C2 connector and the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector.VER 1.VER 1. view repair.VER 1. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Power Folding Mirror Return wire between the PDM C2 connector and the Driver Power Mirror connector.VER 1.VER 1.VER 1. All 17 Key off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . view repair. actuate Pas Foldaway In then the Pas Foldaway Out relays.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 18 → Repair the open Power Folding Mirror Return wire. 570 . Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Is the resistance below 5. Did the test light illuminate when the relays were activated in BOTH directions? Yes No → Replace the Passenger Door Foldaway Mirror. Is the resistance below 5. If not.0 volts? Yes No 3 → Go To → Go To 3 5 All APPLICABILITY All With the DRBIII . continue.SENSOR GROUND OPEN PASSENGER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND SHORTED TO MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL PASSENGER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND SHORTED TO MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL PASSENGER DOOR MODULE . If not. Ensure the mirror select switch is working properly before proceeding.0 to 4. If all items are operational.0 volts? Yes No → Go To → Go To 4 5 571 . PDM and the BCM before proceeding.MEMORY OPEN PASSENGER DOOR MODULE . Operate the mirror from left to right and observe the DRB.POWER MIRROR Symptom: *PASSENGER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER MIRROR SENSOR GROUND WIRE OPEN PASSENGER DOOR MODULE . replace the DDM. read the Pas Mirror Vert Volts. Continue Go To 2 2 All With the DRBIII read the Pas Mirror Horiz Volts.MEMORY CIRCUIT OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Note: The following list of items should be checked before continuing with any power mirror tests.MEMORY MIRROR OPEN PASSENGER MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE OPEN PASSENGER MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL WIRE OPEN PASSENGER POWER MIRROR . Ensure both mirrors are operational from the DDM. replace the DDM. Does the voltage vary from approximately 1. Ensure the mirror directional switches are working properly before proceeding. If not. Ensure door ajar switches are working properly before proceeding. Ensure there is communication with the DDM.0 to 4. Operate the mirror from down to up and observe the DRB. Does the voltage vary from approximately 1. refer to SERVICE INFORMATION. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. All 10 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 7 Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Turn all lights off.0 volts? Yes No → Go To → Go To 9 10 All 9 If there are no possible causes remaining. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Measure the resistance between the Mirror Sensor Ground circuit and the Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit in the PDM C2 connector.0 volts? Yes No → Go To → Go To 8 10 8 Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 7 → Replace the Passenger Door Module. view repair. 5 Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mirror Sensor Ground wire for a short to the Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire. Repair Replace the Passenger Power Mirror. Measure the resistance of the Mirror Sensor Ground wire between the PDM C2 connector and the Passenger Power Mirror connector. All Ensure the PDM C2 connector is connected at this time. Is the voltage approximately 5.0 ohms? Yes No 6 → Go To 6 All Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Mirror Sensor Ground wire. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module. Disconnect the PDM C2 connector. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the voltage approximately 5. view repair. Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Sensor Ground circuit in the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 11 All No 572 .VER 1. Measure the voltage between Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit and ground. Measure the voltage between Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit and ground. Is the resistance below 1000.POWER MIRROR *PASSENGER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE — TEST 4 ACTION If there are no possible causes remaining. VER 1. Is the resistance below 1000. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 16 → Repair the open Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. 573 . Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit.VER 1. → Go To 13 No 13 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Measure the resistance between ground and the Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit. All 15 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 1000. Measure the resistance of the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit between the PDM C2 connector and the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Is the resistance below 1000. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mirror Vertical Position Signal wire for a short to ground. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module. Measure the resistance between the Mirror Sensor Ground circuit and the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal circuit in the PDM C2 connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mirror Sensor Ground wire for a short to the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire. view repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 14 All No 14 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Is the resistance below 5. All 16 If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1.POWER MIRROR *PASSENGER MEMORY MIRROR INOPERATIVE — TEST 11 ACTION Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Disconnect the passenger Power Mirror connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire for a short to ground. → Go To 12 All Continued APPLICABILITY All No 12 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C2 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Mirror connector. Measure the resistance of the Mirror Vertical Position Signal circuit between the PDM C2 connector and the Passenger Power Mirror connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 15 All → Repair the open Mirror Horizontal Position Signal wire. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . VER 1. Measure the resistance of the relay coil across terminals 1 and 2 or (85 and 86) of the relay. Set Condition: The BCM is trying to activate the sunroof (accy) delay relay. 574 . → Go To 3 All All APPLICABILITY All If there are no possible causes remaining. Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. Turn ignition on.POWER TOP Symptom: ACCESSORY (SUNROOF) DELAY RELAY SHORTED HI When Monitored and Set Condition: ACCESSORY (SUNROOF) DELAY RELAY SHORTED HI When Monitored: Igniton in RUN and IOD fuse/connector installed. view Repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Repair Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Sunroof Delay Relay. POSSIBLE CAUSES SUNROOF DELAY RELAY COIL SUNROOF DELAY RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO BATTERY SUNROOF SECTION OF BCM TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Sunroof Delay Relay. Between 65 and 90 ohms Go To 2 2 Turn the ignition off. What resistance did you measure? Below 65.VER 1.0 ohms Replace the Sunroof Delay Relay. The fault is set when the BCM tries to pull this input low and excessive current is sinked into the BCM. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the voltage of the Sunroof Delay Relay Control circuit at the Junction Block BCM connector. Is there any voltage present? Yes No 3 → Replace the Junction Block. APPLICABILITY All 575 . What happened while opening and closing the sunroof? Opened and closed normally Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1. If either front door is opened. power to the sunroof will be immediately removed. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Ensure that both front doors are closed. Failed to open Refer to symptom list for problems related to SUNROOF MOTOR INOPERATIVE. Turn ignition on. Open and close the sunroof. Failed to close Refer to symptom list for problems related to SUNROOF MOTOR INOPERATIVE.POWER TOP Symptom: *SUNROOF DELAY INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES SUNROOF SECTION OF BCM REFER TO MOTOR INOP TEST 1 ACTION The sunroof will be operational for approximately 45 seconds after the ignition has been turned off. read Body Computer DTC’s.POWER TOP Symptom: *SUNROOF MOTOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DTC OPEN RELAY CONTACT SUNROOF DELAY RELAY COIL SUNROOF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN BLOWN FUSE #25 FUSE #25 DEFECTIVE JUNCTION BLOCK DEFECTIVE SUNROOF DELAY RELAY CONTROL J/B OPEN SUNROOF OPEN SWITCH OPEN SUNROOF DELAY RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND SUNROOF VENT SWITCH OPEN SUNROOF MOTOR B+ WIRE SHORT TO GROUND SUNROOF MOTOR B.OPEN RELAY CONTROL SUNROOF ASSEMBLY MODULE OR MOTOR OPEN SUNROOF CONTROL MODULE .SHORT TO GROUND SUNROOF CONTROL MODULE OPEN TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .WIRE SHORT TO GROUND SUNROOF GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN SUNROOF MOTOR SHORT TO GROUND OPEN POWER SUNROOF OPEN CIRCUIT OPEN POWER SUNROOF VENT CIRCUIT OPEN SUNROOF DELAY RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE . Does the DRBIII display Accessory Delay Relay Shorted Hi Yes → Refer to symptom list for problems related to ACCESSORY DELAY RELAY SHORTED HI.VER 1. → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All No 576 . 3 Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn all lights off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. 577 .. Is the voltage above 10. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition to the Run position and observe the test light. Between 65 and 85 ohms Go To 3 Greater than 85 ohms Replace the Sunroof Delay Relay.0 ohms Replace the Sunroof Delay Relay.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 7 All → Repair the sunroof switch ground circuit for an open. Does the test light illuminate when ignition is in the On position? Yes No → Go To → Go To 5 14 5 Turn the ignition off. Connect a test light between the Fused B(+) ckt and the Sunroof Delay Relay Control ckt (cavities 85 & 86) in the relay connector.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit in the Sunroof (accessory) Delay Relay cavity #30 and cavity #85 to ground. → Go To 6 All 6 Turn the ignition off.VER 1.VER 1. What resistance did you measure? Below 65.5 volts in both cavities? Yes No 4 → Go To → Go To 4 16 All All Continued APPLICABILITY All Lower the Junction Block and remove the Sunroof Delay Relay. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Sunroof Delay Relay.VER 1. Gain access to the sunroof switch and disconnect the connector. Measure the resistance of the relay coil across terminals 1 & 2 or 85 & 86. Did the sunroof motor operate? Yes No → Replace the Sunroof Delay Relay.POWER TOP *SUNROOF MOTOR INOPERATIVE — TEST 2 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Remove the Sunroof Delay Relay Connect a jumper wire between the Fused B(+) ckt and the Sunroof Delay Relay Output ckt (cavities 30 & 87) in the relay connector. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Sunroof Delay Relay. Turn the ignition on and operate the sunroof. Measure the resistance of the ground circuit at the sunroof switch connector. Connect an ohmmeter between the power sunroof open circuit and the ground circuit on the sunroof switch. Gain access to the power sunroof assembly and disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector (necessary to lower the overhead console. Measure the resistance of the ground circuit in the Sunroof Control Module connector. Turn all lights off. When pressing the open button on the sunroof switch does the meter read less than 5. Gain access to the sunroof switch and disconnect the connector.VER 1. remove the A pillar trim. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . sunvisors.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 11 → Repair the Power Sunroof Open circuit for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Gain access to the sunroof switch and disconnect the connector. 578 .0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 → Replace the Sunroof Switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . assist handles and sunroof pinch welt). Gain access to the sunroof switch and disconnect the connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No 8 → Go To 8 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Sunroof Switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All 10 Turn the ignition off. remove the A pillar trim. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. sunvisors. Gain access to the power sunroof assembly and disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector (necessary to lower the overhead console.VER 1. assist handles and sunroof pinch welt). When pressing the vent/close button on the sunroof switch does the meter read less than 5. Connect an ohmmeter between the power sunroof vent/close circuit and the ground circuit on the sunroof switch.POWER TOP *SUNROOF MOTOR INOPERATIVE — TEST 7 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Measure the resistance of the Power Sunroof Open circuit between the Sunroof Control Module and the Sunroof Switch.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 10 → Repair the power sunroof assembly open ground circuit. All Turn the ignition off. All 9 Turn the ignition off.VER 1. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Sunroof Delay Relay. All 13 Remove the headliner as per instructions in Service Information . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. No 14 Turn ignition off. → Replace the Sunroof Motor. Gain access to the power sunroof assembly and disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector (necessary to lower the overhead console. Measure the resistance of the Power Sunroof Vent circuit between the Sunroof Control Module and the Sunroof Switch. Gain access to the Sunroof Switch and disconnect the connector. assist handles and sunroof pinch welt). Did the glass move in both directions? Yes → Run the motor until the Sunroof is fully closed and replace the Sunroof Control Module Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. Remove the Body Control Module.POWER TOP *SUNROOF MOTOR INOPERATIVE — TEST 11 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Momentarily apply Fused 12 volts to the Sunroof Motor B+ circuit and ground the Sunroof Motor B.VER 1. All 15 If there are no possible causes remaining. remove the A pillar trim.VER 1. Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Repair Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Sunroof Delay Relay Control circuit between the Junction Block BCM connector and the Sunroof Delay Relay cavity #86. 579 . sunvisors.VER 1. view Repair. All Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the sunroof delay relay output circuit between the power sunroof control module connector and the sunroof delay relay cavity 87.0 ohms? Yes No 12 → Go To 12 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Power Sunroof Vent circuit for an open.circuit in the Module connector (the motor should run).0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 13 → Repair the Sunroof Delay Relay Output circuit for an open. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Sunroof Delay Relay. sunvisors. Reverse the polarity by switching the power and ground (the motor should run in the opposite direction). assist handles and sunroof pinch welt). Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector. remove the A pillar trim.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 15 All → Replace the Junction Block. Gain access to the power sunroof assembly and disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector (necessary to lower the overhead console. Is the resistance below 1000 ohms? Yes → Repair the Sunroof Delay Relay Output circuit for a short to ground. Remove the Junction Block Fuse #25. Remove the Sunroof (accessory) Delay Relay. sun visors. Turn ignition on and operate the sunroof. Lower the Junction Block and remove the Sunroof Delay Relay. → Go To 19 19 Turn the ignition off. assist handles and sunroof pinch welt). Measure the resistance of the Sunroof (accessory) Delay Relay cavity #30 in the Junction Block to ground. Remove and inspect the Junction Block Fuse #25. → Go To 17 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Replace the juction block fuse #25 with a known good fuse. Disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Sunroof Motor B+ circuit.POWER TOP *SUNROOF MOTOR INOPERATIVE — TEST 16 ACTION Turn ignition off.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the defective Junction Block. Is the resistance below 1000. remove the A pillar trim.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Gain access to the power sunroof assembly and disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector (necessary to lower the overhead console.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Sunroof Motor B+ wire for a short to ground. Is the fuse blown? Yes No → Go To 18 → Replacing the open fuse has corrected the problem. All 18 Turn ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the sunroof delay relay output circuit at the Sunroof Control Module connector to ground. Remove and inspect the Junction Block Fuse #25.VER 1. Disconnect the sunroof motor 2-way connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the fuse open? No Yes 17 → Replace the Junction Block. Turn the ignition off. → Go To 20 All No 20 Remove the headliner as per instructions in Service Information . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Test complete. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 21 All 580 . Ensure the Sunroof Motor connector is connected before proceeding. All 581 . view repair. Disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector Measure the resistance between ground and the Sunroof Motor B. Disconnect the Sunroof Control Module connector. Is the resistance below 100.VER 1.VER 1. Is the resistance below 1000.VER 1. Measure the resistance between ground and the Sunroof Motor B+ circuit. → Go To 23 23 If there are no possible causes remaining.0 ohms Yes No → Replace the Sunroof Motor. Repair Replace the Sunroof Control Module.circuit.POWER TOP *SUNROOF MOTOR INOPERATIVE — TEST 21 ACTION Remove the headliner as per instructions in Service Information .wire for a short to ground. → Go To 22 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Remove the headliner as per instructions in Service Information . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No 22 → Repair the Sunroof Motor B. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Sunroof Motor 2-way connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read the DOOR MODULE status.POWER WINDOWS Symptom: *ALL POWER WINDOWS INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES MODULE RESPONSE DRIVER DOOR MODULE . → Replace the Driver Door Module. Is the DRBIII able to access Both Door Modules? No → Refer to the COMMUNICATION category for the related symptom(s). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. APPLICABILITY All Yes 582 .WINDOWS INOPERATIVE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII .. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the rear window switch connector. Did the Window Motor operate in both directions? Yes No → Replace the Rear Window Switch. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground.OUTPUT OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Remove the Rear Door Trim Panel. check the Driver Rear Window Driver Up and Down circuits. Did the test light illuminate brightly on both circuits? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 8 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the Rear Door Trim Panel. Warning: Keep the window area clear as the window SHOULD move up and down in this test. Reverse the Jumper wires to run the motor in the opposite direction. Turn the ignition on.POWER WINDOWS Symptom: *DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR WINDOW SWITCH OPEN DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE SHORT TO GROUND DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE SHORT TO GROUND WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE SHORT TO GROUND WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE SHORT TO GROUND REAR WINDOW MOTOR OPEN DRIVER DOOR MODULE .VER 1. Disconnect the Driver Rear Power Window Switch connector. Connect a jumper wire from the Window Driver Down terminal in the switch connector to ground. Connect a jumper wire from the Window Driver Up terminal in the switch connector and momentarily connect it to the Rear Window Driver Up terminal in the switch connector. → Go To 3 583 . Repair Replace the Rear Window Motor.0 ohms? Yes No 4 → Go To 4 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Window Driver Down wire for an open. Disconnect the Driver Rear Power Window Motor connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 All → Repair the Driver Rear Window Driver Down wire for an open. Disconnect the Driver Rear Window Switch connector.POWER WINDOWS *DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES — Continued TEST 3 ACTION Remove the Rear Door Trim Panel. Disconnect the Driver Rear Power Window Motor connector. Disconnect the Driver Rear Window Switch connector. 584 .VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Down circuit to ground.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Up circuit between the window switch connector and the window motor connector. Disconnect the Driver Rear Power Window Motor connector. Is the resistance below 5. All 8 Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector. view repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Window Driver Up Wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Window Driver Down wire for a short to ground. → Go To 7 7 If there are no possible causes remaining. All 6 Disconnect the Driver Rear Window Switch connector. Disconnect the Driver Rear Power Window Motor connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Repair the Window Driver Up wire for an open. Disconnect the Driver Rear Window Switch connector. Is the resistance below 5. All Remove the Rear Door Trim Panel. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 1000.VER 1..VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Driver Rear Window Driver Down circuit between the DDM connector and the Window Switch connector. → Go To 5 5 Disconnect the Driver Rear Window Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Down circuit between the window switch connector and the window motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Up circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Driver Rear Window Switch connector. Is the resistance below 1000. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. → Go To 11 No 11 Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Rear Window Driver Up circuit to ground. Disconnect the Driver Rear Window Switch connector. All Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Rear Window Driver Down wire for a short to ground. Disconnect the Driver Rear Widow Switch connector. Is the resistance below 1000. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Repair Replace the Driver Door Module (output open) Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST ..VER 1.POWER WINDOWS *DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES — Continued TEST 9 ACTION Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector.VER 1..0 ohms? Yes No 10 → Go To 10 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Driver Rear Window Driver Up wire for an open.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Driver Rear Window Driver Down circuit to ground. All 585 . → Go To 12 All No 12 If there are no possible causes remaining. Measure the resistance of the Driver Rear Window Driver Up circuit between the DDM connector and the Window Switch connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Rear Window Driver Up wire for a short to ground. view repair. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . APPLICABILITY All 586 .DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE TEST 1 ACTION This test assumes that the driver rear window IS operational from the driver rear door switch.POWER WINDOWS Symptom: *DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR MODULE . If is not. SWITCHES. Ensure the driver rear window is operational from the driver rear door switch. If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . refer to symptom list for problems related to DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES. view repair. 0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Power Window Switch. Is the resistance below 5.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit to ground. APPLICABILITY All 587 .VER 1. Remove the Rear Door Trim Panel. Disconnect the Power Window Switch connector. → Repair the open ground circuit.POWER WINDOWS Symptom: *DRIVER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM REAR SWITCH POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT SWITCH DEFECTIVE TEST 1 ACTION Note Ensure the Window Lock out Switch on the DDM is operating properly before proceeding. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector. Actuators With the DRBIII actuate the DRV F WIN UP RLY and then the DRV F WIN DN RLY .POWER WINDOWS Symptom: *DRIVER WINDOW INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR MODULE . → Go To 3 588 . Connect a jumper wire from the Driver Window Driver Down terminal to the ground terminal. Did the window operate up and down? Yes No 2 → Replace the Driver Door Module (switch input open) Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Reverse the Jumper wires to run the motor in the opposite direction. Door Modules .VER 1. Warning: Keep the window area clear as the window SHOULD move up and down in this test.VER 1.OUTPUT OPEN MOTOR CIRCUIT CHECK DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER UP SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER UP SHORTED TO VOLTAGE DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN SHORTED TO GROUND DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN SHORTED TO VOLTAGE MOTOR DEFECTIVE OPEN MOTOR DEFECTIVE SHORT TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION Connect the DRBIII and select: Body . Connect a jumper wire from the Driver Window Driver Up terminal and momentarily connect it to the Fused B(+) terminal. Did the window motor operate up and down? Yes No → Replace the Driver Door Module (output open).OPEN SWITCH DRIVER DOOR MODULE . VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 → Repair the Driver Window Driver down wire for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . replace the power window motor. Is the resistance below 5. Measure the resistance of the Driver Window Driver Up circuit between the DDM connector and the window motor connector. Repair Replace the power window motor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .02 volts Go To 10 None of the above Check and repair any reasons for the window regulator to bind. What were your readings Total resistance above 5. Turn ignition on. Measure the resistance of the Driver Window Driver Down circuit between the DDM connector and the window motor connector.0 ohms? Yes No 5 → Go To 5 All Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Driver Window Driver up wire for an open. Is the resistance below 5. view Repair. If the mechanism is OK. Measure and record the total resistance of the motor ckt between the Driver Window Driver Up ckt and the Driver Window Driver Down ckt in the DDM C1 connector (should be under 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . All Disconnect the driver door module C1 connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . 4 Disconnect the driver door module C1 connector.0 ohms Go To 4 Resistance to gnd less than 1000 ohms Go To 7 Voltage above 0. Measure and record the resistance of the Driver Window Driver Down ckt to ground in the DDM C1 connector (should be infinite). 589 . Measure and record the voltage of the Driver Window Driver Down ckt to ground in the DDM C1 connector (should be zero).VER 1. Disconnect the driver power window motor connector. All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining.VER 1. Turn ignition off.VER 1.POWER WINDOWS *DRIVER WINDOW INOPERATIVE — TEST 3 ACTION Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 connector.0 ohms). Disconnect the driver power window motor connector. POWER WINDOWS *DRIVER WINDOW INOPERATIVE — TEST 7 ACTION Disconnect the driver door module C1 connector. Disconnect the driver power window motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Window Driver Up circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes No 8 → Repair the Driver Window Driver up wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 8 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the driver door module C1 connector. Disconnect the driver power window motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Driver Window Driver Down ckt to ground. Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Driver Window Driver Down wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 9 No 9 If there are no possible causes remaining, view Repair. Repair Replace the Power Window Motor (internal short) Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All 10 Disconnect the driver door module C1 connector. Disconnect the driver power window motor connector. Measure the voltage of the Driver Window Driver Up ckt to ground. Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Window Driver Up wire? Yes No → Repair the Driver Window Driver Up wire for a short to voltage. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 11 All 11 Disconnect the driver door module C1 connector. Disconnect the driver power window motor connector. Measure the voltage of the Driver Window Driver Down ckt to ground. Is there ANY voltage on the Driver Window Driver Down wire? Yes → Repair the Driver Window Driver Down wire for a short to voltage. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Test Complete. All No 590 POWER WINDOWS Symptom: *PASSENGER SWITCHES REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH POSSIBLE CAUSES REAR WINDOW SWITCH OPEN PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE SHORT TO GROUND PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE SHORT TO GROUND WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE SHORT TO GROUND WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE SHORT TO GROUND REAR WINDOW MOTOR OPEN PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - OUTPUT OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Remove the Rear Door Trim Panel. Disconnect the rear window switch connector. Turn the ignition on. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, check the Passenger Rear Window Driver Up and Down circuits. Did the test light illuminate brightly on both circuits? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 8 All APPLICABILITY All Remove the Rear Door Trim Panel. Disconnect the Passenger Rear Power Window Switch connector. Turn the ignition on. Warning: Keep the window area clear as the window SHOULD move up and down in this test. Connect a jumper wire from the Window Driver Down terminal in the switch connector to ground. Connect a jumper wire from the Window Driver Up terminal in the switch connector and momentarily connect it to the Rear Window Driver Up terminal in the switch connector. Reverse the Jumper wires to run the motor in the opposite direction. Did the Window Motor operate in both directions? Yes No → Replace the Rear Window Switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 3 591 POWER WINDOWS *PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES — Continued TEST 3 ACTION Remove the Rear Door Trim Panel. Disconnect the Passenger Rear Window Switch connector. Disconnect the Driver Rear Power Window Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Down circuit between the window switch connector and the window motor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No 4 → Go To 4 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Window Driver Down wire for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All Remove the Rear Door Trim Panel. Disconnect the Passenger Rear Window Switch connector. Disconnect the Passenger Rear Power Window Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Down circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Window Driver Down Wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 5 5 Disconnect the Passenger Rear Window Switch connector. Disconnect the Passenger Rear Power Window Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Up circuit between the window switch connector and the window motor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Repair the Window Driver Up wire for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All 6 Disconnect the Passenger Rear Window Switch connector. Disconnect the Passenger Rear Power Window Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Window Driver Up circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Window Driver Up Wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 7 7 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Rear Window Motor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All 8 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Rear Window Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Rear Window Driver Down circuit between the PDM connector and the Window Switch connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 9 All → Repair the open Passenger Rear Window Driver Down wire. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. 592 POWER WINDOWS *PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES — Continued TEST 9 ACTION Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Rear Widow Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Rear Window Driver Up circuit between the PDM connector and the Window Switch connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No 10 → Go To 10 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Passenger Rear Window Driver Up wire for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Rear Window Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Rear Window Driver Up circuit to ground.. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Rear Window Driver Up wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 11 No 11 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Rear Window Switch connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Rear Window Driver Down circuit to ground.. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Rear Window Driver Down wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 12 All No 12 If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module (output open) Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All 593 POWER WINDOWS Symptom: *PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR MODULE - PASSENGER REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE TEST 1 ACTION This test assumes that the passenger rear window IS operational from the passenger window switches. If it is not, Refer to symptom list for problems related to Passenger Rear Window Inoperative from Both Switches. If there are no possible causes remaining, view Repair. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 594 POWER WINDOWS Symptom: *PASSENGER SWITCH REAR WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM REAR POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT SWITCH DEFECTIVE TEST 1 ACTION Note Ensure the Window Lock out Switch on the DDM is operating properly before proceeding. Remove the Rear Door Trim Panel. Disconnect the Power Window Switch connector. Turn the ignition off. Turn all lights off. Measure the resistance of the Ground circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Power Window Switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Repair the open ground circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 595 POWER WINDOWS Symptom: *PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - OPEN SWITCH PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - OUTPUT OPEN PASSENGER MOTOR CIRCUIT CHECK PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WIRE OPEN PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER UP WIRE OPEN PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER UP SHORTED TO GROUND PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER DOWN SHORTED TO VOLTAGE PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER UP SHORTED TO VOLTAGE WINDOW MOTOR OPEN WINDOW MOTOR SHORT TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Ensure there is communication with the Passenger and Driver Door Modules before proceeding. Connect the DRBIII and select: Body Door Modules Actuators With the DRBIII actuate the PASS F WIN UP RLY and then the PASS F WIN DN RLY .. Did the window operate up and down? Yes No 2 → Replace the Passenger Door Module (switch input open) Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Warning: Keep the window area clear as the window SHOULD move up and down in this test. Connect a jumper wire from the Passenger Window Driver Down terminal to the ground terminal . Connect a jumper wire from the Passenger Window Driver Up terminal and momentarily connect it to the Fused B(+) terminal. Reverse the Jumper wires to run the motor in the oposite direction. Did the window motor operate up and down? Yes No → Replace the Passenger Door Module (output open). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 3 596 POWER WINDOWS *PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES — Continued TEST 3 ACTION Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Turn ignition off. Measure and record the total resistance of the motor circuit between the Passenger Window Driver Up circuit and the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit in the PDM C1 connector (should be under 5.0 ohms). Measure and record the resistance of the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit to ground in the PDM C1 connector (should be infinite). Turn ignition on. Measure and record the voltage of the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit to ground in the PDM C1 connector (should be zero). What were your readings Total resistance above 5.0 ohms Go To 4 Resistance to gnd less than 1000 ohms Go To 7 Voltage above 0.02 volts Go To 10 None of the above Check and repair any reasons for the window regulator to bind. If the mechanism is OK, replace the power window motor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. 4 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Window Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit between the PDM connector and the window motor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No 5 → Go To 5 All APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Passenger Window Driver Down wire for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Window Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Window Driver Up circuit between the PDM connector and the window motor connector. Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 → Repair the Passenger Window Driver Up wire for an open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All 6 If there are no possible causes remaining, view Repair. Repair Replace the Power Window Motor. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. 597 POWER WINDOWS *PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM BOTH SWITCHES — Continued TEST 7 ACTION Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Window Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Window Driver Down wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 8 All APPLICABILITY All No 8 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Window Motor connector. Measure the resistance of the Passenger Window Driver Up circuit to ground. Is the resistance below 1000.0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Passenger Window Driver Up wire for a short to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 9 No 9 If there are no possible causes remaining, view Repair. Repair Replace the Power Window Motor (internal short) Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. All 10 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Window Motor connector. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Window Driver Down circuit to ground. Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Window Driver Down wire? Yes → Repair the Passenger Window Driver Down wire for a short to voltage. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Go To 11 All No 11 Disconnect the Passenger Door Module C1 connector. Disconnect the Passenger Power Window Motor connector. Measure the voltage of the Passenger Window Driver Up circuit to ground. Is there ANY voltage on the Passenger Window Driver Up wire? Yes → Repair the Passenger Window Driver Up wire for a short to voltage. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. → Test Complete. All No 598 POWER WINDOWS Symptom: *PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM DDM POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR MODULE - PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERABLE TEST 1 ACTION This test assumes that the passenger window IS operational from the passenger door module. If it is not, refer to the symptom Passenger Window Inoperative from Both Switches in the Power Window category. If there are no possible causes remaining, view Repair. Repair Replace the Driver Door Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 599 POWER WINDOWS Symptom: *PASSENGER WINDOW INOPERATIVE FROM PDM POSSIBLE CAUSES PASSENGER DOOR MODULE - SWITCH FAILURE TEST 1 ACTION Note Ensure the Window Lock out Switch on the DDM is operating properly before proceeding. This test assumes that the passenger window IS operational from the Driver Door Module. If it is not, refer to symptom Passenger Window Inoperative from Both Switches in the Power Window category. If there are no possible causes remaining, view Repair. Repair Replace the Passenger Door Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. APPLICABILITY All 600 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING Symptom List: LF SENSOR BATTERY LOW LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE LR SENSOR BATTERY LOW LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE RF SENSOR BATTERY LOW RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE RR SENSOR BATTERY LOW RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE SPARE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE SPARE TIRE SENSOR BATTERY LOW Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be LF SENSOR BATTERY LOW. When Monitored and Set Condition: LF SENSOR BATTERY LOW When Monitored: Set Condition: Transmitter. Key ON. When the EVIC detects a low battery condition from the LF Sensor/ LF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: Transmitter. Key ON. When the EVIC detects a no-transmit condition from the LF Sensor/ LR SENSOR BATTERY LOW When Monitored: Set Condition: Transmitter. Key ON. When the EVIC detects a low battery condition from the LR Sensor/ LR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: Transmitter. Key ON. When the EVIC detects a no-transmit condition from the LR Sensor/ RF SENSOR BATTERY LOW When Monitored: Set Condition: Transmitter. Key ON. When the EVIC detects a low battery condition from the RF Sensor/ 601 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING LF SENSOR BATTERY LOW — Continued RF TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: Transmitter. Key ON. When the EVIC detects a no-transmit condition from the RF Sensor/ RR SENSOR BATTERY LOW When Monitored: Set Condition: Transmitter. Key ON. When the EVIC detects a low battery condition from the RR Sensor/ RR TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: Transmitter. Key ON. When the EVIC detects a no-transmit condition from the RR Sensor/ SPARE TIRE PRESSURE SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored: Key ON. Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a no-transmit condition from the Spare Tire Sensor/Transmitter. SPARE TIRE SENSOR BATTERY LOW When Monitored: Key ON. Set Condition: When the EVIC detects a low battery condition from the Spare Tire Sensor/Transmitter. POSSIBLE CAUSES EVIC INTERNAL FAULT SENSOR/TRANSMITTER INTERNAL FAULT TEST 1 ACTION Using the procedure in the System Description, retrain the EVIC With the DRBIII , record and erase DTC’s. Drive the vehicle for 10 minutes at 32 km/h (20 mph). With the DRBIII , read DTCs. Does the DRBIII display a Sensor Failure or Sensor Low Battery message? Yes No → Replace the indicated Tire Pressure Sensor/Transmitter. Perform TIRE PRESSURE VERIFICATION TEST. → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All 602 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING LF SENSOR BATTERY LOW — TEST 2 Continued APPLICABILITY All ACTION Turn the ignition on. Observe the EVIC display. Does the EVIC display SERVICE TIRE PRESS. SYSTEM? Yes No → Replace the EVIC in accordance with the Service Information. Perform TIRE PRESSURE VERIFICATION TEST. → Test Complete. 603 VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom List: BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) PRE-ARM TIMEOUT FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED. When Monitored and Set Condition: BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: Set Condition: Whenever the ITM sends bus messages to the BCM. If the ITM does not receive status messages from the BCM. PRE-ARM TIMEOUT FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: seconds. During the VTSS pre-arm process. If the ITM does not receive arm message from the BCM after sixty POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION ITM COMMUNICATION WITH THE BCM INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. With the DRB, enter Body Computer. Was the DRB able to I/D or communicate with the Body Computer? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s). Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1. 604 read Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s. Turn the ignition off. Arm the VTSS and wait 1 minute. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . pierced or partially broken wires. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present. Did this DTC reset? Yes → Replace the Intrusion Transceiver Module in accordance with the service information.VER 1. Disarm the VTSS and turn the ignition on. With the DRB. erase ITM DTC’s. Look for any chafed. Continued APPLICABILITY All No 605 .VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY BCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) — TEST 2 ACTION With the DRB. Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition.VER 1. INTERNAL SHORT TO VOLTAGE HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE BCM . Remove the Body Control Module from the Junction Block. → Replace the Body Control Module. Press the horn pad several times. With the DRBIII . Did the Horn Relay Ckt Shorted Hi trouble code reset? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the original Horn Relay.0 volt? Yes No → Repair the Horn Relay Control circuit for a short to voltage.1A. Remove the Horn Relay from the Power Distribution Center.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: HORN RELAY CIRCUIT SHORTED HI POSSIBLE CAUSES HORN RELAY . Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . All Turn the ignition off. 606 . Is the voltage above 1. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST .1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . record and erase DTC’s. With the DRBIII . read DTCs. Turn the ignition on. Measure the voltage between the Horn Relay Control circuit and ground.1A.HORN RELAY CONTROL SHORT TO VOLTAGE TEST 1 ACTION Substitute the Horn Relay with a good relay. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII .EEPROM FAILURE When Monitored: state.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .EEPROM FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) LOOPBACK FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. Does the DRBIII display the same DTC? Yes No → Replace the Intrusion Transceiver Module. erase the current Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s. APPLICABILITY All 607 . Disarm the VTSS and turn the ignition on. LOOPBACK FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: Continuously while the VTSS is armed. Set Condition: Continuously while the VTSS is armed and during change of the VTSS If the EEPROM erase/write does not correctly complete the operation. When Monitored and Set Condition: ITM . read Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s. Test complete. If an internal ITM bus test performed fails.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom List: ITM . The title for the tests will be ITM . With the DRBIII . → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.EEPROM FAILURE. Arm the VTSS and wait 1 minute.VER 1. pre-armed or reset. Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . TRANSDUCER FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: ITM . Were there any problems found? Yes No → Clean as necessary. Set Condition: The ITM sends a test ultrasonic signal during the pre-arm process. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .1A. With the DRBIII . If the test signal is not correctly received. Test complete. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . 608 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . read Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s. All 2 Inspect the louvers of the Intrusion Transceiver Module for blockage from dust or debris. Disarm the VTSS and turn the ignition on. Does the DRBIII display: ITM Transducer Failure? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.VER 1.VER 1.TRANSDUCER FAILURE When Monitored: Continuously during VTSS pre-arm mode. Turn the ignition off. the code will be set. POSSIBLE CAUSES BLOCKED INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE SENSORS INTERMITTENT CONDITION INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Arm the VTSS and wait 1 minute. → Replace the Intrusion Transceiver Module.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: ITM . erase the current Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s. With the DRBIII display and record the VIN in the Intrusion Transceiver Module.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: ITM . POSSIBLE CAUSES INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE BODY CONTROL MODULE CHECK VIN IN BCM AND ITM WITH VIN IN PCM TEST 1 ACTION NOTE: Do not attempt to use either an ITM and/or a Siren from another vehicle. → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.VIN MISMATCH (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: ITM . Turn the ignition off. Display and record the VIN in the BCM. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Display and record the VIN in the PCM. With the DRBIII . Disarm the VTSS using the RKE and turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1. erase the current Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s. With the DRBIII select Engine. Does the VIN in the ITM and the VIN in the BCM match the VIN in the PCM? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Replace the Module(s) with the incorrect VIN. Does the DRBIII display: ITM VIN Mismatch? Yes No → Replace the Intrusion Transceiver Module. Arm the VTSS and wait 1 minute. 609 . read Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s. If the ITM stored VIN does not match with the BCM. All With the DRBIII . Test complete. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII select Body Computer.VIN MISMATCH When Monitored: Set Condition: While the ITM is being disarmed.VER 1. If the Intrusion Transceiver Module does not receive messages from the SIREN COMMUNICATION FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: Module. If the Siren does not receive messages from the Intrusion Transceiver POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION OPEN FUSED B+ CIRCUIT SIREN SIGNAL CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN SIREN SIGNAL CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT VTSS SIREN TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . pierced. The title for the tests will be NO SERIAL COMMUNICATION. 610 . Look for any chafed. Continuously while the VTSS is armed. Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Continuously while the VTSS is armed. Disarm the VTSS and turn the ignition on. Does the DRBIII display the same DTC? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present. Arm the VTSS and wait 1 minute.VER 1. Turn the ignition off. pinched or partially broken wires. erase the current Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom List: NO SERIAL COMMUNICATION (EXPORT ONLY) SIREN COMMUNICATION FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. When Monitored and Set Condition: NO SERIAL COMMUNICATION When Monitored: Set Condition: Siren. Measure the resistance between ground and the Siren Signal Control circuit. → Go To 5 5 Disconnect the Siren harness connector. Select lab scope. Connect the black lead to the chassis ground. Press F2 again when complete. Is the resistance above 5. Observe the voltage displayed on the DRBIII Lab Scope. Start the engine and hold the engine RPM’s above 600. Select DRBIII Standalone.VER 1. Disconnect the Siren connector. Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. check the ground circuit. Connect the red lead to the Siren Signal Control circuit in the Siren connector. Select Live. 611 . and the red and black test probes. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Intrusion Transceiver Module harness connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRBIII . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the voltage of the Fused B(+) circuit in the Siren connector. All Disconnect the Siren connector.1A. All 4 Use the DRBIII and set up as follows: Use the Scope input cable CH7058.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Repair the Siren Signal Control circuit for a short to ground. Disconnect the Siren connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the ground circuit for an open. Is the voltage above 10.0 volts? Yes No 3 → Go To 3 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. Is there a voltage square wave present 1 to 2 seconds? Yes No → Replace the VTSS Siren. Select 12 volt square wave.1A. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. Attach the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY NO SERIAL COMMUNICATION (EXPORT ONLY) — TEST 2 ACTION Gain access to the VTSS Siren. Press F2 for Scope. Cable to Probe adapter CH7062.VER 1. Continued APPLICABILITY All 612 .VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY NO SERIAL COMMUNICATION (EXPORT ONLY) — TEST 6 ACTION Disconnect the Siren harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Siren Signal Control circuit between the Intrusion Sensor and the Siren connector. Disconnect the Intrusion Transceiver Module harness connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Intrusion Transceiver Module.1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. → Repair the Siren Signal Control circuit for an open. POSSIBLE CAUSES PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED ATTEMPT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE PCM PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on. With the DRB enter System Tests then PCM Monitor. If DTC resets. The ITM does not receive PCI bus messages from the PCM for 12 seconds.VER 1.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRB display: PCM is active on BUS? Yes → With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the PCM C3 harness connector.VER 1. Connect the diagnostic junction port tester #8339 to the diagnostic junction port. Cycle the ignition switch.0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the service information. Note: Do not connect the tester to the DRB. No 613 . replace the Intrusion Transceiver Module in accordance with the service information.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: PCM MESSAGE NOT RECEIVED When Monitored: Set Condition: With the ignition on. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 Turn the ignition on. wait 1 minute then recheck for ITM DTCs.VER 1. Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the diagnostic junction port tester and the PCM connector. Was the DRB able to communicate with the PCM? Yes No → Go To 3 → Refer to the communication category and perform the appropriate symptom. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. → Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open. With the DRB. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase ITM DTCs. attempt to communicate with the PCM. All 3 Turn the ignition off. If the siren detects the loss of vehicle battery voltage. Does the DRBIII display: Siren Battery Has Been Tampered? Yes No → Replace the Siren in accordance with the Service Information. With the DRBIII . Were there any problems found? Yes No 2 → Repair wiring as necessary.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .1A. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Inspect the related wiring harness for a possible intermittent condition. erase the current Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: SIREN BATTERY HAS BEEN TAMPERED (EXPORT ONLY) When Monitored and Set Condition: SIREN BATTERY HAS BEEN TAMPERED When Monitored: Set Condition: Continuously while the VTSS is armed.VER 1. Arm the VTSS and wait 1 minute. → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All With the DRBIII . Look for any chafed. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION HARNESS TAMPERING INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE TEST 1 ACTION Inspect the wiring harness to the siren for any signs of tampering or damage. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition off. Disarm the VTSS and turn the ignition on. 614 . pierced or partially broken wires. read Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s. Turn the ignition off. Arm the VTSS and wait 1 minute.VER 1. Does the DRBIII display the same DTC? Yes No → Replace the Siren. Disarm the VTSS and turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . the ITM sets this code. If the checksum of the EEPROM does not calculate to the correct value. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . erase the current Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION SIREN TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . SIREN INTERNAL BATTERY When Monitored: Continuously with engine rpm over 600. read Intrusion Transceiver Module DTC’s.VER 1. If the checksum of the ROM does not calculate to the correct value. SIREN ROM FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: Continuously while the VTSS is armed. Set Condition: When the internal battery within the siren does not charge as expected. Test complete. → The condition that caused this symptom is currently not present.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom List: SIREN EEPROM FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) SIREN INTERNAL BATTERY (EXPORT ONLY) SIREN ROM FAILURE (EXPORT ONLY) Test Note: All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests. The title for the tests will be SIREN EEPROM FAILURE. When Monitored and Set Condition: SIREN EEPROM FAILURE When Monitored: Set Condition: Continuously while the VTSS is armed. APPLICABILITY All 615 . Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.1A. Visually inspect related wiring harnesses. → Test Complete. broken. pushed out. The following list may help in indentifying the intermittent condition. Look for loose connections. → Go To 2 All APPLICABILITY All No 2 NOTE: The condition that caused the alarm is not present at this time. Look for chafed.1A. 616 . pinched. bent. or partially broken wires. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . read the Alarm Trip By status. or corroded terminals. Were any of the above conditions present? Yes No → Repair as necessary Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST .VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *ALARM TRIPS ON ITS OWN POSSIBLE CAUSES ALARM TRIPPED BY INTERMITTENT CONDITION TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Were there any causes displayed? Yes → Refer to Symptom List for problems related to the component indicated by the DRBIII . pierced. Attempt to disarm the VTSS using the Door Key. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Does the test light illuminate? Yes → Repair the Driver Door Cylinder Lock Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground. Rotate the Key in the Door Key Cylinder from the normal position to the unlock position.1A.6 volts? Yes No 2 → Go To → Go To 2 3 All APPLICABILITY All Reset the DDM by removing and reinstalling the JB POWER Fuse #12 in the Power Distribution Center. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . check the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch Sense circuit. → Go To 5 No 617 . Does the test light illuminate? Yes No → Go To 4 All → Repair the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch Ground circuit for an open. Disconnect the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch harness connector. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. Sensor Display. Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to 12-volts. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Does the Driver Key Cylinder Sw voltage change from 5. 3 Disconnect the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch harness connector.VER 1.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *DRIVERS DOOR KEY FAILS TO DISARM VTSS POSSIBLE CAUSES DRIVER DOOR MODULE RESET RESET DOOR MODULE OPEN GROUND CIRCUIT DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND OPEN DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII in VTSS.VER 1. All 4 Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 harness connector.1A.0 to 1. Can the VTSS now be disarmed using the Door Key? Yes No → Resetting the Driver Door Module has corrected the problem. → Replace the Driver Door Module. read the Driver Key Cylinder Sw voltage. check the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch Ground circuit. → Repair the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch Sense circuit for an open. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY *DRIVERS DOOR KEY FAILS TO DISARM VTSS — TEST 5 ACTION Disconnect the Driver Door Module C1 harness connector. Measure the resistance of the Sense circuit. Continued APPLICABILITY All No 618 .0 ohms? Yes → Replace the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch in accordance with the Service Information.1A.1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Driver Cylinder Lock Switch harness connector. VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *HAZARD LAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WITH ALARM TRIPPED POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFY HAZARD OPERATION BCM -. Do the Hazard Lamps operate properly? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Check and diagnose related Body Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Codes. refer to the Service Information. 619 .1A. Do the hazard lamps operate? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Connect a jumper wire between cavity 10 of the Junction Block and ground.1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST .HAZARDS INOPERATIVE WITH VTSS ALARM TRIPPED JUNCTION BLOCK TEST 1 ACTION Turn the Hazard Lamps on. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . All 2 Remove the BCM from the Junction Block.1A. If no DTCs are present. → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Information. 1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . → Refer to the Exterior Lighting symptom list and also check for related Body Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Codes.HEADLAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WHEN VTSS IS IN ALARM TEST 1 ACTION Turn the Low Beam Headlamps on. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . APPLICABILITY All 620 . Do the Low Beam Headlamps operate properly? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *HEADLAMPS FAIL TO FLASH WITH ALARM TRIPPED POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFY LOW BEAM OPERATION BCM -.1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . 621 .1A. probe the Horn Relay Control circuit at the J/B side of the Junction Block-to-Body Control Module connector. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . refer to the Service Information to diagnose the horn system. While monitoring the test light. press the horn button on the steering wheel.OPEN HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT BODY CONTROL MODULE-OPEN HORN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT TEST 1 ACTION Push the Horn Button on the Steering Wheel. All 2 Remove the BCM from the junction block.1A. Did the test light illuminate when the horn button was pressed? Yes No → Replace the Body Contol Module. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts.1A. Does the Horn operate properly? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Check for and diagnose related Body Control Module Diagnostic Trouble Codes. → Replace the Junction Block in accordance with the Service Information.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *HORN FAILS TO SOUND WITH ALARM TRIPPED POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK HORN OPERATION JUNCTION BLOCK . Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . If there are no DTCs present. check the Current Status of the Interior Type. APPLICABILITY All 622 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Program the correct interior type.VER 1.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE SENSITIVITY (EXPORT ONLY) POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERIOR TYPE SELECTED IN ITM TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII in Miscellaneous. Is the Interior Type selected correct? Yes No → Test Complete. Was the Theft Alarm enabled? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → With the DRBIII . liftgate flip-up. All 2 Make sure the liftgate.1A. Remove the key from the ignition. ajar switch states. hood and all doors are closed. check that the Theft Alarm is enabled. No 623 . Does the DRBIII display any closed switches or VTSS related DTCs? Yes → Refer to the Symptom List and diagnose the appropriate symptom in the CHIME.NO ALARM OUTPUT TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII .1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST .1A. read the active DTC’s.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *THEFT ALARM WILL NOT ARM POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK THE VTSS STATUS CHECK FOR DTCS AND VTSS ARMING INHIBITORS BODY CONTROL MODULE . Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . DOOR AJAR or VTSS category. → Replace the Body Control Module. With the DRBIII . Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . and the key-in-ignition switch state. enable the Vehicle Theft Security System (VTSS). 1A. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM DRIVERS DOOR POSSIBLE CAUSES BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM DRVR DOOR CHECK DRBIII FOR DRIVER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . read the DRVR DOOR AJAR SW status.1A. → Refer to symptom DRIVER DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR category. APPLICABILITY All 624 . Open the driver door. VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM HOOD (IF EQUIPPED) POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR HOOD AJAR RESPONSE BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM HOOD TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII .1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . read the HOOD AJAR SW status. Open the hood. → Refer to symptom HOOD AJAR CKT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR category. APPLICABILITY All 625 . Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST .1A. VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LEFT REAR DOOR POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR RESPONSE BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM LR DOOR TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Open the left rear door. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST .1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . APPLICABILITY All 626 .1A. read the LR DOOR AJAR SW status. → Refer to symptom LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR category. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. 1A. Open the liftgate.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LIFTGATE POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR LIFTGATE SW RESPONSE BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM LIFTGATE TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . read the LIFTGATE SW status. APPLICABILITY All 627 . → Refer to symptom LIFTGATE AJAR CKT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR category. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module.1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Open the liftgate flip-up glass.1A. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST .VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM LIFTGATE FLIP-UP GLASS ONLY POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR LIFTGATE FLIP-UP RESPONSE BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM LIFTGATE FLIP-UP GLASS TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . → Refer to symptom Lftgate Flip-Up Ajar Circuit Open in the DOOR AJAR category. APPLICABILITY All 628 . read the LIFTGLASS SW status.1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST .1A. → Refer to symptom PASSENGER DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR category.1A. APPLICABILITY All 629 . read the PASS DOOR AJAR SW status. Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST .VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM PASSENGER FRONT DOOR POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR PASSENGER DOOR AJAR RESPONSE BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM PASSENGER DOOR TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII . Open the passenger door. APPLICABILITY All 630 . Does the DRBIII display CLOSED? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module.1A. read the RR DOOR AJAR SW status. Open the right rear door. → Refer to symptom RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR CKT OPEN in the DOOR AJAR category. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST .VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS DOES NOT TRIP FROM RIGHT REAR DOOR POSSIBLE CAUSES CHECK DRBIII FOR RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR RESPONSE BCM-NO VTSS TRIP FROM RR DOOR TEST 1 ACTION With the DRBIII .1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts.1A. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST .0 volts? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Repair the VTSS Fused B+ circuit for an open.0 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. All 631 . All Disconnect the Automatic Headlamp Light Sensor VTSS/LED harness connector. Does the test light illuminate when the VTSS Indicator lamp is actuated? Yes → Replace the Automatic Headlamp Light Sensor/VTSS LED assembly.1A. Turn the ignition on. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the BCM C1 harness connector. With the DRB in Vehicle Theft. → Repair the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit for an open. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . Measure the resistance of the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit.1A. Is the voltage above 10.1A. actuate the VTSS Indicator lamp.VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY Symptom: *VTSS INDICATOR INOPERATIVE POSSIBLE CAUSES OPEN VTSS INDICATOR FUSED B(+) SUPPLY OPEN VTSS LED VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN BODY CONTROL MODULE--OPEN INTERNAL VTSS DRIVER TEST 1 ACTION Disconnect the Automatic Headlamp Light Sensor/VTSS LED harness connector. Is the resistance below 5. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 3 No 3 Disconnect the Automatic Headlamp Light Sensor/ VTSS LED harness connector. check the VTSS Indicator Driver circuit. Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit. 75 volts? Yes No → Replace the right side Multifunction Switch. Turn the right side multifunction switch to the AUTO position. pierced. DRBIII . Were any wipe commands transmitted to the BCM from the RSM? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module. With the DRBIII . Disconnect the right side Multifunction Switch harness connector. pinched. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: RAIN SENSOR FAULT When Monitored and Set Condition: RAIN SENSOR FAULT When Monitored: Set Condition: Ignition on. Does the DRBIII display voltage above 4. → Replace the Rain Sensor Module. Using the DRBIII monitor the wipe commands to the BCM from the RSM. Look for any chafed. Body Control Module and read the Multifunction Switch voltage.VER 1. Using a spray bottle. When the BCM detects a fault from the Rain Sensor Module. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the ignition on.VER 1. clear all BCM DTC’s.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . or partially broken wires. read the DTC information. right side multifunction switch to the AUTO position. Inspect the related wiring for a possible intermittent condition. POSSIBLE CAUSES INTERMITTENT CONDITION MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH RAIN SENSOR MODULE BODY CONTROL MODULE TEST 1 Turn With Turn With Does the the the the the ACTION ignition on. spray water on the RSM area of the windshield. → Go To 3 3 Turn the ignition on. DRBIII . All 632 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. All 2 Turn the ignition off. select Body. DRBIII read: Rain Sensor Fault? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → The condition that caused the symptom is currently not present. → Replace the Body Control Module. All With the DRBIII.WASHER FLUID SENSOR FAILURE WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH CIRCUIT VERIFICATION TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition on. Erase BCM DTC’s Turn ignition off then turn ignition on. code not present at this time. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC . Does the DRB show WASHER FLUID SENSOR FAILURE ? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Test Complete. Wait 5 minutes before reading the BCM DTC. Is the Washer Fluid Level Switch voltage above 4. then low and high speed positions. then push the washer switch.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: WASHER FLUID SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: WASHER FLUID SENSOR FAILURE When Monitored: Ignition key in run position. Turn the wiper switch to each intermittent position. access BCM Sensors. With the DRBIII. 633 . Read the Washer Fluid level switch voltage.8 volts for 5 seconds or more. Turn ignition on.VER 1.8 volts? Yes No → Test Complete. With the DRBIII read BCM DTC’s. Set Condition: If the resistance of the washer fluid level sensor input to the BCM is high causing the voltage to be above 4. Using an ohmmeter. code not present at this time. With the DRBIII. Does the DRB show WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED HIGH ? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Test Complete. With the DRBIII read BCM DTC’s.VER 1. Is the resistance below 50 ohms? Yes No → Replace the Wiper ON/Off Relay. measure between terminals #85 and #86 of the Wiper On/Off Relay. POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC .WIPER ON/OFF RELAY TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition on. Erase BCM DTC’s Turn ignition off then turn ignition on. Set Condition: If the BCM detects high current on the wiper on/off relay control circuit the code will set. Note: Check connectors . → Go To 3 634 . Turn the wiper switch to each intermittent position.WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED HIGH WIPER ON/OFF RELAY COIL SHORTED WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY BCM DEFECTIVE . then low and high speed positions. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .Clean / repair as necessary.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED HIGH When Monitored and Set Condition: WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED HIGH When Monitored: The ignition must be in the run position and battery voltage supplied to the BCM on the Fused B(+) circuit. Remove the On/Off Relay. All Turn ignition off. Disconnect the Wiper On/Off Relay. Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit shorted to battery. Turn ignition on.0 volts? Yes No 4 → Repair the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit shorted to battery. Turn the Ignition On (Engine Off). Note: Check connectors .0 volts? Yes → Replace the Body Control Module. Note: Check connectors . Disconnect the BCM C1 Connector. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect a voltmeter between cavity 85 of the On/Off Relay and chassis ground. Remove the Wiper On/Off Relay. No 635 .Clean/repair as necessary.Clean/repair as necessary. → Test Complete.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED HIGH — TEST 3 ACTION Turn the Ignition Off.VER 1.VER 1. Using a voltmeter. → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn the Ignition Off. Is the voltage above 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the voltage above 1. measure the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit at the BCM C1 Connector. Does the DRB show WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT SHORTED LOW/OPEN ? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Test Complete. Set Condition: circuit. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .Clean/repair as necessary. With the DRBIII read BCM DTC’s. If the BCM cannot sense any voltage on the wiper on/off relay control POSSIBLE CAUSES JUNCTION BLOCK CIRCUIT BREAKER C1 OPEN VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC . code not present at this time. → Go To 3 636 . Note: Check connectors . All Disconnect the Junction Block Circuit Breaker C1. With the DRBIII. Install a known good circuit breaker in place of the Junction Block C1 Circuit Breaker. Erase BCM DTC’s Turn ignition off then turn ignition on. Turn the wiper switch to each intermittent position. then low and high speed positions.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED LOW/OPEN CIRCUIT When Monitored and Set Condition: WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED LOW/OPEN CIRCUIT When Monitored: The ignition must be in the run position and battery voltage supplied to the BCM on the Fused B(+) circuit.VER 1.WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CIRCUIT SHORTED LOW/OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition on. Does the system now operate correctly? Yes No → Replace the Junction Block Circuit Breaker C1.WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED LOW/OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN/ACC CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN/ACC CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND COMMON CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND HIGH SPEED OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND LOW SPEED OUTPUT SHORTED TO GROUND WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BCM DEFECTIVE. Is the resistance below 5. Using an Ohmmeter. → Go To 5 No 5 Turn the Ignition Off. measure the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit from the Wiper On/Off Relay connector (cavity 86) and ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.Clean/repair as necessary. Using an ohmmeter.Clean / repair as necessary. Remove the Junction Block C1 Circuit Breaker. → Go To 6 All No 6 Turn the Ignition Off. Note: Check connectors . Note: Check connectors .VER 1. measure the Fused Ignition Switch Output circuit between the On/Off Relay (Cavity 86) and ground.0 Ohms? Yes No 4 → Go To 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit. measure the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit between the Wiper Motor Connector and ground. Note: Check connectors . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 10. Note: Check connectors .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit shorted to ground. Connect a jumper wire between the Junction Block C2-9 Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC and ground. Measure the resistance of the Wiper Relay Common circuit between the High/Low Relay (cavity 30) and ground. Is the resistance below 5.Clean/repair as necessary.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED LOW/OPEN CIRCUIT — TEST 3 ACTION Remove the Wiper On/Off Relay. All Turn the Ignition Off. Disconnect the Junction Block C1 Circuit Breaker.Clean/repair as necessary.0 ohms? No Yes → Go To 7 All → Repair the Wiper Relay Common circuit for a short to ground. Using an ohmmeter. 637 .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit for a short to ground. Remove the Wiper High/Low and On/Off Relays. Disconnect the Wiper Motor connector. Remove the Junction Block C1 Circuit Breaker. Disconnect the Wiper On/Off Relay. Is the resistance below 10. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.VER 1. Clean/repair as necessary. Is the resistance below 10. Disconnect the BCM C1 Connector. Remove the Wiper High/Low Relay. Using an ohmmeter.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit shorted to ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 11 638 .Clean/repair as necessary.VER 1. Disconnect the BCM C1 Connector. measure the High Speed Output circuit at the High/Low Relay (cavity 87).WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED LOW/OPEN CIRCUIT — TEST 7 ACTION Turn the Ignition Off.Clean/repair as necessary. Disconnect the Wiper Motor connector. measure the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit between the Wiper On/Off Relay cavity 85 of the Power Distribution Center and ground.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Low Speed Output circuit shorted to ground. Disconnect the Wiper High/Low Relay. Note: Check connectors . Note: Check connectors .VER 1. → Go To 9 9 Turn the Ignition Off. Note: Check connectors . measure the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit between the Wiper On/Off Relay cavity 85 of the Power Distribution Center and ground. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Connect a jumper wire to the Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit between the Body Control Module C1 connector and ground. measure the Low Speed Output circuit at the High/Low Relay (cavity 87A). Is the resistance below 5. Disconnect the Wiper Motor connector. Is the resistance below 5. Using a ohmmeter.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 10 All → Repair the open Wiper On/Off Relay Control circuit. All 10 Turn the Ignition Off. Remove the Wiper On/Off Relay. Using a ohmmeter.VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No 8 → Repair the High Speed Output circuit shorted to ground. Is the resistance below 10.VER 1. Note: Check connectors . → Go To 8 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn the Ignition Off. Disconnect the Wiper On/Off Relay. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using an ohmmeter. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .Clean/repair as necessary. VER 1. Note: Check connectors . With the DRBIII actuate the Wiper Relay.shorted low/open. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the Ignition On (Engine Off). 639 . Disconnect the Wiper On/Off Relay. → Replace the Body Control Module. Does the test light pulse on and off with the DRBIII actuating the wiper relay? Yes No → Test Complete.Clean/repair as necessary. Continued APPLICABILITY All Note: Stop the Wiper Motor actuation.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER WIPER ON/OFF RELAY SHORTED LOW/OPEN CIRCUIT — TEST 11 ACTION Turn the Ignition Off. Connect a test light between cavity 85 and 86 of the Wiper On/Off Relay in the Power Distribution Center. Inspect the related wiring harness and connectors. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Turn the windshield wiper switch to each intermittent position. Cycle the ignition off and then on. repair as necessary. 640 . POSSIBLE CAUSES WIPER PARK SWITCH OPERATION WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT RUN/ACC CIRCUIT OPEN WIPER MOTOR OPERATION BCM TEST 1 ACTION Turn the ignition on.VER 1. With the DRBIII . With the DRBIII . read BCM DTC’s. Turn the windshield wiper switch to the Low Speed position. erase BCM DTC’s. Does the DRB display WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE? Yes No → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → At this time the condition to set the code is not present.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored and Set Condition: WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE When Monitored: The ignition must be in the run position and battery voltage supplied to the BCM on the Fused B(+) circuit. Set Condition: The code will set if the BCM does not detect a low to high voltage transition on the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit within 8 seconds after energizing the wiper relay On/Off relay. then low and high speed positions. Disconnect the Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector. Is there any voltage present? Yes No 3 → Repair the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit for a short to voltage. Turn ignition on. Is the resistance below 100. All 6 Disconnect the Wiper Motor connector. Does the test light illuminate brightly? Yes No → Go To 6 All → Repair the Wiper Motor Ground circuit for an open. NOTE: Ensure the ignition switch. Measure the resistance between ground and the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit in the Junction Block C2 harness connector. 641 . → Go To 3 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn the ignition off. All 4 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1.0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 4 → Repair the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit for an open. Disconnect the Junction Block C2 harness connector.0 ohms? Yes No → Repair the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.VER 1. Disconnect the Junction Block C2 harness connector. Is the voltage above 10 volts? Yes No → Go To 7 → Repair the open Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit. → Go To 5 5 Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . all lights and accessories are turned off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Using a voltmeter measure the Fused Ignition Switch Output Run/ACC circuit at the Wiper Motor connector.VER 1. Disconnect the Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector. Disconnect the Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector. Disconnect the Junction Block C2 harness connector. Is the resistance below 5. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Disconnect the Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector. Using a 12-volt test light connected to 12-volts. probe the Ground circuit in the Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE — TEST 2 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST .VER 1. Measure the resistance of the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit between the Junction Block C2 harness connector and the Wiper Motor harness connector. Measure the voltage of the Wiper Park Switch Sense circuit in the Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector. VER 1. → Replace the Body Control Module.VER 1. read the wiper park switch state. Turn the ignition on. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . While observing the DRBIII . Connect one end of a jumper wire to the wiper park switch sense circuit at the windshield wiper motor harness connector. connect the other end of the jumper wire to ground for several seconds. then disconnect the jumper wire from ground.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER WIPER PARK SWITCH FAILURE — TEST 7 ACTION Turn the ignition off. Did the wiper park switch input change state when connected to ground then disconnected from ground? Yes No → Replace the Wiper Motor. Continued APPLICABILITY All 642 . With the DRBIII in Inputs/Outputs. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the Windshield Wiper Motor harness connector. 0 ohms? Yes No → Go To 3 → Repair the open Windshield Wiper Switch Return circuit.Function Switch connector. then low and high speed positions. Using an ohmmeter. Is the resistance below 5. With the DRBIII. Does the DRB show WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN ? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Test Complete. Disconnect the Right Multi . All Turn ignition off.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT OPEN When Monitored and Set Condition: WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT OPEN When Monitored: The ignition must be in the run position and battery voltage supplied to the BCM on the Fused B(+) circuit.WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN WIPER SWITCH RETURN CIRCUIT OPEN WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT OPEN RIGHT MULTI .Function connector. 643 . WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT OPEN BCM DEFECTIVE . With the DRBIII read BCM DTC’s.8 volts for more than 5 seconds the code will set. code not present at this time. Measure the resistance of the Wiper Switch Return circuit between the BCM C2 connector and the Right Multi . Erase BCM DTC’s Turn ignition off then turn ignition on.WIPER MUX CIRCUIT OPEN TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition on.FUNCTION SWITCH DEFECTIVE. POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC . Set Condition: If the voltage on the wiper switch MUX circuit is above 4. Disconnect the BCM C2 connector. Turn the wiper switch to each intermittent position.VER 1. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT OPEN — TEST 3 ACTION Turn ignition off. back probe a jumper wire between the Wiper Switch Return Circuit and the Windshield Wiper Switch MUX circuit at the BCM C2 connector. Measure the resistance of the Windshield Wiper Switch MUX circuit between the BCM C2 connector and the Right Multi . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the BCM C2 connector.VER 1. Disconnect the Right Multi .8 volts? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module.0 ohms? Yes No 4 → Go To 4 Continued APPLICABILITY All → Repair the open Windshield Wiper Switch MUX circuit. Using an ohmmeter. Is the resistance below 5. Connect an ohmmeter between the Right Multi . Is the resistance below 40. Does the DRBIII show the sensor volts above 4. → Go To 5 5 Turn the Ignition Off. Observe the ohmmeter while turning the Windshield Wiper Switch from the OFF position to the High speed position.Function Switch connector.VER 1.Function Switch terminals #7 and #8.VER 1. → Test Complete. Turn Ignition on. Turn the Windshield Wiper Switch to the OFF position. read the WIPER MODE SW VOLTS sensor.Function Switch. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . With a jumper.Function connector.0 ohms in any position Yes No → Replace the Right Multi . All 644 .Function Switch Connector. Disconnect the Right Multi . All Turn ignition off. WIPER MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND TEST 1 ACTION Turn ignition on.3 volts for more than 5 seconds the code will set. Turn the wiper switch to each intermittent position. code not present at this time. With the DRBIII. Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Is the resistance below 5. Erase BCM DTC’s Turn ignition off then turn ignition on.Function Switch connector. Disconnect the BCM C2 connector.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER Symptom: WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored and Set Condition: WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT SHORT TO GROUND When Monitored: The ignition must be in the run position and battery voltage supplied to the BCM on the Fused B(+) circuit. Measure the resistance of the Windshield Wiper Switch MUX circuit between the BCM C2 connector and ground.WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND RIGHT MULTI . Does the DRB show WIPER SWITCH MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND ? Yes No 2 → Go To 2 APPLICABILITY All → Test Complete.FUNCTION SWITCH DEFECTIVE. Disconnect the Right Multi . All Turn ignition off. POSSIBLE CAUSES VERIFYING ACTIVE DTC . Using an ohmmeter. then low and high speed positions. Set Condition: If the voltage on the wiper switch MUX circuit drops below 0. WIPER MUX CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND BCM DEFECTIVE .0 ohms? Yes → Repair the Windshield Wiper Switch MUX circuit shorted to ground.VER 1. → Go To 3 No 645 . With the DRBIII read BCM DTC’s. Is the resistance below 40. 646 . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . → Go To 4 All Continued APPLICABILITY All Turn the Ignition Off. With the DRBIII. Does the DRBIII show the sensor volts below 0. Using an ohmmeter. Turn the Windshield Wiper Switch to the OFF position. Disconnect the Right Multi . → Test Complete.VER 1.Function Switch Connector.Function Switch.0 ohms in any position. Yes No 4 → Replace the Right Multi . Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST . Disconnect the BCM C2 connector. Observe the ohmmeter while turning the Windshield Wiper Switch from the OFF position to the High speed position.3 volts? Yes No → Replace the Body Control Module.WINDSHIELD WIPER & WASHER WIPER SWITCH MUX CKT SHORT TO GROUND — TEST 3 ACTION Turn ignition off.Function Switch. read the WIPER MODE SW VOLTS sensor. Turn Ignition on. measure between the Windshield Wiper Switch MUX circuit and the Wiper Switch Return circuit of the Right Multi .VER 1. Below 40 Km/h 25 MPH. 8. With the DRBIII . Are any DTC’s present or is the original concern still present? Yes No → Repair is not complete. 10. Again. 2-3. return to Symptom list. Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIII. Start and run the engine until the Transmission Temperature is HOT above 43° Celsius 110° Fahrenheit. 3. 9. Perform several antilock braking stops. NOTE: For Sensor Signal and Pump Motor faults. 10. Turn the ignition off. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII task manager to run Good Trip time in each gear. If any DTC’s are present. Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the system that was malfunctioning. erase DTC’s. Make fifteen to twenty 1-2. Refer to the Service Information for the Fluid Fill procedure. erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes from ALL modules. Reconnect any disconnected components. 4. read DTC’s from ALL modules. the repair is complete. 6. 7. refer to appropriate symptom. with the DRBIII read DTC’s. → Repair is complete. Check for DTC’s during the road test. If there are no Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC’s) present. → Repair is complete.VER 1 1. the CAB must sense all 4 wheels at 25 km/h (15 mph) before it will extinguish the ABS Indicator. 6. this will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re-matured.4prime for 545RFE only). Check the Transmission fluid and adjust if necessary. Perform these shifts from a standing start to 97 Km/h 60 MPH with a constant throttle opening of 20 to 25 degrees. 5. 5.VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests 45RFE/545RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST . Caution: Ensure braking capability is available before road testing. road test the vehicle for at least 5 minutes. If any Diagnostic Trouble Codes are present. monitor TPS. With the DRBIII . Were any Trouble Codes set during the road test? Yes No → Refer to the Symptom List for the appropriate diagnostic tests. With the DRBIII . Ensure all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged. make five to eight wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. 11. Connect all previously disconnected components and connectors. 7. Allow at least 5 seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown. Connect the DRBIII to the Data Link Connector. return to Symptom list and troubleshoot new or recurring symptom. Ensure that the Ignition is on. display Transmission Temperature. 3. 8. 4. 11. NOTE: If the TCM has been replaced or if the transmission has been repaired or replaced it is necessary to perform the DRBIII Quick Learn Procedure. ABS VERIFICATION TEST . 2. Road test the vehicle.VER 1 1. If there are no DTC’s present after turning ignition on. and with the DRBIII. and the customer’s concern can no longer be duplicated. and 3-4 upshifts and (4 . 2. APPLICABILITY All APPLICABILITY All 647 . 9. Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds. Are any DTC’s present or is the original condition still present? Yes No → Repair is not complete.except the Battery. read DTCs. 3. return to the Symptom list and follow path specified for that trouble code. If no active or stored codes are present. refer to appropriate symptom. 6. AIRBAG VERIFICATION TEST . 5. 9. and wait 15 seconds before turning the Ignition On.VER 1 1. 4. Note: If equipped with Airbag On-Off switch. the repair is complete. Remove any special tools or jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components . 4. erase DTCs. program two pedal positions if equipped with memory function. → Repair is complete. Activate the Adjustable Pedals through the full range of movement. and read active codes and if there are none present read the stored codes. With the DRBIII . 2. 2. If the DRBIII shows any active or stored codes. Turn the Ignition Off.use the most current software available. Verify that the Adjustable Pedals system is disabled with the vehicle in Reverse. Are any DTC’s present or is the original complaint still present? Yes No → Repair is not complete. 7. Wait one minute. refer to appropriate symptom. APPLICABILITY All 648 . If the Adjustable Pedals Module was replaced. 6. 3.VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued APPLICABILITY All ADJUSTABLE PEDALS VERIFICATION TEST . THEN RECONNECT THE BATTERY. Note: Read the DTC’s in all airbag system related modules. read the DTC’s in all switch positions. Connect the DRBIII to the Data Link Connector . Use the DRBIII and erase the stored codes in all airbag system modules. → Repair is complete. Verify that the Adjustable Pedals system is disabled with Speed Control activated. 5. WARNING: TURN THE IGNITION ON. 8. With the DRBIII .VER 1 1. use the DRBIII to enable the ITM and Program Interior type. Proceed to number 16. Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds. and with the DRBIII. With the DRBIII. continue to the next number. 11. erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes from ALL modules. refer to appropriate symptom. turn the ignition on for 15 seconds before attempting to start (to learn VIN).VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued APPLICABILITY All BODY VERIFICATION TEST . MISCELLANEOUS and select SKIM REPLACED. the VIN and the unique Secret Key data must be transfered from the SKIM to the PCM. (1) Program the country code into the SKIM’s memory. The DRBIII will prompt you through the following steps. Using the DRBIII. 17. 13. 8. 12. Ensure all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged. Note: If the PCM is replaced. 3. Are any DTC’s present or is the original complaint still present? Yes No → Repair is not complete. Disconnect all jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors. This procedure requires the SKIM to be placed in secured access mode using the 4-digit code. read DTC’s from ALL modules. If the Body Control Module was replaced. 649 . program all customer keys into the SKIM’s memory. select THEFT ALARM. 6. If the Passenger Door Module was replaced. → Repair is complete.VER 1 1. use the DRBIII and program all RKE transmitters used with this vehicle. 14. 5. Note: If 3 attempts are made to enter secured access mode using an incorrect PIN. turn ignition to the RUN position for 1 hour. the SKIM will remain in that mode for 60 seconds. 4. Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIII. Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the system that was malfunctioning. 18. (Export only) If the Intrusion Transceiver Module (ITM) was replaced. 7. If the SKIM or PCM were not replaced. 2. recalibrate the HVAC doors. 9. If any repairs were made to the HVAC System. Obtain the Vehicle’s unique PIN assigned to it’s original SKIM from either the vehicle’s invoice or from Chrysler’s Customer Center (1-800-992-1997). This requires that the SKIM be in secured access mode. (3) Transfer the vehicle’s Secret Key data from the PCM. disconnect the battery for 30 seconds and then reconnect or using the DRBIII. SKIM. 16. proceed to number 9. Program other options as necessary. 10. Enter the 4 digit PIN to put SKIM in Secured Access Mode. If the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM) or the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) were replaced. Once secured access mode is active. Ensure that the Ignition is on. (2) Program the vehicle’s VIN into the SKIM’s memory. If the vehicle is equipped with VTSS. To exit this mode. using the 4 digit code. use the DRBIII and enable VTSS. (Export only) If the Siren was replaced perform the DRBIII Siren Replacement procedure. secured access mode will be locked out for 1 hour which causes the DRBIII to display BUS +\SIGNALS OPEN. 15. 5. Upon completion of the road test. 2. turn the engine off and check for DTCs with the DRB. 4. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine components are properly installed and connected. In addition. If oil contamination is suspected. If the Engine Control Module (ECM) has not been changed. return to the Symptom List and follow the diagnostic path for that DTC. At some point. otherwise. Inspect the engine oil for contamination. 15. Are any DTCs or symptoms remaining? Yes No → Repair is not complete. 5. Reassemble and reconnect components as necessary. perform step 10. Go to Theft Alarm. Ensure no DTCs remain by performing steps 12 through 15. → Repair is complete. 9. Check to see if the initial symptom still exists. → Repair is complete. if the vehicle is equipped with Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM). 14. If this verification procedure is being performed after a non-DTC test. and place SKIM in secured access mode. the repair was successful and is now complete. the repair was successful and testing is now complete. place the Transfer Case Shift Lever in each gear position. Turn the ignition off for at least 10 seconds. 3. Data will be transferred from SKIM to PCM 7. For previously read DTCs that have not been dealt with. If the repaired DTC has reset.VER-2 1. Secret Key data must be updated to enable start. change the oil and filter. 12. If the PCM was replaced the correct VIN and mileage must be programmed or a DTC will set in the ABS and Air Bag modules. Attempt to start the engine. ROAD TEST VERIFICATION . For SKIM theft alarm: Connect DRBIII to data link conn. otherwise. perform steps 3 and 4.VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued APPLICABILITY All POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER . Is the vehicle still unable to start or are there any DTCs or symptoms remaining? Yes No → Check for any related Technical Service Bulletins and/or refer to the appropriate Symptoms list (Diagnostic Procedure). 3. continue with step 9. Road test the vehicle. 6. otherwise. the repair is not complete. by using the appropriate PIN code for this vehicle. stop the vehicle and turn the engine off for at least 10 seconds. drive the vehicle for at least 5 minutes with the A/C on. the repair is not complete. Select Update the Secret Key data. For ABS and Air Bag systems: Enter correct VIN and Mileage in PCM. continue with step 11. If the PCM was not replaced skip steps 4 through 6 and continue the verification. go at least 64 km/h (40 MPH). 11. refer to appropriate symptom.1 1. 4. stopping for 15 seconds in each position. erase all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). 13. Check all pertinent Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) and return to the Symptom List if necessary. If the initial or another symptom exists. then restart the engine and continue. If equipped with a Transfer Case Position Switch. SKIM. If there are no trouble codes and the symptom no longer exists. perform steps 7 and 8. Erase codes in ABS and Air Bag modules. continue. 6. With the ignition switch on. Reassemble and reconnect components as necessary. Check for any pertinent Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) and return to the Symptom List. For some of the road test. 10. If there are no DTCs. If this test is for an A/C Relay Control Circuit. APPLICABILITY All 650 . then disconnect the DRB. 7. With the DRB. Misc. 8. 2. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine components are properly installed and connected. the ignition key must remain in the Run position continually for 1 hour. 9. NOTE: A vehicle graphic will display showing counters at wheel locations. 7. set the EVIC to Diagnostics mode (blank screen). Are there any SKIM DTCs? Yes No → Repair is not complete. NOTE: Set the EVIC as follows: 4. 2. read the SKIM DTCs. 2. care should be taken because the SKIM will only allow 3 consecutive attempts to enter the correct PIN. If the SKIM has been replaced. ensure all of the vehicle ignition keys are programmed to the new SKIM. NOTE: When entering the PIN. 3. erase all DTCs. Can the EVIC be trained and do the counters show Sensor/Transmitter receptions? Yes No → Repair is complete. 7. With the DRB. 3. APPLICABILITY All APPLICABILITY All 651 . Observe that the counters increment at least 3 sensor/transmitter receptions for each wheel. Set the EVIC to display BLOCK COUNTERS. Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the key on for at least 90 seconds per cycle. NOTE: Prior to returning vehicle to the customer. TIRE PRESSURE VERIFICATION TEST 1. With the DRB. 6. → Repair is complete. 4. Drive the vehicle at 40 km/h (25 mph) for at least 2 minutes. With the DRB. Then. 5. refer to appropriate symptom. Turn off all accessories and connect a battery charger if necessary. Press and hold the EVIC RESET button for five seconds (EVIC will beep).VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued SKIS VERIFICATION 1. Erase any DTCs that are found. 5. → Refer to Diagnosing System Faults in the Description and Operation for this system. the SKIM will Lock Out the DRB for 1 hour. Reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors. To exit Lock Out mode. perform a module scan to be sure that all DTCs are erased. Using the DRBIII or the EVIC RESET button. SKIM and Miscellaneous. 6. select the desired procedure and follow the steps that will be displayed. Perform the EVIC training as instructed in the System Description. Obtain the vehicle’s unique Personal Identification Number (PIN) assigned to it’s original SKIM. 8. If 3 consecutive incorrect PINs are entered. 8. select Theft Alarm. This number can be obtained from the vehicle’s invoice or Chrysler’s Customer Center (1-800-992-1997). 4. If the original complaint is corrected and there are no DTC’s the repair is complete. 2. and with the DRBIII. liftgate and liftgate flip-up are closed. → Repair is complete. Open the driver’s door. Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIII.1A 1. Remove the Ignition Key and close all Doors to allow the Body Control Module to time out (30 seconds). refer to appropriate symptom. 8. erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes from ALL modules. indicates a system fault. read DTC’s.1A. Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds. With the Memory Switch on the Driver’s Door. 8. refer to the appropriate symptom. use the DRB III and Reset Guard Bands. 4. 7. If any Memory/Heated Seat. 10. 3. 9. 6. APPLICABILITY All 652 . If the Memory Seat Module was replaced. Reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors. Close the driver’s door. 2. hood. 5. Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the system that was malfunctioning. read DTC’s from ALL modules. Perform a system test on the VTSS by duplicating the original complaint. 6. 7. Observe the VTSS Indicator. The VTSS Indicator will flash rapidly for approximately 15 seconds and then begin to flash slowly. Disarm the system and with the DRBIII . Remove the ignition key (but keep in hand).VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued APPLICABILITY All VERIFICATION TEST -MEMORY SYSTEM 1. VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . program the Driver’s Seat #1 Button to a desired position and Driver #2 Button to a different position. Perform VTSS VERIFICATION TEST . or Driver’s Door Module Trouble Codes are present. 5. The VTSS indicator not performing as described. Lower the driver door window and lock the doors with RKE transmitter. → Repair is complete. Refer to symptom list for problems related to THEFT ALARM WILL NOT ARM. Are any DTC’s present or is the original complaint still present? Yes No → Repair is not complete. Are any DTC’s present or is the original complaint still present? Yes No → Repair is not complete. Turn the ignition on. Ensure all doors. 3. Verify that both Memory positions can be recalled from the RKE transmitter and the Memory Switch on the Driver’s Door. erase at this time. use the actuate all solenoids command check the fault status ?????????????? Were any Trouble Codes set during the road test? Yes No → Repair is not complete. Allow at least 5 seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown. Below 40 Km/h 25 MPH. 3. 653 . refer to appropriate symptom. → Repair is complete. Check the Transmission fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service Information for the Fluid Fill procedure. Make fifteen to twenty 1-2. Reconnect any disconnected components. 2. 9. erase DTC’s.VER 1 1. 4. 6. make five to eight wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. 7. 10. 5. display Transmission Temperature. 8. and 3-4 upshifts. 2-3. Road test the vehicle. With the DRBIII . Start and run the engine until the Transmission Temperature is HOT above 43° Celsius 110° Fahrenheit. Check for DTC’s during the road test. Perform these shifts from a standing start to 72 Km/h 45 MPH with a constant throttle opening of 20 to 25 degrees. Connect the DRBIII to the Data Link Connector.VERIFICATION TESTS Verification Tests — Continued APPLICABILITY All W5AJ400 TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST . With the DRBIII . NOTES 654 . COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.1 COMPONENT LOCATIONS AIRBAG SYSTEM C O M P O N E N T L O C A T I O N S 655 .0 8. 1 AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL (AZC) AZC MODULE 656 .3.3 8.2 AUDIO SYSTEM 8.C O M P O N E N T L O C A T I O N S COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8. 3.4 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER 657 .3.3.3 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 8.2 HVAC UNIT C O M P O N E N T L O C A T I O N S 8.COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8. C O M P O N E N T L O C A T I O N S COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.3 AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL (AZC) (Continued) 8.3. AZC MODULE BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER SIGNAL 8.5 DRB III SCREEN.4 CHIME SYSTEM 658 . 6 BODY CONTROL MODULE & JUNCTION BLOCK 659 .COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.5 ELECTRONIC VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER (EVIC) C O M P O N E N T L O C A T I O N S 8. 8.7 INSTRUMENT PANEL 8.C O M P O N E N T L O C A T I O N S COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.2 REAR DOOR 660 .1 POWER DOOR LOCKS FRONT DOOR 8.8.8 8. COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.3 LIFTGATE C O M P O N E N T L O C A T I O N S 8.9 SYSTEM COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8.10 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (VTSS) & SKIS 661 .8. 11 WIPER SYSTEM 662 .C O M P O N E N T L O C A T I O N S COMPONENT LOCATIONS 8. COMPONENT LOCATIONS C O M P O N E N T L O C A T I O N S 663 . NOTES 664 . GREEN 14 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 CIRCUIT Y151 20LG/BR Y152 20LG/OR Q110 16OR/VT F72 16RD/YL Q111 16OR/GY Q113 20OR/DB (MEMORY) Q112 20OR/YL (MEMORY) Q114 20OR/TN (MEMORY) Z151 16BK Z155 20BK/OR L1 18WT/BR D25 20VT/YL Y153 16DB/RD PEDAL POSITION SENSOR FEED PEDAL POSITION SENSOR SENSE PEDAL POSITION SENSOR RETURN GROUND GROUND BACK-UP LAMP FEED PCI BUS ADJUSTABLE PEDALS SWITCH FEED FUNCTION ADJUSTABLE PEDALS SWITCH SENSE (FORWARD) ADJUSTABLE PEDALS SWITCH SENSE (REARWARD) ADJUSTABLE PEDALS MOTOR (FORWARD) FUSED B(+) ADJUSTABLE PEDALS MOTOR (REARWARD) AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE C1 (ORC C1) .YELLOW 32 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 R59 20LB R57 20DG R73 20LB/BR (SIDE AIRBAGS) R75 20LB/OR (SIDE AIRBAGS) R58 20GY R60 20VT R132 20LG/VT (SIDE AIRBAGS) R134 20LB/BR (SIDE AIRBAGS) R131 20LG/YL (SIDE AIRBAGS) R133 20LB/DG (SIDE AIRBAGS) CIRCUIT R72 20LB/WT (SIDE AIRBAGS) R74 20LB/YL (SIDE AIRBAGS) FUNCTION PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 2 PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH GROUND PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH GROUND DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 2 DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 665 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS 9.0 CONNECTOR PINOUTS ADJUSTABLE PEDALS MODULE (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) . YELLOW 32 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 F14 20LG/YL R63 20TN/LB R61 20OR/LB R62 20OR/YL R64 20TN/YL F23 18DB/YL Z6 20BK/PK D25 20YL/VT/OR PCI BUS FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 R49 20LB R47 20DB/LB R46 20BR/LB R48 20TN GROUND CIRCUIT R45 20DG/LB R43 20BK/LB R42 20BK/YL R44 20DG/YL DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR .CONNECTOR PINOUTS AIRBAG CONTROL MODULE C2 (ORC C2) .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT G32 20BK/LB G31 20VT/LG FUNCTION AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (SENSOR SIDE) CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT SENSOR GROUND FUNCTION AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 666 . WHITE 16 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Z118 20BK C35 20DG/YL C33 20DB/RD C81 20LB/WT CIRCUIT C102 20TN/BK C32 20GY/DB C100 20YL/DB C79 20BK/WT GROUND MODE DOOR DRIVER (A) DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A) REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH SENSE MODE DOOR DRIVER (B) RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (A) RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (B) FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE C2 (AZC) .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT X64 18BK/WT FUNCTION ENABLE SIGNAL TO AMPLIFIER - AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL MODULE C1 (AZC) .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 C1 12DG C7 12BK/TN CIRCUIT BLOWER MOTOR SUPPLY BLOWER MOTOR HIGH DRIVER FUNCTION 667 .WHITE 12 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 M1 20PK E2 20OR C56 20RD/LG D25 20YL/VT/DG C103 20DG F22 20WT/PK FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT C94 20WT/DG C95 20WT/BK C96 20WT/DB PANEL LAMPS DRIVER BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL PCI BUS A/C SWITCH SIGNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUNCTION PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A) DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B) PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B) - BLOWER MOTOR .CONNECTOR PINOUTS ANTENNA MODULE (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) . GRAY 26 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 E2 20OR E2 20OR Z132 20BK/OR D25 20YL/VT/WT L80 20WT/DG D19 20VT/OR G69 20BK/OR V14 20RD/VT M20 20BR/OR M2 20YL Z234 20BK WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL COURTESY LAMP LOAD SHED COURTESY LAMP DRIVER GROUND VTSS INDICATOR DRIVER CIRCUIT Z132 20BK/OR G52 20YL E19 20RD G70 20BR/TN (BUILT-UPEXPORT LHD RHD) G26 20LB G76 18TN/YL E2 20OR E2 20OR E2 20OR PANEL LAMPS DRIVER PANEL LAMPS DRIVER GROUND PCI BUS HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN BODY CONTROL MODULE FLASH ENABLE HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE PANEL LAMPS DRIVER PANEL LAMPS DRIVER PANEL LAMPS DRIVER GROUND HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 668 .BLACK 3 WAY CAV A B C CIRCUIT Z118 12BK C56 20RD/LG C1 12DG GROUND BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL BLOWER MOTOR SUPPLY FUNCTION BODY CONTROL MODULE C1 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS BLOWER MOTOR CONTROLLER (AZC) . CONNECTOR PINOUTS BODY CONTROL MODULE C2 .GRAY 22 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 CIRCUIT C103 20DG V10 20BR V48 20RD/GY L40 20BR V11 20BK/TN P134 20TN/LG P133 20TN/DG X20 20RD/YL G31 20VT/LG L109 20WT V52 20DG/RD C81 20LB/WT L27 20WT/TN C201 20LB/YL G18 20PK/BK P132 20OR/BK X10 20RD/BK G32 20BK/LB L110 20BK/YL V9 20WT/BK FOG LAMP SWITCH SENSE EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH SENSE SEAT HEATER SWITCH SENSOR GROUND RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN SENSOR GROUND ULTRALIGHT SENSOR RETURN WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH RETURN A/C SWITCH SIGNAL WASHER PUMP SWITCH SENSE WIPER HIGH CONTROL HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE WASHER FLUID SWITCH SENSE PASSENGER SEAT HEATER SWITCH MUX DRIVER SEAT HEATER SWITCH MUX RADIO CONTROL MUX AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL ULTRALIGHT SENSOR SIGNAL WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH SENSE FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 669 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS C106 (DIESEL) .GRAY (BODY SIDE) CAV 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 A B C D E F G H J K L M CIRCUIT F15 20DB/WT 20VT/LG 20DB/OR (RHD) 20BK/LB (LHD) 20PK/BK F12 20DB/WT (LHD) Z231 18BK (RHD) K4 20BK/LB (LHD) G9 18GY/BK (RHD) K6 18VT/WT (LHD) K173 18LG X2 18DG/RD C18 18DB (LHD) Y42 18OR/DB B7 18WT B6 18WT/DB L13 18BR/YL (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) R46 20BR/LB R48 20TN L7 20BK/YL L60 20TN L39 20LB L44 18VT/RD L34 18RD/OR B10 14BR/WT (LHD) B29 14DG/OR G31 G32 G32 G18 C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 670 . GRAY (RIGHT HEADLAMP AND DASH SIDE) CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 A B C D E F G H J K L M CIRCUIT F15 18DB/WT G31 20VT/LG G32 20BK/LB G18 20PK/BK Z231 18BK (RHD) K4 18BK/LB (LHD) G9 18GY/BK (RHD) K6 18VT/WT (LHD) K173 18LG X2 18DG/RD C18 18DB (LHD) Y42 18OR/DB B7 18WT B6 18WT/DB L13 18BR/YL R46 18BR/LB R47 18TN L7 20BK/YL L60 20TN L39 20LB L44 18VT/RD L34 18RD/OR - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 671 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS C106 (DIESEL) . CONNECTOR PINOUTS C106 (GAS) .GRAY/RHD BLACK/LHD (BODY SIDE) CAV 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 13 13 14 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 27 28 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 52 53 54 55 55 56 57 58 58 59 60 A B C D E E F G H J K L M CIRCUIT A141 16DG/BK G18 20PK/BK (LHD) F42 18DG/LG (RHD) V3 16BR/WT V4 16RD/YL V55 16TN/RD V6 16DB F22 18WT/TN (RHD) F22 20WT/PK (LHD) F12 20DB/WT K52 20PK/BK (LHD) K29 20WT/PK (LHD) Z231 18BK (RHD) K512 18LB (RHD) K226 20LB/YL (LHD) K107 20OR/YL (LHD) K251 18LB (RHD) K106 20WT/DG (LHD) T41 18BK/WT (LHD) C13 20DB/OR (RHD) V35 20LG/RD (RHD) V36 20TN/RD (RHD) G9 18GY/BK (RHD) K25 18VT/LG (RHD) K51 20DB/YL (RHD) K125 18WT/DB (LHD) K125 18WT/DB (RHD) K31 18BR (RHD) B7 18WT B6 18WT/DB X3 22GY/OR (LHD) X3 22BK/RD (RHD) G32 20BK/LB (LHD) G32 20DB/OR (RHD) G31 20VT/LG V32 22OR/DG (LHD) V30 22DB/RD V16 22VT V14 22RD/VT F45 20YL/RD L13 18BR/YL (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) Z306 20BK/LG Z305 20BK/OR R46 20BR/LB R48 20TN F991 20OR/DB B22 18DG/YL (LHD) D25 18YL/VT D21 20PK D20 20LG D32 20LG/DG (LHD) T41 18BK/WT (RHD) T6 18OR/BK (LHD) L7 20BK/YL L60 20TN G18 20PK/BK (RHD) V37 22RD/LG (LHD) L1 18VT/BK L39 20LB K4 18BK/LB (LHD) K4 20BK/LB (RHD) L44 18VT/RD L34 18RD/OR A149 12RD/TN A148 16LG/RD C1 12DG A10 12RD/DG (LHD) A10 10RD/DG (RHD) A1 12RD A145 10WT/RD A146 10OR/WT A147 10RD/GY A148 10PK/WT A2 12PK/BK A20 14RD/DB C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 672 . 7L RHD) F45 20YL/RD (RHD) L13 18BR/YL (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) Z306 20BK/LG Z305 20BK/OR R46 18BR/LB R48 18TN F991 20OR/DB B22 18DG/YL (LHD) D25 18VT/YL (LHD/4.7L RHD) F22 20WT/PK (EXCEPT 4.7L RHD) D32 18LG (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) D32 18LG/DG (LHD BUILT-UP-EXPORT) T41 18BK/WT (RHD) T6 18OR/WT (LHD) L7 20BK/YL L60 20TN G18 20PK/BK (RHD) V37 18RD/LG (LHD) L1 18VT/BK L39 20LB K4 18BK/LB (LHD) K4 20BK/LB (RHD) L44 18VT/RD L34 18RD/OR A149 12RD/TN A148 16LG/RD C1 12DG A10 12RD/DG A1 12RD A145 10WT/RD A146 10OR/WT A147 10RD/GY A148 10PK/WT A2 12PK/BK A20 12RD/DB 2 C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 673 .0L LHD/4.GRAY/RHD BLACK/LHD (RIGHT HEADLAMP AND DASH SIDE) CAV 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 49 50 50 51 51 52 52 53 54 55 55 56 57 58 58 59 60 A B C D E F G H J K L M CIRCUIT A141 16DG/BK (RHD) A141 16DG/WT (LHD) F42 18DG/LG (RHD) G18 18PK/BK (LHD) V3 16BR/WT V4 16RD/YL V55 16TN/RD V6 16DB F22 18WT/TN (4.7L RHD) F12 18DB/WT K52 18PK/BK (LHD) K29 18WT/PK (LHD) Z231 18BK (RHD) K226 18LB/YL (LHD) K512 18RD/YL (4.7L LHD) D20 20LG (4.7L RHD) D21 18PK (4.7L LHD) D20 18LG (4.7L RHD) K107 18OR/PK (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) K106 18WT/DG (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) C13 18DB/OR (RHD) T41 18BK/WT (LHD) V35 20LG/RD (RHD) V36 20TN/RD (RHD) G9 18GY/BK (RHD) K25 18VT/LG (RHD) K51 18DB/YL (RHD) K125 18WT/DB (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) K125 18WT/DB (RHD) K31 18BR (RHD) B7 18WT B6 18WT/DB X3 20BK/RD G32 20BK/LB G31 20VT/LG V32 18OR/DG (LHD) V30 20DB/RD V16 20VT V14 20RD/VT F45 18YL/RD (LHD/4.7L RHD) D21 20PK (4.CONNECTOR PINOUTS C106 (GAS) . CONNECTOR PINOUTS C107 (DIESEL) .GRAY (BODY SIDE) CAV 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 9 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 56 57 58 58 59 60 A B C D E F G H J K L M CIRCUIT X2 18DG/RD V11 20BK/TN K4 20BK/LB V37 22RD/LG (LHD) V37 20RD/LG (RHD) V55 16TN/RD V6 16DB V10 22BR (LHD) V10 20BR (RHD) K226 18LB/YL (LHD) K226 20LB/YL (RHD) X3 22GY/OR (LHD) X3 22BK/RD (RHD) F15 20DB/WT F45 20YL/RD T41 18BK/WT G70 20BR/TN G9 18GY/BK (RHD) Z231 18BK (RHD) F991 20OR/DB X75 20GY/LG Y42 18OR/DB B7 18WT B6 18WT/DB B4 18LG B3 18LG/DB B2 18YL B1 18YL/DB M1 20PK/RD F20 18DB/PK L50 18WT/TN (RHD) L50 18VT/TN (LHD) R47 20DB/LB T2 18TN/BK Z305 20BK/OR Z306 20BK/LG R49 20LB K29 18WT/PK C18 20DB (LHD) K6 18VT/WT (LHD) V16 22VT V14 22RD/VT L13 18BR/YL D25 18YL/VT D21 20PK K173 18LG L7 20BK/YL L61 20TN/LG L1 18VT/BK V20 18BK/WT (LHD) V20 20BK/WT (RHD) L39 20LB F22 20WT/PK (LHD) F22 18WT/TN (RHD) L43 18VT L33 18RD B10 14BR/WT A148 16LG/RD C1 12DG A149 12RD/TN A1 12RD A145 10WT/RD A146 10OR/WT A147 10RD/GY A148 10PK/WT A2 12PK/BK B29 14DG/OR C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 674 . GRAY (LEFT HEADLAMP AND DASH SIDE) CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 A B C D E F G H J K L M CIRCUIT X2 18DG/RD V11 20BK/TN K4 18BK/LB V37 18RD/LG V55 16TN/RD V6 16DB V10 20BR K226 18DB/WT X3 20BK/RD F15 18DB/WT F45 18YL/RD T41 18BK/WT G70 20BR/TN G9 18GY/BK (RHD) Z231 18BK (RHD) F991 20OR/DB X75 18GY/LB Y42 18OR/DB B7 18WT B6 18WT/DB B4 18LG B3 18LG/DB B2 18YL B1 18YL/DB M1 18PK F20 18DB/PK L50 18WT/TN R47 18DB/LB T2 18TN/BK Z305 20BK/OR Z306 20BK/LG R49 18LB K29 18WT/PK C18 18DB (RHD) K6 18VT/WT (RHD) V16 20VT V14 20RD/VT L13 18BR/YL D25 18VT/YL D21 18PK K173 18LG L7 18BK/YL L61 20LG L1 18VT/BK V20 18BK/WT L39 20LB F22 18WT/PK L43 18VT L33 18LG/BR A148 16LG/RD C1 12DG A149 12RD/TN A1 12RD A145 10WT/RD A146 10OR/WT A147 10RD/GY A148 10PK/WT A2 12PK/BK - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 675 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS C107 (DIESEL) . CONNECTOR PINOUTS C107 (GAS) .GRAY/RHD BLACK/LHD (BODY SIDE) CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 8 9 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 34 35 36 37 38 39 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 56 57 58 59 60 A B C D E E F G H J K L M CIRCUIT V37 20RD/LG (RHD) V11 20BK/TN V3 16BR/WT (GAS) V4 16RD/YL (GAS) V55 16TN/RD V6 16DB V10 20BR (RHD) V10 22BR (LHD) F12 20DB/WT K226 20LB/YL (RHD) K52 20PK/BK (LHD) L13 18BR/YL (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) K512 18LB K4 20BK/LB T6 18OR/BK (RHD) G70 20BR/TN (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) G9 18GY/BK (RHD) Z231 18BK (RHD) D32 20LG/DG (RHD) X75 20GY/LG (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) F42 18DG/LG (RHD) B7 18WT B6 18WT/DB B4 18LG B3 18LG/DB B2 18YL B1 18YL/DB M1 20PK/RD F20 18DB/PK L50 18VT/TN (LHD) L50 18WT/TN (RHD) R47 20DB/LB (LHD) K51 20DB/YL (RHD) K25 18VT/LG (RHD) K31 18BR (RHD) R49 20DB (LHD) K29 18WT/PK (RHD) K125 18WT/DB (RHD) V32 22OR/DG (RHD) R47 20DB/LB (RHD) V35 20LG/RD (RHD) B22 18DG/YL (LHD) V36 20TN/RD (RHD) C13 20DB/OR (RHD) L13 18BR/YL (RHD) D25 18YL/VT D21 20PK (RHD) R49 20LB (RHD) L7 20BK/YL L61 20TN/LG V20 18BK/WT (LHD) V20 20BK/WT (RHD) L39 20LB L43 18VT L33 18RD A10 12RD/DG (LHD) A10 10RD/DG (RHD) A20 14RD/DB C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 676 . GRAY/RHD BLACK/LHD (LEFT HEADLAMP AND DASH SIDE) CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 10 11 12 13 14 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 A B C D E F G H J K L M CIRCUIT V37 18RD/LG (RHD) V11 20BK/TN V3 16BR/WT V4 16RD/YL V55 16TN/RD V6 16DB V10 20BR F12 20DB/WT K52 20PK/BK (LHD) K226 18LB/YL (RHD) K512 18RD/YL (4.CONNECTOR PINOUTS C107 (GAS) .7L RHD) G70 20BR/TN (RHD) G9 18GY/BK (RHD) Z231 18BK (RHD) D32 18LG/DG (RHD) X75 18GY/LG (RHD) F42 18DG/LG (RHD) B7 18WT B6 18WT/DB B4 18LG B3 18LG/DB B2 18YL B1 18YL/DB M1 20PK/RD (LHD) M1 18PK (RHD) F20 18DB/PK L50 18WT/TN R47 18DB/LB (LHD) K51 18DB/YL (RHD) K25 18VT/LG (RHD) R49 18LB (LHD) K31 18BR (RHD) K29 18WT/PK (RHD) K125 18WT/DB (RHD) V32 18OR/DG (RHD) R47 18DB/LB (RHD) V35 18LG/RD (RHD) B22 18DG/YL (LHD) V36 18TN/RD (RHD) C13 18DB/OR (RHD) L13 18BR/YL (RHD) D25 18VT/YL D21 18PK (RHD) R49 18LB (RHD) L7 20BK/YL L61 20TN/LG V20 18BK/WT L39 20LB L43 18VT L33 18RD A10 12RD/DG A20 12RD/DB C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 677 .0L RHD) T6 18OR/WT (4.7L RHD) K4 18BK/LB (RHD) T6 18OR/BK (4. GRAY/LHD BLACK/RHD (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 A B C D E F G H J K L M CIRCUIT X84 18OR/BK X86 18OR/RD X81 18YL/BK X83 18YL/RD X53 18DG/OR X55 18BR/RD X54 18VT X56 18DB/PK Y152 20LG/BR (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) D20 20LG Y151 20LG/BR (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) Y153 20DB/RD (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) X40 20WT/RD D25 20YL/VT/GY D25 20YL/VT/BR D32 20LG/DG T41 18BK/WT (DIESEL) Z4 20WT/BK X41 20WT/DG T6 18OR/WT (GAS) D21 20PK K29 18WT/PK X160 20YL X112 20RD G70 20BR/TN (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) R47 20DB/LB Z17 20BK R49 20LB G76 18TN/YL T2 20TN/BK (DIESEL) X51 18WT/DG X57 18DG/WT L7 18BK/YL (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) L13 20BR/YL (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) V10 20BR X52 18DB/WT X58 18DB/OR V13 18BR/LG V14 20RD/VT V20 18BK/WT V22 18BR/YL R46 20BR/LB X64 18BR/WT Z305 20BK/OR Z306 20BK/LG R48 20TN G32 20BK/LB G31 20VT/LG Z9 16BK V11 20BK/TN G18 20PK/BK V37 20RD/LG K4 20BK/LB A1 12RD A2 12PK/BK C1 12DG - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 678 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS C200 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS C200 .GRAY/LHD BLACK/RHD (LEFT BODY SIDE) CAV 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 46 47 48 48 49 50 51 52 53 53 54 55 56 57 58 58 59 60 A B C D E F G H J K L M CIRCUIT X56 18DB/PK (BASE) X84 18OR/GY (EXCEPT BASE) X86 18OR/RD (EXCEPT BASE) X54 18VT (BASE) X81 18YL/BK (EXCEPT BASE) X55 18BR/RD (BASE) X53 18DG/OR (BASE) X83 18YL/RD (EXCEPT BASE) X53 18DG/OR X55 18BR/RD X54 18VT X56 18DB/PK Y152 20LG/OR (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) D20 20LG (GAS) Y151 20LG/BR (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) Y153 20DB/RD (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) X40 20RD/WT (CD) D25 20YL/VT D25 20YL/VT D32 20LG/DG (GAS) T41 18BK/WT Z4 20WT/BK (CD) X41 20WT/DG (CD) T6 18OR/BK (GAS) D21 20PK (GAS) K29 18WT/PK X160 20YL (CD) X112 20RD (CD) G70 20BR/TN (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) R47 20DB/LB Z17 20BK (CD) R49 20LB G76 20TN/YL (RHD) G76 18TN/YL (LHD) T2 18TN/BK (DIESEL) X51 18WT/DG X57 18DG/WT L7 18BK/YL (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) L13 18BR/YL (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) V10 22BR (LHD) V10 20BR (RHD) X52 18DB/WT X58 18DB/OR V13 18BR/LG V14 22RD/VT V20 20BK/WT (RHD) V20 18BK/WT (LHD) V22 18BR/YL R46 20BR/LB (RHD) R46 18BK/LB (LHD) X64 18BR/WT Z305 20BK/OR Z306 20BK/LG R48 20TN G32 20BK/LG (LHD) G32 20DB/OR (RHD) G31 20VT/LG Z9 16BK V11 20BK/TN G18 20PK/BK V37 22RD/LG (LHD) V37 20RD/LG (RHD) K4 20BK/LB A1 12RD A2 12PK/BK C1 12DG - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 679 . WHITE (A/C SIDE) CAV 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 G32 20BK/LB CIRCUIT C100 20YL/DB (RHD) C32 20GY/DB (LHD) C100 20YL/DB (LHD) C32 20GY/DB (RHD) C96 20WT/DB (RHD) C33 20DB/RD (LHD) C94 20WT/DG (RHD) C95 20WT/BK (LHD) C95 20WT/BK (RHD) C94 20WT/DG (LHD) C33 20DB/RD (RHD) C96 20WT/DB (LHD) C35 20DG/YL (RHD) C102 20TN/BK (LHD) C35 20DG/YL (LHD) C102 20TN/BK (RHD) C56 20RD/LG C201 20LB/YL C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S C202 (AZC) .WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) CAV 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 10 11 12 G32 20BK/LB CIRCUIT C100 20YL/DB (RHD) C32 20GY/DB (LHD) C100 20YL/DB (LHD) C32 20GY/DB (RHD) C96 20WT/DB (RHD) C33 20DB/RD (LHD) C94 20WT/DG (RHD) C95 20WT/BK (LHD) C95 20WT/BK (RHD) C94 20WT/DG (LHD) C33 20DB/RD (RHD) C96 20WT/DB (LHD) C35 20DG/YL (RHD) C102 20TN/BK (LHD) C35 20DG/YL (LHD) C102 20TN/BK (RHD) C56 20RD/LG C201 20LB/YL 680 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS C202 (AZC) . WHITE (A/C SIDE) CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C6 14LB Z132 20BK/OR F22 20WT/PK C7 12BK/TN C1 12DG C4 16TN C5 16LG C67 20RD/LB G32 20BK/LB CIRCUIT C101 20LB/YL C202 (MTC) .WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 C6 14LB Z132 20BK/OR F22 20WT/PK C7 12BK/TN C1 12DG C4 16TN C5 16LG C67 20RD/LB G32 20BK/LB CIRCUIT C201 20LB/YL C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S C203 (AZC) .WHITE (A/C SIDE) CAV 1 2 C1 12DG CIRCUIT Z118 12BK 681 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS C202 (MTC) . (OVERLAY SIDE) CAV 1 1 2 2 CIRCUIT R73 20LB/BR (RHD) R72 20LB/WT (LHD) R75 20LB/OR (RHD) R74 20LB/YL (LHD) 682 .(INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE SIDE) CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 D25 20YL/VT F70 20PK X75 20GY/LG CIRCUIT Z155 20BK - C317 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS C203 (AZC) .WHITE (INSTRUMENT PANEL SIDE) CAV 1 2 C1 12DG CIRCUIT Z118 12BK C317 .(OVERHEAD SIDE) C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 CIRCUIT Z155 20BK/OR X75 20GY/LG D25 20YL/VT F70 20PK C318 .(OVERLAY SIDE) CAV 1 1 2 2 CIRCUIT R72 20LB/WT (RHD) R73 20LB/BR (LHD) R74 20LB/YL (RHD) R75 20LB/OR (LHD) C319 .(LEFT BODY SIDE (LHD)/ RIGHT BODY SIDE (RHD)) CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT R73 20LB/BR R75 20LB/OR C318 . GRAY 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 CIRCUIT X20 20RD/YL X10 20RD/BK X3 20GY/OR V37 20RD/LG K4 20BK/LB RADIO CONTROL MUX RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN HORN RELAY CONTROL SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL SENSOR GROUND FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S CLOCKSPRING C4 .(RIGHT BODY SIDE (LHD)/ LEFT BODY SIDE (RHD)) CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT R72 20LB/WT (LHD) R74 20LB/YL (LHD) CARGO LAMP .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT X20 20RD/YL X10 20RD/BK RADIO CONTROL MUX RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN FUNCTION 683 .4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 CIRCUIT R63 20TN/LB R61 20OR/LB R43 20BK/LB R45 20DG/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 FUNCTION CLOCKSPRING C3 .WHITE 3 WAY CAV 1 2 3 CIRCUIT F70 20PK G73 20LG/OR M2 20YL/DG FUSED B(+) LIFTGATE COURTESY DISABLE COURTESY LAMP DRIVER FUNCTION CLOCKSPRING C2 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS C319 . BLACK 24 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 D25 18VT/YL B6 18WT/DB B7 18WT A20 12RD/DB F20 18DB/PK D52 18LG/WT (DIESEL) B22 18DG/YL D51 18DG/YL (DIESEL) Z102 12BK/OR G9 18GY/BK L50 18WT/TN B3 18LG/DB B4 18LG Z231 18BK B8 18RD/DB B9 18RD A10 12RD/DG GROUND BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH SENSE PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL LEFT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY GROUND LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL LEFT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY FUSED B(+) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CAN C BUS(-) FUSED B(+) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) CAN C BUS(+) CIRCUIT Z101 12BK/OR B1 18YL/DB B2 18YL PCI BUS RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL RIGHT FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY GROUND RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL RIGHT REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 12 VOLT SUPPLY FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 COOLANT LEVEL SENSOR .BLACK 8 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 CIRCUIT X40 20WT/RD C235 20WT/LB D25 20YL/VT X112 20RD X41 20WT/DG Z4 20WT/BK Z17 20BK X160 20YL AUDIO OUT RIGHT SHIELD PCI BUS IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) AUDIO OUT LEFT GROUND GROUND B(+) FUNCTION CONTROLLER ANTILOCK BRAKE .CONNECTOR PINOUTS COMPACT DISC CHANGER (PREMIUM RADIO) . GRAY 2 WAY CAV 1 1 2 CIRCUIT G18 20PK/BK (RHD) G18 18PK/BK (LHD) Z307 20BK FUNCTION COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH SENSE COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH SENSE GROUND 684 .LT. BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT R43 20BK R45 20BK DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 DRIVER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 FUNCTION 685 .BLACK 16 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 F33 20PK/RD D20 20LG FUSED B(+) D25 20YL/VT Z305 20BK/OR Z306 20BK/LG D32 20LG/DG D21 20PK D19 20VT/OR SCI RECEIVE GROUND GROUND SCI RECEIVE SCI TRANSMIT BODY CONTROL MODULE FLASH ENABLE CIRCUIT PCI BUS FUNCTION - DIAGNOSTIC JUNCTION PORT .CONNECTOR PINOUTS DATA LINK CONNECTOR .BLACK 16 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 CIRCUIT D25 20YL/VT/BR D25 20YL/VT/DG (AZC) D25 20YL/VT/DB D25 20YL/VT/OR D25 20YL/VT/RD D25 20YL/VT/WT D25 20YL/VT D25 20YL/VT/GY D25 20YL/VT (DIESEL) PCI BUS (SHIFTER ASSEMBLY) PCI BUS (AZC) PCI BUS (RADIO) PCI BUS (ACM) PCI BUS (MIC) PCI BUS (BCM) PCI BUS (DLC) PCI BUS (DDM ABS MEM EVIC APM ITM RAIN SENSOR) FUNCTION PCI BUS (PCM/ECM TCM PDM CD SKIM) C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 1 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER AIRBAG SQUIB 2 .BLACK 2 WAY CAV A B CIRCUIT C33 20DB/RD (RHD) C95 20WT/BK (RHD) FUNCTION DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A) DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B) DRIVER CURTAIN AIRBAG .GREEN 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT R63 20TN/LB R61 20OR/LB DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 DRIVER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 FUNCTION DRIVER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (LHD) (AZC) .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT R73 20LB/BR R75 20LB/OR FUNCTION DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 2 DRIVER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 686 .BLACK 2 WAY CAV CIRCUIT C95 20WT/BK (LHD) C33 20DB/RD (LHD) FUNCTION DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B) DRIVER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A) C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S A B DRIVER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (RHD) (AZC). CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH .GRAY 2 WAY CAV 1 2 Z1 20BK CIRCUIT G73 20LG/OR GROUND FUNCTION DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SENSE DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH .WHITE 15 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Q21 16WT P34 18PK/BK D30 20VT/YL (JAPAN) D25 20YL/VT G73 20LG/OR G75 18TN/RD E21 20OR/RD Q11 16LB CIRCUIT A146 12OR/WT Q23 16RD/WT Q13 16DB Z1 12BK P35 18OR/BK DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER DIAGNOSTIC OUT PCI BUS DRIVER CYLINDER LOCK SWITCH SENSE DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE DRIVER DOOR SWITCH ILLUMINATION DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER (UP) DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN) FUSED B(+) DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN) DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER (UP) GROUND DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 687 .BLACK 4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 Z1 18BK P34 18PK/BK P35 18OR/BK CIRCUIT G75 18TN/RD GROUND DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER FUNCTION DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE DRIVER DOOR MODULE C1 . BLACK 12 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 CIRCUIT P95 20OR C118 20BK/WT P64 20VT P69 20GY P65 20DG C117 20BK P91 20WT P93 20RD M21 20PK/DG P110 20YL (BUILT-UPEXPORT) P99 20DB (BUILT-UPEXPORT) L121 20BK/RD MIRROR HEATER GROUND MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL MIRROR SENSOR GROUND MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL MIRROR HEATER 12 VOLT SUPPLY MIRROR COMMON DRIVER MIRROR VERTICAL DRIVER COURTESY LAMP DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR RETURN FOLDING MIRROR FEED COURTESY LAMP GROUND FUNCTION MIRROR HORIZONTAL DRIVER DRIVER DOOR MODULE C3 .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT M21 20PK/DG L121 20BK/RD COURTESY LAMP DRIVER COURTESY LAMP GROUND FUNCTION DRIVER FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR .CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER DOOR MODULE C2 .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT Q21 16WT Q11 16LB FUNCTION DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN) DRIVER WINDOW DRIVER (UP) 688 .BLACK 4 WAY CAV CIRCUIT BK BR OR GY MEMORY SWITCH RETURN MEMORY SWITCH MUX MEMORY SET INDICATOR DRIVER SWITCH ILLUMINATION DRIVER FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 1 2 3 4 DRIVER FRONT DOOR COURTESY LAMP . 3 WAY CAV 1 2 3 CIRCUIT P88 16BK/BR Z6 16BK/YL HEATED SEAT DRIVER GROUND FUNCTION DRIVER HEATED SEAT CUSHION (PREMIUM I/III) .WHITE 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 Z300 20BK P132 20OR/BK E2 20OR F22 20WT/PK GROUND SEAT HEATER SWITCH SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT P133 20TN/DG PANEL LAMPS DRIVER FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUNCTION DRIVER SEAT HEATER SWITCH MUX C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S DRIVER LUMBAR MOTOR (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) .CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER HEATED SEAT BACK (PREMIUM I/III) .4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 CIRCUIT P131 16BK/OR P88 16BK/BR P135 20LB/BK P29 20BR/WT HEATED SEAT DRIVER DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY FUNCTION DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER DRIVER HEATED SEAT SWITCH .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT P105 16LG/DB P104 16YL/RD FUNCTION LUMBAR FORWARD SWITCH SENSE LUMBAR REARWARD SWITCH SENSE 689 . BLACK 12 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 CIRCUIT C117 20BK P65 20DG P69 20GY P64 20VT C118 20BK/WT P95 20OR P114 20YL/RD P99 20DB (BUILT-UPEXPORT) P110 20YL (BUILT-UPEXPORT) P112 20YL/WT P93 20RD P91 20WT FUNCTION MIRROR HEATER 12 VOLT SUPPLY MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL MIRROR SENSOR GROUND MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL MIRROR HEATER GROUND MIRROR HORIZONTAL DRIVER AUTO DAY NIGHT MIRROR(-) FOLDING MIRROR FEED FOLDING MIRROR RETURN AUTO DAY NIGHT MIRROR(+) MIRROR VERTICAL DRIVER MIRROR COMMON DRIVER C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 8 9 10 11 12 DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR .WHITE 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 Z1 16BK P105 16LG/DB (RHD) P104 16YL/RD (LHD) P104 16YL/RD (RHD) P105 16LG/DB (LHD) Z1 16BK F35 16RD CIRCUIT GROUND LUMBAR FORWARD SWITCH SENSE LUMBAR REAR WARD SWITCH SENSE LUMBAR REAR WARD SWITCH SENSE LUMBAR FORWARD SWITCH SENSE GROUND FUSED B(+) FUNCTION - DRIVER POWER MIRROR .CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER LUMBAR SWITCH (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) .RED 2 WAY CAV 1 1 2 2 CIRCUIT P119 16YL/RD (PREMIUM II/III) P19 16YL/LG (EXCEPT PREMIUM II/III) P121 16RD/GY (PREMIUM II/III) P21 16RD/LG (EXCEPT PREMIUM II/III) SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER DRIVER SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER DRIVER SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER FUNCTION DRIVER POWER SEAT FRONT RISER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) .3 WAY CAV A B C CIRCUIT P28 20BR/RD P26 20BR P29 20BR/WT FUNCTION SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY 690 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR .BLACK 3 WAY CAV A B C CIRCUIT P29 20BR/WT P25 20VT/RD P28 20BR/RD FUNCTION SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR .RED 2 WAY CAV 1 1 2 2 CIRCUIT P11 16YL/WT (EXCEPT PREMIUM II/III) P111 16YL/DB (PREMIUM II/III) P13 16RD/WT (EXCEPT PREMIUM II/III) P113 16RD/BK (PREMIUM II/III) FUNCTION DRIVER SEAT REAR UP DRIVER SEAT REAR UP DRIVER DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S DRIVER POWER SEAT REAR RISER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) .3 WAY CAV A B C CIRCUIT P28 20BR/RD P27 20LB/RD P29 20BR/WT FUNCTION SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY 691 .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 1 2 2 CIRCUIT P17 16RD/YL (EXCEPT PREMIUM II/III) P117 16RD/BR (PREMIUM II/III) P15 16YL/LB (EXCEPT PREMIUM II/III) P115 16GY/LG (PREMIUM II/III) FUNCTION DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER DRIVER POWER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) . BLACK 2 WAY CAV A A B B CIRCUIT P41 16GY/WT (MIDLINE/ PREMIUM I) P141 16GY/WT (PREMIUM II/III) P43 16GY/LB (MIDLINE/ PREMIUM I) P143 16GY/LB (PREMIUM II/III) FUNCTION DRIVER SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER DRIVER SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR SENSOR (PREMIUM II/III) .BLACK 3 WAY CAV A B C CIRCUIT P29 20BR/WT P47 20LB P28 20BR/RD FUNCTION SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 692 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR . GREEN 10 WAY CAV 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 Z1 16BK P43 16GY/LB (MIDLINE/ PREMIUM I) P43 20GY/LB (PREMIUM II/III) P17 16RD/YL (MIDLINE/ PREMIUM I) P17 20RD/YL (PREMIUM II/III) P41 16GY/WT (MIDLINE/ PREMIUM I) P41 20GY/WT (PREMIUM II/III) F35 16RD (MIDLINE/ PREMIUM I) P9 20RD/LB (PREMIUM II/III) P15 16YL/LB (MIDLINE/ PREMIUM I) P15 20YL/LB (PREMIUM II/III) P19 16YL/LG (MIDLINE/ PREMIUM I) P21 20RD/LG (RHD PREMIUM II/III) P19 20YL/LG (PREMIUM II/III) P13 20RD/WT (RHD PREMIUM II/III) P11 20YL/WT (PREMIUM II/III) P11 16YL/WT (MIDLINE/ PREMIUM I) P13 20RD/WT (PREMIUM II/III) P13 16RD/WT (MIDLINE/ PREMIUM I) P11 20YL/WT (RHD PREMIUM II/III) P21 16RD/LG (MIDLINE/ PREMIUM I) P21 20RD/LG (PREMIUM II/III) P19 20YL/LG (RHD PREMIUM II/III) CIRCUIT GROUND DRIVER SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE DRIVER SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE FUSED B(+) SEAT SWITCH B(+) SUPPLY DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE DRIVER SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER DRIVER SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER SEAT FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE DRIVER SEAT REAR UP DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER DRIVER SEAT REAR UP DRIVER DRIVER SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER SEAT FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE DRIVER SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S DRIVER REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR .CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER POWER SEAT SWITCH (MIDLINE/PREMIUM) .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT Q124 16DG/WT Q114 16GY/WT WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN) WINDOW DRIVER (UP) FUNCTION 693 . BLUE 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 CIRCUIT Q14 16GY Q114 16GY/WT E21 20OR/RD Q24 16DG Q124 16DG/WT Z1 16BK WINDOW DRIVER UP DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH ILLUMINATION DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WINDOW DRIVER DOWN GROUND FUNCTION DRIVER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH .CONNECTOR PINOUTS DRIVER REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH .2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT R57 20DG R59 20LB FUNCTION DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH GROUND C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR .BLACK 4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 CIRCUIT R133 20LB/DG R131 20LG/YL FUNCTION DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND DRIVER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL 694 . 2 CONTROL ENGINE STARTER MOTOR RELAY CONTROL VISCOUS/CABIN HEATER RELAY CONTROL WASTEGATE SOLENOID CONTROL GLOW PLUG RELAY NO.CONNECTOR PINOUTS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C1 (DIESEL) .BLACK 81 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 CIRCUIT Z108 14BK/DG Z108 14BK/DG K20 14DB F142 14RD/DG F142 14RD/DG D52 18DG/WT D25 20VT/YL K944 20BR/DG K44 20YL/GY Y53 20BK/YL K155 20YL/WT Y40 20DG/VT K22 20RD/DB K81 20DB/DG Y100 20BR/GY F300 20RD/BK Z11 20BK/WT K4 18BK/LB F991 20RD/DB K6 18VT/WT K3 20BK D51 18WT K77 20BR/WT G60 20BR/DB K25 20VT/DG K255 20WT/DG Y43 20WT/VT C18 20DB V37 20RD/DG K226 20DB/WT K2 20DG/RD K21 20DG/WT Y101 20 K924 20YL L50 20WT/DB K29 20WT/PK F855 18BR/YL Z189 20BR B22 20DG/YL K225 18BK K4 20BK/LB K900 18GY K7 20RD/WT K51 20DB/YL K173 20GY C13 20DB/RD K236 20GY/PK T752 20DG/RD K132 20BR/BK Y42 20BR/BK K152 20WT K46 20DB/BK K46 20DB/BK FUNCTION GROUND GROUND GENERATOR FIELD CONTROL FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT CAN C BUS(+) PCI BUS CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL BOOST PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND BATTERY SENSE (+) BATTERY SENSE (-) SENSOR GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE B CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 1 CAN C BUS(-) TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 5-VOLT SUPPLY A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SHIELD CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 2 PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE A MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND WATER IN FUEL SENSOR GROUND INTAKE PORT SWIRL ACTUATOR SIGNAL FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL HYDRAULIC RADIATOR FAN SOLENOID CONTROL A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL GLOW PLUG RELAY NO. 1 CONTROL FUEL PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL FUEL PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 695 . 4 CONTROL COMMON INJECTOR DRIVER WATER IN FUEL SIGNAL PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT D21 20PK EGR SOLENOID CONTROL SCI TRANSMIT FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S FRONT WASHER PUMP . 3 CONTROL K35 20GY/YL G123 20DG/WT T41 20BK/WT FUEL INJECTOR NO.CONNECTOR PINOUTS ENGINE CONTROL MODULE C2 (DIESEL) . 2 CONTROL FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 CONTROL FUEL INJECTOR NO. 5 CONTROL FUEL INJECTOR NO.BLACK 40 WAY CAV 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 K14 14BK/YL K63 14BK K11 14BK/DB K38 14BK/DG K12 14BK/VT K13 14BK/RD FUEL INJECTOR NO.WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT V10 20BR Z141 20BK GROUND FUNCTION WASHER PUMP MOTOR SWITCH SENSE 696 . 2 .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT Z307 18BK X2 18DG/RD GROUND HORN RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION 697 . 1 .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT Z307 18BK X2 18DG/RD GROUND HORN RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S HORN NO.CONNECTOR PINOUTS FRONT WIPER MOTOR .BLACK 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 Z141 16BK V3 16BR/WT V4 16RD/YL V6 16DB V55 16TN/RD GROUND WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY LOW SPEED OUTPUT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY HIGH SPEED OUTPUT CIRCUIT FUNCTION FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE - HOOD AJAR SWITCH (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 2 CIRCUIT G70 20BR/TN Z141 20BK (DIESEL) Z161 20BK (GAS) HOOD AJAR SWITCH SENSE GROUND GROUND FUNCTION HORN NO. CONNECTOR PINOUTS IGNITION SWITCH C1 .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT G26 20LB Z234 20BK GROUND FUNCTION KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH SENSE C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S INSTRUMENT CLUSTER .WHITE 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 CIRCUIT A41 12YL A2 12PK/BK A22 12BK/OR A1 12RD A31 12RD/BK A21 12DB FUSED B(+) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUSED B(+) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUNCTION IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) IGNITION SWITCH C2 .BLACK 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 D25 20YL/VT F70 20PK CIRCUIT Z155 20BK X75 20GY/LG PCI BUS FUSED B(+) SIREN SIGNAL CONTROL GROUND FUNCTION 698 .WHITE 12 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 G9 20GY/BK F33 20PK/RD G5 20DB/WT D19 20VT/OR Z300 20BK D25 20YL/VT/RD Z132 20BK/OR CIRCUIT L61 20TN/LG L60 20TN FUSED B(+) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) BODY CONTROL MODULE FLASH ENABLE GROUND PCI BUS GROUND LEFT TURN SIGNAL RIGHT TURN SIGNAL RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER FUNCTION INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) . CONNECTOR PINOUTS C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 699 . 1 2 3 20A 20A AMPS V6 16DB INTERNAL FUSED CIRCUIT FUSED B(+) FUNCTION FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) ACCESSORY DELAY RELAY CAV 30 85 86 87 87A CIRCUIT INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL Q30 16TN FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) ACCESSORY DELAY RELAY CONTROL ACCESSORY DELAY RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION 700 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS FUSES (JB) FUSE NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 31 32 33 10A 10A 10A 10A 30A 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 15A 15A 15A 15A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 10A 15A 25A 15A 10A 15A 20A 20A 10A 10A L43 18VT L44 18VT/RD L34 18RD/OR INTERNAL F9 20RD/BK F20 18DB/PK INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL F32 20PK/DB INTERNAL INTERNAL F30 18RD INTERNAL (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) INTERNAL INTERNAL X12 18RD/WT (RHD) X12 16WT/RD (LHD) F45 20YL/RD F14 18LG/YL F23 18DB/YL AMPS L33 18RD INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL F72 16RD/YL (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) C15 20BK/WT F991 20OR/DB FUSED CIRCUIT FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUSED LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT FUSED LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT FUSED HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED CIGAR LIGHTER RELAY OUTPUT FUSED B(+) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUNCTION FUSED HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S CIRCUIT BREAKERS CB NO. CONNECTOR PINOUTS FOG LAMP RELAY CAV 30 30 85 85 86 86 87 87 87A 87A CIRCUIT INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL L95 18DG/YL INTERNAL FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL FUSED B(+) REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION HIGH BEAM RELAY CAV 30 85 86 87 87A CIRCUIT INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL FUSED B(+) HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL FUSED B(+) HIGH BEAM RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION LOW BEAM RELAY CAV 30 85 86 87 87A CIRCUIT INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) LOW BEAM RELAY CONTROL LOW BEAM RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION PARK LAMP RELAY CAV 30 85 86 87 87A CIRCUIT INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT FUSED B(+) PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL FUSED B(+) GROUND FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S REAR FOG LAMP RELAY (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) CAV 30 85 86 87 87A CIRCUIT INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL L95 18DG/YL FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CAV 30 85 86 87 87A CIRCUIT INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL INTERNAL FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION 701 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS JUNCTION BLOCK BODY CONTROL MODULE .BLACK 26 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 M20 V55 G78 G10 G77 G73 V23 M1 L308 L26 Q29 L307 G5 X4 V16 G80 L11 L91 C80 Z2 L96 (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) L7 Z1 M2 COURTESY LAMP LOAD SHED WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE LIFTGATE COURTESY DISABLE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT FUNCTION PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL ACCESSORY DELAY RELAY CONTROL LOW BEAM RELAY CONTROL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) HORN RELAY CONTROL WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SENSE HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL HAZARD SWITCH SENSE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY CONTROL GROUND REAR FOG LAMP RELAY CONTROL PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL GROUND COURTESY LAMP DRIVER - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 702 . BLACK 52 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 F9 14RD/BK F70 18PK F30 14RD/TN (LHD) F30 16RD/TN (RHD) C15 12BK/WT CIGAR LIGHTER RELAY OUTPUT CIGAR LIGHTER RELAY OUTPUT REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT G5 20DB/WT M1 18PK/RD (RHD) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) G80 20VT/YL G78 20TN/BK M20 18YL/BK (RHD) M20 20YL/BK (LHD) CIRCUIT Q30 16TN L63 18DG/RD L95 18DG/YL (BUILT-UPEXPORT) G73 20LG/OR G77 20TN/OR L7 18BK/YL F37 16RD (LHD EXCEPT BASE) F37 16RD/LB (RHD) M2 18YL (RHD) M2 20YL/DG (LHD) F22 20WT/PK (RHD) LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE COURTESY LAMP LOAD SHED COURTESY LAMP LOAD SHED FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) COURTESY LAMP DRIVER COURTESY LAMP DRIVER LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SENSE LIFTGATE COURTESY DISABLE DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT LEFT TURN SIGNAL REAR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION ACCESSORY DELAY RELAY OUTPUT C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 703 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS JUNCTION BLOCK C1 . BLACK 52 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 L44 18VT/RD L33 18RD F60 14RD/WT (EXCEPT BASE) FUSED B(+) F32 20PK/DB F20 18DB/PK F12 20DB/WT A146 12OR/WT FUSED B(+) FUSED RIGHT LOW BEAM OUTPUT FUSED LEFT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT FUSED B(+) L43 18VT F72 16RD/YL M1 20PK/RD V55 16TN/RD (GAS) A146 12OR/WT L34 18RD/OR FUSED B(+) FUSED RIGHT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT FUSED LEFT LOW BEAM OUTPUT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) L7 20BK/YL L7 20BK/YL F37 16RD/LB (EXCEPT BASE) F22 20WT/PK L60 20TN F45 20YL/RD V55 16TN/RD FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE FUSED B(+) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) RIGHT TURN SIGNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE V16 22VT PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT V6 16DB V6 16DB (GAS) L62 18BR/RD F991 20OR/DB L39 20LB L61 20TN/LG L39 20LB LEFT TURN SIGNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) RIGHT TURN SIGNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT X3 22GY/OR FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT HORN RELAY CONTROL FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 704 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS JUNCTION BLOCK C2 (LHD) . BLACK 52 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 L44 18VT/RD L33 18RD F60 16RD/WT FUSED B(+) F32 20PK/DB F20 18DB/PK F12 20DB/WT (GAS) A146 12OR/WT FUSED B(+) FUSED RIGHT LOW BEAM OUTPUT FUSED LEFT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT FUSED B(+) L43 18VT M1 20PK/RD V55 16TN/RD (GAS) A146 12OR/WT L34 18RD/OR FUSED B(+) FUSED RIGHT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT FUSED LEFT LOW BEAM OUTPUT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) F37 16RD/LB F22 18WT/TN L60 20TN F45 20YL/RD V55 16TN/RD FUSED B(+) WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE L7 20BK/YL L7 18BK/YL FUSED B(+) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) RIGHT TURN SIGNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE V16 22VT PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT V6 16DB V6 16DB (GAS) L62 20BR/RD F991 20OR/DB (GAS) L39 20LB L61 20TN/LG L39 20LB LEFT TURN SIGNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) RIGHT TURN SIGNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT X3 22BK/RD FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT HORN RELAY CONTROL FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 705 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS JUNCTION BLOCK C2 (RHD) . CONNECTOR PINOUTS JUNCTION BLOCK C3 .BLACK 52 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 G5 20DB/WT G5 20DB/WT F12 20DB/WT F70 20PK/BK M1 20PK Z132 20BK/OR FUSED B(+) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) F70 20PK/BK X3 20GY/OR F30 16RD F33 20PK/RD V23 20BR/PK FUSED B(+) GROUND A41 12YL F14 20LG/YL A22 12BK/OR F991 18OR/DB Z234 20BK F33 20PK/RD X12 16WT/RD M1 20PK M1 20PK (AZC) A21 12DB FUSED B(+) HORN RELAY CONTROL FUSED CIGAR LIGHTER RELAY OUTPUT FUSED B(+) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) F23 18DB/YL F22 20WT/PK F85 16VT/WT C79 20BK/WT A31 12RD/BK F60 16RD/WT FUSED B(+) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) GROUND FUSED B(+) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUSED B(+) FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) L60 20TN L302 20LB/YL L61 20TN/LG L91 20DB/PK L305 20LB/WT L309 20PK/LG HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) LEFT TURN SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT F22 20WT/PK RIGHT TURN SIGNAL RIGHT TURN SWITCH SENSE LEFT TURN SIGNAL HAZARD SWITCH SENSE FUNCTION FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 706 . WHITE 3 WAY CAV 1 2 3 CIRCUIT A145 10WT/RD A149 12RD/TN A147 10RD/GY FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUNCTION LEFT COURTESY LAMP .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT A148 10PK/WT A148 10OR/WT FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUNCTION JUNCTION BLOCK C5 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS JUNCTION BLOCK C4 .WHITE 3 WAY CAV 1 2 3 CIRCUIT F70 20PK/BK M20 20YL/BK M2 20YL/DG FUSED B(+) COURTESY LAMP LOAD SHED COURTESY LAMP DRIVER FUNCTION 707 .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 M2 20YL CIRCUIT F70 20PK/BK FUSED B(+) COURTESY LAMP DRIVER FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S LEFT DOOR HANDLE COURTESY LAMP . 7L RHD) Z141 18BK (EXCEPT DIESEL/4.BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 2 CIRCUIT L39 20LB Z141 20BK (DIESEL/4.CONNECTOR PINOUTS LEFT FOG LAMP .BLACK 4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 R49 18LB CIRCUIT R47 18DB/LB FUNCTION LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL LEFT FRONT PARK LAMP .7L RHD) FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT GROUND GROUND FUNCTION LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 Z1 18BK L7 20BK/PK CIRCUIT GROUND PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION 708 .WHITE 3 WAY CAV 1 1 2 3 3 CIRCUIT X85 18LB/BK (RHD) X85 18LG/DG (LHD) X87 18LB/RD (RHD) X87 18LG/RD (LHD) LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (+) LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (+) FUNCTION LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (-) LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (-) - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S LEFT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR . CONNECTOR PINOUTS LEFT FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 Z1 18BK CIRCUIT L61 20TN/LG LEFT TURN SIGNAL GROUND FUNCTION 709 .BLACK 3 WAY CAV 1 2 3 Z1 18BK L61 20TN/LG CIRCUIT L7 20BK/PK GROUND LEFT TURN SIGNAL FUNCTION PARK LAMP RELAY CONTROL LEFT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT L7 20BK/PK L61 20TN/LG PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT LEFT TURN SIGNAL FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S LEFT FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) . BLACK 2 WAY CAV A B Z1 18BK L33 18RD CIRCUIT GROUND FUSED LEFT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT FUNCTION LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER .GRAY 2 WAY CAV A B Z1 18BK L43 18VT CIRCUIT GROUND FUSED LEFT LOW BEAM OUTPUT FUNCTION 710 .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT X83 18YL/RD X81 18YL/BK FUNCTION LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+) LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-) C O N N E C T O R LEFT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH .BLACK 2 WAY P I N O U T S CAV 1 2 Z1 20BK CIRCUIT GROUND G78 20TN/BK FUNCTION LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE LEFT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP .CONNECTOR PINOUTS LEFT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP . BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT X10 20RD/BK X20 20RD/YL RADIO CONTROL MUX FUNCTION RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN 711 .BLACK 4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 Z1 18BK P36 18PK/VT P35 18OR/VT CIRCUIT G77 18TN/YL GROUND DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER FUNCTION LEFT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER .WHITE 3 WAY CAV 1 2 3 CIRCUIT X90 18WT/VT X92 18TN/DG LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (-) FUNCTION LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (+) - LEFT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH .WHITE 11 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 CIRCUIT L27 20WT/TN Z234 20BK L80 20WT/DG L309 20PK/LG L40 20BR L302 20LB/YL L305 20LB/WT L91 20DB/PK E19 20RD G52 20YL HEADLAMP SWITCH RETURN HIGH BEAM RELAY CONTROL HIGH BEAM SWITCH SENSE RIGHT TURN SWITCH SENSE LEFT TURN SWITCH SENSE HAZARD SWITCH SENSE PANEL LAMPS DIMMER SIGNAL HEADLAMP SWITCH MUX FOG LAMP SWITCH SENSE GROUND FUNCTION LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH .CONNECTOR PINOUTS LEFT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH . BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT F70 20PK M20 20YL/BK FUSED B(+) COURTESY LAMP LOAD SHED FUNCTION LICENSE LAMP NO.BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 Z1 18BK CIRCUIT L7 18BK/YL PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT GROUND FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S LICENSE LAMP NO.BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 Z1 18BK CIRCUIT L7 18BK/YL PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT GROUND FUNCTION LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH . 2 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS LEFT VISOR/VANITY LAMP .GRAY 2 WAY CAV 1 2 Z1 20BK G80 20VT/YL CIRCUIT GROUND LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SENSE FUNCTION 712 . 1 . WHITE 11 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 CIRCUIT C103 20DG Z123 20BK/OR C67 20RD/LB C79 20BK/WT C81 20LB/WT F22 20WT/PK E2 20OR C4 16TN C5 16LG C6 14LB A/C SWITCH SIGNAL GROUND BLEND AIR DOOR POSITION CONTROL FUSED REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH SENSE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) PANEL LAMPS DRIVER BLOWER MOTOR LOW DRIVER BLOWER MOTOR M1 DRIVER BLOWER MOTOR M2 DRIVER FUNCTION 713 .BLACK 4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 CIRCUIT P35 18OR/VT P36 18PK/VT P101 18OR/PK P100 18OR/BR DOOR LOCK DRIVER DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER LIFTGATE FLIP-UP SWITCH OUTPUT LIFTGATE GLASS LIMIT SWITCH OUTPUT FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL C1 (MTC) .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 Z1 18BK P100 18OR/BR CIRCUIT GROUND LIFTGATE GLASS LIMIT SWITCH OUTPUT FUNCTION LIFTGATE POWER LOCK MOTOR .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT P101 18OR/PK F70 18PK FUSED B(+) FUNCTION LIFTGATE FLIP-UP SWITCH OUTPUT LIFTGATE FLIP-UP RELEASE SOLENOID .CONNECTOR PINOUTS LIFTGATE FLIP-UP PUSH BUTTON SWITCH . BLACK 2 WAY CAV A A B B CIRCUIT C102 20TN/BK (LHD) C35 20DG/YL (RHD) C102 20TN/BK (RHD) C35 20DG/YL (LHD) MODE DOOR DRIVER (B) MODE DOOR DRIVER (A) MODE DOOR DRIVER (B) MODE DOOR DRIVER (A) FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S OVERHEAD MAP/COURTESY LAMP .YELLOW 4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 CIRCUIT R42 20BK/YL R44 20DG/YL R64 20TN/YL R62 20OR/YL FUNCTION PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 1 PASSENGER SQUIB 1 LINE 2 PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 1 PASSENGER SQUIB 2 LINE 2 714 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL C2 (MTC) .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT Z118 12BK C7 12BK/TN GROUND BLOWER MOTOR HIGH DRIVER FUNCTION MODE DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) .WHITE 3 WAY CAV 1 2 3 CIRCUIT F70 20PK M20 20YL/BK M2 20YL/DG FUSED B(+) COURTESY LAMP LOAD SHED COURTESY LAMP DRIVER FUNCTION PASSENGER AIRBAG . BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT R72 20LB/WT R74 20LB/YL FUNCTION PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 2 PASSENGER CURTAIN SQUIB LINE 1 P I N O U T S PASSENGER DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH .BLACK 2 WAY CAV A B CIRCUIT C96 20WT/DB (LHD) C94 20WT/DG (LHD) FUNCTION PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B) PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A) PASSENGER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (RHD) (AZC) .BLACK 2 WAY CAV A B CIRCUIT C94 20WT/DG (RHD) C96 20WT/DB (RHD) FUNCTION PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (A) PASSENGER BLEND DOOR DRIVER (B) C O N N E C T O R PASSENGER CURTAIN AIRBAG .CONNECTOR PINOUTS PASSENGER BLEND DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (LHD) (AZC) .BLACK 4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 Z1 18BK P36 18PK/VT P35 18OR/VT CIRCUIT G74 18TN/RD GROUND DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER FUNCTION PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE 715 . BLACK 12 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 CIRCUIT P95 20OR C118 20BK/WT P64 20VT P69 20GY P65 20DG C117 20BK P91 20WT P93 20RD M21 20PK/DG P110 20YL (BUILT-UPEXPORT) P99 20DB (BUILT-UPEXPORT) L121 20BK/RD MIRROR HEATED GROUND MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL MIRROR SENSOR GROUND MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL MIRROR HEATER 12 VOLT SUPPLY MIRROR COMMON DRIVER MIRROR VERTICAL DRIVER COURTESY LAMP DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR RETURN FOLDING MIRROR FEED COURTESY LAMP GROUND FUNCTION MIRROR HORIZONTAL DRIVER C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S PASSENGER FRONT DOOR COURTESY LAMP .WHITE 15 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Q22 16VT D25 20YL/VT G74 18TN/RD E20 20OR/DB Q12 16BR P36 18PK/VT PCI BUS PASSENGER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH ILLUMINATION PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER (UP) PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN) CIRCUIT A146 12OR/WT Q24 16DG Q14 16GY Z1 12BK P35 18OR/VT DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER FUSED B(+) PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN) PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER (UP) GROUND DOOR LOCK DRIVER FUNCTION PASSENGER DOOR MODULE C2 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS PASSENGER DOOR MODULE C1 .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT M21 20PK/DG L121 20BK/RD COURTESY LAMP DRIVER COURTESY LAMP GROUND FUNCTION 716 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS PASSENGER FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR .BLACK 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 Z300 20BK P132 20OR/BK E2 20OR F22 20WT/PK GROUND SEAT HEATER SWITCH SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT P134 20TN/LG PANEL LAMPS DRIVER FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN) FUNCTION PASSENGER SEAT HEATER SWITCH MUX 717 .4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 CIRCUIT P130 16DG/WT P88 16BK/BR P86 20DG/YL P29 20BR/WT HEATED SEAT DRIVER PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY FUNCTION PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S PASSENGER HEATED SEAT SWITCH .3 WAY CAV 1 2 3 CIRCUIT P88 16BK/BR Z5 16BK/VT HEATED SEAT DRIVER GROUND FUNCTION PASSENGER HEATED SEAT CUSHION (PREMIUM I/III) .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT Q22 16VT Q12 16BR FUNCTION PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER (DOWN) PASSENGER WINDOW DRIVER (UP) PASSENGER HEATED SEAT BACK (PREMIUM I/III) . CONNECTOR PINOUTS PASSENGER POWER MIRROR .BLACK 2 WAY C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT Q124 16DG/WT Q114 16GY/WT WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WINDOW DRIVER UP FUNCTION PASSENGER REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH .BLACK 12 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 P93 20RD P91 20WT CIRCUIT C117 20BK P65 20DG P69 2GY P64 20VT C118 20BK/WT P95 20OR P99 20DB (BUILT-UPEXPORT) P110 20YL (BUILT-UPEXPORT) MIRROR VERTICAL DRIVER MIRROR COMMON DRIVER FOLDING MIRROR FEED FOLDING MIRROR RETURN FUNCTION MIRROR HEATER 12 VOLT SUPPLY MIRROR HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL MIRROR SENSOR GROUND MIRROR VERTICAL POSITION SIGNAL MIRROR HEATER GROUND MIRROR HORIZONTAL DRIVER - PASSENGER REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR .2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT R58 20GY R60 20VT FUNCTION PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH GROUND 718 .BLUE 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 CIRCUIT Q14 16GY Q114 16GY/WT E21 20OR/RD Q24 16DG Q124 16DG/WT Z1 16BK WINDOW DRIVER UP PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH ILLUMINATION PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER DOWN WINDOW DRIVER DOWN GROUND FUNCTION PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DRIVER UP PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH . WHITE 12 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 CIRCUIT X90 18WT/VT X92 18TN/DG X85 18LG/DG X83 18YL/RD X84 18OR/GY X93 18DG/WT X91 18WT/DG X87 18LG/RD X80 18LB/BK X82 18LB/RD X81 18YL/BK X86 18OR/RD FUNCTION RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (+) RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (-) LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (-) LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+) RIGHT INSTRUMENTAL PANEL SPEAKER (-) LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (+) LEFT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (-) LEFT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (+) RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (-) RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (+) LEFT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-) RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+) 719 .WHITE 18 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Z9 16BK X64 18BR/WT X52 18DB/WT X51 18WT/DG X54 18VT X53 18DG/OR RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+) LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+) RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+) ENABLE SIGNAL TO AMPLIFIER CIRCUIT D25 18YL/VT F60 16RD/WT Z9 16BK X58 18DB/OR X57 18DG/WT X56 18DB/PK X55 18BR/RD F60 16RD/WT FUSED B(+) GROUND RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-) LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-) RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-) PCI BUS FUSED B(+) GROUND FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S POWER AMPLIFIER C2 (PREMIUM RADIO) .CONNECTOR PINOUTS PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR .BLACK 4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 CIRCUIT R134 20LB/BR R132 20LG/VT FUNCTION PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND PASSENGER SIDE IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL POWER AMPLIFIER C1 (PREMIUM RADIO) . CONNECTOR PINOUTS C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 720 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS FUSES (DIESEL) FUSE NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 18 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 20A 20A 20A 15A 10A 15A A20 12RD/DB F142 14OR/DG A148 16LG/RD 15A 15A A17 14RD/BK F300 18RD/BK A80 18RD/LG FUSED B(+) FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT FUSED B(+) 50A 50A 40A 40A 50A 20A 20A F62 18RD F62 18RD FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) 50A 50A 40A A110 10VT/RD A146 10OR/WT A14 14RD/WT A2 12PK/BK A148 10PK/WT F15 18DB/WT F15 18 DB/WT FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) 40A 40A 50A 40A A105 10DB/RD A147 10RD/GY A1 12RD FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT AMPS C1 12DG A149 12RD/TN A145 10WT/RD A10 12RD/DG FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED CIRCUIT FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 721 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 722 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS FUSES (GAS) FUSE NO.7L) A14 14RD/DG A147 10RD/GY A1 12RD FUSED B(+) FUSED CIRCUIT FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S HORN RELAY CAV 30 85 86 87 87 87A CIRCUIT F62 18RD X3 20BK/RD F62 18RD X2 18DG/RD X2 18DG/RD (GAS) FUSED B(+) HORN RELAY CONTROL FUSED B(+) HORN RELAY OUTPUT HORN RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CAV 30 30 85 86 86 87 87A CIRCUIT V60 16YL/DG (GAS) V60 16TN/RD (DIESEL) V16 20VT V6 16DB V6 16DB (DIESEL) V4 16RD/YL V3 16BR/WT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY CONTROL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY HIGH SPEED OUTPUT WIPER HIGH/LOW RELAY LOW SPEED OUTPUT FUNCTION 723 .0L) 15A 15A 10A A17 18RD/BK FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT FUSED B(+) FUSED TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT 40A 50A 15A 15A F62 18RD F62 18RD A7 14RD/BK FUSED B(+) 50A A2 12PK/BK A148 10PK/WT F142 18OR/DG F142 18OR/DG FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) 40A 40A 50A 40A 30A 30A 30A 50A 40A A146 10OR/WT FUSED B(+) FUSED B(+) FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT AMPS C1 12DG A149 12RD/TN A145 10WT/RD A10 12RD/DG A30 14RD/WT A30 14RD/WT (4. 1 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 18 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 27 28 20A 20A 15A 15A 20A 15A 15A A62 16VT/LB A20 12RD/DB F42 18DG/LG F42 18DG/LG A148 16LG/RD T15 18YL/BR(4. 5 FUSED B(+) THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL OXYGEN SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL OXYGEN SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL MAP SENSOR SIGNAL FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 724 .0L EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) K341 18PK/WT (4. 8 IDLE AIR CONTROL NO.7L) T41 18BK/WT K91 14TN/RD K24 18GY/BK K98 14LB/RD (4. 4 DRIVER COIL DRIVER NO. 1 DRIVER IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 2 DRIVER IDLE AIR CONTROL NO.0L BUILT-UP-EXPORT) K1 18DG/RD K341 18TN/WT (4.7L) Z82 14BK/WT GROUND GROUND COIL DRIVER NO. 3 FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) COIL DRIVER NO. 6 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE COIL DRIVER NO.7L) A7 14RD/BK K22 18OR/RD K41 18BK/DG K141 18TN/WT K241 18LG/RD (EXCEPT 4.7L) K4 18BK/LB K96 14TN/LB (4.BLACK 32 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 31 32 Z81 14BK/TN K77 18LG/BK K21 18BK/RD K2 18TN/BK K7 18OR K44 18TN/YL K39 18GY/BK K59 18VT/BK K95 14TN/DG (4. 1 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL COIL DRIVER NO. 3 DRIVER TRANSFER CASE POSITION SENSOR INPUT INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 5 VOLT SUPPLY CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 4 SENSOR GROUND COIL DRIVER NO. 1 OXYGEN SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT K93 14TN/OR F991 18OR/DB K94 14TN/LG (4.CONNECTOR PINOUTS WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CAV 30 30 85 86 86 87 87 87A 87A CIRCUIT V60 16YL/DG (GAS) V60 16TN/RD (DIESEL) V14 20RD/VT V6 16DB V6 16DB V6 16DB V6 16DB V55 16TN/RD (DIESEL) V55 16TN/RD WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY OUTPUT WIPER ON/OFF RELAY CONTROL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE WIPER PARK SWITCH SENSE FUNCTION POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (GAS) .7L) K60 18YL/BK K40 18BR/WT COIL DRIVER NO. 2 DRIVER FUEL INJECTOR NO. 3 DRIVER FUEL INJECTOR NO.WHITE 32 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 C18 18DB T60 18BR (4. 7 DRIVER - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 725 .0L) K6 18VT/BK 3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL 5 VOLT SUPPLY K12 18TN K14 18LB/BR K173 18LG A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT T54 18VT (4.CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (GAS) .0L) K92 14TN/PK K20 18DG T20 18LB (4. 6 DRIVER FUEL INJECTOR NO.7L) K11 18WT/DB K13 18YL/WT K38 18GY K97 14BR (4.7L) FUEL INJECTOR NO. 2 GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID CONTROL FUEL INJECTOR NO.0L) G60 18GY/YL T13 18DB/BK (4. 1 DRIVER FUEL INJECTOR NO. 7 GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL COIL DRIVER NO. 5 DRIVER COIL DRIVER NO.0L) K58 18BR/DB K28 18GY/LB (4.0L) T25 18LG/RD (4. 8 DRIVER FUNCTION TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL FUEL INJECTOR NO.0L) B22 18DG/YL T14 18LG/WT (4. 4 DRIVER RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL FUEL INJECTOR NO.0L) K30 18PK/YL (4.0L) K26 18VT (4.7L) K88 18PK (4. 7L) K106 18WT/DG (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) V32 18OR/DG F42 18DG/LG T10 18YL/DG (4.GRAY 32 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 13 13 13 14 K51 18DB/YL V36 18TN/RD V35 18LG/RD K42 18DB/LG (4.CONNECTOR PINOUTS POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 (GAS) .7L HIGH OUTPUT) K99 18BR/OR K512 18RD/YL (4.7L RHD) T6 18OR/WT (4. 2 SIGNAL FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL DUTY CYCLE EVAP/PURGE SOLENOID CONTROL SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CONTROL OXYGEN SENSOR DOWNSTREAM RELAY CONTROL LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CONTROL SPEED CONTROL SUPPLY FUSED AUTO SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT OVERDRIVE OFF SWITCH SENSE OVERDRIVE OFF SWITCH SENSE OVERDRIVE OFF SWITCH SENSE OVERDRIVE OFF SWITCH SENSE LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCH SENSE BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL OXYGEN SENSOR 2/1 HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT C13 18DB/OR FUNCTION A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CONTROL - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 31 32 726 .7L LHD) T6 18OR/BK (4.7L HIGH OUTPUT) K31 18BR K52 18PK/BK K29 18WT/PK K125 18WT/DB K226 18LB/YL D21 18PK D32 18LG (LHD) D32 18LG/DG (RHD) D25 18VT/YL V37 18RD/LG SCI RECEIVE SCI RECEIVE PCI BUS SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL GENERATOR SOURCE FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL SCI TRANSMIT KNOCK SENSOR NO.0L RHD) K107 18OR/PK (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) K25 18VT/LG K299 18BR/WT K142 18GY/BK (4.0L LHD) T10 18DG/LG (4. CONNECTOR PINOUTS RADIO C1 .BLACK 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 Q30 20BK/LB CIRCUIT D25 20BK/PK Z155 20BK/OR GROUND FUSED B(+) PCI BUS FUNCTION - 727 .GRAY 22 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 X54 18VT X56 18DB/PK X55 18BR/RD X53 18DG/OR Z9 16BK F60 16RD/WT X64 18BR/WT D25 20YL/VT/DB X51 18WT/DG X57 18DG/WT X58 18DB/OR X52 18DB/WT Z9 16BK LEFT REAR SPEAKER (+) LEFT REAR SPEAKER (-) RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (-) RIGHT REAR SPEAKER (+) GROUND CIRCUIT F60 16RD/WT X12 16WT/RD E2 20OR RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (+) RIGHT FRONT SPEAKER (-) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (-) LEFT FRONT SPEAKER (+) GROUND FUSED B(+) ENABLE SIGNAL TO AMPLIFIER PCI BUS FUSED B(+) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) PANEL LAMPS DRIVER FUNCTION RADIO C2 .GRAY 10 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 X160 20YL X112 20RD X41 20WT/DG Z17 20BK FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT X40 20WT/RD Z4 20WT/BK Z5 20BK/LB AUDIO OUT LEFT GROUND AUDIO OUT RIGHT GROUND GROUND IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN ACC) FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S RAIN SENSOR (AUTOWIPE) . BLACK 2 WAY CAV A A B B CIRCUIT C32 20GY/DB (LHD) C100 20YL/DB (RHD) C32 20GY/DB (RHD) C100 20YL/DB (LHD) FUNCTION RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (A) RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (B) RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (A) RECIRCULATION DOOR DRIVER (B) RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR SWITCH .CONNECTOR PINOUTS REAR WASHER PUMP .BLACK 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 Z1 18BK V13 18BR/LG G80 20VT/YL V22 18BR/YL F70 18BK CIRCUIT GROUND REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL LIFTGATE FLIP-UP AJAR SWITCH SENSE REAR WIPER MOTOR DELAY CONTROL FUSED B(+) FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S RECIRCULATION DOOR MOTOR/ACTUATOR (AZC) .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT Z141 18BK V20 18BK/WT GROUND REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL FUNCTION REAR WIPER MOTOR .GRAY 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT Z231 18BK G9 18GY/BK GROUND RED BRAKE WARNING INDICATOR DRIVER FUNCTION 728 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS REMOTE KEYLESS MODULE (JAPAN) .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 M2 20YL CIRCUIT F70 20PK/BK FUSED B(+) COURTESY LAMP DRIVER FUNCTION RIGHT FOG LAMP .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT L39 20LB Z142 18BK FOG LAMP RELAY OUTPUT GROUND FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER .WHITE 3 WAY CAV 1 1 2 3 3 CIRCUIT X80 18LG/DG (RHD) X80 18LB/BK (LHD) X82 18LG/RD (RHD) X82 18LB/RD (LHD) FUNCTION RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (-) RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (-) RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (+) RIGHT FRONT DOOR SPEAKER (+) 729 .BLUE 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 CIRCUIT K25 20RD/GY K25 20RD/GY M1 18PK Z1 18BK D30 20VT/YL D30 20VT/YL ANTENNA SIGNAL ANTENNA SIGNAL FUSED B(+) GROUND DIAGNOSTIC OUT DIAGNOSTIC OUT FUNCTION RIGHT COURTESY LAMP . CONNECTOR PINOUTS RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR .BLACK 4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 R48 18TN CIRCUIT R46 18BR/LB FUNCTION RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR GROUND RIGHT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR SIGNAL RIGHT FRONT PARK LAMP .BLACK 3 WAY CAV 1 2 3 Z1 18BK L60 20TN CIRCUIT L7 20BK/PK PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT GROUND RIGHT TURN SIGNAL FUNCTION 730 .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 Z1 18BK L7 20BK/PK CIRCUIT GROUND PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S RIGHT FRONT PARK/TURN SIGNAL LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) . CONNECTOR PINOUTS RIGHT FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) .BLACK 2 WAY CAV A B Z1 18BK L34 18RD/OR CIRCUIT GROUND FUSED RIGHT HIGH BEAM OUTPUT FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 Z1 20BK G78 20TN/BK CIRCUIT GROUND LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH SENSE FUNCTION 731 .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT L7 20BK/PK L60 20TN PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT RIGHT TURN SIGNAL FUNCTION RIGHT HIGH BEAM HEADLAMP .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT X86 18OR/RD X84 18OR/BK FUNCTION RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (+) RIGHT INSTRUMENT PANEL SPEAKER (-) RIGHT LIFTGATE AJAR SWITCH . WHITE 3 WAY CAV 1 2 3 CIRCUIT X90 18WT/VT X92 18TN/DG RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (-) FUNCTION RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER (+) - 732 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS RIGHT LOW BEAM HEADLAMP .GRAY 2 WAY CAV A B Z1 18BK L44 18VT/RD CIRCUIT GROUND FUSED RIGHT LOW BEAM OUTPUT FUNCTION RIGHT MULTI-FUNCTION SWITCH .BLACK 4 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 Z1 18BK P36 18PK/VT P35 18OR/VT CIRCUIT G76 18TN/YL GROUND DOOR UNLOCK DRIVER DOOR LOCK DRIVER FUNCTION RIGHT REAR DOOR AJAR SWITCH SENSE RIGHT REAR DOOR SPEAKER .WHITE 10 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 V22 18BR/YL V9 20WT/BK V52 20DG/RD V48 20RD/GY CIRCUIT V23 20BR/PK V20 18BK/WT V10 20BR V13 18BR/LG REAR WIPER MOTOR CONTROL REAR WIPER MOTOR DELAY CONTROL WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH RETURN WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH MUX WIPER HIGH CONTROL FUNCTION FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-ACC) REAR WASHER PUMP MOTOR CONTROL WASHER PUMP MOTOR SWITCH OUTPUT - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK MOTOR/AJAR SWITCH . CONNECTOR PINOUTS RIGHT REMOTE RADIO SWITCH .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT F70 20PK M20 20YL/BK FUSED B(+) COURTESY LAMP LOAD SHED FUNCTION SEAT BELT SWITCH .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 Z1 20BK CIRCUIT G10 20LG/RD SEAT BELT SWITCH SENSE GROUND FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 733 .BLACK 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT X10 20RD/BK X20 20RD/YL RADIO CONTROL MUX FUNCTION RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN RIGHT VISOR/VANITY LAMP . BLACK 20 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 CIRCUIT P15 20YL/LB (PREMIUM II/III) P11 20YL/WT(PREMIUM II/III) P43 20GY/LB (PREMIUM II/III) P19 20YL/LG (PREMIUM II/III) P86 20DG/YL (PREMIUM I/III) P27 20LB/RD (PREMIUM II/III) P25 20VT/RD (PREMIUM II/III) P135 20LB/BK (PREMIUM I/III) P28 20BR/RD (PREMIUM II/III) P41 20GY/WT (PREMIUM II/III) P17 20RD/YL (PREMIUM II/III) P21 20RD/LG (PREMIUM II/III) P13 20RD/WT (PREMIUM II/III) P26 20BR (PREMIUM II/ III) P29 20BR/WT Z2 20BK/OR D25 20VT/YL SEAT REAR UP SWITCH SENSE RECLINER UP SWITCH SENSE SEAT FRONT UP SWITCH SENSE PASSENGER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT REAR RISER POSITION SIGNAL SEAT HORIZONTAL POSITION SIGNAL DRIVER SEAT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INPUT SEAT POSITION SENSOR GROUND RECLINER DOWN SWITCH SENSE SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD SWITCH SENSE SEAT FRONT DOWN SWITCH SENSE SEAT REAR DOWN SWITCH SENSE FUNCTION SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD SWITCH SENSE - C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 P47 20LB (PREMIUM II/III) RECLINER POSITION SIGNAL FRONT RISER POSITION SIGNAL SEAT SENSOR 5 VOLT SUPPLY GROUND PCI BUS 734 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS SEAT MODULE C1 (PREMIUM) . ORANGE 20 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 CIRCUIT F35 16RD P131 16BK/OR (PREMIUM I/III) Z1 16BK P119 16YL/RD (PREMIUM II/III) P121 16RD/GY (PREMIUM II/III) P111 16YL/DB (PREMIUM II/III) P113 16RD/BK (PREMIUM II/III) P115 16GY/LG (PREMIUM II/III) F35 16RD P130 16DG/WT (PREMIUM I/III) Z1 16BK P9 20RD/LB (PREMIUM II/III) Z6 16BK/YL (PREMIUM I/III) Z5 16BK/VT (PREMIUM I/III) P141 16GY/WT (PREMIUM II/III) P143 16GY/LB (PREMIUM II/III) P117 16RD/BR (PREMIUM II/III) SEAT RECLINER DOWN DRIVER SEAT RECLINER UP DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL REARWARD DRIVER SEAT SWITCH B(+) SUPPLY GROUND GROUND FUSED B(+) DRIVER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER GROUND SEAT FRONT UP DRIVER SEAT FRONT DOWN DRIVER SEAT REAR UP DRIVER SEAT REAR DOWN DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL FORWARD DRIVER FUSED B(+) PASSENGER SEAT HEATER B(+) DRIVER GROUND FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE .BLACK 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 M1 20PK Z132 20BK/OR G5 20DB/WT D25 20YL/VT/BK PCI BUS CIRCUIT FUSED B(+) GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUNCTION 735 .CONNECTOR PINOUTS SEAT MODULE C2 (PREMIUM) . CONNECTOR PINOUTS SHIFTER ASSEMBLY C1 (DIESEL) .3 WAY CAV 1 2 2 3 CIRCUIT Z141 18BK X75 18GY/LB (DIESEL) X75 18GY/LG (GAS) M1 18PK GROUND SIREN SIGNAL CONTROL SIREN SIGNAL CONTROL FUSED B(+) FUNCTION SUNROOF CONTROL MODULE .6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 CIRCUIT F12 20DB/WT K2 20WT/PK F991 20OR/DB Y1 20DB/PK FUNCTION FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) PARK LOCKOUT SOLENOID CONTROL C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S SIREN (BUILT-UP-EXPORT) .BLACK 12 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 CIRCUIT F991 20OR/DB F991 20OR/DB F991 20OR/DB T2 20TN/BK D25 20OR W0 20DB/WT W1 20VT/WT W2 20VT W3 20BK W4 20PK/OR Z234 20WT Z234 20WT FUNCTION FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) BACK-UP LAMP RELAY CONTROL PCI BUS SHIFTER C1 SENSE SHIFTER C2 SENSE SHIFTER C3 SENSE SHIFTER C4 SENSE SHIFTER C5 SENSE GROUND GROUND SHIFTER ASSEMBLY C2 (DIESEL) .8 WAY CAV A B C D E F G H Q30 16DB Q5 16RD Q6 16OR CIRCUIT Q46 20OR/WT Q41 20WT Q43 20VT Z1 16BK SUNROOF MOTOR B(+) SUNROOF MOTOR B(-) SUNROOF OPEN SUNROOF VENT GROUND ACCESSORY DELAY RELAY OUTPUT FUNCTION SUNROOF MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL 736 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS SUNROOF MOTOR C1 .BLACK 3 WAY CAV 1 2 3 Z1 20BK Q46 20OR/WT CIRCUIT GROUND SUNROOF MOTOR POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL FUNCTION SUNROOF SWITCH .WHITE 2 WAY CAV 1 2 Q5 16RD Q6 16OR CIRCUIT SUNROOF MOTOR B(+) SUNROOF MOTOR B(-) FUNCTION SUNROOF MOTOR C2 .GRAY 5 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 Q41 20WT Z150 20BK SUNROOF OPEN CIRCUIT Q43 20VT GROUND SUNROOF VENT FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 737 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (4.BLACK 60 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 D21 18PK F45 18YL/RD T9 18OR/BK T10 18YL/DG F991 18OR/DB K22 18OR/RD T13 18DB/BK T14 18LG/WT K30 18PK/YL T16 14RD T16 14RD T118 18YL/DB T119 18WT/DB T120 18LG T29 18GY T130 14VT/TN T16 14RD Z113 14BK/WT T138 14GY/LB Z112 14BK/YL T140 18VT/LG T41 18WT T42 18VT/WT D25 18YL/VT D20 18LG T147 18LB T48 18DB T6 18VT/WT T150 18BR/LB K4 18BK/LB T52 18RD/BK Z114 14BK/LG T54 18VT T59 18PK A30 14RD/WT Z12 14BK/TN T159 18DG/WT T60 18BR 4C SOLENOID CONTROL OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL SCI RECEIVE 2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE 4C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE OVERDRIVE OFF SWITCH SENSE LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE SENSOR GROUND INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL FUSED B(+) GROUND GROUND 5 VOLT SUPPLY GROUND MS SOLENOID CONTROL TRS T41 SENSE TRS T42 SENSE PCI BUS CIRCUIT T1 18LG/BK T2 18TN/BK T3 18VT K24 18GY/BK SCI TRANSMIT FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START) OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL SPEED SENSOR GROUND OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL 2C SOLENOID CONTROL LR SOLENOID CONTROL UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE LINE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT TRS T1 SENSE TRS T2 SENSE TRS T3 SENSE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 738 .7L) . BLACK 14 WAY CAV 12 13 14 15 16 17 33 34 35 36 37 38 H1 L2 CIRCUIT T52 18RD/BK T39 18GY/LB T60 18BR T159 18DG/WT T119 18WT/DB T120 18LG T13 18DB/BK T54 18VT T14 18LG/WT T591 18YL/DB T118 18YL/DB T16 18RD D52 18LG/WT D51 18DG/WT N2 INPUT SPEED SENSOR SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1-2/4-5 SOLENOID CONTROL 3-4 SOLENOID CONTROL 2-3 SOLENOID CONTROL TCC SOLENOID CONTROL SENSOR GROUND TEMP SENSOR .BLACK 18 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 W1 20VT/WT W2 20VT W3 20BK F991 20OR/DB Z234 20WT W4 20PK/OR Y1 20DB/PK T41 20BK/WT W0 20DB/WT SHIFTER C1 SENSE SHIFTER C2 SENSE SHIFTER C3 SENSE SHIFTER C4 SENSE FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) GROUND CIRCUIT D21 20PK SHIFTER C5 SENSE PARK LOCKOUT SOLENOID CONTROL PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE SCI TRANSMIT FUNCTION TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE C2 (DIESEL) .P/N SWITCH N3 INPUT SPEED SENSOR MODULATION PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL SHIFT PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL SOLENOID SUPPLY VOLTAGE CAN C BUS(+) CAN C BUS(-) FUNCTION C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S VEHICLE INFORMATION CENTER .CONNECTOR PINOUTS TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE C1 (DIESEL) .BLACK 6 WAY CAV 1 2 3 4 5 6 D25 20YL/VT F70 20PK Z155 20BK/OR G5 20DB/WT CIRCUIT PCI BUS FUSED B(+) GROUND FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START) FUNCTION - 739 . CONNECTOR PINOUTS WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH .GRAY 2 WAY CAV 1 2 CIRCUIT V11 20BK/TN Z141 20BK GROUND FUNCTION WASHER FLUID SWITCH SENSE C O N N E C T O R P I N O U T S 740 . SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.0 10.1 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AIRBAG SYSTEM S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 741 . 2 10.1 AUDIO SYSTEM PREMIUM AUDIO SYSTEM S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 742 .2.SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.2.2 BASE AUDIO SYSTEM S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 743 . 4 CD CHANGER S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 744 .SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.2.2.3 REMOTE RADIO CONTROLS 10. 3 10.SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.3.1 HEATING & A/C AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL – LHD S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 745 . 3.SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.2 AUTOMATIC ZONE CONTROL – RHD S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 746 . SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.4 CHIME S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 747 .3 MANUAL TEMPERATURE CONTROL 10.3. 5 DOOR AJAR SYSTEM S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 748 .SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10. 7 EXTERIOR LIGHTING S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 749 .SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.6 EVIC 10. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.8 INTERIOR LIGHTING S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 750 . SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.9 MECHANICAL INSTRUMENT CLUSTER S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 751 . 10 10.1 MEMORY HEATED SEATS LAREDO ONLY S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 752 .SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.10. 2 LIMITED ONLY S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 753 .SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.10. 1 POWER MIRROR SYSTEM DRIVER MIRROR S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 754 .SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.11 POWER DOOR LOCKS 10.12 10.12. 12.2 PASSENGER MIRROR 10.SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.13 POWER SUNROOF S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 755 . SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.14.2 PASSENGER SIDE S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 756 .1 POWER WINDOWS DRIVER SIDE 10.14.14 10. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.15 10.1 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION VEHICLE COMMUNICATION – LHD S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 757 .15. 2 VEHICLE COMMUNICATION – RHD S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 758 .15.SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10. 3 PCM COMMUNICATION 10.4 ECM COMMUNICATION – DIESEL S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 759 .SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.15.15. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.16 VEHICLE THEFT SECURITY SYSTEM (VTSS) S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 760 . SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.16.1 INTRUSION TRANSCEIVER MODULE (EXPORT ONLY) S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 761 . SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.17 10.17.1 WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM FRONT WIPERS S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 762 . 2 REAR WIPER SYSTEM S C H E M A T I C D I A G R A M S 763 .SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 10.17. NOTES 764 .
Copyright © 2024 DOKUMEN.SITE Inc.